As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2009
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
OR
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
OR
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
OR
|
|
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 001 - 31545
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
RANDFONTEIN OFFICE PARK, CNR WARD AVENUE AND MAIN REEF ROAD,
RANDFONTEIN, SOUTH AFRICA, 1760
(Address of principal executive offices)
Khanya Maluleke, Company Secretary
tel: +27 11 411 2019,
khanya.maluleke@harmony.co.za
, fax: +27 11 411 2070,
Randfontein Office Park, CNR Ward Avenue and Main Reef Road, Randfontein, South Africa, 1760
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person
)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Ordinary shares, with nominal value Rand 50 cents per share*
(Title of Class)
American Depositary Shares (as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts),
each representing one ordinary share
(Title of Class)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Ordinary shares, with nominal value Rand 50 cents per share*
(Title of Class)
American Depositary Shares (as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts),
each representing one ordinary share
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common stock as of
the close of the last full fiscal year covered by this Annual Report was:
425,986,836 ordinary shares, with nominal value of Rand 50 cents per share
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
YES
þ
NO
o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not
required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
YES
o
NO
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
YES
þ
NO
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted
on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes
o
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
þ
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
|
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial
statements included in this filing:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
o
|
|
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
þ
|
|
Other
o
|
If Other has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which
financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17
o
Item 18
þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
YES
o
NO
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be
filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the
distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
YES
þ
NO
o
|
|
|
*
|
|
Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares,
pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic
of South Africa. As used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, or this annual report, unless the
context otherwise requires, the term
Harmony
refers to Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; the
term
South Africa
refers to the Republic of South Africa; the terms
we
,
us
and
our
refer to
Harmony and, as applicable, its direct and indirect subsidiaries as a
Group
.
In this annual report, references to
R
,
Rand
and
c
, cents are to the South African
Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa,
A$
refers to Australian dollars,
K
or
Kina
refers
to Papua New Guinean Kina and references to
$
,
U.S.$
and
U.S. dollars
are to United States
dollars.
This annual report contains information concerning our gold reserves. While this annual report
has been prepared in accordance with the regulations contained in Securities and Exchange
Commission Guide 7, it is based on assumptions which may prove to be incorrect. See
Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Harmonys gold reserve figures are estimated based on a number of
assumptions, including assumptions as to mining and recovery factors, future cash costs or
production and the price of gold and may yield less gold under actual production conditions than
currently estimated.
This annual report contains descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry,
including descriptions of geological formations and mining processes. We have explained some of
these terms in the Glossary of Mining Terms included at the end of this annual report. This
glossary may assist you in understanding these terms.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home
country. Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual and
interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (
IFRS
) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (
IASB
). Prior to
fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, our annual financial statements (translated into U.S. dollars)
were prepared and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (
SEC
) in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (
U.S. GAAP
). On December 21, 2007,
the SEC adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers that file Annual Reports on Form 20-F to
file financial statements with the SEC in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without
reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. As per these rules, we include in this annual report our consolidated
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, translated into U.S.
dollars. All financial information, except as otherwise noted, are stated in accordance with IFRS
as issued by the IASB.
In this annual report, we also present total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce,
which have been determined using industry standards promulgated by the Gold Institute and are
non-GAAP measures. The Gold Institute was a non-profit international industry association of
miners, refiners, bullion suppliers and manufacturers of gold products that ceased operation in
2002, which developed a uniform format for reporting production costs on a per ounce basis. The
Gold Institute has now been incorporated into the National Mining Association. The guidance was
first adopted in 1996 and subsequently revised in November 1999. An investor should not consider
these items in isolation or as alternatives to production costs, cost of sales or any other measure
of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. While the Gold
Institute has provided definitions for the calculation of total cash costs, the calculation of
total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies
and, by themselves, do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining
companies. For further information, See
Item 5
.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Costs Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
.
We have included the U.S. dollar equivalent amounts of certain information and transactions in
Rand, Kina and A$. Unless otherwise stated, we have translated (i) balance sheet items at the noon
buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the last business day of the period (R7.72
per U.S.$1.00 as at June 30, 2009 and R7.80 per U.S.$1.00 as at June 30, 2008), (ii) acquisitions,
disposals and specific items included within equity at the rate prevailing at the date the
transaction was entered into and (iii) income statement items at the average rate for the year
(R9.00 per U.S.$1.00 for fiscal 2009, R7.26 per U.S.$1.00 for fiscal 2008 and R7.20 per U.S.$1.00
for fiscal 2007). Capital expenditures for fiscal 2010 have been translated at the rates used for
balance sheet items. By including these U.S. dollar equivalents in this annual report, we are not
representing that the Rand, Kina and A$ amounts actually represent the U.S. dollar amounts, as the
case may be, or that these amounts could be converted at the rates indicated.
3
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to our financial condition, results
of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive positions, growth
opportunities for existing services, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and
other matters. In particular, among other statements, certain statements in
Item 4. Information on
the Company, Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
and
Item 11. Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
are forward-looking in nature. Statements in this annual
report that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements for the purpose of the safe
harbor provided by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange
Act
), and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future
business prospects, revenues and income, wherever they may occur in this annual report and the
exhibits to this annual report, are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our
senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results
to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence,
these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors,
including those set forth in this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results
to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements
include, without limitation:
|
|
|
overall economic and business conditions in South Africa and elsewhere;
|
|
|
|
|
the ability to achieve anticipated efficiencies and other cost savings in connection with
past and future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in the market price of gold;
|
|
|
|
|
the occurrence of hazards associated with underground and surface gold mining;
|
|
|
|
|
the occurrence of labor disruptions;
|
|
|
|
|
availability, terms and deployment of capital;
|
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation, particularly mining rights and environmental
regulation;
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
|
currency devaluations/appreciations and other macroeconomic monetary policies; and
|
|
|
|
|
socio-economic instability in South Africa and other countries in which we operate.
|
We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these
forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report
or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
4
PART I
Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS
Not applicable.
Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
Item 3. KEY INFORMATION
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with, and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and the notes
thereto and with Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects, both included elsewhere in
this annual report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for
any future period.
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home
country. Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual and
interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Prior to
fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, our annual financial statements (translated into U.S. dollars)
were prepared and filed with the SEC in accordance with U.S. GAAP. On December 21, 2007, the SEC
adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers that file Annual Reports on Form 20-F to file
financial statements with the SEC in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without
reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. As per these new rules, we include in this annual report our
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB,
translated into U.S. dollars.
The selected historical consolidated financial data for the last five fiscal years are, unless
otherwise noted, stated in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and has been extracted from
the more detailed information and financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued
by the IASB, including our audited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2009 and 2008
and for each of the years in the three years ended June 30, 2009 and the related notes, which
appear elsewhere in this annual report. The historical consolidated financial data at June 30,
2007, 2006 and 2005, and for each of the years in the two years ended June 30, 2006, has been
extracted from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report as
adjusted for discontinued operations and the accounting changes described below.
During fiscal 2008, we early adopted IAS 23 (Revised) Borrowing Costs. In accordance with
the Revised Standards transitional provisions, we designated July 1, 2000 (the earliest
commencement date of current qualifying projects) as the effective date and applied the
requirements of the Revised Standard to all qualifying projects for which the commencement date of
capitalization was on or after that date.
During fiscal 2008, we classified the assets and liabilities of the Cooke operation as
held-for-sale and also classified the results of this operation as discontinued operations for all
periods presented below in the selected historical financial data. Discontinued operations also
include the results of the Orkney and Australias South Kalgoorlie operations that were classified
as held-for-sale and discontinued operations during fiscal 2007. These reclassifications were done
in terms of IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets held for sale and Discontinued Operations. In 2007,
Australias Mount Magnet operations were first classified as held-for-sale and discontinued
operations when Harmony signed a letter of intent for the sale of its Mount Magnet operations with
Monarch Gold Mining Company (
Monarch
). However, in July 2008, Harmony was advised that Monarch
had placed itself in voluntary administration, and in August 2008, the Administrator indicated that
Monarch would not proceed with the purchase and consequently the purchase agreement was terminated.
Harmony resumed management of the operation and recommenced the sale process early in fiscal 2009.
However, during the fourth quarter of 2009, it was decided that further drilling at the Mount
Magnet operation would enhance the selling potential of the operation and, as a result, the
operation no longer met the requirements to be classified as held-for-sale in terms of IFRS 5. The
comparative periods presented for the income statement in this annual report have been re-presented
for this change. See note 15 of the consolidated financial statements and
Item 4
.
Information of
the Company Business International
5
Operations
,
Information of the Company Business Orkney Operations, Item 4
.
Information of the Company Business Cooke Operations
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share amounts)
|
Income Statement Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
Operating profit/(loss)
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(409
|
)
|
Profit/(loss) from associates
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Profit/(loss) from continuing operations before
taxation
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(607
|
)
|
Taxation
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
94
|
|
Profit/(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
Profit from discontinued operations
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Net profit/(loss)
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
Basic earnings/(loss) per share from continuing
operations ($)
|
|
|
0.47
|
|
|
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(1.42
|
)
|
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing
operations ($)
|
|
|
0.46
|
|
|
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(1.42
|
)
|
Basic earnings/(loss) per share ($)
|
|
|
0.75
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
|
(1.38
|
)
|
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share ($)
|
|
|
0.74
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
(0.23
|
)
|
|
|
(1.38
|
)
|
Weighted average number of shares used in the
computation of basic earnings/(loss) per share
|
|
|
414,120,732
|
|
|
|
400,750,167
|
|
|
|
397,910,797
|
|
|
|
393,727,012
|
|
|
|
361,816,512
|
|
Weighted average number of shares used in the
computation of diluted earnings/(loss) per share
|
|
|
415,962,899
|
|
|
|
402,894,248
|
|
|
|
402,382,011
|
|
|
|
393,727,012
|
|
|
|
361,817,512
|
|
Dividends per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash cost per ounce of gold from continuing operations
($/oz)
(1)
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
Total cash cost per ounce of gold ($/oz)
(1)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
|
|
3,484
|
|
|
|
3,263
|
|
|
|
3,385
|
|
Assets of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
|
1,494
|
|
|
|
1,432
|
|
|
|
1,433
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
|
|
4,710
|
|
|
|
5,160
|
|
|
|
4,695
|
|
|
|
4,818
|
|
Equity and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
|
3,172
|
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
|
3,249
|
|
|
|
3,489
|
|
Borrowings (current and non-current)
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
766
|
|
Total equity and liabilities
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
|
|
4,710
|
|
|
|
5,160
|
|
|
|
4,695
|
|
|
|
4,818
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures. Previously,
we calculated cash costs per ounce by dividing total cash costs, as determined using the guidance
provided by the Gold Institute, by gold ounces sold. During fiscal 2009, we changed the
calculation, using gold produced as the denominator and therefore excluded the effect of the
movement in the gold inventory from the cash cost amount. We believe that this change provides a
better indication of the cash generating capabilities of our operations and also allows for a
better comparison with other companies. The cash costs and cash cost per ounce have been
re-presented for all periods presented. The Gold Institute was a non-profit industry association
comprised of leading gold producers, refiners, bullion suppliers and manufacturers. This institute
has now been incorporated into the National Mining Association. The guidance was first issued in
1996 and was revised in November 1999. Total cash costs, as defined in the guidance provided by the
Gold Institute, include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and
administrative costs, ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers to and from
deferred stripping and costs associated with royalties. Ongoing employee termination costs are
included, however, employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft
closures are excluded. Total cash costs have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented. Changes in cash costs per ounce are affected by
operational
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the
U.S. dollar. Because total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures, they
should therefore not be considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production
costs, cost of sales, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with
IFRS as issued by the IASB. While the Gold Institute has provided a definition for the calculation
of total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce, the calculation of cash costs per ounce may
vary from company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other
companies. However, we believe that cash costs per ounce is a useful indicator to investors and
management of a mining companys performance as it provides (1) an indication of the cash
generating capacities of the mining operations, (2) the trends in cash costs as the companys
operations mature, (3) a measure of a companys performance, by comparison of cash costs per ounce
to the spot price of gold and (4) an internal benchmark of performance to allow for comparison
against other companies. For further information, See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Costs Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.
|
EXCHANGE RATES
Unless otherwise stated, balance sheet item amounts are translated from Rand to U.S. dollars
at the exchange rate prevailing on the last business day of the period (R7.72 per U.S.$1.00 as at
June 30, 2009), except for acquisitions, disposals and specific items included within equity that
are converted at the exchange rate prevailing on the date the transaction was entered into, and
income statement item amounts that are translated from Rand to U.S. dollars at the average exchange
rate for the period (R9.00 per U.S.$1.00 for fiscal 2009).
As of October 19, 2009, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York per
U.S.$1.00 was R7.33.
The following table sets forth, for the past five fiscal years, the average and period end
noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in Rand and, for the past six months, the
high and low noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in Rand, in each case, as
certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for Rand expressed in Rand
per U.S.$1.00.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
Average
(1)
|
|
Period End
|
2005
|
|
|
6.18
|
|
|
|
6.67
|
|
2006
|
|
|
6.36
|
|
|
|
7.17
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7.20
|
|
|
|
7.04
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7.26
|
|
|
|
7.80
|
|
2009
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
7.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month of
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
May 2009
|
|
|
8.71
|
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
June 2009
|
|
|
8.21
|
|
|
|
7.72
|
|
July 2009
|
|
|
8.26
|
|
|
|
7.65
|
|
August 2009
|
|
|
8.15
|
|
|
|
7.72
|
|
September 2009
|
|
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
7.32
|
|
October 2009 (through October 19, 2009)
|
|
|
7.70
|
|
|
|
7.26
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The average of the noon buying rates provided by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York on the last day of each full month during the relevant period
|
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between Rand and the U.S. dollar will affect the dollar
equivalent of the price of ordinary shares on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, which may affect the
market price of the American Depositary Shares (
ADSs
) on the New York Stock Exchange. These
fluctuations will also affect the dollar amounts received by owners of ADSs on the conversion of
any dividends on ordinary shares paid in Rand.
7
CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information included in this annual report and the exhibits, you
should also carefully consider the following factors related to our ordinary shares and ADSs. There
may be additional risks that we do not currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based
on information currently available to us. Although Harmony has a formal risk policy framework in
place, the maintenance and development of which is undertaken on an ongoing basis so as to help
management address systematic categories of risk associated with its business operations, any of
these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations, leading to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares or our ADSs. The risks
described below may, in retrospect, turn out to be incomplete and therefore may not be the only
risks to which we are exposed. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that
we now believe are immaterial (and have therefore not been included), could also adversely affect
our businesses, results of operations or financial condition. The order of presentation of the risk
factors below does not indicate the likelihood of their occurrence or the magnitude or the
significance of the individual risks. The risks described below could occur individually or
cumulatively and intensify in case of a cumulative occurrence.
Risks Relating to Our Business and the Gold Mining Industry
The profitability of our operations, and the cash flows generated by those operations, are affected
by changes in the Rand price of gold, such that a fall in the price of gold below our cash cost of
production for any sustained period may lead us to experience losses and to curtail or suspend
certain operations.
Substantially all of our revenues come from the sale of gold. Historically, the market price
for gold has fluctuated widely and has been affected by numerous factors over which we have no
control, including:
|
|
|
the demand for gold for industrial uses and for use in jewelry;
|
|
|
|
|
international or regional political and economic trends;
|
|
|
|
|
the strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally
are quoted) and of other currencies;
|
|
|
|
|
financial market expectations regarding the rate of inflation;
|
|
|
|
|
interest rates;
|
|
|
|
|
speculative activities;
|
|
|
|
|
actual or expected purchases and sales of gold bullion held by central banks or other
large gold bullion holders or dealers;
|
|
|
|
|
forward sales by other gold producers; and
|
|
|
|
|
the production and cost levels for gold in major gold-producing nations, such as South
Africa, China, the United States and Australia.
|
In addition, the current demand for and supply of gold affects the price of gold, but not
necessarily in the same manner as current demand and supply affect the prices of other commodities.
Historically, gold has retained its value in relative terms against basic goods in times of
inflation and monetary crisis. As a result, central banks, financial institutions and individuals
hold large amounts of gold as a store of value and production in any given year constitutes a very
small portion of the total potential supply of gold. Since the potential supply of gold is large
relative to mine production in any given year, normal variations in current production will not
necessarily have a significant effect on the supply of gold or its price.
8
The volatility of gold prices is illustrated in the following table, which shows the annual
high, low and average of the afternoon London Bullion Market fixing price of gold in U.S. dollars
for the past ten calendar years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price per ounce
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Average
|
Calendar Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
1999
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
2000
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
2001
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
2002
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
2003
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
2004
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
2005
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
434
|
|
2006
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
2007
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
2008
|
|
|
1,011
|
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
|
872
|
|
2009 (through October 19, 2009)
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
938
|
|
On October 19, 2009, the afternoon fixing price of gold on the London Bullion Market was
U.S.$1,050.50 per ounce.
While the aggregate effect of these factors is impossible for us to predict, if gold prices
should fall below our cash cost of production and remain at such levels for any sustained period,
we may experience losses and may be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of our operations. In
addition, we would also have to assess the economic impact of low gold prices on our ability to
recover any losses we may incur during that period and on our ability to maintain adequate
reserves. Our cash cost per ounce of gold produced from continuing operations was U.S.$583 in
fiscal 2009, U.S.$598 in fiscal 2008 and U.S.$487 in fiscal 2007.
As the majority of our production costs are incurred in Rand and other non-U.S. currencies, and
gold is sold in U.S. dollars, our financial condition could be materially harmed by an appreciation
in the value of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies against the U.S. dollar.
Gold is sold throughout the world in U.S. dollars, but most of our operating costs are
incurred in Rand and other non-U.S. currencies. As a result, any significant and sustained
appreciation of the South African Rand or other non-U.S. currencies against the dollar will serve
materially to reduce our revenues and overall net income.
As we currently do not enter into forward sales, commodity, derivatives or hedging arrangements
with respect to our future gold production, we are exposed to the impact of any significant
decrease in the gold price.
As a general rule, we sell our gold at the prevailing market price. Currently, we generally do
not enter into forward sales, commodity, derivative or hedging arrangements to establish a price in
advance for the sale of future gold production, although we may do so in the future. As a result,
we may realize the benefit of any short-term increase in the gold price, but are not protected
against decreases in the gold price, and if the gold price decreases significantly, our revenues
may be materially adversely affected.
Estimations of our gold reserves are based on a number of assumptions, including assumptions as to
mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price of gold and may yield
less gold under actual production conditions than currently estimated.
The ore reserve estimates contained in this annual report are estimates of the mill delivered
quantity and grade of gold in our deposits and stockpiles. They represent the amount of gold which
we believe can be mined, processed and sold at prices sufficient to recover our estimated future
cash costs of production, remaining investment and anticipated additional capital expenditures. Our
ore reserves are estimated based upon a number of assumptions, and are stated in accordance with
SEC Industry Guide 7. Our ore reserve estimates are calculated based on estimates of:
|
|
|
future cash costs (which in some cases are assumed to decrease significantly);
|
|
|
|
|
future gold prices; and
|
|
|
|
|
future currency exchange rates.
|
9
These factors, which are beyond our control, significantly impact these ore reserve estimates.
As a result, the reserve estimates contained in this annual report should not be interpreted as
assurances of the economic life of our gold and other precious metal deposits or the future
profitability of operations.
Since these ore reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to the factors detailed
above, should there be changes to these, we may in the future need to revise these estimates. In
particular, if our cash operating and production costs increase or do not decrease as assumed
(whether in dollar, Rand, or other non-U.S. currencies terms, or in relative terms due to
appreciation of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies against the U.S. dollar) or the gold price
decreases, the recovery of a portion of our ore reserves may become uneconomical. This will, in
turn, lead us to reduce our estimated reserves.
In order to maintain gold production beyond the expected lives of our existing mines or to increase
production materially above projected levels, we will need to access additional reserves through
exploration or discovery.
Our operations have limited proven and probable reserves and exploration and discovery is
necessary to maintain current gold production levels at these operations. Exploration for gold and
other precious metals is speculative in nature, is frequently unsuccessful and involves many risks,
including those related to:
|
|
|
locating orebodies;
|
|
|
|
|
identifying the metallurgical properties of orebodies;
|
|
|
|
|
estimating the economic feasibility of mining orebodies;
|
|
|
|
|
developing appropriate metallurgical processes;
|
|
|
|
|
obtaining necessary governmental permits; and
|
|
|
|
|
constructing mining and processing facilities at any site chosen for mining.
|
Our exploration efforts might not result in the discovery of mineralization, and any
mineralization discovered might not result in an increase in our proven and probable reserves. To
access additional reserves, we will need to successfully complete development projects, including
extensions to existing mines and, possibly, that of new mines. Development projects would also be
necessary to access any new mineralization discovered through our exploration activities around the
world. We typically use feasibility studies to determine whether or not to undertake significant
development projects. Feasibility studies include estimates of expected or anticipated economic
returns, which are based on assumptions about:
|
|
|
future gold and other metal prices;
|
|
|
|
|
anticipated tonnage, grades and metallurgical characteristics of ore to be mined and
processed;
|
|
|
|
|
anticipated recovery rates of gold and other metals from the ore, and
|
|
|
|
|
anticipated total costs of the project, including capital expenditure and cash costs.
|
Actual cash costs of exploration, production and economic returns may differ significantly from
those anticipated by our feasibility studies for new development projects.
It can take a number of years from the initial feasibility study until development is
completed and, during that time, the economic feasibility of production may change. In addition,
there are a number of uncertainties inherent in the development and construction of an extension to
an existing mine or any new mine, including:
|
|
|
the availability and timing of necessary environmental and governmental permits;
|
|
|
|
|
the timing and cost of constructing mining and processing facilities, which can be
considerable;
|
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of skilled labor, power, water and other materials;
|
|
|
|
|
the accessibility of transportation and other infrastructure, particularly in remote
locations;
|
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of smelting and refining arrangements; and
|
|
|
|
|
the availability of funds to finance construction and development activities.
|
10
We currently maintain a range of focused exploration programs, concentrating on areas not too
distant from our operational mines, as well as a number of prospective known gold mineralized
regions around the world. During fiscal years 2009 and 2008, the bulk of exploration expenditure
was allocated to activities in South Africa and Papua New Guinea (
PNG
). However, there is no
assurance that any future development projects will extend the life of our existing mining
operations or result in any new commercial mining operations.
The costs associated with the pumping of water inflows from closed mines adjacent to our operations
could adversely affect our results of operations.
Certain of our mining operations are located adjacent to the mining operations of other mining
companies. A mine closure may have an adverse impact on the continued operations at an adjacent
mine if appropriate preventative steps are not taken. In particular, this impact can include the
ingress of underground water where pumping operations at the closed mine are suspended. Such
ingress could result in damage to property, operational disruptions and additional pumping costs,
which would adversely affect any one of our adjacent mining operations.
The supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect our results of
operations and our financial condition.
Each of our mining operations is dependent on electrical power generated by the state utility
Eskom, which holds a monopoly on the South African market. As a result of an increase in demand
exceeding available generating capacity, South Africa has been subject to disruptions in electrical
power supply. During fiscal 2008, the electricity supply was interrupted by Eskom thereby halting
production at certain of our mines. This led to management restructuring operating processes to
control and reduce our consumption of electricity at all our operations. There have been no further
disruptions and we have been able to continue production at 90% electricity allocation as required
by the Energy Conservation Scheme (
ECS
) and interim rules imposed by Eskom. All operations were
allocated an ECS allocation in line with the Eskom allocation and equipment and management
structures were put in place to monitor and manage real-time consumption. Applications submitted to
Eskom for additional energy allocation to the four future growth projects were approved, enabling
us to proceed with the projects and to ramp-up to full capacity utilising Eskom power. We also
submitted applications for additional power allocation for four future projects in the Free State,
which were also approved by Eskom. Nevertheless, an insufficient supply of electricity may
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
As a result of Eskoms planned capital expansion program to deal with the current power
constraints, several increases in rates charged to consumers have been approved by the National
Energy Regulator South Africa (
NERSA
) in the past 18 months. More increases are anticipated in
the future, which will also be driven by increases in input costs, primarily coal. These increases
will have a negative impact on our results of operations going forward.
We may experience problems in identifying, financing and managing new acquisitions and integrating
them with our existing operations.
Acquiring new gold mining operations involves a number of risks including:
|
|
|
our ability to identify appropriate assets for acquisition and/or to negotiate
acquisitions on favorable terms;
|
|
|
|
|
obtaining the financing necessary to complete future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties in assimilating the operations of the acquired business;
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties in maintaining our financial and strategic focus while integrating the
acquired business;
|
|
|
|
|
problems in implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
|
|
|
|
|
increasing pressures on existing management to oversee a rapidly expanding company; and
|
|
|
|
|
to the extent we acquire mining operations outside South Africa or Australasia,
encountering difficulties relating to operating in countries in which we have not previously
operated.
|
Our ability to make successful acquisitions and any difficulties or time delays in achieving
successful integration of any of such acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition and share price.
11
Certain factors may affect our ability to support the carrying value of our property, plant and
equipment, goodwill and other assets on our balance sheet.
We review and test the carrying value of our assets on an annual basis when events or changes
in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
If there are indications that impairment may have occurred, we prepare estimates of expected
future cash flows for each group of assets. These estimates of future cash flows are prepared at
the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are identified as being independent of the cash
flows of other mining assets and liabilities. Expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain,
and could materially change over time. Such cash flows are significantly affected by reserve and
production estimates, together with economic factors such as spot and forward gold prices, discount
rates, currency exchange rates, estimates of costs to produce reserves and future capital
expenditures.
As of June 30, 2009, we have substantial amounts of property, plant and equipment, goodwill
and other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We have recorded impairment charges relating
to these assets and, if any one or a combination of the uncertainties described above occur,
management may be required to recognize further impairment charges, which could adversely affect
our financial results and condition.
Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of
liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial
accidents and pollution.
The business of gold mining by its nature involves significant risks and hazards, including
environmental hazards and industrial accidents. In particular, hazards associated with underground
mining include:
|
|
|
rock bursts;
|
|
|
|
|
seismic events;
|
|
|
|
|
underground fires;
|
|
|
|
|
cave-ins or falls of ground;
|
|
|
|
|
discharges of gases and toxic chemicals;
|
|
|
|
|
release of radioactive hazards;
|
|
|
|
|
flooding;
|
|
|
|
|
pillar mining;
|
|
|
|
|
accidents; and
|
|
|
|
|
other conditions resulting from drilling, blasting and the removal and processing of
material from a deep-level mine.
|
Hazards associated with open cast mining (also known as open-pit mining) include:
|
|
|
flooding of the open-pit;
|
|
|
|
|
collapse of the open-pit walls;
|
|
|
|
|
accidents associated with the operation of large open-pits and rock transportation
equipment; and
|
|
|
|
|
accidents associated with the preparation and ignition of large-scale open-pit blasting
operations.
|
Hazards associated with waste-rock mining include:
|
|
|
accidents associated with operating a waste dump and rock transportation; and
|
|
|
|
|
production disruptions caused by weather.
|
We are at risk of experiencing any or all of these environmental or other industrial hazards.
The occurrence of any of these hazards could delay production, increase cash costs and result in
our financial liability.
12
The nature of our mining operations presents safety and security risks.
The environmental and industrial risks identified above also present safety risks for our
operations and our employees and can lead to the suspension and potential closure of operations for
indeterminate periods. For example, in October 2007, an incident occurred at the Elandsrand
operation involving a compressed pipe column which broke off below the shaft surface bank and fell
to the bottom of the men-and-material shaft, causing extensive damage to the shaft steel work and
electrical cables. The incident resulted in 3,000 workers being underground for more than 30 hours.
Mining operations were temporarily suspended for 42 days to allow for repairs to be undertaken at
the shaft. These and other safety risks, even in situations where no injuries occur, can have a
material adverse effect on our operations and production. In addition, security issues need to be
continually addressed, including the problem of criminal mining.
These and other safety and security risks, even in situations where no injuries occur, can
have a material adverse effect on our operations and production. See
Item 4
.
Health and Safety
Matters
.
Our insurance coverage may prove inadequate to satisfy future claims against us.
We have third-party liability coverage for most potential liabilities, including environmental
liabilities. While we believe that our current insurance coverage for the hazards described above
is adequate and consistent with industry practice, we may be subject to liability for pollution
(excluding sudden and accidental pollution) or other hazards against which we have not insured or
cannot insure, including those in respect of past mining activities. Further, we maintain and
intend to continue to maintain, property and liability insurance consistent with industry practice,
but such insurance contains exclusions and limitations on coverage. In addition, there can be no
assurance that insurance will continue to be available at economically acceptable premiums. As a
result, in the future, our insurance coverage may not cover the extent of claims against us for
environmental or industrial accidents or pollution.
Our operations may be negatively impacted by inflation.
Our operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa has
fluctuated widely in recent years, reaching 11.6% at the end of fiscal 2008 before it decreased
significantly to 6.9% at the end of fiscal 2009. This decrease was due to inflation targeting by
the South African Reserve Bank (
SARB
), a task that it will continue in fiscal 2010. However,
working costs and wages especially, have increased considerably over the past three years resulting
in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. Our profits and financial condition could
also be affected adversely in the absence of a concurrent devaluation of the Rand and an increase
in the price of gold.
The socio-economic framework in the regions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our
operations and profits.
We have operations in South Africa and PNG. As a result, changes or instability to the
economic or political environment in any of these countries or in neighboring countries could
affect our operations and profits. It is difficult to predict the future political, social and
economic direction in these countries, or any other country in which we operate, and the impact
government decisions may have on our business.
Actual and potential shortages of production inputs may have an adverse effect on our operations
and profits.
Our results of operations may be affected by the availability and pricing of raw materials and
other essential production inputs. The price of raw materials may be substantially affected by
changes in global supply and demand, along with weather conditions, governmental controls and other
factors. A sustained interruption to the supply of any of these materials would require us to find
acceptable substitute suppliers and could require us to pay higher prices for such materials. Any
significant increase in the prices of these materials would increase our operating costs and affect
production considerations.
Our financial flexibility could be materially constrained by exchange control regulations as
imposed by the SARB.
In terms of South Africas exchange control regulations, the export of capital from South
Africa is restricted. As a result, our ability to raise and deploy capital outside South Africa is
limited. In particular, we are:
|
|
|
generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa, to hold foreign currency or
incur indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies without the approval of the South
African exchange control authorities;
|
13
|
|
|
generally not permitted to acquire an interest in a foreign venture without the approval
of the South African exchange control authorities and first having complied with the
investment criteria of the South African exchange control authorities;
|
|
|
|
|
generally required to repatriate to South Africa profits of foreign operations; and
|
|
|
|
|
limited in our ability to utilize profits of one foreign business to finance operations
of a different foreign business.
|
These restrictions could hinder our normal corporate functioning, including our ability to
make foreign investments and procure foreign currency denominated financings in the future.
Since 1995, certain exchange controls in South Africa have been relaxed. The extent to which
the South African government may further relax such exchange controls cannot be predicted with
certainty, although the government has committed itself to a gradual approach to the relaxation of
exchange control.
We compete with mining and other companies for key human resources
.
We compete with mining and other companies on a global basis to attract and retain key human
resources at all levels with the appropriate technical skills and operating and managerial
experience necessary to continue to operate our business. The need to recruit, develop and retain
skilled employees is particularly critical with respect to Historically Disadvantaged South
Africans (
HDSAs
), women in mining in South Africa and the recruitment and training of local
landowners in PNG. The global shortage of key mining industry human resource skills, including
geologists, mining engineers, metallurgists and skilled artisans has been exacerbated in the
current environment of increased mining activity across the globe. There can be no assurance that
we will attract and retain skilled and experienced employees and, should we lose any of our key
personnel, our business may be harmed and our results of operations and financial condition could
be adversely affected. See
Item 6. Employees
Since our South African labor force has substantial trade union participation, we face the risk of
disruption from labor disputes and new South African labor laws.
Despite a history of positive and constructive engagement with labor unions, there are periods
during which the various stakeholders are unable to agree on dispute resolution processes.
Disruptive activities on the part of labor, which normally differ in intensity, then become
unavoidable. Due to the high level of union membership among our employees, we are at risk of
having production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other disputes. Significant
labor disruptions have affected our operations and financial condition before and we are not able
to predict whether or not we will experience significant labor disputes in the future.
South African employment law sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for
employees. Though these minimum terms and conditions may be improved by agreements between us and
the trade unions, the prescribed minimum terms and conditions form the benchmark for all employment
contracts. See
Item 6. Employees
We are required to submit a report in terms of South African employment law detailing the
progress made towards achieving employment equity in the workplace. In the event this report is not
submitted, we could incur substantial penalties.
Developments in South African employment law may increase our cash costs of production or
alter our relationship with our employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition.
We may suffer adverse consequences as a result of our reliance on outside contractors to conduct
our operations.
A portion of our operations are currently conducted by outside contractors. As a result, our
operations are subject to a number of risks, including:
|
|
|
negotiating agreements with contractors on acceptable terms;
|
|
|
|
|
the inability to replace a contractor and its operating equipment in the event that
either party terminates the agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
reduced control over those aspects of operations which are the responsibility of the
contractor;
|
|
|
|
|
failure by a contractor to perform in terms of its agreement with us;
|
|
|
|
|
interruption of operations in the event that a contractor ceases to operate due to
insolvency or other unforeseen events;
|
14
|
|
|
failure of a contractor to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, to
the extent it is responsible for such compliance; and
|
|
|
|
|
contractors problems regarding management of its workforce, labor unrest or other
employment issues.
|
In addition, we may incur liability to third parties as a result of the actions of its
contractors. The occurrence of one or more of these risks could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operational results and financial condition. See
Item 6. Directors, Senior
Management and Employee s Employees
.
HIV & AIDS poses risks to us in terms of productivity and costs.
The incidence of HIV & AIDS in South Africa and PNG, which is forecast to increase over the
next decade, poses risks to us in terms of potentially reduced productivity, and increased medical
and other costs. If a significant increase in the incidence of HIV & AIDS infection and HIV &
AIDS-related diseases among the workforce over the next several years occurs, this may have an
adverse impact on our operations, projects and financial condition. See
Item 4. Regulation
Health and Safety Matters.
The cost of occupational healthcare services may increase in the future.
Our operations in South Africa are subject to health and safety regulations which could impose
significant costs and burdens. The present Mine Health and Safety Act 29 of 1996 (
Mine Health and
Safety Act
) imposes various duties on us at our mines, and grants the authorities broad powers to,
among other things, close unsafe mines and order corrective action relating to health and safety
matters.
The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act 78 of 1973 (the
Occupational Diseases Act
),
governs the payment of compensation and medical costs related to certain illnesses contracted by
persons employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to mining are conducted.
Occupational healthcare services are available to our employees from our existing healthcare
facilities in South Africa. There is a risk that the cost of providing such services could increase
in future depending on changes in the nature of underlying legislation and the profile of our
employees. This increased cost, should it transpire, is currently indeterminate. We have embarked
on a number of initiatives focused on improving the quality of life of our workforce, although
there can be no guarantee that such initiatives will not be adversely affected by increased costs.
Laws governing mineral rights affect our business.
We are governed by the South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act 2002
(
MPRDA
). See
Item 4. Regulation South Africa
for a description of the principal objectives
set out in the MPRDA.
Under the MPRDA, tenure over established mining operations is secured for up to 30 years (and
renewable for periods not exceeding 30 years each thereafter), provided that mining companies apply
for new order mining rights over existing operations within five years of May 1, 2004 or before the
existing right expires, whichever is the earlier date and fulfill requirements specified in the
MPRDA and the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African mining industry
(
Mining Charter
).
The Mining Charter was signed by government and stakeholders in October 2002, and contains
principles relating to the transfer, over a 10-year period, of 26% of South Africas mining assets
(as equity or attributable units of production) to HDSAs, as defined in the Mining Charter. An
interim target of 15% HDSA participation over five years has also been set and to this end, the
South African mining industry has committed to securing financing to fund participation by HDSAs in
an amount of R100.0 billion within the first five years of the Mining Charters tenure. The Mining
Charter provides for the review of the participation process after five years to determine what
further steps, if any, are needed to achieve target participation of 26%. In order to measure
progress in meeting the requirements of the Mining Charter, companies are required to complete a
Scorecard, in which the levels of compliance with the objectives of the Mining Charter can be
ticked off after five and ten years, respectively. The Mining Charter and Scorecard require
programs for black economic empowerment and the promotion of value-added production, such as
jewelry-making and other gold fabrication, in South Africa. In particular, targets are set out for
broad-based black economic empowerment in the areas of human resources and skills development;
employment equity; procurement and beneficiation. In addition, the Mining Charter addresses
socio-economic issues, such as migrant labor, mine community and rural development and housing and
living conditions.
We actively carry out mining and exploration activities in all of our material mineral rights
areas. All of our South African operations have been granted their mining licenses. We will be
eligible to apply for new licenses over existing operations, provided
15
that we comply with the Mining Charter. We have taken steps to comply with the expected
provisions of the Mining Charter, such as promoting value-added production, exploring black
empowerment initiatives and increasing worker participation. Failure to comply with the conditions
of the mining licenses could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial
condition.
The MPRDA also makes reference to royalties payable to the South African state in terms of the
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (Act 28 of 2008). The Act provides for the payment of a
royalty according to a formula based on earnings before interest, tax and depreciation, after the
deduction of capital expenditure. This rate is then applied to revenue to calculate the royalty
amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold mining companies. It is estimated
that the formula could translate to a royalty rate of more than 2% of gross sales in terms of
current pricing assumptions. The royalty is to become effective on March 1, 2010. The introduction
of the Mining and Petroleum Royalty Act will have an adverse impact on the profits generated by our
operations in South Africa.
Once production in PNG is commenced, our PNG mining operations will be subject to royalty
payments to the government of PNG. Should we desire to expand any of our initiatives in PNG
operations into additional areas under exploration, these operations would need to convert the
existing exploration licenses prior to the start of mining, and that process could require
landowner title approval. There can be no assurance that any approval would be received. Please
also see
Item 4.
Regulation
for further information.
We are subject to extensive environmental regulations.
As a gold mining company, we are subject to extensive environmental regulation. We have
experienced and expect to continue to experience increased cash costs of production arising from
compliance with South African and PNG environmental laws and regulations. The MPRDA, certain other
environmental legislation and the administrative policies of the South African government regulate
the impact of our prospecting and mining operations on the environment.
Pursuant to these regulations, upon the suspension, cancellation, termination or lapsing of a
prospecting permit or mining authorization, we will remain liable for compliance with the
provisions of the various relevant regulations, including any rehabilitation obligations. This
liability will continue until such time as the appropriate authorities certify that we have
complied with such provisions.
In the future, we may incur significant costs associated with complying with the increasingly
stringent requirements being imposed under new legislation and regulations. This may include the
need to increase and accelerate expenditure on environmental rehabilitation and to alter provisions
for this expenditure, which could have a material adverse effect on our results and financial
condition. We may also face increased environmental costs should other mines in the vicinity of our
mines fail to meet their obligations with regard to the pumping or treatment of water.
The South African government has reviewed requirements imposed upon mining companies to ensure
environmental restitution. For example, following the introduction of an environmental rights
clause in South Africas constitution, a number of environmental legislative reform processes have
been initiated. Legislation passed as a result of these initiatives has tended to be materially
more onerous than laws previously applied in South Africa. Examples of such legislation include the
MPRDA, the South African National Nuclear Regulator Act 1999, the South African National Water Act
of 1998 and the South African National Environmental Management Act 1998, which include stringent
polluter-pays provisions. The adoption of these or additional or more comprehensive and stringent
requirements, in particular with regard to the management of hazardous waste, the pollution of
ground and ground-water systems and the duty to rehabilitate closed mines, may result in additional
costs and liabilities.
Our PNG operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection
of the environment, which are similar in scope to those of South Africa. See
Item 4.
Regulation
Environmental Matters
.
Investors in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments,
against us, our directors and our executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of
the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof.
We are incorporated in South Africa. Each of our directors and executive officers (and our
independent registered public accounting firm) reside outside of the United States. Substantially
all of the assets of these persons and substantially all of our assets are located outside the
United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce a judgment against
these persons or ourselves obtained in a court of the United States predicated upon the civil
liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of
16
the United States or any state thereof. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in
South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts
provided that:
|
|
|
the court that pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according
to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of
foreign courts;
|
|
|
|
|
the judgment is final and conclusive;
|
|
|
|
|
the judgment has not lapsed;
|
|
|
|
|
the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be
contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which
require that the documents initiating the United States proceeding were properly served on
the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by
counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;
|
|
|
|
|
the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and
|
|
|
|
|
the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the
Protection of Business Act 99 of 1978, as amended, of the Republic of South Africa.
|
Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds
uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.
Laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public
disclosure, new SEC regulations and other listing regulations applicable to us are subject to
change and can create uncertainty for companies like us. New or changed laws, regulations and
standards could lack specificity or be subject to varying interpretations. Their application in
practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This
could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance
as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report
by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. The report in this annual
report contains, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or
not our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If we fail to maintain the
adequacy of our internal controls, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing
basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The requirement to evaluate and report on our internal controls also applies to
companies that we may acquire and therefore, this assessment may be complicated by any future
acquisitions we may complete. While we continue to dedicate resources and management time to
ensuring that we have effective controls over financial reporting, failure to achieve and maintain
an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on the markets
perception of our business and our stock price. See
Item 15
.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
for management assessment as of June 30, 2009. In addition to managements assessment of internal
controls over financial reporting, we are required to have our independent registered public
accounting firm publicly disclose their conclusions regarding the effectiveness of Harmonys
internal controls over financial reporting.
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure,
and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have
resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative
expenses.
Sales of large quantities of our ordinary shares and ADSs, or the perception that these sales may
occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of such securities.
The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could fall if large quantities of ordinary shares
or ADSs are sold in the public market, or there is the perception in the marketplace that such
sales could occur. Subject to applicable securities laws, holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs
may decide to sell them at any time. The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could also
fall as a result of any future offerings it makes of ordinary shares, ADSs, or securities
exchangeable or exercisable for its ordinary shares or ADSs, or the perception in the marketplace
that these sales might occur. We may make such offerings of additional ADS rights, letters of
allocation or similar securities at any time or from time to time in the future.
17
Because we have a significant number of outstanding share options, our ordinary shares are subject
to dilution.
We have employee share option schemes as well as other share schemes. The employee share
option schemes came into effect in 1994, 2001, 2003 and 2006. Our Board has authorized up to 14% of
the issued share capital to be used for these plans. As a result, shareholders equity interests in
us are subject to dilution to the extent of the future exercises of the options, through share
schemes.
We may not pay dividends or make similar payments to our shareholders in the future.
We pay cash dividends only if funds are available for that purpose. Whether funds are
available depends on a variety of factors, including the amount of cash available and our capital
expenditures and other cash requirements existing at the time. Under South African law, we are only
entitled to pay a dividend or similar payment to shareholders if we meet the solvency and liquidity
tests set out in the Companies Act and our Articles of Association. Cash dividends or other similar
payments may not be paid in the future.
In February 2007, the South African Government announced a proposal to replace Secondary Tax
on Companies with a 10% withholding tax on dividends and other distributions payable to
shareholders. This proposal is expected to be implemented in phases to be completed by the end of
the 2010 calendar year. Although this may reduce the tax payable by our South African operations,
thereby increasing distributable earnings, the withholding tax will generally reduce the amount of
dividends or other distributions received by shareholders.
18
Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
BUSINESS
History and Development
We conduct underground and surface gold mining and related activities, including exploration,
processing and smelting. We are currently the third largest producer of gold in South Africa,
producing approximately 23% of the countrys annual gold output, and we ranked among the top 10
gold producers in the world, with operations and projects in South Africa and PNG. Our gold sales
have increased from 650,312 ounces of gold in fiscal 1995 to approximately 1.5 million ounces of
gold in fiscal 2009. As at June 30, 2009, our mining operations reported total proven and probable
reserves of 48.2 million ounces, primarily from South African sources. In fiscal 2009, we processed
approximately 21.1 million tons of ore.
In fiscal 2009, all of our total gold production took place in South Africa. In fiscal 2009,
approximately 93% of our South African gold came from underground mines, and approximately 7% came
from our surface operations (which include the Kalgold opencast operation and the Phoenix
operation). For more detailed information about our activities, See
Item 4. Information on the
Company Business Harmonys Mining Operations Overview
and the notes to the consolidated
financial statements included in this annual report. Mining is a highly regulated industry, and we
operate under a variety of statutes and regulations. For more detailed information about these
statutes and regulations, See
Item 4. Information on the Company Regulation
and
Item 10.
Additional Information
Memorandum and Articles of Association
.
The majority of our exploration and evaluation done during fiscal 2009 has been focused on
PNG. Our PNG exploration and evaluation opportunities are handled through the international office
in Brisbane, Australia. Exploration in South Africa focused on the Evander South project, Joel and
Tshepong.
We were incorporated and registered as a public company in South Africa on August 25, 1950
(under registration number 1950/038232/06). We poured our first gold on September 11, 1954. In the
early 1970s, we merged with the Anglovaal mines, Merriespruit and Virginia, forming Harmony Gold
Mining Company Limited. We then expanded from a single lease-bound mining operation into an
independent, world-class gold producer. We acquired additional mineral rights in the Free State,
Mpumalanga, Gauteng and North West provinces in South Africa when we acquired Lydex in 1997,
Evander in 1998, Kalgold in 1999, Randfontein in 2000, ARMgold in 2003 and Avgold in 2004. In
building our Australian portfolio, we acquired Hill 50 and New Hampton in Western Australia in 2001
and 2002, respectively, and started our exploration portfolio in PNG with projects in the Morobe
province originally through our acquisition of Abelle in 2003. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, we
disposed of several operations in South Africa and Australia, as well as 50% of our interest in
gold and copper assets in PNG. See
Item 4. Disposals
.
Our principal executive offices are located at Randfontein Office Park, Corner of Main Reef
Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1760, South Africa and the telephone number at this location is
+27-11-411-2000.
South African Operations
In South Africa, we operate a total of 10 underground operations, one open cast mine, and
eight processing plants which are located in all of the currently known goldfields in the
Witwatersrand basin of South Africa as well as the Green Stone belt. These operations produced
approximately 1.5 million ounces in fiscal 2009, and South Africa represented approximately 96% (or
46.1 million ounces) of our total proven and probable reserves. The deep level gold are located in
four provinces in this basin, being the Free State province, Mpumalanga, the West Rand Goldfields
in Gauteng province and the North West province. Surface operations are located in all these
provinces as well.
Ore from the shafts and surface material are treated at eight metallurgical plants in South
Africa, located near the operations (four in the Free State province, one in the North West
province, one in Mpumalanga and two in Gauteng). There are two plants on care and maintenance which
can be restarted if additional processing capacity is required (Joel and St. Helena plants in the
Free State province).
As
part of our Back-to-Basics strategy, which we embarked on in August 2007, management
reassessed and restructured the manner in which operations are managed and evaluated. Each
operation, consisting anywhere from a single shaft to a group of shafts, is managed by a team
headed up by a general manager. See
Item 4
.
Operational Strategy: Back-to-Basics
and
Harmonys
Management Structure
.
19
Operations are classified as Underground or Surface with the reportable segments in South
Africa being as follows:
|
|
|
Tshepong, Phakisa, Bambanani, Doornkop, Elandsrand, Target, Evander, Masimong, Virginia
(the Cooke operations were considered to be a reportable segment in fiscal 2008 and have
been disclosed under discontinued operations for all periods presented); and
|
|
|
|
|
all other shafts and surface operations, including those that treat historic sand dumps,
rock dumps and tailings dams, are grouped together under Other Underground or Other
Surface. Other includes Joel, Kalgold and Phoenix.
|
International Operations
Our interests internationally are currently mainly located in PNG and represent 4% (or 2.1
million ounces) of our total proven and probable reserves.
Our interests in Australia now consist solely of one site located at Mount Magnet in Western
Australia. This site has been closed down and the plant has been put on care and maintenance since
December 2007. The South Kalgoorlie operational assets and tenements, which we previously owned and
which were also located in Western Australia, were sold to Dioro Exploration NL (
Dioro
) on
November 30, 2007. Ore from the underground and surface material were treated at the two
metallurgical plants in Australia (one at Mount Magnet and, prior to it being sold, at South
Kalgoorlie).
In July 2007, we entered into an agreement with Dioro pursuant to which Dioro acquired our
South Kalgoorlie assets. The total purchase price was A$45 million (U.S.$39.8 million), consisting
of both a cash and share component. The share component entailed the issuance of 11.4 million Dioro
shares valued at A$20 million (U.S.$17.7 million), and a cash component of A$25 million (U.S.$22.1
million). The transaction was subject to various conditions precedent, including a minimum capital
raising by Dioro of A$35 million (U.S.$30.9 million) by the completion date. On November 30, 2007,
all conditions precedent were satisfied, and the transaction was completed and accounted for on
that date.
During fiscal 2008, we entered into an agreement with Monarch for the sale of our Mount Magnet
operation and classified the operations as held-for-sale. However, during July 2008, we were
advised that Monarch had placed itself in voluntary administration and, on August 1, 2008, the
Administrator indicated that Monarch will not proceed with the proposed purchase and consequently
the purchase agreement has been terminated. We have since resumed management of the Mount Magnet
operation. The sales process was resumed but due to various factors could not be finalised by the
end of fiscal 2009. We have started an intensive drilling program at Mount Magnet and may thus be
able to carry out feasibility studies or we may re-embark on a sale process. Accordingly, we have
reclassified the Mount Magnet operation to continuing operations.
In PNG, we, through our wholly-owned PNG-based subsidiaries, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields
Limited (
Morobe
) and Wafi Mining Limited (
Wafi
), own development and exploration prospects in
the Morobe Province. In August 2008, Newcrest Mining Limited (
Newcrest
) acquired a 30.01%
interest in our PNG assets and tenements through the Morobe Mining Joint Venture. By the end of
fiscal 2009, Newcrest had earned an additional 19.99% in terms of the farm-in agreement, resulting
in Newcrest and us each owning a 50% interest in the joint venture. Through the joint venture, we
continued with the process of building the Hidden Valley mine, with partial commissioning of the
plant completed by the end of fiscal 2009. The commissioning of the full plant and achieving
commercial levels of production is scheduled and planned for the December 2009 quarter. Following
the end of fiscal 2009, we announced that we had acquired new exploration projects, the Amanab and
the Mount Hagen Projects. See
Item 8. Recent Developments
.
Strategy
During fiscal 2008, we set ourselves several objectives to achieve financial stability as part
of our Back-to Basics strategy. One of those objectives was to be net debt-free (where positive
cash balances exceed debt balances), which we achieved in fiscal 2009 after concluding two major
asset disposal transactions and paying off our major debt. We still retained a cash balance of R2
billion (U.S.$253 million) by year end. As a result, we have a healthy balance sheet and are geared
to make further investments in our organic growth projects as well as any suitable acquisitions.
20
In August 2007, we embarked on a three-phase, three-component strategy to guide us through
2012:
|
|
|
Stabilization Phase this phase extended over a five-month period and included the
focused implementation of the first component of the strategy, called Back-to-Basics.
Back-to-Basics, which continued until the end of fiscal 2009, has now become a guiding
philosophy for the overall strategy.
|
|
|
|
|
Recovery Phase the second component of the strategy, which focuses on
Recovery/Organic Growth, began in fiscal 2008 and will extend into the third phase.
|
|
|
|
|
Growth Phase the third and final Organic/Acquisition component will be initiated
as the Recovery/Organic Growth component of the strategy delivers results, and will
extend through 2012.
|
Back-to-Basics
The initial Back-to-Basics component of our strategy, designed to stabilize and kick-start
recovery, comprised four primary objectives:
|
|
|
Disciplined mining
|
|
|
|
|
Cost control
|
|
|
|
|
Ore reserve management
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency
|
Key drivers of these objectives and their primary characteristics were:
|
|
|
The commitment to zero harm initiated at top management, filtering to every level
through a deliberate and programmed effort.
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive safety auditing.
|
|
|
|
|
Agreement on key non-negotiable principles, specifically management to lead by
example; continuous verbal communication with all team members; visible creation of
awareness of safety-related issues; recognition of and rewarding for safety
achievements; and involving all stakeholders.
|
|
|
|
|
Management focus on improving underground conditions, in particular areas deemed
to be of the highest risk shaft infrastructure and the underground workplace.
|
|
|
Empowered management teams
|
|
|
|
Establishment of small, multi-disciplinary, focused management teams at each
mining site, responsible for planning and implementing mining operations.
|
|
|
|
|
Setting of annual operational goals including volume, grade and cost targets
by each mining site management team in consultation with the executive committee;
development by each management team of an operational plan to attain set goals; and
regular review of results by the executive committee.
|
|
|
Focus on increased productivity:
|
|
|
|
To maximize productivity by structuring the operations such that 60% of the
workforce is directly engaged in production mining.
|
|
|
Commitment to cost control including the benchmarking of costing parameters, internally between operations and externally against other
gold producers:
|
|
|
|
In particular, the control of labor costs which average 50% of operating costs at the South African operations.
|
21
|
|
|
Pro-active maintenance practices.
|
|
|
|
|
Application of the appropriate maintenance principle, involving capital
expenditure commensurate with the life of the operation.
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation of cost accounting, ore accounting and reserve management systems
to track and measure costs and ore reserve depletion accurately.
|
|
|
Increasing operational consistency:
|
|
|
|
Commitment to increasing operational consistency in respect of both grade and
production in order to extract optimal value from orebodies by increasing
development expenditure and a focus on comprehensive ore reserve management.
|
|
|
Review of opportunities to develop certain assets uranium in particular, underground resources of which are not
currently reflected in the balance sheet or reserve statement independently of the core gold business:
|
|
|
|
Selected acquisitions to diversify the companys operations and complement its competitive strengths.
|
|
|
|
|
Targeted disposals to upgrade the companys overall portfolio quality.
|
Organic growth
Harmonys organic growth strategy focuses on:
|
|
extracting high-quality ounces; and
|
|
|
|
developing and operating the companys long-life mines.
|
Key drivers of these objectives are:
|
|
the Companys extensive experience in and established track record for identification, exploration and development of
its own projects;
|
|
|
|
its ongoing exploration programme focused on both on-mine exploration targeting resources within the economic radius of
existing mines and new mine exploration targeting early to advanced stage projects around the world;
|
|
|
|
expansion of the production base in South Africa and PNG, with a focus on developing new mines at competitive cash
costs and upgrading the overall quality of the companys portfolio;
|
|
|
|
a diverse project pipeline comprising five well-advanced projects Elandsrand new mine, Doornkop South Reef, Tshepong
sub-66 and 71 Declines, Phakisa in South Africa, and Hidden Valley in PNG which could deliver up to 1.4 million
low-cost production ounces by 2012 and a reduction in overall cash costs per ounce;
|
|
|
|
a number of additional development projects including surface sand dumps, rock dumps and tailings dams; the
companys uranium deposits; and the Wafi-Golpu copper-gold deposit in PNG which could increase production ounces;
and
|
|
|
|
expansion of the Companys exploration skills base.
|
22
Delivering on strategy
Key deliveries on Harmonys strategy to end of fiscal 2009 included:
|
|
improvements in two key safety indicator rates the frequency rates of lost-time injuries and of reportable injuries
and the receipt of several safety-related industry awards;
|
|
|
|
reversal of five years of accumulated losses;
|
|
|
|
achievement of zero net debt;
|
|
|
|
strong cash flow;
|
|
|
|
establishment of Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited (
Rand Uranium
), a significant step in turning to account its
uranium resources;
|
|
|
|
creation of the Morobe Mining Joint Venture, a 50:50 partnership in the PNG assets with Newcrest of Australia;
|
|
|
|
start of production at all five of the companies major projects Phakisa, Doornkop South Reef, Elandsrand and
Tshepong in South Africa and Hidden Valley in PNG; and
|
|
|
|
stepping up of the companys exploration programme, with a focus on the Wafi-Golpu copper-gold tenements in PNG and the
Evander South project, the St Helena tailings project and several underground areas associated with existing operations
in South Africa.
|
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths provide us with a competitive advantage:
Leading market position in the attractive gold industry
|
|
|
We believe that our size and leading market position enables us to undertake exploration
and simultaneously develop multiple projects around the world, as well as secure capital on
competitive terms.
|
|
|
|
|
The global gold industry offers a number of attractive industry fundamentals from which
we benefit. This includes the absence of available substitutes, relatively high barriers to
entry, and increasing gold producer concentration.
|
|
|
|
|
We are developing new mines at a planned lower cost per ounce than our current
operations, which we believe will help make them robust enough to survive any margin squeeze
and to withstand any reversal in the gold price. We expect the gold price to continue its
upward trend in the medium term.
|
Significant reserves with long mine lives
|
|
|
Our ore reserves as of June 30, 2009 amounted to 48.2 million ounces of gold spread across
our assets in South Africa and PNG. This ore reserve base is sufficient to support our existing
production profile in excess of 10 years at current production levels. There has been a 2.3 million
ounces year-on-year negative variance in ore reserves due to normal depletion of 1.6 million ounces
and the equity adjustment at Papua New Guinea to 50% attributable to Harmony which resulted in a
further decrease of 0.9 million ounces. On the positive side, there is a net addition of 0.2
million ounces of ore reserves from surface stockpiles and other positive adjustments from the
operations.
|
|
|
|
|
Of our 48.2 million ounces of reserves, 36.4 million ounces are classified as above
infrastructure and 11.8 million ounces are classified as below infrastructure (reserves for
which capital expenditure has still to be approved).
|
23
Highly attractive project pipeline
|
|
|
We have a diverse portfolio of gold development projects spread across South Africa and
PNG. These projects include Elandsrand, Doornkop, Tshepong and Phakisa in South Africa, and
Hidden Valley in PNG, which, when developed, could deliver up to 1.4 million ounces of
additional production by 2012.
|
|
|
|
|
We believe the relatively higher grade of these South African deposits and/or lower cost
base will result in these ounces being produced at highly competitive cash costs. This in
turn may result in a reduction in our overall cash cost position as these new projects are
commissioned.
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to these projects, we have a number of additional development prospects that
are being considered and progressed, including the processing of sand dumps and tailings
dams in our tailings projects, the processing of rock dumps, and developing the Wafi-Golpu
copper/gold deposit in PNG, which, when all developed, could increase production ounces per
annum.
|
|
|
|
|
We have also expanded our exploration skill base, evidenced by our progress in PNG.
|
|
|
|
|
We formed Rand Uranium, to which we have transferred our Cooke assets to optimize the
value of our uranium deposits.
|
Positive gold market outlook
|
|
|
In the midst of volatile tumultuous global investment markets, the gold market has
demonstrated great resilience and a positive upside. The price performance throughout fiscal
2009 supports our positive outlook for gold and, given our operational imperatives, we will
seek to contain costs, increase output and optimize our margins.
|
|
|
|
|
Post June 30, 2009, the gold price hit a high of U.S.$1,059.50 per ounce and, while it
was U.S.$1,050.50 per ounce as of October 19, 2009, this is 32% higher than it was for the
same time the previous year.
|
|
|
|
|
We believe the fundamental drivers behind increased demand and decreased new supply of
gold will remain in the future, which will in turn support a higher gold price over this
period. As an unhedged gold producer, we will benefit from a rising gold price environment.
|
Increased focus on earnings margins and cost
|
|
|
Our aim remains to return to profitability. At an operational level we have put in place
an intensive process of business planning, with benchmarks and targets we believe to be
realistic.
|
|
|
|
|
We are committed to lower our cost base and extensively benchmark our costing parameters
both internally among our operations, and externally against other gold producers. Stringent
cost cutting and cost control programs have been implemented.
|
|
|
|
|
We are confident that the benefits of our restructuring process and ongoing cost focus
will be sustained in the long term, and as a result, our ability to withstand any future
adverse market conditions has been significantly enhanced.
|
Conservative balance sheet and low gearing
|
|
|
We maintain a conservative gearing policy and seek to fund ongoing capital expenditure
(excluding growth projects) through cash generated from existing operations.
|
|
|
|
|
Our low level of gearing should provide us with the ability to utilize debt to fund
capital and development expenditure requirements for our new projects.
|
24
Experienced management team with significant industry expertise
|
|
|
Our senior management team consists of experienced mining executives with extensive
industry backgrounds combined with geological and metallurgical expertise.
|
|
|
|
|
Our senior management team has a proven track record in developing and managing the
operations under its control, and has demonstrated an ability to optimize underperforming
assets as well as developing new projects around the world.
|
Leading Black Economic Empowerment strategy
|
|
|
We are proud to be a South African company that fully embraces the countrys
transformation initiatives. We are approximately 15% owned by African Rainbow Minerals
Limited (
ARM Limited
), a black empowerment company in which our chairman, Patrice Motsepe,
owns an interest. Of our total production profile, 36% of our South African ounces are
attributed empowerment ounces.
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that we have gone beyond the requirements of the Mining Charter by ensuring
that our HDSA partners are truly empowered, that we are largely managed by a HDSA Board, and
that we continue to engage with black shareholders and/or partners to find more
opportunities to invest in BEE transactions and involve HDSA partners.
|
|
|
|
|
We will continue to embrace empowerment as part of our growth strategy and we acknowledge
that empowerment forms a fundamental part of our business into the future.
|
Principal Investments
See
Item 8. Recent Developments
for investments made after the reporting date.
We have concluded several other strategic transactions within and outside South Africa in the
last three fiscal years, which are summarized below.
On April 17, 2009, we exchanged our interest in Dioro for shares in Avoca Resources Limited
(
Avoca
). See
Item 4. Disposals
. In terms of the offer by Avoca, we received one Avoca share for
every three Dioro shares held. The market value of the Avoca shares on the date was U.S.$4.2
million (A$1.50 per share).
On December 1, 2008, we issued 3,364,675 shares to Rio Tinto plc (
Rio Tinto
) for the
purchase of Rio Tintos rights to the royalty agreement entered into prior to our acquisition of
the Wafi deposits in PNG. The shares were valued at $23 million on the transaction date. An
additional $10 million in cash will be payable when the decision to mine is made. Of this amount,
Harmony is responsible for paying the first $6 million, with the balance of $4 million being borne
equally by the joint venture partners. The effect of the transaction will be to reduce the cost of
any gold produced at Wafi.
On November 21, 2008, we transferred our Cooke operations to Rand Uranium in exchange for cash
of $209 million and a 40% interest in Rand Uranium. See
Item 4. Disposals
.
On February 27, 2008, the Group acquired a 32.4% interest in Pamodzi Gold Limited (
Pamodzi
)
after disposing of its Orkney assets. See
Item 4
.
Disposals
.
In March 2007, we concluded negotiations with Rio Tinto in which we purchased Rio Tintos
rights to the royalty agreement entered into prior to our acquisition of the Hidden Valley and
Kerimenge deposits in PNG. The final condition precedent, which was to obtain approval of the
relevant PNG minister on the recommendation of the Mining Advisory Council that the royalty rights
may be transferred to us, was met in March 2008. Our cost of U.S.$22.5 million was met through the
issue of shares and a cash payment of U.S.$2.5 million. The effect of the transaction will be to
reduce the cost of gold produced at Hidden Valley and all further extensions to the project, mine
life and reserves will be free of this royalty.
On December 8, 2006 we exchanged our Western Areas Limited (
Western Areas
) shares for Gold
Fields Limited (
Gold Fields
) ordinary shares. See
Item 4
.
Disposals
. We received 15.7 million
Gold Fields shares, issued at R135.02 (U.S.$19.15) per share, for our 44.9 million Western Areas
shares. During the fiscal years 2008 and 2007, we disposed of our interest in Gold Fields. See
Item
4
.
Disposals
.
25
Disposals
On April 17, 2009, we disposed of our Dioro shares in exchange for shares in Avoca. On that
date, the market value of the Dioro shares were A$0.50 per share, or U.S.$4.2 million.
On November 21, 2008, we transferred our Cooke assets to our wholly-owned, newly formed
subsidiary, Rand Uranium, for the consideration of U.S.$328 million, settled with Rand Uranium
shares. In a related transaction on the same date, 60% of these shares were sold to Pamodzi
Resources Fund 1 LLP (
PRF
) for U.S.$197 million. U.S.$40 million was paid on the effective date
and the balance of U.S.$157 million, together with interest at 5% per annum, was paid on April 20,
2009. The conditions precedent for the second part of the Rand Uranium transaction, relating to
the sale of the Old Randfontein assets, were fulfilled on April 22, 2009. Additional shares were
issued in settlement and 60% of these shares were sold to PRF. PRF paid its portion of the
purchase price, amounting to U.S.$12 million, in cash on April 20, 2009. We recognized a gain of
U.S.$171 million on these transactions.
During fiscal 2009, we disposed of 50% of our interest in our PNG assets in three tranches to
Newcrest. The first tranche of 30.01% was disposed of on July 31, 2008 in exchange for $229 million
in cash, which was received on August 7, 2008. On February 28, 2009, the second tranche of 10% was
disposed of in terms of the farm-in agreement. Newcrest earned in a further 9.99% interest by
contributing to the capital expenditure at Hidden Valley as well as with a cash payment of $6
million on June 30, 2009. A net profit of $112 million was realized for the total disposal.
On February 27, 2008, we disposed of our Orkney operations to Pamodzi in exchange for 30
million listed ordinary shares, the market value of which was R345 million (U.S.$46.5 million).
On November 30, 2007 the South Kalgoorlie operations were sold to Dioro in exchange for 11.4
million listed ordinary shares, the market value of which was, when issued on December 5, 2007,
U.S.$17.7 million (A$20 million), as well as cash of U.S.$22.1 million (A$25 million). A loss of
U.S.$8.8 million (A$9.8 million), net of tax, was realized.
On August 24, 2007, the Group disposed of the remaining 13,095,079 ordinary Gold Fields
shares. The proceeds amounted to R1,310 million (U.S.$182.9 million), resulting in a loss of R459
million (U.S.$63.2 million).
In April 2007, the surface assets and metallurgical plant at Deelkraal was sold to Ogoerion
Construction CC for R98 million (U.S.$13.7 million). It was agreed that the purchase price be paid
in installments over a 24-month period. Due to various reasons, the agreement was renegotiated and
the metallurgical plant was excluded from the new sale agreement. The consideration for the surface
assets was set at R45 million (U.S.$6 million), which had already been received.
In a range of transactions between January 22, 2007 and February 12, 2007, we disposed of
1,150,000 Gold Fields shares for U.S.$19.7 million. The total cost of these shares was U.S.$21.4
million, resulting in a loss of U.S.$1.7 million. During May and June 2007, a further 1.5 million
shares with a cost of U.S.$28.3 million were disposed of for U.S.$25.1 million, resulting in a loss
of U.S.$3.2 million.
On December 8, 2006, we disposed of our 29.2% interest in Western Areas in exchange for
ordinary shares in Gold Fields. This was in terms of an offer by Gold Fields whereby every 100
Western Areas Shares were exchanged for 35 Gold Fields shares.
On October 19, 2006, Randfontein 4 Shaft was sold to Simmer & Jack Limited for an amount of
R60 million (U.S.$8.5 million).
26
Hedging Policy
We have consistently maintained a policy of not entering into forward sales, commodity,
derivatives or hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of our future gold
production, although we may do so in the future.
Where any such gold hedging position is acquired, our policy is to eliminate any such
positions existing within acquired companies as soon as this can be achieved through sound,
commercially advantageous transactions. There may, however, be instances where certain hedge
positions in acquired companies need to be kept in place for contractual or other reasons. In line
with this policy, we have historically closed out hedging arrangements inherited through our
acquisitions. Our revenues are sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-U.S.
currencies to the U.S. dollar, as all the revenues are generated by gold sales denominated in U.S.
dollars. We do not enter into forward sales, commodity, derivatives or other hedging arrangements
to establish a Rand to U.S. dollar exchange rate in advance for the sales of our future gold
production, although we may do so in the future.
In May 2007, we closed out the remainder of our Australian hedge book, which we inherited with
the acquisition of the Hill 50 mine. In these transactions, some 220,000 ounces were closed out at
an average spot rate of A$809/ounce, for a total cost of A$72.8 million (U.S.$60.0 million). As a
result, we are completely unhedged.
Description of Mining Business
Exploration
Exploration activities are focused on the extension of existing orebodies and identification
of new orebodies, both at existing sites and at undeveloped sites.
Our gold-focused exploration program has two components:
|
|
|
on-mine exploration, which looks for resources within the economic radius of existing
mines, and
|
|
|
|
|
new mine exploration, which is the global search for early to advanced stage projects.
|
Once a potential orebody has been discovered, exploration is extended and intensified in order
to enable clearer definition of the orebody and the potential portions to be mined. Geological
techniques are constantly refined to improve the economic viability of prospecting and mining
activities.
We conduct exploration activities on our own or with joint venture partners. As at June 30,
2009, our prospecting interest in South Africa measured 48,983 hectares (121.037 acres), 327,600
hectares (809,514 acres) in PNG and 80,123 hectares (197,988 acres) in Australia. We spent U.S.$32
million on exploration in fiscal 2009 and the bulk of exploration expenditure was allocated to
activities in PNG and South Africa. In fiscal 2010, we intend to carry out exploration in PNG and
South Africa.
Mining
The mining process can be divided into two main phases: (i) accessing the orebody and (ii)
mining the orebody. This basic process applies to both underground and surface operations.
|
|
|
Accessing the orebody.
|
|
|
|
|
In our South African underground mines, access to the orebody is by means of shafts sunk from
the surface to the lowest economically and practically mineable level. Horizontal development
at various intervals of a shaft (known as levels) extends access to the horizon of the reef to
be mined. On-reef development then provides specific mining access. Horizontal development at
various intervals of the decline extends access to the horizon of the ore to be mined. The
declines are advanced on a continuous basis to keep ahead of the mining taking place on the
levels above. In our open-pit mines, access to the orebody is provided by overburden
stripping, which removes the covering layers of topsoil or rock, through a combination of
drilling, blasting, loading and hauling, as required.
|
27
|
|
|
Mining the orebody.
|
|
|
|
|
The process of ore removal starts with drilling and blasting the accessible ore. The blasted
faces are then cleaned, and the ore is transferred to the transport system. In open-pit mines,
gold-bearing material may require drilling and blasting, and is usually collected by
bulldozers or shovels to transfer it onto trucks, which transport it to the mill.
|
In our South African underground mines, once ore has been broken, train systems collect ore
from the faces and transfer it to a series of ore passes that gravity feed the ore to hoisting
levels at the bottom of the shaft. The ore is then hoisted to the surface in dedicated conveyances
and transported either by conveyor belts directly or via surface railway systems or roads to the
treatment plants. In addition to ore, waste rock broken to access reef horizons must similarly be
hoisted and then placed on waste rock dumps.
Processing
We currently have eight operational metallurgical plants and two metallurgical plants on care
and maintenance in South Africa. We also have a metallurgical plant at the Hidden Valley project in
PNG. The principal gold extraction processes we use are carbon in leach, or CIL, and carbon in
pulp, or CIP.
The gold plant circuit consists of the following:
|
|
|
Comminution.
|
|
|
|
|
Comminution is the process of breaking up the ore to expose and liberate the gold and make it
available for treatment. Conventionally, this process occurs in multi-stage crushing and
milling circuits, which include the use of jaw and gyratory crushers and rod and tube and ball
mills. Our more modern milling circuits include semi- or fully-autogenous milling where the
ore itself is used as the grinding medium. Typically, ore must be ground to a minimum size
before proceeding to the next stage of treatment.
|
|
|
|
|
Treatment.
|
|
|
|
|
In most of our metallurgical plants, gold is extracted into a leach solution from the host ore
by leaching in agitated tanks. Gold is then extracted onto activated carbon from the solution
using the CIL or CIP processes.
|
Gold in solution, at one of our plants, is recovered using zinc precipitation. Recovery of the
gold from the loaded carbon takes place by elution and electro-winning. Cathode sludge or dore bars
produced from electro- winning is now currently sent directly to Rand Refinery. Most of the South
African plants no longer use smelting to produce rough gold bars (dore). Our South African zinc
precipitation plants continue to smelt precipitate to produce rough gold bars. These bars are then
transported to the Rand Refinery which is responsible for refining the bars to a minimum of good
delivery status.
In fiscal 2006, we operated the only independent gold refinery and fabrication plant in South
Africa. In fiscal 2006, approximately 84% of our South African gold production was refined at our
refinery and the remainder was refined at the Rand Refinery, which is owned by a consortium of the
major gold producers in South Africa. Since July 2006, all of our gold produced in South Africa has
been sent to the Rand Refinery, as a decision was made to close the Harmony Refinery for economic
reasons. The Australian gold production for fiscal years 2007 to 2009 was refined in Australia at
an independent refiner, AGR Matthey.
The South African government has emphasized that the production of value-added fabricated gold
products, such as jewelry, is an important means for creating employment opportunities in South
Africa and has made the promotion of these beneficiation activities a requirement of the Mining
Charter described in
Item 4. Information on the Company-Regulation Mineral Rights.
We support
jewelry ventures in South Africa.
Harmonys Management Structure
We have a de-centralized management structure that is based on small, empowered management
teams led by General Managers at each of our operations. In South Africa, the General Managers
report to Alwyn Pretorius and Tom Smith, the Chief Operations Officers, and are responsible for
business optimization, ore reserve optimization, and for developing a business culture at the
operations. They also focus on long-term viability and growth of the operations. The General
Managers are supported by an Ore Reserve Manager, a Financial Manager, a Human Resources Manager
and a Technical Manager in ensuring the growth and long-term sustainability of the operations.
28
Capital Expenditures
Capital expenditures for continuing operations, including the non-cash portion, incurred for
fiscal 2009 totalled U.S.$487 million compared with U.S.$504 million for fiscal 2008 and U.S.$340
million for fiscal 2007. In Rand terms, the capital expenditure increased by 19% from fiscal 2008.
The decrease in dollar terms can be attributed to the weakening of the Rand against the US dollar
during the year. For fiscal 2009, the capital development at PNG accounted for 41% of the total.
The majority of the PNG development was funded by Newcrest in terms of the farm-in agreement. The
increase in capital expenditure was due to the capital development at the Doornkop South Reef
Project, Tshepong Sub 71 Decline, Phakisa and Elandsrand new mine. The increase in capital
expenditure in fiscal 2008 compared with 2007 was primarily related to the development of the PNG
assets, which accounted for 39% of the project capital expended at the continuing operations.
Capital was also expended on the Doornkop South Reef Project, Tshepong Sub 66 and 71 Declines,
Phakisa and Elandsrand new mine. During fiscal 2007, the increased development in PNG accounted for
21% of the project capital expended in the year at the continuing operations, with the balance
being expended at the Doornkop South Reef Project, Phakisa, Tshepong Sub 66 Decline and Elandsrand
new mine.
The focus of our capital expenditures in recent years has been underground development and
plant improvement and upgrades. Construction in certain areas at these projects are close to
completion and will start building up production in the next 12 months. The remainder of the
projects will still require a great deal of capital expenditure over the next two to three years
until they are substantially completed. During fiscal 2009, the projects were funded from the
Companys cash reserves, as well as by the partnering agreement entered into with Newcrest for the
PNG assets.
Capital expenditure for discontinued operations, including the non-cash portion, incurred for
fiscal 2009 totaled U.S.$10 million, compared with U.S.$38 million for fiscal 2008 and U.S.$41
million for fiscal 2007.
We have budgeted approximately U.S.$410 million for capital expenditures in fiscal 2010.
Details regarding the capital expenditures for each operation are found in the individual mine
sections under
Business Harmonys Mining Operations
. We currently expect that our planned
operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations and new borrowings as needed.
However, if we decide to expand major projects such as the Poplar Project and the Rolspruit Project
at Evander beyond our current plans, we may consider alternative financing sources. See
Item 4.
Information on the Company Business Harmonys Mining Operations Evander Operations
.
Reserves
As at June 30, 2009, we have declared proven and probable reserves of 48.2 million ounces,
broken down as follows: 46.1 million ounces in South Africa and 2.1 million ounces in PNG. Of our
48.2 million ounces of ore reserves, 11.8 million ounces are classified as below infrastructure
(that is, reserves for which capital expenditure has yet to be approved). There has been a 2.3
million ounces year-on-year negative variance in ore reserves due to the following reasons:
|
|
|
normal depletion of 1.6 million ounces;
|
|
|
|
|
the equity adjustment at Papua New Guinea to 50% attributable to Harmony resulted in a
further decrease of 0.9 million ounces; and
|
|
|
|
|
a net addition of 0.2 million ounces of ore reserves from surface stockpiles and other
positive adjustments from the operations.
|
We use the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and
Ore Reserves (
SAMREC Code
), which sets out the internationally recognized procedures and
standards for reporting of mineral resources and ore reserves. We use the term ore reserves
herein, which has the same meaning as mineral reserves, as defined in the SAMREC code. Our
reporting of the PNG Ore Reserves complies with the Australian Code for the Reporting of Mineral
Resources and Ore Reserves (
JORC
) of the Australian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. This code
is materially the same as the SAMREC Code. In reporting of reserves, we have complied with Industry
Guide 7 of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
For the reporting of Ore Reserves at our South African and PNG operations, we use a gold price
of U.S.$750 per ounce. An exchange rate of R9.33 per U.S. dollar is used for South Africa and for
PNG an exchange rate of U.S.$0.75 per Australian dollar is used giving a gold price of R225,000 per
kilogram and AU$1,000 per ounce, respectively. These gold prices have also been used in mine
planning.
29
In order to define that portion of a measured and indicated mineral resource that can be
converted to a proven and probable ore reserve at our underground operations, we apply the concept
of a cut-off grade. This is done by defining the optimal cut-off grade as the lowest grade at which
an orebody can be mined such that the total profits, under a specified set of mining parameters,
are maximized. The cut-off grade is determined using our Optimizer computer program which requires
the following as input:
|
|
|
the database of measured and indicated resource blocks (per shaft section);
|
|
|
|
|
an assumed gold price which, for this ore reserve statement, was taken as R225,000 per
kilogram;
|
|
|
|
|
planned production rates;
|
|
|
|
|
the mine recovery factor (
MRF
) which is equivalent to the mine call factor (
MCF
)
multiplied by the plant recovery factor; and
|
|
|
|
|
planned cash costs (cost per tonne).
|
Rand per tonne cash costs of the mines are historically based, but take into account distinct
changes in the cost environment, such as the future production profile, restructuring,
right-sizing, and other cost reduction initiatives which we expect in the aggregate to lead to
lower unit costs, and for below-infrastructure ounces, an estimate of capital expenditure.
The block cave reserve at Golpu (PNG) used the PCBC computer program to define the optimal
mine plan and sequencing.
The open pit reserve at Hidden Valley (PNG) is constrained by the capacity of the tailings
storage facility with Whittle optimization program guiding the most efficient mine design given
this constraint.
The ore reserves represent that portion of the measured and indicated resources above cut-off
in the life-of-mine plan and have been estimated after consideration of the factors affecting
extraction, including mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social, and
governmental factors. A range of disciplines which includes geology, survey, planning, mining
engineering, rock engineering, metallurgy, financial management, human resources management, and
environmental management have been involved at each mine in the life-of-mine planning process and
the conversion of resources into reserves. The ore flow-related modifying factors used to convert
the mineral resources to ore reserves through the life-of-mine planning process are stated for each
individual shaft. For these factors, historical information is used, except if there is a valid
reason to do otherwise. Because of depth and rock engineering requirements, some shafts design
stope support pillars into their mining layouts which accounts for approximately 7% to 10%
discounting. Further discounting relates to the life-of-mine extraction to provide for unpay and
geological losses.
Our standard for narrow reef sampling with respect to both proven and probable reserve
calculations for underground mining operations in South Africa is applied on a 6 meter by 6 meter
grid. Average sample spacing on development ends is at 2 meter intervals in development areas. For
the massive mining at the Target operations, our standard for sampling with respect to both proven
and probable reserves are fan drilling with B sized diamond drill holes (43mm core) sited at 50
meter spaced sections along twin access drives. The Kalgold open cast operations are sampled on
diamond drill and reverse circulation drill spacing of no more than 25 meters on average. Surface
mining at South African operations other than Kalgold involves recovering gold from areas
previously involved in mining and processing, such as metallurgical plants, waste rock dumps and
tailing dams (slimes and sand) for which random sampling is used.
The PNG resources are hosted in large porphyry or related mesothermal geological systems. Data
is gained through diamond drilling using PQ down to NQ sized core. The core is cut in half, one
half sampled at a maximum of 2 meter intervals and the other half stored in designated core storage
facilities. Drill spacing is typically on less than 20 meter centers for Measured category, 20 to
40 meter centers for the Indicated category and greater than 40m for Inferred category material.
Assaying for gold is by fire assay and various methods are used for copper and other elements. All
assays informing the resource calculation are analyzed at a National Association of Testing
Authorities accredited commercial laboratory. Some sample preparation is done at the mine site
laboratory. Extensive Quality Assurance/Quality Control work is undertaken and data is stored in an
electronic database.
30
Our mining operations reported total proven and probable reserves as of June 30, 2009 are set out
below:
Ore Reserves statement (Imperial) as at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROVEN RESERVES
|
|
PROBABLE RESERVES
|
|
TOTAL RESERVES
|
OPERATIONS
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Gold oz
(1)
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Gold oz
(1)
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Gold oz
(1)
|
GOLD
|
|
(million)
|
|
(oz/ton)
|
|
(000)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(oz/ton)
|
|
(000)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(oz/ton)
|
|
(000)
|
South Africa Underground
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
0.247
|
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.318
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
0.265
|
|
|
|
1,385
|
|
Joel
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.168
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
0.161
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
0.163
|
|
|
|
565
|
|
Masimong
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
0.152
|
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.154
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
0.152
|
|
|
|
984
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.145
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
22.2
|
|
|
|
0.236
|
|
|
|
5,239
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
0.235
|
|
|
|
5,295
|
|
Target
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
0.178
|
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
0.163
|
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
0.168
|
|
|
|
2,559
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
0.154
|
|
|
|
2,184
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
0.169
|
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
0.161
|
|
|
|
4,314
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
0.129
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
0.133
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
0.130
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.104
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.113
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0.110
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
0.190
|
|
|
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
0.178
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
41.5
|
|
|
|
0.182
|
|
|
|
7,541
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
0.169
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
0.181
|
|
|
|
1,434
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
0.177
|
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
Evander(below infrastructure)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54.5
|
|
|
|
0.217
|
|
|
|
11,849
|
|
|
|
54.5
|
|
|
|
0.217
|
|
|
|
11,849
|
|
Total South Africa Underground
|
|
|
53.3
|
|
|
|
0.169
|
|
|
|
8,986
|
|
|
|
145.7
|
|
|
|
0.199
|
|
|
|
29,032
|
|
|
|
199.0
|
|
|
|
0.191
|
|
|
|
38,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South Africa Surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kalgold
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
0.025
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
0.031
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
0.027
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
Free State Surface
|
|
|
928.3
|
|
|
|
0.007
|
|
|
|
6,459
|
|
|
|
112.2
|
|
|
|
0.008
|
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
|
1,040.5
|
|
|
|
0.007
|
|
|
|
7,304
|
|
Total South Africa Surface
|
|
|
945.6
|
|
|
|
0.007
|
|
|
|
6,884
|
|
|
|
122.0
|
|
|
|
0.009
|
|
|
|
1,152
|
|
|
|
1,067.6
|
|
|
|
0.008
|
|
|
|
8,036
|
|
Total South Africa
|
|
|
998.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,870
|
|
|
|
267.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,184
|
|
|
|
1,266.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New
Guinea
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hidden Valley and Kaveroi
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.068
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
0.058
|
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
0.059
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
Hamata
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.064
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
0.078
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
0.078
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Golpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
0.018
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
0.018
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
Total Papua New Guinea
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
0.068
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
60.5
|
|
|
|
0.033
|
|
|
|
1,984
|
|
|
|
62.2
|
|
|
|
0.034
|
|
|
|
2,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAND TOTAL
|
|
|
1,000.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,982
|
|
|
|
328.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,168
|
|
|
|
1,328.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,150
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are
reported as mill delivered tonnes.
|
|
|
|
Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures stated above. The
approximate metallurgical recovery factors for the table above are as follows: Bambanani 96%, Joel
96%, Masimong 95%, Phakisa 95%, Target 96%, Tshepong 97%, Virginia 95%, Doornkop 95%, Elandsrand
96%, Evander 97%, Kalgold 90%, Free State Surface 47%, Hidden Valley/Kaveroi 93%, Hamata 93%,
Golpu 56%.
|
|
|
|
In order to derive the appropriate plant recovery factors for ore reserve estimates a process have
been followed where realistic assumptions based on historical performance have been applied. There
may be short term fluctuation either positive or negative which can lead to small discrepancies
between actual and planned recovery factors.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents Harmonys equity portion of 50%.
|
Note: 1 ton = 907 kg = 2,000 lbs
31
In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our equity reserves for silver, copper and
molybdenum from our PNG operations. Metal prices are assumed at U.S.$10/oz for silver, U.S.$2.27/lb
for copper and U.S.$13/lb for molybdenum.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROVEN RESERVES
|
|
PROBABLE RESERVES
|
|
TOTAL RESERVES
|
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Silver oz
(1)
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Silver oz
(1)
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Silver oz
(1)
|
OPERATIONS SILVER
|
|
(million)
|
|
(oz/ton)
|
|
(000)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(oz/ton)
|
|
(000)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(oz/ton)
|
|
(000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New Guinea
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hidden Valley and Kaveroi
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1.137
|
|
|
|
1,755
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
1.070
|
|
|
|
20,767
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
1.075
|
|
|
|
22,522
|
|
|
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Cu lbs
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Cu lbs
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Cu lbs
|
COPPER
|
|
(million)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New Guinea
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Golpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
1.025
|
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
1.025
|
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Mo lbs
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Mo lbs
|
|
Tons
|
|
Grade
|
|
Mo lbs
|
MOLYBDENUM
|
|
(million)
|
|
(lbs/ton)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(lbs/ton)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(million)
|
|
(lbs/ton)
|
|
(million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New Guinea
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Golpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
0.231
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
39.0
|
|
|
|
0.231
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and metal losses, and are
reported as mill delivered tonnes
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents Harmonys equity portion of 50%
|
Note: 1 ton = 907 kg = 2,000 lbs
Our methodology for determining our reserves is subject to change and is based upon estimates
and assumptions made by management regarding a number of factors as noted above in this section.
Worldwide Operations
Description of Property
The following is a map of our worldwide operations:
32
Our operational mining areas in South Africa are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hectares
|
|
Acres
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
7,267
|
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
5,113
|
|
|
|
12,634
|
|
Free State (includes Masimong and Virginia)
|
|
|
22,583
|
|
|
|
55,802
|
|
Tshepong and Phakisa
|
|
|
10,799
|
|
|
|
26,683
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
2,356
|
|
|
|
5,821
|
|
Joel
|
|
|
2,162
|
|
|
|
5,342
|
|
Kalgold
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
36,898
|
|
|
|
91,174
|
|
Target (includes Loraine)
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
|
|
19,649
|
|
Total
|
|
|
91,419
|
|
|
|
225,892
|
|
In Australia and PNG, we hold granted tenements as set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hectares
|
|
Acres
|
Mount Magnet
|
|
|
80,123
|
|
|
|
197,988
|
|
PNG
|
|
|
327,600
|
|
|
|
809,514
|
|
Total Worldwide Operations
|
|
|
499,142
|
|
|
|
1,233,394
|
|
We acquired new tenements in PNG for exploration after June 30, 2009. See
Item 8. Recent
Developments
.
In line with the rest of the South African mining industry, and in an effort to reduce costs,
we have been rationalizing our mineral rights holdings in recent years. Accordingly, over the past
three years, we have disposed of our shares and participation rights in areas within and outside of
South Africa in which we have not actively pursued mining. However, in some cases we have retained
certain participation rights and option clauses in disposed-of properties and mining rights. We may
continue to investigate further disposals.
Geology
The major portion of our South African gold production is derived from mines located in the
Witwatersrand Basin in South Africa. The Witwatersrand Basin is an elongated structure that extends
approximately 300 kilometers in a northeast-southwest direction and approximately 100 kilometers in
a northwest-southeast direction. It is an Archean sedimentary basin containing a six kilometer
thick stratigraphic sequence consisting mainly of quartzites and shales with minor volcanic units.
The majority of production is derived from auriferous placer reefs situated at different
stratigraphic positions and at varying depths below the surface in three of the seven defined
goldfields of the Witwatersrand Basin.
Our Hidden Valley project comprises low sulphidation carbonate-base metal-gold epithermal
deposits within the Morobe Goldfield, in the Morobe Province of PNG. In the Hidden Valley project
area, a batholith of Morobe Granodiorite (locally a coarse grained monzogranite) is flanked by fine
metasediments of the Owen Stanley Metamorphics. Both are cut by dykes of Pliocene porphyry ranging
from hornblende-biotite to feldspar-quartz porphyries. A number of commonly argillic altered and
gold anomalous breccias are known, including both hydrothermal and over printing structural
breccias. The Hidden Valley deposit area is dominated by a series of post Miocene faults
controlling the gold mineralization, including an early north trending set and the main northwest
faulting.
Our Wafi project comprises the sedimentary/volcaniclastic rocks of the Owen Stanley Formation
that surround the Wafi Diatreme and host the gold mineralization. Gold mineralization occurs as
extensive high-sulphidation epithermal alteration overprinting porphyry mineralization and
epithermal style vein-hosted and replacement gold mineralization with associated wall-rock
alteration. The Golpu Copper-Gold project is located about one kilometer northeast of the Wafi gold
orebody. It is a porphyry (diorite) copper-gold deposit. The host lithology is a diorite that
exhibits a typical zoned porphyry copper alteration halo and the mineralized body can be described
as a porphyry copper-gold pipe.
33
Harmonys Mining Operations Overview
In South Africa, we conduct underground mining at 10 operations:
|
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
|
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
|
|
Masimong
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia (consists of Harmony 2, Merriespruit 1 & 3, Unisel and Brand 3 & 5)
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
|
|
Evander (consists of Evander 2, 5, 7 and 8)
|
|
|
|
|
Joel (included under Other Underground)
|
During fiscal 2008, the Cooke operations (consists of Cooke 1, 2 and 3 shafts) were considered
to be a reportable segment. An effective 60% interest in these operations was sold on November 21,
2008 and the results for the five months up to that date have been included in discontinued
operations for fiscal 2009.
We conduct surface mining at four sites (all included in Other Surface):
|
|
|
Free State (also known as Phoenix)
|
|
|
|
|
Freegold
|
|
|
|
|
Kalgold
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
Surface mining was conducted at Randfonteins Cooke operations up to the date of sale and the
Cooke plant has been classified as discontinued operations along with the Cooke operations.
Surface mining conducted at the South African operations other than Kalgold involves
recovering gold from areas previously involved in mining and processing, such as metallurgical
plants, waste rock dumps and tailings dams (slimes and sand). We are conducting studies to
determine the feasibility of further retreatment projects in the Free State and at Evander.
Internationally, our mining was previously conducted at the following two sites in Australia:
|
|
|
Mount Magnet The site was put on care and maintenance at the end of December 2007. We
have commenced with a drilling program in order to further define the orebody. Management
may decide to resume the sale process as soon as the drilling results are available. See
International Operations
above.
|
|
|
|
|
South Kalgoorlie we finalized the sale of this operation with Dioro on November 30,
2007 See
Disposals
above.
|
Underground and surface mining was conducted at each of these operations, with underground
access through two declines at Mount Magnet and one decline at South Kalgoorlie and surface access
principally through open-pits. Surface mining at South Kalgoorlie ceased in fiscal 2006 with
treatment consisting of Mount Marion ore and low grade stockpiles. Open-pit mining
34
recommenced at South Kalgoorlie mines during fiscal 2007. The Mount Marion underground
operation at South Kalgoorlie ceased in June 2007, with only open-pit operations continuing on that
site until the date of sale to Dioro.
The following discussion is a two-part presentation of our operations:
|
|
|
an overview of our South African mining operations with a discussion and production
analysis of each of our operating segments; and
|
|
|
|
|
an overview of our International (Australian and PNG) operations.
|
Previously, we disclosed cash costs and cash cost per ounce which including the movement in
inventory and calculated using gold ounces sold as a denominator. These amounts have been
re-presented for all comparative periods in the discussions and production analyses below following
the changes to the calculation of these measures, See
Item 3
.
Selected Financial Data Selected
Historical Consolidated Financial Data
.
Where we have translated the Rand amount budgeted for capital expenditures in 2010 into U.S.
dollars, we have used the closing rate at the balance sheet date.
South African Mining Operations
Unless indicated otherwise, the discussions below are for continuing operations.
35
Underground
Tshepong, Phakisa and Bambanani
Introduction:
We acquired Tshepong, Phakisa and Bambanani when we, in January 2002, acquired the
Freegold operations from AngloGold Ashanti Limited (
Anglogold
) through a 50% joint venture with
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited (
ARMgold
). In September 2003, we acquired 100% of these
operations when ARMgold became a wholly owned subsidiary. These operations are located in the Free
State province. Production from the operations is processed through Harmony One Plant.
History:
Exploration, development and production history in the area of the Freegold assets dates
from the early 1900s, leading to commercial production by 1932. Subsequent consolidation and
restructuring led to the formation of Free State Consolidated Gold Mine (Operations) Limited, which
became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AngloGold in June 1998.
Geology:
The operations are located in the Free State Goldfield, which is on the southwestern edge
of the Witwatersrand basin. The Bambanani, Tshepong and Phakisa mines are located to the north and
west of Welkom. Mining is primarily conducted in the Basal reef, with limited exploitation of the B
Reef at Tshepong. The reefs generally dip towards the east or northeast while most of the major
faults strike north-south. B Reef is being mined at Tshepong with potential of being exploited
elsewhere.
Mining Operations:
These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the
Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management
procedures in order to minimize risks.
Mining is conducted at depths ranging from 1,911 and 3,680 meters at Bambanani. The primary
mining challenges at these operations are seismic risks, ventilation and fire avoidance. Bambanani
is classified as a seismically active operation with seismic activity monitoring systems installed
to do active seismic risk evaluation. Seismic activity monitoring systems are upgraded on a
continuous basis to ensure that it is kept abreast of emerging technology. Operations at Tshepong
were hampered by fires, safety stoppages and major equipment repairs during fiscal 2009.
Bambanani was restructured during the third quarter of fiscal 2008 due to the power shortages
in the country. This resulted in the tonnages being reduced by 50%. There was also a significant
reduction in the labor complement, with 2,086 people leaving through transfers and voluntary
retrenchments. Implementation of the revised mining plan to convert Bambanani to a high-grade,
low-volume operation continued during fiscal 2009, but there were some set-backs. While tons mined
were on target, several fires occurred in the second quarter in high-grade areas. The average grade
for the year was negatively affected as a result, as crews had to be deployed to lower grade
panels. In addition, the mine was affected by troublesome industrial relations activities which
were resolved by year-end. The split reef/waste hoisting process put in place to some extent
ameliorated this loss in grade. Two of the affected areas are being systematically reopened, and
will become available in fiscal 2010. Plans are in place to prepare for mining of the high-grade
shaft pillar in such as way as to minimize risk and maximize the opportunity this presents. The
Bambanani Shaft Pillar Project will be accessed from West Shaft (which will be reopened for this
purpose) and release an expected 87% of the resource. The cost of the project is expected to be
some R309 million (US$40 million) and is expected to reach full production in June 2013.
Mining is conducted at depths ranging from 1,671 and 2,154 meters at Tshepong. Operations at
Tshepong were hampered during fiscal 2009 as a series of operational, infrastructural and
safety-related problems affected the mine. These included a fire in the first quarter that affected
18 panels for a period of a week and constrained flexibility during the year, safety-related
stoppages, a power supply failure and a labour go-slow in the second quarter. By the fourth quarter
some improvement in volumes were seen. Management spent much time during the year addressing
industrial relations issues; these were largely resolved by year-end. The self-directed work team
training that was originally pioneered at Tshepong has been reintroduced.
The average grade declined by 6% during fiscal 2009 This was primarily as a result of mining
taking place at the edge of the orebodys main pay shoot, where grades are more variable. Once the
Sub 66-decline project has been completed, mining will move into higher-grade, less variable grade
zones and grades are expected to rise from fiscal 2011. As impacting on the lower grade was higher
than planned off-reef mining in the lower grade north-west area. To mitigate against this grade
decline, Tshepong has focussed on quality mining, with attention being paid to improved sweepings,
and reduced off-reef mining and stoping widths. By its nature the under-cut mining method employed
at Tshepong results in the liberation of gold from finely fragmented ore. Historically, the MCF at
Tshephong has been low. Pleasingly, the MCF improved year-on-year from 62% to 67%. The full
commissioning of the belt level in the sub-66 decline will also result in higher grades being
achieved.
36
To improve flexibility, particular emphasis was placed on development in the second half of
fiscal 2009. Other key issues that are being addressed by this mine to return it to optimal
performance are the performance of the refrigeration plant and pumping infrastructure.
Given the proximity of Tshepong to Phakisa, there are access, ventilation and service
synergies that can be exploited to allow access at depth.
The Tshepong Decline project, which started in April 2003, has accessed an additional two
levels (69 and 71) of the Tshepong Shaft. The Sub 66 project neared completion at the end of June
2008 with a total capital expenditure of R289 million (U.S.$39.8 million). The final development
component was completed in June 2008. Poor ground condition necessitated intense secondary support
and ore pass lining delayed completion. All secondary support has been completed and the lining of
orepasses was completed safely during fiscal 2009. Following design alterations recommendations on
box front infrastructure installations on 72 Level Cross Belt, all work is scheduled for completion
by February 2010. Production commenced at Sub 66 Decline during the year, with the build-up to
continue over the next three years. Emphasis is being placed on increasing mineable reserves from
this area.
Sub 71 Project made good progress until November 2008 when extreme poor ground conditions were
experienced in the developed section. A decision was taken to stop all development and install
secondary support in the area. The stoppage continued for seven months until end fiscal 2009. The
work was completed safely, without disrupting the production operations from the Sub 66 decline.
Cumulatively a total of 1,582 meters have been completed. To date the baseline variation on the
original plan is one year. The escalation of input costs, combined with delays and additional
material required had a negative impact on the project. First production is expected in August
2012, with full production anticipated in July 2017. The total estimated cost of this project is
R194 million (U.S. $25.1 million).
The development at Phakisa, a surface shaft, sunk to 75 level elevations and a planned decline
shaft to 85 level will access the ore reserves to a depth of 2,662 meters below surface. It is
estimated that the area will yield 22.6 million tons, recovering 180.9 tons of gold over a project
life of 21 years. Project completion requires sinking, equipping and commissioning of a decline
shaft up to 85 level. The major project includes access development and stoping to maximum
production build-up at a capital cost of R1.6 billion (U.S.$190 million). To date, R1.2 billion
(U.S.$158.4 million) has already been spent. Good progress was achieved during fiscal 2009, with
completion of all infrastructures except the permanent water handling system. Installation of the
permanent water handling systems (i.e., Settlers, Main Pump Station on 77 Level, Mud press and
underground dams) have been delayed requiring extensive sealing of the dams and re-torque of all
the bolts in the shaft pump column to avoid leaks on gaskets, but expected completion is September
2009. The second train on the Rail-veyor was successfully commissioned in November 2008 and the
third train planned for October 2009. Three of the 10 ice plant modules have been successfully
commissioned and to complete the first phase of the 10 MW cooling system, seven more modules must
be commissioned with due date December 2010. The first phase of surface offices and change houses
have been successfully completed with the second phase scheduled for June 2010. Phakisa started the
first production during September 2007 and will be opening up ore reserves going forward. The
project is expected to be in full production in September 2011 at 91,492 tons per month. The
average production rate per annum over the peak period of life of mine is 245,243 ounces.
During fiscal 2009, Tshepong accounted for 15% (14% in 2007 and 2008) of our total gold
production, with Phakisa accounting for 1.5% (nil for 2007, 0.2% in 2008) and Bambanani 8% (8% in
2007 and 2008).
Safety:
During fiscal 2009, the safety statistics for the operations compared to the Group
average for lost time injury frequency rate (
LTIFR
) of 9.35 (2008: 12.83) per million hours
worked and fatality frequency injury rate (
FFIR
) of 0.21 (2008: 0.18) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LTIFR
|
|
FFIR
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
15.18
|
|
|
|
0.62
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
2.48
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
7.48
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
Phakisa was awarded, for the second consecutive year, the trophy for the safest mine in the
Harmony group for fiscal 2009. There were no fatal accidents in fiscal 2009, and there has not been
a fall of ground accident for more than 18 months.
37
Regrettably there were seven fatalities at Tshepong during fiscal 2009 (2008: 2), five of
which were outside the stoping areas and in areas that would generally be considered lower risk. A
behaviour-based safety programme has been implemented to promote safety awareness, particularly in
the services areas, so as to address this issue.
Plants:
The ore from these operations are sent to Harmony 1 Plant for processing. This plant, which
processes underground ore, waste rock and various surface accumulations, was commissioned in 1986
and is a conventional CIP plant processing ore that has been milled by semi-autogenous grinding.
Gold is recovered from the eluate solution using zinc precipitation and a precoat vacuum filter.
The precipitate recovered from the filter is calcined and smelted to bullion.
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during the fiscal
2009 for the Harmony 1 Plant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled for
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
the Fiscal Year
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Ended June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
FS 1
|
|
|
420,000
|
|
|
|
410,682
|
|
In fiscal 2009, Harmony 1 Plant recovered approximately 95.9% of the gold contained in the ore
delivered for processing.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Tshepong
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.152
|
|
|
|
0.161
|
|
|
|
0.175
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
230,778
|
|
|
|
265,914
|
|
|
|
319,192
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
227,113
|
|
|
|
273,119
|
|
|
|
318,887
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
197,726
|
|
|
|
223,185
|
|
|
|
202,757
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
108,605
|
|
|
|
124,720
|
|
|
|
112,043
|
|
Cash profit(000)
|
|
|
89,121
|
|
|
|
98,465
|
|
|
|
90,714
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
Capex
(000)($)
|
|
|
27,711
|
|
|
|
26,834
|
|
|
|
26,072
|
|
Tons milled declined by 10% from 1,824,000 tons in fiscal 2007 to 1,649,000 in fiscal 2008,
with gold production decreasing by 17% from 319,192 ounces in fiscal 2007 to 265,914 ounces in
fiscal 2008. The decrease was attributable to the decrease in the recovery grade to 0.161 ounces
per ton in fiscal 2008, compared with 0.175 ounces per ton in fiscal 2007. The decrease in recovery
grade was primarily due to the decrease in the shaft call factor and the average mining grade which
was 1,275 cmg/t in fiscal 2008, compared to 1,365 cmg/t in fiscal 2007. The drop in the average
mining grade is in line with the Life of Mine profile. During fiscal 2007 the mining in the east
south block was in the main high grade pay shoot and as we continued mining south during fiscal
2008 we were mining closer to the edge of this high grade channel. The continuation of this channel
will be mined once the sub 66 and sub 71 decline is completed. Tshepong was hampered by a number of
fires and seismic events that significantly affected production in the first half of fiscal 2008.
The cessation of Conops also resulted in lower production.
Cash costs for the Tshepong shaft were U.S.$125 million in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$112
million in fiscal 2007. Cash costs per ounce were U.S.$455 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$360
in fiscal 2007. This increase in unit cost is attributable primarily to decrease in the number of
ounces of gold produced. Cash costs have increased by 11% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to
increases in the costs of labor and supplies and the effect of inflation on supply contracts.
Tons milled declined by 8% from 1,649,000 tons in fiscal 2008 to 1,516,000 in fiscal 2009,
with gold production decreasing by 13% from 265,914 ounces in fiscal 2008 to 230,778 ounces in
fiscal 2009. The decrease was attributable to the decrease in the recovery grade to 0.152 in fiscal
2009, compared with 0.161 in fiscal 2008. The decrease in recovery grade was primarily due to a
decrease in the average mining grade which was 1,153 cmg/t in fiscal 2009, compared to 1,275 cmg/t
in fiscal 2008. The drop in the average mining grade is in line with the Life of Mine profile.
During fiscal 2008 the mining in the east south block was on the edge of
38
the main high grade pay shoot and as mining continued south during fiscal 2009, mining have
moved out of this high grade channel. The continuation of this channel will be mined once Sub 66
and Sub 71 decline is completed.
Production volume at Tshepong was negatively influenced due to the phasing out of Conops year
on year as well as business interruptions due to a fire, safety, national stay away actions and
repairs on major engineering equipment.
Cash costs for the Tshepong shaft were U.S.$108.6 million in fiscal 2009, compared with
U.S.$124.7 million in fiscal 2008. Cash costs per ounce was U.S.$483 in fiscal 2009, compared with
U.S.$455 in fiscal 2008. This increase in unit cost is attributable primarily to decrease in the
number of ounces of gold produced. Cash cost for fiscal 2009 was impacted by increases in the costs
of labor and electric power.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels and, at the
current planned gold price, it is foreseen that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of
26.7 million tons (4.3 million ounces) will be sufficient for Tshepong to maintain underground
production until approximately 2026. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the ore
reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have an
effect on the expected period of future operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Tshepong incurred approximately R249.4 million (U.S.$27.7 million) in
capital expenditure during fiscal 2009. The expenditure was primarily for the decline project and
ongoing development. For fiscal 2010 capital expenditure of R243 million (U.S.$31.5 million) is
planned, primarily for ongoing capital development.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Phakisa
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.109
|
|
|
|
0.118
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
22,216
|
|
|
|
4,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
21,477
|
|
|
|
4,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results of operations ($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
19,009
|
|
|
|
3,891
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
11,903
|
|
|
|
2,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
7,106
|
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capex (000) ($)
|
|
|
51,210
|
|
|
|
40,335
|
|
|
|
31,593
|
|
Tons milled increased from 34,000 tons in fiscal 2008 to 204,000 tons in fiscal 2009, with
gold production increasing from 4,024 ounces to 22,216 ounces. This was as a result of the planned
ramp up in production during the year. Grade was lower in fiscal 2009 at 0.109 ounces per ton,
compared to 0.118 in fiscal 2008. This was due to the fact that mining was confined to a single
raise line in a lower grade area.
Cash costs per ounce for Phakisa was $555 per ounce in fiscal 2009, compared with $497 per
ounce in fiscal 2008. This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in tons mined.
The expected capacity of the Phakisa shaft will be 131,175 tons per month. Phakisa has no rock
hoisting facilities and all rock will be transported via a rail system on 55 level to the Nyala
shaft for hoisting to surface. First production took place during October 2007, with a build up to
full production expected in the next two to three years.
Proven and probable underground ore reserves of 22.6 million tons (5.3 million ounces) will be
sufficient for the Phakisa shaft to, once production commences, maintain production until
approximately fiscal 2030. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based,
as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the
expected period of future operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Phakisa incurred approximately R460.9 million (U.S.$51.2 million) in
capital expenditures in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily for the main project.
Planned capital expenditure for fiscal 2010 is R489 million (US$63 million) R141 million (US$18
million) on on-going development and R52 million (US$7 million) on major equipment maintenance and
other shaft capital. Capital planned for the main project is R296 million (US$38 million).
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Bambanani
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,283
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.213
|
|
|
|
0.170
|
|
|
|
0.154
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
121,530
|
|
|
|
154,879
|
|
|
|
197,084
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
119,665
|
|
|
|
158,985
|
|
|
|
197,060
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
102,645
|
|
|
|
128,346
|
|
|
|
125,324
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
72,343
|
|
|
|
101,962
|
|
|
|
115,469
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
30,302
|
|
|
|
26,384
|
|
|
|
9,855
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
5,779
|
|
|
|
14,737
|
|
|
|
17,306
|
|
Tons milled from the Bambanani shaft decreased to 912,000 in 2008 compared with 1,283,000 in
fiscal 2007. Ounces produced were 154,879 in fiscal 2008, compared with 197,084 in fiscal 2007.
This decrease was due to the restructuring of the shaft due to power constraints but was offset by
a better recovered grade, which increased from 0.154 in fiscal 2007 to 0.170 in fiscal 2008.
Cash costs per ounce for Bambanani were U.S.$639 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$599 in
fiscal 2007. The costs per ounce increased by 7% in fiscal 2008, due to the slow start up after the
collapsing of the old ore pass system increases in the costs of labor and supplies and the effect
of inflation on supply contracts.
Tons milled from the Bambanani shaft decreased to 570,000 in 2009 compared with 912,000 in
fiscal 2008. Ounces produced were 121,530 in fiscal 2009, compared with 154,879 in fiscal 2008.
This decrease was due to the restructuring of the shaft due to power constraints but was offset by
a better recovered grade, which increased from 0.170 in fiscal 2008 to 0.213 in fiscal 2009.
Cash costs per ounce for Bambanani were U.S.$611 in fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$639 in
fiscal 2008. The costs per ounce decreased by 4% in fiscal 2009, due to an increase in grade mined
offset by an increases in the cost of labor and supplies and the effect of inflation on supply
contracts.
The rock hoisting capacity at Bambanani is 116,000 tons per month. The average tons milled in
fiscal 2009 was 47,500 tons per month. 52,900 tons per month are planned for fiscal 2010.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 5.2 million tons (1.4 million ounces) will be
sufficient for Bambanani to maintain underground production until approximately 2021. Any future
changes to the assumptions upon which the ore reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events
affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future
operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Bambanani incurred approximately R52 million (U.S.$5.8 million) in capital
expenditure in fiscal 2009, primarily for ongoing development. We budgeted R73 million (U.S.$9.4
million) for capital expenditure in fiscal 2010 for access development for the shaft pillar
extraction and R25.5 million (U.S.$2.8 million) for ongoing development with R18.4 million
(U.S.$2.0 million) for major equipment maintenance.
Doornkop
Introduction
: Doornkop is located in the Gauteng Province of South Africa, approximately thirty
kilometers west of Johannesburg. The operation is owned by Randfontein Estates Limited
(
Randfontein
). Doornkop currently operates under its own mining authorization of 2,941 hectares.
Production is treated at the Doornkop plant.
History
: Harmony acquired this operation when it took over Randfontein.
Geology
: These operations are situated in the West Rand Goldfield of the Witwatersrand Basin, the
structure of which is dominated by the Witpoortjie and Panvlakte Horst blocks, which are
superimposed over broad folding associated with the southeast plunging West Rand Syncline.
40
The Doornkop shaft lease area is bounded by and lies to the south-east of the major
north-easterly striking Roodepoort Fault, which dips to the south and constitutes the southern edge
of the Witpoortjie Horst Block or Gap. This Horst Block is comprised of the stratigraphically older
sediments of the West Rand Group, the overlying Central Rand Group sediments having been removed by
erosion. A number of other faults,forming part of and lying southeast of the Roodepoort Fault,
including the Saxon Fault, also constitute conspicuous structural breaks. A second major fault, the
Doornkop Fault, which trends in an east west direction occurs towards the southern portion of the
lease area. This fault dips to the south and has an up-throw to the north. Nearly the entire upper
Witwatersrand section is present in the lease area and therefore all the major zones are present,
though due to the distance of the area from the fan head, the number of economic bands and their
payability is limited. Eight of the well-known reefs are present in the area, but only the
Kimberley Reef and South Reef are considered viable at this stage. The resource is concentrated in
the Kimberley and South Reefs. The Kimberley Reef is contained in the Vlakfontein Member of the
Westonaria Formation. This reef, also known as the K9 Reef horizon, rests on an unconformity and is
a complex multi-pulse conglomerate, which can be separated into four facies or cycles. All four
cycles consist on average of an upper conglomerate and a lower quartzite. The characteristics of
every cycle are area-dependent and the grades are variable within each cycle. The South Reef is
approximately 900 metres below the current Kimberley Reef mining, and between 7.5 and 60 metres
above the Main Reef horizon. The hanging wall to the South Reef consists of siliceous quartzites
with non-persistent bands of blue-shot grit and thin argillite partings. The footwall to the
South Reef is a light coloured and fairly siliceous quartzite. Secondary conglomerate bands and
stringers in the hanging wall and footwall of the South Reef may contain sporadic gold values. The
general strike of the reef is east-west, with a dip from 10 to 20 degrees. The orebody at Doornkop
has a strike length of 4km and a width of 4 km from west to east.
During the fiscal 2009 year, the gathering of additional geological information from on-reef
development and exploration drilling on the South Reef has continued. This has further increased
our knowledge of the sedimentology and grade characteristics of this ore body. The latest data
supports the sheet-type depositional model as described in fiscal 2008. The geological,
depositional, facies & evaluation models receive regular attention and are being expanded as the
new data becomes available. An exercise is underway to capture all data electronically and have a
3-D geological model as an end product. This model will incorporate the Kimberley, South & Main
Reefs and forms part of the geological risk mitigation strategy.
Mining Operations:
These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the
Risk Factors section. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the operations, seismicity and high
rock stress related problems are infrequent. There is a risk of subterranean water and/or gas
intersections in some areas of the mines. However, this risk is mitigated by active and continuous
management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of boreholes in advance of faces. Where
water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate preventative action is taken.
Production from the Kimberley reef section of the mine continued in the trackless sections and
will continue for a further two years while the build-up of production from the south reef sections
continues. Grades from the Kimberley reef mining on level 106 declined and steps are being taken to
move to level 71. Volumes were also affected by the lack of availability of trackless vehicles.
Production volumes from the higher grade South Reef areas was slower than planned, largely as a
result of logistical constraints and delays which related to transport of men and material as well
as the hoisting of rock from the project areas. By April 2009, both the dual purpose winder, which
was fully commissioned to a depth of 2,000 meters, and the dedicated rock winder to hoist Kimberley
reef ore were commissioned which assisted to relieve the rock hoisting bottleneck that had been
experienced. During May and June of fiscal 2009 the operation achieved record monthly hoisting
volumes and meters of development.
The Doornkop South Reef Project was announced on January 22, 2003. The project involved the
deepening of the Doornkop main shaft to 1,973 meters to access the South Reef between 1,650 and
2,000 meters below surface, and includes development towards these mining areas. The estimated
final capital cost is R1,740 million (U.S.$193.33 million) with R1,251 million (U.S.$139.0 million)
spent as of June 30, 2009.
The most significant achievement for fiscal 2009 was the commissioning of both the dual
purpose winder and the dedicated rock winder (to level 132) which resulted in South Reef ore being
hoisted separately from waste and further ensured that the rock hoisting bottleneck was alleviated.
In addition, level 197 in the South Reef area came into production. Remaining work includes the
commissioning of the pump station on level 207 and the Rock winder commissioned to level 212, the
lowest working level, by February 2010. Full production is expected by March 2015.
41
During fiscal 2009, Doornkop accounted for 3% (2% in 2007 and 2008) of our total gold
production.
Safety
: The safety record at these operations during fiscal 2009 was as follows: in terms of LTIFR
of 6.25 per million hours worked achieved at Doornkop compared favorably with the group average of
9.35. The FFIR (0.0) compared favorably with the group average of 0.21.
Safety at the operations receives constant and high-level attention and where problems are
identified, steps are taken to address the risks.
Plants
: The processing facilities presently comprises of one operating plant, the Doornkop
metallurgical plant, which is serviced by a surface rail network. The Doornkop metallurgical plant,
commissioned in 1985, is a conventional CIP plant, which was used to treat waste rock and other
surface accumulations. It is now treating all ore from underground mining at the Doornkop operation
and Rand Uraniums Cooke operations.
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2009 for
the Doornkop plant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled for the
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
220,000
|
|
|
|
138,735
|
|
In fiscal 2009, the Doornkop plant recovered approximately 94.7% of the gold contained in the
ore delivered for processing.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Doornkop
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.070
|
|
|
|
0.089
|
|
|
|
0.095
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
42,150
|
|
|
|
44,038
|
|
|
|
56,810
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
43,211
|
|
|
|
44,143
|
|
|
|
57,364
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
38,128
|
|
|
|
35,489
|
|
|
|
36,503
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
31,253
|
|
|
|
31,014
|
|
|
|
25,210
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
6,875
|
|
|
|
4,475
|
|
|
|
11,293
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
|
438
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
43,918
|
|
|
|
48,039
|
|
|
|
37,557
|
|
Tons milled from Doornkop shaft were 494,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with 597,000 in fiscal
2007. Volumes were negatively affected mainly as a result of an 18 day planned production stoppage
to facilitate required shaft work and a reduction in volume at the conventional Kimberley mining
section due to low grades.
The shaft work was related to the South Reef project sinking program. In addition three days
were lost to the industry through the Eskom power management process. Ounces produced were 44,038
in fiscal 2008, compared 56,810 in fiscal 2007.
The decrease in ounces produced was primarily due to the lower recovery grade and decrease in
tons milled. The recovered grade deteriorated to 0.089 in fiscal 2008, compared with 0.095 in
fiscal 2007, due to the depletion of higher grade reserves in the Kimberley reef section of the
mine. The conventional mining sections of this reef mined in the channel edge areas and production
was stopped during June 2008. Production from trackless areas will continue during the build-up
phase of mining from the project South Reef areas.
Cash costs per ounce of gold were U.S.$749 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$438 in fiscal
2007. This increase was attributable primarily to the lower production volumes and industry wide
cost increases. It was also adversely influenced by the movement out of
42
Capital areas into production areas which resulted in costs previously incurred as capital
expenditure, now being spent as operational costs.
Tons milled from Doornkop shaft were 605,000 in fiscal 2009, compared with 494,000 in fiscal
2008. Volumes increased, largely as a function of the increase in tons mined at the South Reef
workings (96,000), as well as an increase in the stoping width at the Kimberley reef mining. Ounces
produced were 42,150 in fiscal 2009, compared 44,038 in fiscal 2008.
The decrease in ounces sold was primarily due to the lower recovery grade. The recovered grade
deteriorated to 0.070 in fiscal 2009, compared with 0.089 in fiscal 2008, mainly due to the decline
in the grade mined from the Kimberley reef trackless mining sections. Production from trackless
areas will continue during the build-up phase of mining from the South Reef project areas. Grade
from the South Reef project was negatively affected by the large unavoidable volumes of development
waste rock that were included in the reef stream which resulted in diluted head-grade. South Reef
ore is now hoisted separately from waste which resulted in much improved recovered grades during
the final two months of fiscal 2009.
Cash costs per ounce of gold were U.S.$804 in fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$749 in fiscal
2008.The increase was mainly from labor, consumables and services cost. Labour cost increased due
to an increase in labor to cater for the new South reef production levels and from annual wage
increases. Consumable costs increased as a result of the South reef production build-up where
additional metres were mined. In addition significant increases in power cost (38%) and company
overhead cost (78%) were incurred, measured against fiscal 2008.
The hoisting capacity of the Doornkop shaft is 185,000 tons per month. The average tons milled
in fiscal 2009 were 50,416 tons per month.
Assuming no additional resources are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserve of 2.0 million tons (0.223 million ounces) will
be sufficient for the Doornkop shaft to maintain production until approximately fiscal 2013. Any
future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves & resources are based, as well as any
unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period
of future operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Harmony incurred R395 million (U.S.$43.9 million) in capital expenditure in
fiscal 2009 at Doornkop, primarily for shaft equipping, supporting infrastructure, development and
rolling stock for material and rock transport. The planned capital expenditure for fiscal 2010 is
R283 million (US$36.7 million), of which R62 million ($8 million) is for on-going development, R12
million (US$1.55 million) for other shaft capital and major equipment maintenance and R209 million
(US$27.1 million) for the South Reef project. South Reef project. Total project capital expenditure
incurred amounts to R1,251 million (U.S.$139.0 million) as of June 30, 2009.
Elandsrand
Introduction:
Elandsrand is located near Carletonville on the Gauteng/North West province border in
South Africa. The assets and associated liabilities were purchased during fiscal 2001 for
approximately R1 billion (U.S.$128.4 million) from Anglogold. Ore from the operation is treated at
the Elandskraal plant.
History:
Gold mining began at Elandsrand in 1978 following approval of the project in 1974 by
Elandsrand Gold Mining Company. Two surface shafts and two adjoining sub-vertical shafts were sunk
at Elandsrand. The sub-vertical shafts at Elandsrand, which accessed the deeper part of the VCR
reef in the lease area, were completed in 1984. The deepening of the sub-vertical shafts to
approximately 3,600 meters below surface has been completed by the previous owners after the
deepening project was commissioned in 1991. Activities are currently focused on accessing and
opening up areas of the new mine and on the development and construction of support infrastructure.
Geology:
At Elandsrand we primarily exploit the Ventersdorp Contact Reef, or VCR, the Carbon Leader
Reef, or CLR, with the Middelvlei Reef and the Mondeor Conglomerate Reef Zone as secondary targets.
Only the VCR is economic to mine and has been mined at depths below surface between 1,600 and 2,800
meters with future production to take place up to 3,600 meters below surface at the Elandsrand
operations. The VCR consists of a narrow (20 centimeters to 2 meters) tabular orebody of quartz
pebble conglomerates hosting gold, with extreme lateral continuity.
43
At the Elandsrand operation, the vertical separation between the VCR and CLR increases east to
west from 900 meters to 1,300 meters as a result of the relative angle of the VCR unconformity
surface to the regional stratigraphic strike and dip. The VCR strikes east-northeast and has a
regional dip of 21 degrees to the south-southeast. Local variations in dip are largely due to the
terrace-and-slope palaeotopography surface developed during VCR deposition.
Mining Operations:
The Elandsrand mine is subject to the underground mining risks detailed in
the Risk Factors section.
The Elandsrand mine, a mature mine with a declining production profile, has the challenge of a
new mine being developed underneath the old mine. The implementation of Conops between August 2004
and February 2005 improved production. However, after an assessment done during fiscal 2007, Conops
was stopped during February 2008. The operation is still hampered by the lack of flexibility, an
issue that will be addressed by the full commissioning of the new mine. Due to the operating depths
of the Elandsrand underground operations, seismicity and high rock stress are significant risks at
the mine. We regularly review our mining strategy and management procedures at all of the mining
operations in our efforts to mitigate these risks. The primary challenges facing the Elandsrand
operations are seismicity, lack of mining flexibility, high cash costs, and the timely completion
of the Elandsrand New Mine project by fiscal 2011.
During fiscal 2009, good progress continued to be made with the development and the build-up
of production on the Elandsrand new mine project. The winder and headgear for the No 3 backfill
shaft were installed and commissioned in May 2009 and sinking started. This shaft will supply feed
and return chilled water to 109 and 113 levels. By year-end both 22 kV transformers had been
installed and commissioned at 100 level, as had two of eight bulk air coolers. Commissioning of the
second settler dam will begin once the dam wall and suction piping on 115 level has been completed.
Progress was also made with the installation of the refrigeration plant pipes and the ventilation
system. Commissioning of the pump station at 115 level, scheduled for the end of fiscal 2009, was
delayed owing to leaks in the No 1 settler dam. Access development on 113 level was completed in
February 2009.
The project is expected to be completed by fiscal 2011 and is expected to have a life of mine
of 28 years. From the inception of the project through to the end of fiscal 2009, R940 million
(U.S.$104.0 million) has been expended. A further R160 million (U.S.$20.7 million) has been
budgeted to complete the project.
In fiscal 2009, our Elandsrand operations accounted for approximately 11% (9% in fiscal 2008
and 8% in fiscal 2007) of our total gold production.
Safety
: During fiscal 2009, the safety record at the Elandsrand mine in terms of LTIFR, 12.67 per
million hours worked, compared unfavorably with the group average of 9.35. Although this is a good
improvement compared to fiscal 2008 (16.24), the benchmark has still not been achieved. During the
second half of fiscal 2009, a LTIFR of less than 10 has been achieved consistently due to the
implementation of the Qaphelangozi safety campaign, which was started during the period.
Significant work was done to address the seismic risk described above and the FFIR (0.36) returned
to a more consistent ratio with the group average of 0.21 for underground operations.
Plants:
Commissioned in 1978, the Elandsrand Plant consist of milling in closed circuit with
primary and secondary hydrocyclones, secondary ball milling in closed circuit with hydrocyclones,
thickening and cyanide leaching in a CIP pump cell carousel circuit. The CIP was commissioned after
an upgrade of the facility in 1999. Loaded carbon from the Elandsrand Plant is transported by road
to the Central Plant at Virginia for elution, electro-winning and smelting to produce gold.
Residues from the CIP are pumped either to a backfill plant or directly to the tailings facility.
Ore from Elandsrand underground operations is delivered to the plant for treatment via conveyor
belt after being hoisted from underground. Due to a high percentage of freegold, a gravity
concentration circuit is used to extract a large percentage of the gold. The sludge from this
concentrator is then transported by air to the Target Plant for extraction and smelting.
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2009
for the plant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled for the
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
Elandsrand Plant
|
|
|
185,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
83,951
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Processing capacity will reach its optimal capacity upon completion of the
Elandsrand New Mine Project.
|
44
In fiscal 2009, the Elandsrand Plant recovered approximately 96.6% of the gold contained in
the ore delivered for processing.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Elandsrand
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.164
|
|
|
|
0.167
|
|
|
|
0.175
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
174,321
|
|
|
|
164,215
|
|
|
|
195,412
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
183,676
|
|
|
|
158,631
|
|
|
|
194,710
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
157,956
|
|
|
|
132,699
|
|
|
|
124,347
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
117,321
|
|
|
|
103,351
|
|
|
|
102,534
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
40,635
|
|
|
|
29,348
|
|
|
|
21,813
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
46,915
|
|
|
|
43,830
|
|
|
|
33,094
|
|
Tons milled from the Elandsrand shaft were 981,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with 1,117,000 in
fiscal 2007, and ounces produced were 164,215 in fiscal 2008, compared with 195,412 in fiscal 2007.
Volumes were negatively affected, mainly as a result of days lost to the shaft accident, namely 42,
and the continued lack of flexibility in face length to deal with erratic face grades and
seismicity. The recovered grade declined during fiscal 2008 as a result of higher channel widths on
the Western section of the mine, as well as a delay in starting up some of the higher grade areas,
due to it taking longer than expected to bring the environmental conditions within standard in
deeper mining areas, after the shaft incident in October 2007.
The increase in labor rates and inflation were the main contributors to the increase in cash
cost from U.S.$535 per ounce in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$652 per ounce in fiscal 2008. Costs per ounce
have increased in fiscal 2008 by 22%, due primarily to the reduced ounces as a result of the shaft
incident causing the mine to stand for 42 days. Increases in the costs of labor and supplies,
especially steel and the effect of inflation on supply.
Tons milled from the Elandsrand shaft were 1,061,000 in fiscal 2009, compared with 981,000 in
fiscal 2008. Ounces produced increased to 174,321 in fiscal 2009, compared with 164,215 in fiscal
2008 as a result of the increased volumes in production. Mining continues in the old, upper areas
of the mine, while the new mine project is completed. Recovered grades decreased marginally during
fiscal 2009, resulting in an average of 0.164 ounces per ton in fiscal 2009, compared to the
average of 0.167 onces per ton in fiscal 2008.
The increase in electricity costs, labor rates and inflation were the main contributors to the
increase in cash cost from U.S.$652 per ounce in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$660 per ounce in fiscal 2009.
Cash cost per ounce only increased by 1% due to increased ounces produced which neutralized the
higher than normal increases in labor rates and electricity increases approved by the NERSA.
Electricity rates are expected to continue rising above the norm until Eskom has developed
additional power generating plants.
Elandsrand shaft has a hoisting capacity of 190,000 tons per month which will be utilized to
its full capacity once the Elandsrand New Mine Project is complete and the production buildup
reaches its maximum. The average tons milled in fiscal 2009 was 83,951 tons per month.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 41.5 million tons, or 7.5 million ounces will
be sufficient for the Elandsrand shaft to maintain underground production until approximately
calendar year 2037. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the ore reserves are based, as
well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the
expected period of future operations.
45
Capital Expenditure:
Harmony incurred R422.3 million (U.S.$46.9 million) in capital expenditure at
the Elandsrand operations in fiscal 2009 mainly for the sub shaft deepening project and ongoing
development. An additional project, the Emergency Escape project was started during fiscal 2009, to
improve the effectiveness of evacuation of people from underground during a shaft emergency.
Harmony budgeted R513 million (U.S.$66.5 million), for capital expenditure at the Elandsrand
operations in fiscal 2010, primarily for the sub-shaft deepening project and ongoing development
expenditure.
Masimong
Introduction: Masimong is located in the Free State province, near Riebeeckstad. The Masimong
complex comprises of an operating shaft 5 shaft and 4 shaft which, although closed, is used
for ventilation, pumping and as a second outlet. Mining is conducted at depths ranging from 1,518
meters to 2,300 meters. Ore is treated at the Harmony One Plant.
History:
Masimong is located in the Free State Goldfield on the south-western edge of the
Witwatersrand Basin. The company purchased the Masimong complex (formerly know as Saaiplaas Shafts
4 and 5) during September 1998.
Geology:
The operation, exploits the Basal Reef, which varies from a single pebble lag to channels
on more than 2m thick. It is commonly overlain by shale, which thickens northwards. Masimong is
also mining secondary reefs, most notably the Leader Reef (15-20m above Basal) and the B Reef (140m
above Basal). The Leader Reef consists of multiple conglomerate units, separated by thin quartzitic
zones, often totalling up to 4 metres thick. A selected mining cut on the most economic horizon is
often undertaken. The B Reef is a highly channelised orebody. Within the channels, grades are
excellent, but this falls away to nothing outside of the channels. Consequently, the operation has
undertaken extensive exploration to locate these pay channels.
Mining Operations:
The operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk
Factors section. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the underground operations, seismicity
related problems are relatively infrequent. We regularly revisit our mining strategy and management
procedures in connection with our efforts to mitigate risks of these problems. There is a risk of
subterranean water and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mine. However, this risk is
mitigated by active and continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of
boreholes in advance of faces. Where water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate
preventative action is taken.
The restructuring programme which began in fiscal 2008 at Masimong has taken this operation
from the brink of closure to being among the lowest cost-per-kilogram-producers in the Harmony
stable. This restructuring included management positions, as well as the termination of continuous
operations. Masimong is now a steady-state operation, although further improvements in efficiencies
are envisaged. Volumes improved by 10% in fiscal 2009. This was despite a fire in the B reef area
and ventilation incidents relating to illegal mining activities. Damaged ventilation seals in the
disused 4 shaft area caused major airflow problems at 5 shaft, particularly in the third and fourth
quarters, and repairs are likely to be effected by December 2009. A booster fan will be installed
between 4 and 5 shafts to partially address this ventilation issue.
A focus on training (People Transformation Project), in which all production crews received
training on safety and health, business awareness, productivity improvement and team-building,
presented positive results. Supervisory training, specifically aimed at front line supervisors, was
also completed during the year.
An infrastructural upgrade involving tracks, locomotives, refrigeration, ventilation and
compressors was recently begun and will continue in fiscal 2010. Steps were also taken to improve
ore reserve management and quality mining on the Basal Reef stopes. Good grades achieved from the B
reef further contributed to the overall improvement in grade.
In fiscal 2009, Masimong accounted for approximately 10% (6% in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008)
of our total gold production.
Safety
: The safety record at Masimong during fiscal 2009 in terms of LTIFR of 8.67 per million
hours worked compared favorably with the group average of 9.35. The FFIR of 0.27 at Masimong
doesnt compare favorably with the group average of 0.21 for underground operations. A Behavioral
Safety program is in place to correct and reduce the human element in accidents.
Plants
: The ore from theses operations are sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. This plant,
which processes underground ore, waste rock and various surface accumulations, was commissioned in
1986 and is a conventional CIP plant processing ore that has been milled by semi-autogenous
grinding. Gold is recovered from the eluate solution using zinc precipitation and a precoat vacuum
filter. The precipitate recovered from the filter is calcined and smelted to bullion.
46
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Masimong Shaft Complex
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.157
|
|
|
|
0.131
|
|
|
|
0.136
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
154,034
|
|
|
|
116,424
|
|
|
|
146,575
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
154,581
|
|
|
|
117,575
|
|
|
|
147,958
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
135,025
|
|
|
|
96,147
|
|
|
|
94,534
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
73,494
|
|
|
|
87,630
|
|
|
|
82,833
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
61,531
|
|
|
|
8,517
|
|
|
|
11,701
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
14,479
|
|
|
|
15,686
|
|
|
|
15,141
|
|
Tons milled from the Masimong shaft complex were 892,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with
1,074,000 in fiscal 2007. Ounces produced were 116,424 in fiscal 2008, compared with 146,575 in
fiscal 2007. This is mainly attributable to the reduction in tons milled.
The drop in recovered grade by 0.005 ounces per ton from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2007 can be
attributed to a 3.7% drop in grade mined and a 0.72% drop in the MCF. Both these parameters were
negatively influenced by the B Reef, as mining of B Reef in fiscal 2008 was significantly focused
in the South Eastern portion of the 5 shaft lease area. This area is typically a highly channelized
deposit with economic channels occurring at oblique to perpendicular angles to the normal
depositional axis of the B Reef. These channels are generally small measured on the latitudinal
axis and highly unpredictable, thus making mining and valuation extremely difficult.
Cash costs were U.S.$87.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared with U.S.$82.8 million in fiscal
2007 with cash costs per ounce at U.S.$756 in fiscal 2008 compared with U.S.$543 in fiscal 2007.
This increase in cash cost is mainly attributable to increase in labor costs as a result of the
annual wage increases.
Tons milled from the Masimong shaft complex were 981,000 in fiscal 2009, compared with 892,000
in fiscal 2008, and ounces produced were 154,034 in fiscal 2009, compared with 116,424 in fiscal
2008. Year on year gold production increased due to an increase in tons as well as the recovered
grade.
Cash costs were U.S.$73.5 million in fiscal 2009 compared with U.S.$87.6 million in fiscal
2008 with cash costs per ounce at U.S.$476 in fiscal 2009 compared with U.S. $756 in fiscal 2008.
This decrease in cash cost is mainly attributable to a 9.7% decrease in labor. Labor efficiencies
contributed significantly to the improved performance. This was the first year that Masimong was
fully off the Conops cycle.
The increase in recovered grade by 0.026 ounces per ton from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 can be
attributed to an increase in quality mining discipline. Most notable was the 6.9% increase in MCF
and a 20% increase in face grade mined. This was achieved on the back of the Masimong
transformation process initiated in April 2008. Furthermore the amount of B reef mining was
decreased from 25% of total mining to 16% of total mining. This step reduced the high risk with
regards to grade associated with the traditionally variable B Reef ore body.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 6.4 million tons (0.984 million ounces) will
be sufficient for the Masimong shaft complex to maintain underground production until approximately
fiscal 2021. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as well as
any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected
period of future operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Masimong incurred approximately R130.3 million (U.S.$14.5 million) in capital
expenditures in fiscal 2009, primarily on refrigeration infrastructure. We have budgeted a total
of R238 million ($30.8 million) for capital expenditures at Masimong in fiscal 2010, primarily for
upgrading of the rail bound equipment as well as for back up generators for Masimong Complex.
47
Virginia operations
Introduction:
The Virginia operations are located in the Free State province, near Virginia and
Welkom. The Virginia operations consist of the original Harmony mines, the Unisel mine, Brand
shafts 1 and 3(mined from Brand 1 shaft). Mining is conducted at these operations at depths ranging
from 682 meters to 2,042 meters. Ore is treated at the Central Plant and Harmony One Plant.
History:
Our operations in the Free State began with the Harmony mine, which is an amalgamation of
the Harmony, Virginia and Merriespruit mines. Beginning in 1996, we began purchasing neighboring
mine shafts. The Unisel mine was purchased in September 1996, the Saaiplaas mine Shafts 2 and 3
were purchased in April 1997, the Brand mine Shafts 1, 2, 3 and 5 were purchased in May 1998.
Geology:
These operations are located in the Free State Goldfield on the south-western edge of the
Witwatersrand Basin. The basin, situated on the Kaapvaal Craton, has been filled by a 6-kilometre
thick succession of sedimentary rocks, which extends laterally for hundreds of kilometres. The Free
State goldfield is divided into two sections, cut by the north-south striking De Bron Fault. This
major structure has a vertical displacement of about 1,500m in the region of Bambanani, as well as
a lateral shift of 4km. This lateral
shift can allow a reconstruction of the orebodies of Unisel to the west of the De Bron and
Merriespruit to the east.
A number of other major faults (Stuirmanspan, Dagbreek, Arrarat and Eureka) lie parallel to
the De Bron Fault.
Unisel and Brand are situated to the west of the De Bron. Dips are mostly towards the east,
averaging 30 degrees but become steeper approaching the De Bron Fault. To the east of the fault lie
Merriespruit 1 and 3 and Harmony 2 mines. These mostly dip towardsthe west at 20 degrees, although
Masimong is structurally complex and dips of up to 40 degrees have been measured. Between these two
blocks lies the uplifted horst block of West Rand Group sediments with no reef preserved. The
western margin area is bound by synclines and reverse thrusts faults and is structurally complex.
Towards the south and east, reefs sub-crop against overlying strata, eventually cutting out against
the Karoo to the east of the lease area.
Most of the Ore Resource tends to be concentrated in reef bands located on one or two distinct
unconformities. A minority of the Mineral Resource is located on other unconformities. Mining that
has taken place is mostly deep-level underground mining, exploiting the narrow, generally shallow
dipping tabular reefs.
The Basal Reef is the most common reef horizon and is mined at all shafts. It varies from a
single pebble lag to channels on more than 2m thick. It is commonly overlain by shale, which
thickens northwards.
The second major reef is the Leader Reef, located 15-20m above the Basal Reef. This is mostly
mined at the shafts to the south Unisel, Harmony 2, Merriespruit 1 and Merriespruit 3. Further
north, it becomes poorly developed with erratic grades. The reef consists of multiple conglomerate
units, separated by thin quartzitic zones, often totalling up to 4 metres thick. A selected mining
cut on the most economic horizon is often undertaken.
The A Reef is a highly channelised reef. This is currently only mined at Harmony 2 and Brand.
It consists of multiple conglomerate bands of up to 4m thick and a selected mining cut is usually
required to optimise the orebody.
Mining Operations:
The operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk
Factors section. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the underground operations, seismicity
related problems are relatively infrequent with the exception of Unisel and Harmony shafts and
Merriespruit 1 shaft pillar, where these problems receive constant attention. We regularly revisit
our mining strategy and management procedures in connection with our efforts to mitigate risks of
these problems. There is a risk of subterranean water locally at Merriespruit 1, referred to as
water pillar area, and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mine. However, this risk is
mitigated by active and continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of
boreholes in advance of faces. Where water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate
preventative action is taken. The principal challenges at the operations of achieving optimal
volumes and grades of ore production are addressed by stringent ore reserve management.
The inner shaft pillar at Merriespruit 1 is being successfully mined. Approximately 70% of the
pillar is mined out.
Merriespruit 3 shaft improved its haulage and tramming conditions during fiscal 2007 and 2008,
allowing the shaft to improve its safety and tonnage profile. Equipping of basal reef on 12 level
took place during 2008 and limited mining of the basal reef will resume for the first time since
2002.
48
Harmony 2 shaft re-started the H2 shaft pillar Leader reef exploration program in 2005,
following the improvement in the gold price. This ground has been successfully mined and the
extension of the pay shoot towards H3 shaft is currently being explored. The evaluation and
quantification of the A reef vent project block were completed in 2007 (drilling etc.) and
development started in 2008. Basal reef pillars belonging to Merriespruit 1 are being accessed
through the shaft. The first pillar is currently being mined and equipping towards further pillars
is ongoing.
Brand 1 shaft is being utilized to mine the Brand 1 and 3 ore bodies. Major effort has been
done to improve the infrastructure of the shaft, which has allowed the shaft to improve its tonnage
handling to the current levels of some 44,000t per month. A loop is currently being developed in
the 40 level haulage to allow access to the A reef in the Brand 3 area. This will allow improved
servicing of the area and a 2.5 kilometer reduction in tramming distances. Re-equipping on 44 level
is in progress to open up a Basal Reef pillar located on the Saint Helena boundary pillar. This
block of ground will come into production during the course of fiscal 2010.
Unisel mining is scattered to the south of the shaft and in the decline area towards the east
of the shaft. Mining also takes place west in the Tarka block. Development is targeted towards
Basal and Leader Reef channels which cut the lease area in a west to east direction. Prospecting
for A and B Reefs is in progress.
The Brand 2 and Brand 5 Shafts are currently on care and maintenance whilst Brand 5 serves as
a major pumping shaft for the President Steyn, Brand, and Bambanani mining areas.
Harmony 3 shaft is currently used only as a service shaft for pumping although some of its
reserves are mined through the adjacent Harmony 2 shaft.
In fiscal 2009, Virginia operations accounted for approximately 17% (13% in fiscal 2008 and
11% in 2007) of Harmonys total gold production.
Safety:
The safety record during fiscal 2009 in terms of LTIFR of 12.38 per million hours worked
compared unfavorably to the group average of 9.35. The FFIR of 0.06 compared favorably to the group
average of 0.21 for underground operations.
Plants:
There are two metallurgical plants at the Free State operations, namely Central and
Saaiplaas plants. A third plant, Virginia plant, was closed in fiscal 2005 and clean-up operations
implemented and, during fiscal 2008, a project was initiated on the demolition of the plant which
will continue through into fiscal 2010. The Central plant was commissioned in 1986 and employs
CIP/CIL hybrid technology. It is currently dedicated to the treatment of both underground ore and
waste rock. The Saaiplaas plant, commissioned in the late 1950s, has been converted from the zinc
precipitation filter process to the CIL. During 2007, the ROM mills were de-commissioned and the
plant started treating slime from Dam 22 and Brand A tailings storage facilities. The plant was
officially re-named the Phoenix plant and currently processes reclaimed slime at 6 million tons per
annum.
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2009
for each of the plants:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for the Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
Ended
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
Central
|
|
|
168,000
|
|
|
|
161,768
|
|
Phoenix
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
480,262
|
|
49
In fiscal 2009, Central plant recovered approximately 93.8% of the gold contained in the ore
delivered for processing and Phoenix plant, approximately 43.1%.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
Virginia operations
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
2,493
|
|
|
|
2,349
|
|
|
|
2,507
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.104
|
|
|
|
0.106
|
|
|
|
0.106
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
258,170
|
|
|
|
247,820
|
|
|
|
264,890
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
259,070
|
|
|
|
250,324
|
|
|
|
266,948
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
225,897
|
|
|
|
204,807
|
|
|
|
171,297
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
165,274
|
|
|
|
180,133
|
|
|
|
145,739
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
60,623
|
|
|
|
24,674
|
|
|
|
25,558
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
22,133
|
|
|
|
20,868
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
Tons milled from the Virginia operations decreased from 2,507,000 in fiscal 2007 to 2,349,000
in fiscal 2008. A fire at Merriespruit 1 affected production in the first quarter of fiscal 2008
and also adversely affected the flexibility at this operation. Power outages also affected
production negatively in the latter part of the year. Industrial action by labor unions led to loss
of production shifts. Stoping restrictions as recommended by rock engineers affected production in
the pillar areas.
Lack of availability of replacement ground at Merriespruit 3 also impacted negatively on the
volumes for fiscal 2008.
Harmony 2 shaft was affected by power shortages during the third quarter of fiscal 2008
resulting in a number of lost production shifts. Coupled with this was an incident at the
substation at Harmony 2 Shaft which led to a loss of two shifts in March 2008. Seismicity in high
grade basal pillars leading to a drop in the face grade and production stoppages during fiscal
2008.
Ounces produced were 247,820 in fiscal 2008, compared with 264,890 in fiscal 2007. The
decrease in ounces was primarily due to a decrease in tons milled. The grade for fiscal 2008 of
0.106 ounces per ton was similar to the recovered grade for fiscal 2007.
Cash costs were U.S.$180.1 million in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$145.7 million in fiscal
2007. This can be partly attributed to an increase in labor cost as well as costs at Merriespruit 1
for additional support required in the shaft pillar area and the cost related to the fire in the
first quarter. Cash costs per ounce were U.S.$726 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$528 in fiscal
2007. This increase was attributable primarily to increased labor rates and inflationary
escalations as well as the decrease in ounces produced.
The upgrading of the old infrastructure at Brand 3 and Unisel during fiscal 2008 led to the
increase in their cash cost. Labor in fiscal 2008 on Brand 3 increased due to the inclusion of
equipping crews to assist with the opening up of old areas, which were previously stopped. This led
to the increase in the tons and an increase in plant costs. The upgrading of rails and the loco
conversions on Unisel and Brand 3, to comply to new railbound specifications, also contributed to
the higher cash costs in fiscal 2008.
Tons milled from the Virginia operations increased to 2,493,000 in fiscal 2009, compared with
2,349,000 in fiscal 2008. This is partially attributable to the fire in the Basal pillar as well as
power shortages in 2008.
Ounces produced were 258,170 in fiscal 2009, compared with 247,820 in fiscal 2008. The
increase in ounces produced was as a result of improved volumes.
Cash costs were U.S.$165.3 million in fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$180.1 million in fiscal
2008. Cash costs per ounce was U.S.$638 in fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$726 in fiscal 2008. This
decrease was attributable primarily to higher tons produced resulting in higher ounces as well as a
decrease in cash costs.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 10.4 million tons (1.3 million ounces) will
be sufficient for the Virginia operations to maintain production until approximately 2015, but at a
reduced rate from 2011 as some shafts are closing. However, any future changes to the assumptions
upon which the reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels,
could have a material effect on the expected period of the future operations.
50
Capital Expenditure
: Virginia incurred approximately R199 million (U.S.$22.1 million) in capital
expenditures in fiscal 2009, principally for ongoing capital development. We have budgeted R162
million (U.S.$20.9 million) for ongoing capital development in fiscal 2010, as well as R30 million
(U.S.$3.9 million) for maintaining/upgrading shaft infrastructure.
Target
Introduction:
We acquired the Target mine when Avgold became a wholly owned subsidiary in fiscal
2004. Target is situated near the town of Allanridge in the Free State Province, some 270
kilometers southwest of Johannesburg. Located at approximately latitude 28 (LOGO) 00S and
longitude 26 (LOGO) 30E on the northern limit of the Welkom Goldfields, the site is accessed via
the R30 motorway situated between the towns of Bothaville and Welkom.
History:
The Target Operations area was initially explored through surface drilling in the late
1980s with further exploration being undertaken from a 5.6 kilometers long decline, commenced in
1995, driven from 203L at Lorraine No. 1 Shaft. A positive feasibility study into the development
of a 105 ktpm operation was produced in May 1998 resulting in the decision to develop the Target
mine. A detailed mine design was produced in 2000 and the mine officially opened in May 2002. Upon
closure of the Lorraine mine in August 1998, the Lorraine No. 1 and No. 2 Shafts were transferred
to the Target mine, becoming Target No. 1 and No. 2 Shafts, respectively. No 5 Shaft being the
up-cast Ventilation Shaft.
Geology:
The gold mineralization currently exploited by Target mine is contained within a
succession of Elsburg and Dreyerskuil quartz pebble conglomerate reefs hosted by the Van Heeverrust
and Dreyerskuil Members of the Eldorado Formation, respectively. Additional mineral resources have
been delineated in the Big Pebble Reefs of the Kimberley Formation but these are not planned to be
exploited in the current life of mine plan.
The majority of the mineral reserves at Target mine are contained within the Eldorado fan, a
structure with dimensions of some 135 meters vertically, 450 meters down-dip and 500 meters along
strike. The Eldorado fan is connected to the subsidiary Zuurbron fan, located between the Target
mine and Lorraine, by a thinner and lower grade sequence of Elsburg reefs termed the Interfan area.
To the north of the Eldorado fan, a number of fans have been intersected by surface drilling of
which the Siberia and Mariasdal fans are the most significant. These fans are subject to ongoing
technical studies and do not form part of the current Target mine life of mine mineral reserve.
A number of faults that displace the reefs of the Target mine have been identified of which
the most prominent are the north-south trending Eldorado fault and the east-west trending Dam and
Blast faults. The Eldorado uplifts the more distal portions of the Elsburg and Dreyerskuil Reefs
while the Blast fault forms the northern border of the Target mine.
Target North is sub-divided into the Paradise, Siberia and Mariasdal areas by the east-west
trending Siberia and Mariasdal faults. To the north of the Siberia fault, the Eldorado fault
continues trending more to the northwest and an additional north-south trending fault, the Twin
fault has uplifted the distal portions of the reefs. North of the Maraisdal fault, the reef
horizons are at a depth greater than 2,500 meters below surface. Resources have been delineated on
strike up to 15 kilometers north of the Target mine.
Approximately 40 kilometers north of Target mine, surface boreholes have intersected gold
bearing reefs in the Oribi area close to the town of Bothaville. Resources have been delineated at
Oribi on the VCR and Elsburg at depths of approximately 2,750 meters below surface.
51
Mining operations:
Target is subject to the risks associated with underground mining detailed in
the Risk Factors section.
Mining operations comprise one primary underground mine commissioned in May 2002, making use
of information systems and mechanization, combined with process-driven organizational design that
relies on a multi-skilled workforce. The majority of the production is derived from mechanized
mining; however, conventional stoping is still employed primarily to de-stress areas ahead of the
mechanized mining.
Volumes and grade were negatively affected in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 following a
fall of ground in a massive high-grade stope that claimed the life of a load haul dump operator,
and put this stope out of production for 18 days. Volumes were further affected by a lack of
massive stope availability. Through better planning, evaluation and dedicated efforts to improve
development and blasting, the process of opening up the massive stopes improved during the course
of fiscal 2009. Two new massive stopes were brought into production in December 2008 and another
one in March 2009, bringing the total number of massive stopes in production to four. Volumes mined
increased as a result, rising by 4% year-on-year. The absence of available worked-out massive
stopes in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 also had an impact on waste packing, and waste had to be
tipped with reef during that period. But, concerted efforts, including back-analysis of the
orebody, resulted in improved planning and the implementation of more effective control systems.
Poor ventilation conditions prompted a decision to suspend development on Block 3. The focus was
moved to Block 4, which is quicker to access with less development. This change also resulted in
reduced capital requirements, and provided additional time to address ventilation needs. Block 3
remains an important future mining area and development will recommence on completion of the
orebody re-assessment process in December 2009.
Target also underwent significant management and operational restructuring in fiscal 2009.
Mine infrastructure, including the trackless fleet, ventilation and ore transport systems and water
reticulation, which had been neglected in the past, was upgraded. The trackless fleet upgrade (at a
total cost of R138 million (US$15 million)) is a three-year programme which will continue until
fiscal 2010. The infrastructural upgrade programme enabled the mine to maintain its current levels
of production by June 30, 2009 and the benefits of this upgrade will be more fully felt in fiscal
2010. A 15-point turnaround plan is being implemented at Target. In particular, a great deal of
attention is being paid to development and improving flexibility. Some of the improvements effected
during fiscal 2009 started to bear results by year end.
Following on from a revision of the Mineral Resource, the longer term planning of Target Mine
is in the process of being re-evaluated. Production going forward is expected to be a steady state
of 60,000 tonnes per month for the next two years after which we expect to ramp up to the 75,000
tonnes per month thereafter.
In fiscal 2009, Targets operations accounted for 6% of our total gold production, compared to
6% in fiscal 2007 and 4% in 2008.
Safety:
Safety performance was disappointing, although significant management effort in the second
half of fiscal 2009 yielded improvement. Two fatalities during the year undermined the mines
safety track record. No falls of ground were recorded in the second half of the year, which is a
considerable achievement as falls of ground had plagued the mine for the prior two years. The
safety statistics at Target during fiscal 2009 in terms of LTIFR of 9.66 per million hours worked
is higher than the group average of 9.35 while the FFIR of 0.4 is also higher than the group
average of 0.21 and higher than the previous year.
Safety at the operation remains the number one priority and received constant and high-level
attention. Problem areas are identified and the necessary actions steps are taken to address these
areas.
Plants:
Target Plant was commissioned in November 2001 and currently treats both underground ore
and surface sources, which include both waste rock dump and plant clean up material. The process
route comprise of a closed circuit SAG mill as well as a closed circuit ROM mill. Both these mills
are in closed circuit with hydro-cyclones. The milling circuit is followed by thickening, cyanide
leaching, CIP adsorption, elution, electro-winning, smelting and tailings disposal. Both the
milling circuits are incorporated in the gravity concentration circuit and the concentrates from
this circuit are processed via intensive cyanidation and electro-winning.
The ROM mill was commissioned in November 2008 and it was installed in order to reduce the
steel ball consumption on the plant. The initial objective was to save R 1.2 million (U.S.$0.13
million) on grinding media monthly, but when a review of the project was done in June 2009 it was
found that the actual saving amounted to R1.4 million (U.S.$0.16 million) per month.
52
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled For the
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
Target Plant
|
|
|
105,000
|
|
|
|
103,834
|
|
In fiscal 2009, the Target Plant recovered approximately 95.2% of the gold contained in the
ore delivered for processing.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Target
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
|
904
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.123
|
|
|
|
0.116
|
|
|
|
0.158
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
87,225
|
|
|
|
79,602
|
|
|
|
142,653
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
87,611
|
|
|
|
85,006
|
|
|
|
142,433
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
76,435
|
|
|
|
69,469
|
|
|
|
91,228
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
59,599
|
|
|
|
51,463
|
|
|
|
52,730
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
16,836
|
|
|
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
38,498
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
403
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
37,994
|
|
|
|
35,307
|
|
|
|
16,745
|
|
Tons milled from the Target shaft decreased from 904,000 in fiscal 2007 to 686,000 in fiscal
2008. The main issues contributing to the drop in production include trackless fleet availability,
flooding of mining block, fragmentation problems in massive stopes and lack of face length
especially for massive stopes. Problems encountered in the massive stopes were the main contributor
to grade and volume decreases.
Ounces produced were 79,602 in fiscal 2008, compared with 142,653 in fiscal 2007. The decrease
in ounces sold was negatively influenced by the lower grade. The recovery grade decreased from
0.158 ounces per ton in fiscal 2007 to 0.116 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008.
Cash costs for Target were U.S.$51.5 million in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$52.7 million
in fiscal 2007. This decrease was primarily attributed to lower production levels. Cash costs per
ounce were U.S.$716 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$403 in fiscal 2007. This increase was
attributable primarily to a lower recovery grade.
Tons milled from the Target shaft increased from 686,000 in fiscal 2008 to 710,000 in fiscal
2009. Target experienced a number of issues impacting on production. These include:
|
|
|
infrastructural problems with the belts, fridge plants and other environmental
infrastructure, resulting in higher face temperatures and lower efficiencies.
|
|
|
|
|
water handling.
|
|
|
|
|
low availability of massive stopes.
|
The conveyor belt system was extensively rehabilitated during the course of fiscal 2009. An
executive audit was done by Good Year which formed the basis of the rehabilitation plan that was
implemented. The belt availability and reliability has increased. The crusher plant, which feeds
the belts, is in the process of rehabilitation.
Electrical reticulation to the mining areas is currently being updated with substations being
reviewed for compliance purposes. The process is expected to be completed by December 2009.
53
During 2009 a campaign was started to update the reticulation, clean out the dams and getting
the dewatering equipment to a standard. In addition to updating the reticulation in the mining
areas, flow meters and dual pressure reducing valve systems are being installed to better
understand, measure and manage the water usage in the actual workplaces. This campaign is currently
in progress and is expected to be completed by September 2009.
Availability of massive stopes has been improved with increased focus on planning and
development.
Tons milled increased from 686,000 in fiscal 2008 to 710,000 tons in fiscal 2009. This was
primarily due to the new massive stopes being brought into production during fiscal 2009. Ounces
produced were 87,225 in fiscal 2009, compared with 79,602 in fiscal 2008. The increase in ounces
produced was due to higher milled tonnages and improved recovered grade.
The recovery grade increased marginally from 0.116 in fiscal 2008 to 0.123 in fiscal 2009. A
major review of the geological modeling and evaluation of Targets Mineral Resource is in progress
and has resulted in a greater understanding of the available ore-body and improved valuation. This
process will be completed in December 2009.
Cash costs for Target was U.S.$59.6 million in fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$51.5 million in
fiscal 2008. This increase was primarily attributed to increased tonnages produced, increase in
total employees costed and inflationary cost increases. Cash costs per ounce were U.S.$645 in
fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$716 in fiscal 2008. This reduction was due to higher gold
production.
Capital Expenditure:
Target incurred approximately R342 million (U.S.$38 million) in capital
expenditures in fiscal 2009, principally for on-going underground development, access development
to Block 3, continuing replacement of the underground vehicle fleet and infrastructural
rehabilitation.
Development of the new decline to access the Block 3 area, which represents a significant
portion of our future Reserves, was paused in December 2008 due to infrastructural constraints.
Continuation of the Block 3 project is anticipated in January 2010. For fiscal 2010, we have
budgeted R257 million (U.S.$33.3 million) for capital expenditure, primarily for ongoing
development.
Evander Operations
Introduction:
The Evander operations are located in the province of Mpumalanga in South Africa and
comprise of an amalgamation of the former Kinross, Bracken, Leslie and Winkelhaak mines into a
mining right of 36,898 hectares and additional adjacent Prospecting Rights comprising 19,933
hectares. Mining at the Evander operations is conducted at depths ranging from 300 meters to 2,300
meters.
History:
Gold mining in the Evander Basin began in 1955. Eventually, four mining operations were
established at Evander. In 1996, as a result of the depletion of ore reserves, all four mining
areas were merged to form Evander Gold Mines. In August 1998, Harmony acquired Evander as a
wholly-owned subsidiary.
Geology:
The area covered by Evanders mining authorization and mineral rights is situated within
the Evander basin. The Evander Basin is a tectonically preserved sub-basin outside the main
Witwatersrand Basin and forms an asymmetric syncline, plunging to the north-east. It is
structurally complex with a series of east-north-east striking normal faults. At the south-east
margin of the basin,
vertically to locally overturned reef is present. The only economic reef horizon exploited in the
Evander Basin is the Kimberley Reef. The Intermediate Reef is generally poorly mineralised, except
where it erodes the sub-cropping Kimberley Reef in the south and west of the basin.
Mining Operations:
The Evander operations are primarily engaged in underground mining but a limited
amount of surface material, containing gold, from the surface cleanup operations also processed.
These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section.
Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the Evander underground operations, seismicity and high
rock stress related problems are relatively infrequent. There is a risk of subterranean water
and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mine. However, this risk is mitigated by active and
continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of boreholes in advance of faces.
Where water and/or gas is indicated in the drilling, appropriate preventative action is taken. In
fiscal 2004, an agreement was reached with the unions for the implementation of Conops at Evander.
Downsizing and restructuring of the 7 Shaft area resulted in labor surpluses and it was also
decided to stop Conops in fiscal 2008 at Evander 5 shaft. Parts of Evander 8 shaft continue to work
on Conops.
54
Production at the Evander operations was disappointing in fiscal 2009. Production remained
constrained by environmental conditions at Evander 8 shaft for most of the year. The raise borehole
to supply cool air to 24 level from 17 level (thus improving working conditions), was completed
later than planned (in the third quarter of fiscal 2009) and is expected to result in improved
production going forward. Flooding of the pump chamber at Evander 2 resulted in a two-week
production delay at both Evander 2 and 5.
At Evander 2 in particular, high waste dilution, lower grade and logistical constraints
further hampered production. While actions have been implemented to improve the underperformance at
these shafts, restructuring may be unavoidable. Having undergone operational restructuring in
fiscal 2008, performance at Evander 7 was much improved for most of the year. Volumes and grades
increased and the life-of-mine was extended by an additional 12 months. However, lower volumes from
the vamping section and a stope panel that could not be mined for safety reasons, resulted in lower
production in the fourth quarter of 2009. As a result of these factors, volumes decreased by 14%.
This, together with poor performance in the higher grade areas of Evander 8 and 2 shafts, as well
as under-performance on the MCF at Evander 2 and 5 shafts, resulted in a decrease in gold
production of 18%.
Surface material from the footprint of the old Leslie Plant and from waste rock dumps was also
processed during fiscal 2009. The tons treated produced 4,147 ounces of gold and generated
additional revenue of U.S.$3.6 million. Additional production from surface sources is planned for
fiscal 2010.
Potential exists at several areas in Evander:
Evander South
|
|
|
Project currently at an exploration stage following the prefeasibility study.
|
|
|
|
|
Surface exploration drilling for phase one is progressing as planned and is intended to
improve the quality of and confidence in the geological model and resource estimates.
|
Shaft 7 portion of the 2010 Payshoot
|
|
|
Project at exploration stage following the geological study.
|
|
|
|
|
Underground development, to be used as an underground drilling platform, advanced 233
meters (or 19%). This is intended for investigation of the 7 Shaft flank of the postulated
2010 payshoot.
|
|
|
|
|
Feasibility study to follow, pending confirmation of the ore resource in this area.
|
Twistdraai and Shaft 6
|
|
|
Joint Venture with the African Precious Minerals (
APM
) was formed to explore these two
target areas.
|
|
|
|
|
APM will earn in the 52% equity stake upon completion of the full bankable feasibility
study for each area.
|
|
|
|
|
The geological studies are under way and drilling will commence in fiscal 2010.
|
Rolspruit
|
|
|
This is a future mining area on the downdip extension of the 8 shaft payshoot.
|
|
|
|
|
Synergies with the current 8 Shaft deepening are being considered.
|
55
Poplar
|
|
|
Surface exploration drilling is required to bring this project into the full bankable
feasibility study.
|
|
|
|
|
The surface exploration drilling at Evander South is likely to produce information that
will enhance the Poplar geological interpretation.
|
In fiscal 2009, the Evander operations accounted for approximately 12% (12% in fiscal 2008 and
10% in fiscal 2007) of Harmonys total gold production.
Safety:
Evander 2 and 5 shafts won the Safety Achievement Flag presented by the Mine Health and
Safety Council for 2008. Evander 8 shaft achieved 1.5 million fatality-free shifts during the year,
while both the Winkelhaak Plant and the Evander operations as a whole achieved one million
fatality-free shifts. Evander 7 shaft was accident-free for nine months. Regrettably, however,
there were two fatalities in one incident at the Evander operations during fiscal 2009 as compared
to one in fiscal 2009. The FFIR per million hours worked was 0.17, a deterioration on the
performance of 0.07 in fiscal 2008, while the LTIFR of 10.16 was a substantial improvement on the
16.64 reported in fiscal 2008. Behaviour-based safety initiatives have been introduced at Evander
to further improve safety performance.
Plants:
Evander has one active processing plant, the Kinross-Winkelhaak plant, which is operated as
two geographically distinct sections. Ore from Evander 7 and 8 is hoisted directly to and treated
at the Kinross plant, which is a hybrid CIP/CIL plant. All of the ore from Shafts 2 and 5 is milled
and thickened at the Winkelhaak plant, and the slurry is pumped to the Kinross plant for further
processing.
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2009
for the operating plant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled for the
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
Kinross-Winkelhaak
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
99,083
|
|
In fiscal 2009, the plant at Evander operations recovered approximately 96.4 % of the gold
contained in the ore delivered for processing.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Evander operations
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
1,241
|
|
|
|
1,447
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.153
|
|
|
|
0.160
|
|
|
|
0.141
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
190,075
|
|
|
|
231,799
|
|
|
|
235,857
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
195,668
|
|
|
|
240,037
|
|
|
|
235,443
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
168,180
|
|
|
|
192,978
|
|
|
|
151,039
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
110,869
|
|
|
|
125,995
|
|
|
|
113,348
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
57,311
|
|
|
|
66,983
|
|
|
|
37,691
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
23,352
|
|
|
|
33,388
|
|
|
|
28,389
|
|
Tons milled at the Evander operations were 1,447,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with 1,667,000
in fiscal 2007, and ounces produced were 231,799 in fiscal 2008, compared with 235,857 in fiscal
2007. The decrease in tons milled is partially attributable to the reduction of the development at
Evander 7 in November 2007 and the closure of the pillars in the old mine in February 2008. At
Evander 8, tons milled decreased by 113,000 tons due to poorer environmental conditions in the
decline area which affected mining from this area. The shaft is currently busy with a
raise-borehole from 17 Level to 24 Level which will alleviate the medium term ventilation
constraints. Recovered grade was 0.160 in fiscal 2008, compared with 0.141 in fiscal 2007. The
higher recovered grade is
56
partially due to an improvement of the MCF at Evander 5 from 70.5% in 2007 to 71.7% in 2008,
as well as mining in higher grade areas at the shaft. At Evander 7 and 8, the closure of the more
marginal pillar sections and focusing on the higher grade decline sections also contributed to the
higher recovered grade.
The increase in cash costs from U.S.$495 per ounce in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$526 per ounce in
fiscal 2008 was attributable primarily due to the increase in cash costs from U.S.$113.3 million in
fiscal 2007 to U.S.$125.9 million in fiscal 2008 as result of labor increases and inflation on
consumables and electricity increases in excess of current inflation and lower ounces produced.
Tons milled at the Evander operations were 1,241,000 in fiscal 2009, compared with 1,447,000
in fiscal 2008, and ounces produced were 190,075 in fiscal 2009, compared with 231,799 in fiscal
2008. The decrease in tons milled is partially attributable to the reduction of the development at
Evander 7 in November 2007 and the closure of the pillar section in February 2008. At Evander 8,
tons milled decreased by 56,000 tons due to unfavorable environmental conditions in the decline
area that affected mining from this area. The shaft completed a raise-borehole from 17 Level to 24
Level during fiscal 2009 that enables chilled ventilation to reach 24 level on the decline directly
which alleviated the medium term ventilation constraints. Recovered grade was 0.153 ounces per ton
in fiscal 2009, compared with 0.160 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008. The lower recovered grade is
partially due to deterioration in the MCF at Evander 5 from 71% in 2008 to 61% in 2009.
The increase in cash costs per ounce from U.S.$526 per ounce in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$572 per
ounce in fiscal 2009 was attributable primarily to the decrease in gold ounces produced in fiscal
2009 compared to fiscal 2008 due to the successful restructuring and downscaling at Evander 7 that
was implemented in January 2008. Cash costs decreased from U.S.$125.9 million to U.S.$110.9,
primarily as a result of the closure of Evander 7.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 11.0 million tons (1.9 million ounces)
(excluding the below infrastructure reserves) will be sufficient for the Evander operations to
maintain production until approximately fiscal 2027 at Evander 8, as the other shafts will have
reached end of life prior to then. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves
are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material
effect on the expected period of future operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Harmony incurred approximately R210.1 million ($23 million) in capital
expenditures at the Evander operations in fiscal 2009. The expenditure was primarily for ongoing
development, abnormal expenditure for the upgrading of the infrastructures as well as phase 6 of
the No 2 Decline at Evander 8 and 2 ventilation bore holes. Harmony budgeted R181 million ($23.4
million) for capital expenditures in fiscal 2010 primarily for ongoing development and the
upgrading of major equipment. Included is also an amount for a Ventilation project at Evander 8 and
a feasibility study for phase 7 of the No 2 decline project.
Other Underground
Introduction:
Other Underground consists of several shafts, including Joel and St Helena. As the
most significant portion of the results from this segment is attributable to Joel, we have only
disclosed the relevant information for Joel. Joel mine, which is located in the Free State, near
the town of Theunissen, on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand Basin, comprises two shafts.
Ore mined is transported to Central Plant some 38 kilometres away for processing, although the Joel
Plant is in the process of being recommissioned and should come into operation in November 2009.
History:
Joel was purchased from a subsidiary of AngloGold at the same time as the rest of the
Freegold assets in January 2002.
Geology
: The mine is located in the Free State Goldfield, which is on the southwestern edge of the
Witwatersrand basin. Joel is located 30 kilometers south of Welkom and is mining the shallow
flat-dipping Beatrix/VS5 Reef.
Mining operations
: These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the
Risk Factors section.
Scattered mining takes place on the Beatrix Reef, down to a depth of some 1,400 metres.
Upgrading of the infrastructure at North Shaft is currently in progress.
Joel was beset by a series of operational problems that were consistently addressed during
fiscal 2009 and overall performance improved substantially year-on-year. The effects of the seismic
event in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, that closed access to the four highest grade panels at
the mine, continued into fiscal 2009. Access to these panels was re-established in November 2008,
and extra vamping was undertaken to compensate for the loss of volumes. Winder, loading and water
problems were experienced during fiscal
57
2009, hampering production. The north shaft winder rehabilitation programme was completed in
the third quarter of 2009, and it is expected that winder stoppages will be reduced in the future.
The replacement of shaft guide ropes and the installation of pipes from 137 to 145 level to clean
the north shaft bottom further exacerbated these production constraints. Lock-up tons, as a result
of past winder problems, continued to be cleared. Water still hampered development at 129 level
where a system of dykes had to be negotiated and structures were put in place to ensure cover
drilling and sealing operations took place. By year-end, development had advanced through most of
the water-bearing structures, which will improve matters in fiscal 2010. Although some water may
still be encountered in the main haulage, it will be less of a problem. The Klippan wash-out which
was encountered to the east of Joel, has moved slightly further east enabling the development of
two additional raise lines, which will assist in the build-up of production on 129 level.
The Joel Plant will be recommissioned in November 2009. This will reduce transport costs and
create the capacity to treat 44,000 tons of the waste rock dump material at Joel.
During fiscal 2009, Joel accounted for 4% of our total gold production (3% in fiscal 2007 and
fiscal 2008).
Safety
: Safety performance at Joel continued to be exemplary. Joel has operated for two years and
three months without a fatal
accident, and has not had a fall of ground accident in over 18 months. During fiscal 2009, the
LTIFR at Joel of 2.59 per million hours worked compared favorably with the group average of 9.35.
The FFIR at Joel of 0.00 compared favorably with the group average of 0.21.
Plants:
The Joel plant is a hybrid CIP/CIL plant and was commissioned in 1987. During fiscal 2005,
it was decided to close the Joel Plant and place the plant under care and maintenance. A
feasibility study has been completed and the Joel plant will again start operating from October
2009. Initially surface sources will be treated and from November 2009 Joels underground ore will
be treated.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Joel
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.116
|
|
|
|
0.133
|
|
|
|
0.159
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
65,684
|
|
|
|
59,557
|
|
|
|
79,894
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
64,784
|
|
|
|
61,215
|
|
|
|
79,927
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
55,862
|
|
|
|
51,557
|
|
|
|
50,839
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
40,649
|
|
|
|
39,131
|
|
|
|
33,412
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
15,213
|
|
|
|
12,426
|
|
|
|
17,427
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
6,183
|
|
|
|
5,375
|
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
Tons milled from Joel shaft decreased to 449,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with 504,000 in
fiscal 2007. Tons milled were negatively influenced in fiscal 2008 due to the fact the
rehabilitation work on North Shaft was only completed at the end of October 2007. Consequent
teething problems also impacted here, for instance shaft bottom cleaning, installation of
ventilation pipes on the platform, winder motor burnout which resulted in a delay as another motor
had to be sourced from Anglogold. Ounces produced were 59,557 in fiscal 2008, compared with 79,894
in fiscal 2007. The decrease in tons negatively influenced ounces produced. Recovered grade
decreased to 0.133 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008 compared with 0.159 in fiscal 2007.
Cash costs for Joel increased to U.S.$39.1 million in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$33.4
million in fiscal 2007. This increase was due to wage and salary increases granted to labor as well
as an increase in skilled labor complement to address the skills shortage at Joel. As Joel does not
have its own plant, ore is transported to a plant in Virginia, which is 33 kilometers away. This is
done by means of trucks. Due to the increase in the diesel price, a fuel levy was charged to
compensate the cartage contractor for the fuel price increases. This also resulted in increased
costs. Cash costs per ounce were U.S.$638 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$428 in fiscal 2007.
This increase was primarily attributable to the decreased tonnage due to the re-equipping
whereafter the shaft was not fully operational for the first two quarters of fiscal 2008.
58
The increase in tons milled from 449,000 in fiscal 2008 to 566,000 in fiscal 2009 is due to
the rehabilitation work on North Shaft. Further work was done to improve the smooth operation which
included the reconditioning of the liquid controller, installing an additional cooling tower,
increasing the lubrication intervals of the guide ropes and the changing of the guide ropes on the
south side. There was also a significant increase in square meters from 60,752 in fiscal 2008 to
83,413 in fiscal 2009.
Grade was affected by the loss of two high-grade raise lines which necessitated a move to
lower grade raise lines. Higher than expected stoping widths were encountered which affected the
face grade. Joel has a centralized high grade area with the outskirts being of lower grade. Due to
flexibility and availability constraints Joel was forced to move to the outskirts therefore causing
a lower recovery grade.
Ounces produced were 65,684 in fiscal 2009, compared to 59,557 in fiscal 2008. This was mainly
due to higher tons milled.
The increase in cash costs from U.S.$39.1 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$40.6 million in
fiscal 2009 is due to wage and salary increases granted. The labor complement also increased by 9%
to accommodate an increase in stoping panels from 16 to 18. Development labor also increased as
development meters increased from 2,141 metes in 2008 to 3,554 meters in 2009. An afternoon shift
was also introduced to reduce the underground lockup tons. This was done with contract labor, which
increased the contractor costs. There was a substantial increase in electricity charges, which came
about due to the electricity shortage experienced.
Cash costs per ounce were U.S.$636 in fiscal 2009, compared with U.S.$638 in fiscal 2008. The
decrease was primarily attributable to the increase in tonnage due to the increase in square meters
in 2009 compared to 2008 as well as a decrease in lockup tons year on year.
The rock hoisting capacity at Joel is 60,000 tons per month. The average tons milled in fiscal
2009 was 47,170 tons per month.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen
that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 3.5 million tons (0.565 million ounces) will
be sufficient for Joel to maintain underground production until approximately 2017. Any future
changes to the assumptions upon which the ore reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events
affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future
operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Joel incurred R56 million (U.S.$6 million) in capital expenditures in fiscal
2009 on development on 129 level, general replacement and maintenance. Capital budgeted is R67
million (U.S.$8.7 million) primarily for deepening the lift shaft from 121 level to 129, to enable
mining on 129 level and to equip it, as well as North Shaft shaft bottom cleaning.
Other Surface
Introduction
: Other Surface consists of Kalgold, Phoenix and the surface operations owned by the
Freegold, Avgold and Evander companies. As the results of operations for Other Surface consists
primarily of the results from Kalgold and Phoenix, these two operations have been discussed
separately.
Kalgold
Introduction:
Harmonys only open pit mining operation in South Africa is the Kalgold gold mine
that is situated 60 kilometers south of Mafikeng in the North West Province of South Africa.
Through Kalgold, Harmony also control extensive mineral rights on the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt in
the North West Province of South Africa.
History:
Harmony acquired Kalgold on July 1, 1999 and fully incorporated Kalgold into its existing
operations in October 1999. Prior to Harmonys acquisition of the Kalgold mine, the mine had
already been in operation for three years.
Geology:
The Kalgold operation is located within the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt, 60km south of
Mafikeng. This is part of the larger Amalia-Kraaipan Greenstone terrain, consisting of north
trending linear belts of Archaean meta-volcanic and metasedimentary rocks, separated by granitoid
units. Mineralization occurs in shallow dipping quartz veins, which occur in clusters or swarms,
within the steeply dipping magnetitechert banded iron formation. Disseminated sulphide
mineralization, dominated mostly by pyrite, occurs around and between the shallow dipping quartz
vein swarms. The D Zone is the largest orebody encountered and has been extensively mined within a
single open-pit operation, along a strike length of 1,300m. Mineralization has also been found in
the Mielie Field Zone (adjacent to the D Zone), the A Zone and A Zone West (along strike to the
north of the D Zone), and the Watertank and Windmill areas to the north of the A Zone.
59
Mining Operations:
The Kalgold operation is engaged in open-pit mining. This operation is
subject to the open cast mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. Small subterranean
water intersections in the pit are common and are actively managed and appropriate action is taken
when necessary. The primary mining challenges at the Kalgold operations of achieving optimal
volumes and grades of ore production are addressed by stringent ore reserve management. The
processing design capacity of the Kalgold operation is 150,000 tons per month. The average tons
milled in fiscal 2009 were 128,387 tons per month. Although milled tons were below capacity, this
was as a result of rains that affected throughput in the plant due to oxidized material being mined
from Watertank pit.
Volumes processed at Kalgold for fiscal 2009 were similar to fiscal 2008, despite technical
problems (failure of a bearing on the C-mill), disruption to power supply as a result of excessive
thunderstorm activity, excessive rain and delays caused by chokes in the crushers as a result of
the high clay content of ore mined from the weathered zone in the Watertank pit. However, gold
production declined by 30%, owing largely to the 30% decline in grade as operations at the
high-grade D Zone pit came to an end in March 2009. Nonetheless, this zone was mined for six months
longer than scheduled. Mining now takes place at the lower-grade Watertank satellite pit.
In fiscal 2009, the Kalgold operations accounted for approximately 4% (5% in fiscal 2008 and
2% in fiscal 2007) of our total gold production.
Safety:
The Kalgold operations had a LTIFR of 2.9 per million hours worked in fiscal 2009, and
recorded no fatal accidents in fiscal 2009. Kalgold achieved 2,000,000 fatality free shifts on
October 7, 2008.
Plants:
Ore is trucked from the pit and is directly tipped into the feed bin of the pre-primary
crusher or stockpiled. The ore then undergoes a four phase crushing process before it reaches the
Dome stockpile. Three ball mills are used to grind the ore down to between 70-80% less than 75
micron for the leaching process.
The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2009
for the plant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Milled for the
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
Plant
|
|
Capacity
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
(tons/month)
|
|
(tons/month)
|
CIL
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
128,387
|
|
Heap Leach
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Active use of heap leaching was discontinued in July 2001.
|
60
In fiscal 2009, the plant at our Kalgold operations recovered approximately 87.5% of the gold
contained in the ore delivered for processing.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Kalgold
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.038
|
|
|
|
0.055
|
|
|
|
0.033
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
64,784
|
|
|
|
92,229
|
|
|
|
56,714
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
66,841
|
|
|
|
93,172
|
|
|
|
56,135
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales ($) (000)
|
|
|
56,915
|
|
|
|
76,685
|
|
|
|
35,743
|
|
Cash cost ($) (000)
|
|
|
32,390
|
|
|
|
38,272
|
|
|
|
27,218
|
|
Cash profit ($) (000)
|
|
|
24,525
|
|
|
|
38,413
|
|
|
|
8,525
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
506
|
|
Capex
($) (000)
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
|
|
376
|
|
Tons milled decreased from 1,740,000 in fiscal 2007 to 1,687,000 in fiscal 2008. Ounces
produced increased to 92,229 in fiscal 2008, compared with 56,714 in fiscal 2007, primarily due to
the higher grade mined from the D Zone pit. The recovered grade increased to 0.055 in fiscal 2008,
compared with 0.033 in fiscal 2007.
Cash costs increased from U.S.$27.2 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$38.3 million in 2008 as
result of the write off of the deferred stripping account as mining in the D-zone pit reached
completion. In spite of this, cash costs at Kalgold were U.S.$401 per ounce in fiscal 2008,
compared with U.S.$506 per ounce in fiscal 2007. The decrease was mainly due to the increase in
ounces produced as a result of higher recovered grade.
Tons milled increased from 1,687,000 in fiscal 2008 to 1,700,000 in fiscal 2009. Ounces
produced decreased to 64,784 in fiscal 2009, compared with 92,229 in fiscal 2008, due to a lower
recovered grade.
Cash costs decreased from U.S.$38.3 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$32.4 million in 2009 mainly
due to the deferred stripping write off from the previous financial year.
The processing design capacity of the Kalgold operation is 150,000 tons per month. The average
tons milled in fiscal 2009 were 128,387 tons per month.
Active use of heap leaching was discontinued in July 2001; however, Harmony expects to put the
material on the heap leach pad through the processing mills at the end of the life of mine to
recover the residual gold. Although the heapleach was actively stopped in July 2001, some tonnage
was fed through on an adhoc basis as a contingency during the rain season and because of the
difficulty of feeding oxidized material from the new Watertank pit through the crushers circuit.
Assuming no additional reserves are identified and at expected production levels, it is
foreseen that the reported proven and probable ore reserves of 27.1 million tons (0.732 million
ounces) will be sufficient for the Kalgold operations to maintain production until approximately
fiscal 2024. However, any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as
well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the
expected period of future operations.
Capital Expenditure:
Harmony incurred approximately R9.8 million (U.S.$1.1 million) in capital
expenditures at the Kalgold operations in the fiscal 2009. Harmony budgeted R12 million (U.S.$1.5
million) for capital expenditures in fiscal 2010, primarily for exploration drilling, preparation
of the new pits for mining and replacing some of the plant structures.
61
Phoenix
Introduction
: Phoenix is a tailings retreatment operation, located at Virginia and adjacent to our
current and historical mining operations in the Free State province.
History
: The project commenced during fiscal 2007 and is aimed at treating the surface sources from
our operations in the Free State province.
Safety:
Safety at the Phoenix operations improved year-on-year. The LTIFR improved by 27% to 3.09
per million hours worked (2008: 4.23). There were no fatalities.
Mining operations
: Slimes tonnage reclamation decreased during fiscal 2009, to an average of
479,863 tons per month by year end. The focus during the year was on improving efficiencies,
recoveries and ultimately profitability.
Fiscal 2009 was characterized by severe downward pressure on recovered grades, which impacted
directly on the profitability margin. Problems were experienced with lower-than-expected grades at
one of the dams being processed on the Phoenix tailings retreatment programme. Several projects
were launched to increase the recoveries, but without success, mineralogical analysis conducted at
Mintek revealed that the gold particles are extremely fine (5 -10 micron) and totally occluded in
silica. Because no milling of the slime takes place prior to treatment, the extraction of these
gold particles will remain problematic. The mining plan was consequently amended, as a result of
which grades are expected to increase in fiscal 2010. Problems were also experienced regarding
water availability and contractor labour issues. Slime deposition capacity constraints played a
major factor in the treatment capacity of Phoenix during fiscal 2009, two new deposition sites were
earmarked for use by Phoenix late in fiscal 2009. These Tailing Storage Facilities (
TSFs
) are
due for commissioning in August 2009.
During fiscal 2009, Phoenix accounted for 1.4% of our total gold production (1.7% in 2008 and less
than 1% in fiscal 2007).
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Free State (Phoenix)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
6,578
|
|
|
|
7,033
|
|
|
|
2,368
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.003
|
|
|
|
0.005
|
|
|
|
0.009
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
22,345
|
|
|
|
32,215
|
|
|
|
21,346
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
22,345
|
|
|
|
32,215
|
|
|
|
21,348
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
19,448
|
|
|
|
26,247
|
|
|
|
13,628
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
11,924
|
|
|
|
12,286
|
|
|
|
6,489
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
7,524
|
|
|
|
13,961
|
|
|
|
7,139
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
0.279
|
|
|
|
0.492
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons treated from Phoenix were 7,033,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with 2,368,000 in fiscal
2007. Ounces produced increased to 32,215 in fiscal 2008, compared with 21,346 in fiscal 2007,
primarily due to the increase in tons treated. The recovered grade decreased from 0.009 in fiscal
2007 to 0.005 in fiscal 2008. The grade of the tons treated is dependent on the time at which the
original deposition was done.
Cash costs were U.S.$12.3 million in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$6.5 million in fiscal
2007, primarily due to the increase in volumes as well as the higher costs of reagents. Cash costs
per ounce increased during fiscal 2008 to U.S.$381 per ounce, compared with U.S.$293 in fiscal 2007
due to increase in volume and increase in transport rates and the price of consumables.
62
Tons treated from Phoenix decreased to 6,578,000 tons in fiscal 2009, compared with 7,033,000
in fiscal 2008. Ounces produced decreased to 22,345 ounces in fiscal 2009, compared with 32,215 in
fiscal 2008, primarily due to the decrease in tons treated as well as the lower recovery grade.
Cash costs decreased to U.S. $11.9 million in fiscal 2009 from U.S.$12.3 million, despite the
increase in some reagent costs, rising by as much as 40%. Cash costs per ounce increased to U.S.
$534 per ounce, primarily due to the decrease in ounces produced for fiscal 2009.
Capital Expenditure:
We incurred approximately R2.5 million (U.S.$0.3 million) in capital
expenditures at the Free State operations in fiscal 2009. For 2010, R8.7 million (U.S. $0.9
million) is planned for capital for screens and bund wall repairs as well as upgrade of equipment.
Cooke operations
Introduction
: The Cooke operations are located in the Gauteng Province of South Africa,
approximately thirty kilometers west of Johannesburg.
During fiscal 2008, an agreement was entered into for the sale of the Cooke operations,
together with the associated surface assets. As a result, the assets and related liabilities were
classified as held-for-sale and the results from operations have been included under Discontinued
Operations in the income statement. On November 21, 2008, the conditions precedent were fulfilled
and the sale of an effective 60% interest in the operations was recognized. The discussion below
relates to the period up to the effective date of the sale.
Geology
: These operations are situated in the West Rand Goldfield of the Witwatersrand Basin, the
structure of which is dominated by the Witpoortjie and Panvlakte Horst blocks, which are
superimposed over broad folding associated with the southeast plunging West Rand Syncline. At the
Cooke operations, two major fault trends are present. The first is parallel to the Panvlakte Fault
and strikes north to north-east, having small throws and no lateral shift. The second trend, which
runs north-west to west, has small throws, but significant lateral shift, resulting in the
payshoots becoming displaced.
There are six identified main reef groupings in the area of these operations: the Black Reef;
the Ventersdorp Contact Reef; the Elsburg Formations; the Kimberleys; the Livingstone Reefs; and
the South Reef. Within these, several economic reef horizons have been mined at depths below
surface between 600 and 1,260 meters.
The reefs comprise fine to coarse grained pyritic mineralization within well developed thick
quartz pebble conglomerates or narrow single pebble lags, which in certain instances are replaced
by narrow carbon seams.
Mining Operations:
These operations are subject to the underground and waste rock mining risks
detailed in the Risk Factors section. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the operations,
seismicity and pressure related problems are infrequent. There is a risk of subterranean water
and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mines. However, this risk is mitigated by active and
continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of boreholes in advance of faces.
Where water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate preventative action is taken.
The Cooke assets and related liabilities were classified as a disposal group and held-for-sale
during fiscal 2008.
We incurred R53.7 million (U.S.$7.4 million) in capital expenditure in fiscal 2008 at Cooke 3
Shaft for accessing the reserves in the 128 South Area to extend the life of mine reserves. The
area contains an estimated total in situ resource of approximately 4.9 million tons at 5.5 grams
per ton. It is intended to extract the UE1A reef band which is mainly a conglomerate type reef.
Production at the Cooke operations was negatively affected in fiscal 2008 by a change in the
mining mix, with less ore from the high grade VCR reef at Cooke 3 shaft and lower than expected
grades from 128 South project at Cooke 3 shaft and from the 90 North 6 area at Cooke 2 shaft. The
power shortages during the third quarter in 2008 also impacted negatively on volumes.
During fiscal 2009, the Cooke operations accounted for 5% (10% and 12% in 2007 and 2008,
respectively) of our total gold production.
63
Plants:
The processing facilities at the operations presently comprises of the Cooke metallurgical
plant, which is serviced by a surface rail network. The Cooke metallurgical plant, commissioned in
1977, is a hybrid CIP/CIL plant, which processes the tailings from the surface sands dumps around
Randfontein.
Feasibility studies are being done for a proposed Uranium Plant of an approximate capacity of
500,000 tons per month. It is envisaged that the plant will be completed in approximately three
years when it will treat uranium ore from the Cooke dumps as well as from the Cooke 3 underground
operations.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Cooke operations
|
|
2009
(1)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
3,905
|
|
|
|
2,327
|
|
- Underground
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
1,322
|
|
|
|
1,432
|
|
- Surface
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
0.057
|
|
|
|
0.060
|
|
|
|
0.105
|
|
- Underground
|
|
|
0.137
|
|
|
|
0.152
|
|
|
|
0.155
|
|
- Surface
|
|
|
0.011
|
|
|
|
0.013
|
|
|
|
0.025
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
80,377
|
|
|
|
236,170
|
|
|
|
244,056
|
|
- Underground
|
|
|
70,378
|
|
|
|
201,884
|
|
|
|
221,463
|
|
- Surface
|
|
|
9,999
|
|
|
|
34,286
|
|
|
|
22,593
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
85,746
|
|
|
|
236,242
|
|
|
|
243,219
|
|
- Underground
|
|
|
75,747
|
|
|
|
201,939
|
|
|
|
224,245
|
|
- Surface
|
|
|
9,999
|
|
|
|
34,305
|
|
|
|
18,974
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales(000)
|
|
|
68,204
|
|
|
|
193,613
|
|
|
|
154,711
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
49,625
|
|
|
|
121,978
|
|
|
|
117,603
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
18,579
|
|
|
|
71,635
|
|
|
|
37,108
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
- Underground
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
- Surface
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
Capex (
000
)
($)
|
|
|
9,655
|
|
|
|
22,357
|
|
|
|
19,494
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As the operations were sold on November 21, 2008, the results are for the five
months then ended and are not comparable with the prior years.
|
During fiscal 2008, the assets and related liabilities for Cooke 1, 2 and 3 as well as the
Cooke plant were classified as a disposal group and are held-for-sale. The results from the
operations were also classified as discontinued operations in the income statement. The table above
and the discussion below include the results of the surface operations. A comparison between the
results for fiscal 2008 and 2009 has not been presented as the results for fiscal 2009 are only for
the five months to November 2008.
Tons milled were 3,905,000 in fiscal 2008, compared with 2,327,000 in fiscal 2007, and ounces
produced were 236,170 in fiscal 2008, compared with 244,056 in fiscal 2007. The increase in tons
milled can mainly be attributed to the Cooke plant, used for the treating of tailings from sand
surface dumps, coming into full production during fiscal 2008. The plant is treating on average
215,000 tons per month. This was offset by a decrease in tons milled from underground due to the
stopping of Conops, electricity constraints and a reduction in volume from Cooke 1. The decrease in
ounces sold was primarily due to lower volumes from underground as a result of the reasons
mentioned above. The recovery grade from surface decreased from 0.025 in fiscal 2007 to 0.013 in
fiscal 2008, mainly due to the replacement of higher grade waste rock with lower grade sand from
Dump 20.
Cash costs per ounce of gold were U.S.$511 in fiscal 2008, compared with U.S.$475 in fiscal
2007. The increase was influenced by decreased efficiency of the machinery in the Trackless areas,
increased maintenance cost on those machines, increases in the costs of labor and supplies and the
effect of inflation on supply contracts also negatively affected cash costs.
64
Other Discontinued operations
Introduction:
The results of operation from Other Discontinued Operations consists of results
from the Orkney operations and South Kalgoorlie. South Kalgoorlie formed part of our International
operations. Refer to
Western Australia
below for a discussion on its operations and results. In
fiscal 2007, Mount Magnet, a part of our International operations, was classified as held-for-sale
and as discontinued operations, and its results were presented as such for all periods shown. In
fiscal 2009, as a result of the Mount Magnet operations ceasing to be classified as held-for-sale,
the results of its operations were reclassified as continuing operations. All periods shown have
been re-presented for this change.
The discussion on Orkney follows below.
Introduction:
We acquired the Orkney operations when on September 22, 2003, we merged with ARMgold
via a share exchange which resulted in ARMgold becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary. In September
2007, we announced that we had entered into formal agreements with Pamodzi for the sale of the
Orkney Shafts. The sale was finalized on February 27, 2008 and the related assets and liabilities
derecognized.
History:
Exploration and development at Orkney started from 1886 and following dormant periods,
large-scale production commenced during the 1940s with the formation of Vaal Reefs Gold Mining and
Exploration Company Limited in 1944.
Geology:
At the Orkney operations, the Vaal Reef is the most significant reef mined. The reef
strikes northeast, dipping southeast and is heavily faulted to form a series of graben structures.
The dip is generally less than 30 degrees but can vary locally in direction and magnitude to exceed
45 degrees. The VCR is also exploited, as well as the Elsburg Reef. There are several major faults
in the lease area, being Nooitgedacht, Buffelsdoorn, Witkop, WK2, No 3 BU, No 5 BU and No 2 BU
Fault. These faults typically have throws of tens of meters and further divide the reef into blocks
of up to 100 meters in width.
Mining operations:
These operations are subject to all of the underground mining risks detailed in
the Risk Factors section. Mining depths ranged from 1,600 meters to 2,000 meters below the surface
at the Orkney operations.
During February 2008, the Orkney shafts were sold to Pamodzi. These shafts had been managed by
Pamodzi since October 2007.
For fiscal years 2008 and 2007, the Orkney operations accounted for approximately 5% of our
total gold production.
Plants:
Ore from the Orkney operations was treated at Vaal River Operations (
VRO
) No. 1 Gold
Plant (of Anglogold). Various agreements between us and VRO governed the supply and quality of the
ore and gold apportionment.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Orkney operations
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
(1)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
947
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.100
|
|
|
|
0.126
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,655
|
|
|
|
119,061
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,132
|
|
|
|
119,109
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,810
|
|
|
|
75,499
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,482
|
|
|
|
64,603
|
|
Cash (loss)/profit (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,672
|
)
|
|
|
10,896
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,093
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capex
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,579
|
|
|
|
15,119
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The results are for the eight months ended February 2008.
|
The Orkney operations were sold to Pamodzi during fiscal 2008 and therefore the results for
fiscal 2008 are only for eight months and are not comparable with fiscal 2007.
65
International Mining Operations
Western Australia Operations
During fiscal 2008, we entered into an agreement with Monarch for the sale of our Mount Magnet
operations. However, subsequent to fiscal 2008 year-end, we were advised that Monarch had placed
itself in voluntary administration and, on August 1, 2008, the Administrator indicated that Monarch
will not proceed with the proposed purchase and consequently the purchase agreement has been
terminated. We have since resumed management of the Mount Magnet operations. The sales process was
resumed but due to various factors (conditionality of contracts and the impact of the global
financial crisis) could not be finalized by the end of fiscal 2009. The conditions put on
indicative offers related mainly to performing a successful feasibility study which will prolong
the sales process and the realization of the sales proceeds. To remove this condition from
prospective buyers offers, we started an intensive drilling program at Mount Magnet to be able to
provide a Life of Mine model. As a result the Mount Magnet disposal group is therefore no longer
disclosed as held-for-sale as at 30 June 2009 and we have re-classified the Mount Magnet operations
to Continuing Operations. The comparative income statement and cash flow related note information
has been adjusted to reflect this.
As of June 30, 2009, our Western Australian operations had 13 employees (these include care
and maintenance and exploration personnel on the Mount Magnet site).
In fiscal 2009, our Australian operations accounted for 0% of our total gold production, as
compared to 5% in fiscal years 2007 and 2008.
66
Mount Magnet Operations
Introduction.
In 2002, we acquired Mount Magnet as part of the Hill 50 transaction. In fiscal 2009,
Mount Magnets operations accounted for approximately 0% of our total gold production, as compared
to 6% and 4% respectively in fiscal years 2007 and 2008. This change was the result of the site
being placed on care and maintenance as from December 31, 2007.
History:
Mining at Mount Magnet began after the discovery of gold in 1896. From that time to June
30, 2009, the Mount Magnet area has produced approximately 6 million ounces. The most recent Mount
Magnet operations commenced production in the late 1980s on the Hill 50 and Star underground mines
and nearby open-pits, and the processing of low grade ore from previously accumulated stockpiles.
Production ceased at the Star underground mine in June 2005. The Star underground mine was
subsequently replaced by St. George, a new underground mine. The Mount Magnet site was put on care
and maintenance as from December 31, 2007.
Geology:
The Mount Magnet operations are located near the town of Mount Magnet in the Murchison
region, some 600 kilometers northeast of Perth. The geology consists of folded basaltic and
komatiitic greenstones with intercalated banded iron formations and volcaniclastic units. In
addition to having been intensely folded, the area has undergone substantial faulting and later
intrusion by felsic intrusives. Mineralization within the Murchison belt consists of sulphide
replacement style (characteristic of the Hill 50 mine) and quartz lode and shear-hosted
hydrothermally emplaced bodies proximal to fault conduits. Smaller stockwork bodies within felsic
intrusives are also common. As is typical of the Archaean Shield, the deep weathering profile at
Mount Magnet has resulted in supergene enrichment and hypogene dispersion of gold in the oxidizing
environments. These effects lend themselves well to the process of small scale open-pit mining.
Historically underground mining of primary lodes was the largest contributor to Mount Magnets gold
production.
Mining Operations:
.
The Mount Magnet operations were engaged in underground, open-pit and waste
rock mining prior to site closure. These operations are subject to the underground, open-pit, and
waste rock mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section.
Underground operations at Mount Magnet consisted of the Hill 50 and St. George mines, each of
which operated a decline. The Hill 50 mine, which approached 1,525 meters in depth, was one of
Australias deepest underground mines. The St. George Mine was approximately 300 meters in depth.
Underground mining was conducted by decline tunnel access. The principal challenges confronted by
the Hill 50 underground mine related to its continuing depth and the geotechnical, ventilation and
cost impediments that increased depth imposes, including increased ground stress and potential
increased seismic activity. A decision was made in May 2007 which placed the Hill 50 mines decline
development on hold due to significant seismic activity, and effectively put the mine in harvest
mode at that time.
With the closure of Star, the development of the new underground mine at the St. George
open-pit provided additional underground tonnage for the Mount Magnet operations. Underground
development at St. George started in December 2005. The first stope was mined in the second quarter
of fiscal 2006. Underground mining continued at this mine during fiscal 2007. This mine reached its
economic depth limit during fiscal 2007, and was put in harvest mode, with mining operations
ceasing in October 2007. Open-pit production was hindered by the delay in the start up of the Cue
open-pits until the last quarter of fiscal 2005 as a result of delayed mining approvals and
extended contractor negotiations, although these were subsequently resolved and mining commenced in
fiscal 2006. Open-pit mining mainly took place around Mount Magnet during fiscal years 2007 and
2008.
Surface operations at Mount Magnet exploited several medium-sized open-pits, as well as
numerous smaller open-pits. Surface materials from areas previously involved in production,
including waste rock dumps and tailings dams, are also processed at Mount Magnet. The principal
challenge faced by the Mount Magnet operations involved the short mine lives which results from the
open-pits being situated on small orebodies. The Mount Magnet site was put on care and maintenance
as from December 31, 2007.
Plant
: The Mount Magnet operations include one metallurgical plant which was built in 1989 as a CIL
plant and upgraded in 1999 to a CIP plant. Actual throughputs of the Mount Magnet plant varies
based upon the blend of oxide and sulphide ores in their feed. Processing capacity is an estimate
of nominal throughput based on a 70% hard (sulphide) and 30% oxide (soft) blend.
67
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
(1)
|
|
2008
(1)
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.080
|
|
|
|
0.073
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,297
|
|
|
|
136,415
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,097
|
|
|
|
136,415
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,215
|
|
|
|
85,760
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,405
|
|
|
|
70,528
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,810
|
|
|
|
15,232
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold ($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,909
|
|
|
|
20,199
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The operation was on care and maintenance as of December 31, 2007.
|
Recovered grade was 0.080 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008 compared to 0.073 ounces per ton in
fiscal 2007. This was due to higher grades produced from the Hill 50 underground mine. Tons milled
were 966,000 in fiscal 2008 compared to 1,875,000 in fiscal 2007. Ounces sold decreased to 77,097
in fiscal 2008, compared to 136,415 in fiscal 2007. The decrease in both tons and ounces in fiscal
2008 are a reflection of the Mount Magnet production figures representing just 6 months of
production due to the site being placed on care and maintenance.
Cash costs per ounce were U.S.$545 for fiscal 2008, compared to U.S.$517 for fiscal 2007. This
increase was due to higher underground and open-pit contracting cost due to the underlying mining
cost increases in the Western Australian and a wider Australian mining market environment.
The majority of declared ore reserves were mined during fiscal 2008. The mines were closed and
the processing plant has been put on care and maintenance.
Capital Expenditure:
We spent A$0 million on capital expenditure at the Mount Magnet operations in
fiscal 2009, primarily due to the fact that the site was put on care and maintenance during 2008
and a feasibility study was commenced during April 2009. No capital expenditure was therefore
incurred.
Exploration:
Activities at Mount Magnet, Western Australia, were performed to the minimum level
required to keep the tenements in good standing as the site and the plant is currently on care and
maintenance.
South Kalgoorlie Operations
Introduction:
The South Kalgoorlie Operations are made up of New Hamptons Jubilee Operations and
Hill 50s New Celebration operations. Since the commencement of operations to November 30, 2007,
total gold production from the mines in the South Kalgoorlie area has exceeded 2.5 million ounces.
In fiscal 2008, South Kalgoorlie operations accounted for 1% of Harmonys total gold production,
and accounted for 4% of our total gold production in 2007.
In July 2007, we announced the sale of the South Kalgoorlie Mine to Dioro. The total purchase
price was A$45 million (U.S.$39.8 million), which consisted of a cash and a shares component. On
November 30, 2007, all conditions precedent to the transaction were satisfied. The results for
fiscal 2008 below reflect only the 5 months ended November 30, 2007.
History:
The South Kalgoorlie operations included several open-pits at Jubilee and New Celebration,
as well at the Mount Marion underground mine. The Jubilee operations were originally comprised of
the large Jubilee open-pit and a number of smaller open-pits. The New Celebration operations were
initially developed in 1987 by Newmont exploiting the same ore body that hosted the Jubilee Pit.
Hill 50 acquired these operations from Newcrest Mining Ltd. in June 2001. The Mount Marion decline
was established in 1998. Open-pit mining ceased at the South Kalgoorlie Operations at the end of
fiscal 2005, with only low grade stockpiles treated during fiscal 2006 together with Mount Marion
ore. During fiscal years 2008 and 2007, open-pit mining recommenced at South Kalgoorlie Mines, with
a cutback on the HBJ pit, as well as the Shirl open-pit.
68
Geology:
The South Kalgoorlie mines were located approximately 30 kilometers south of Kalgoorlie in
the Eastern Goldfields region of Western Australia. The South Kalgoorlie orebodies were located in
a number of geological domains including the Kalgoorlie-Kambalda belt, the Boulder-Lefroy
Structure, the Zuleika Shear, the Coolgardie Belt and Yilgarn-Roe Structures. At South Kalgoorlie,
the mining tenure and geology straddled the three major fault systems or crystal sutures considered
to be the main ore body plumbing systems of the Kalgoorlie Goldfield. The geology consisted of
Archaean greenstone stratigraphy of basalts and komatiites with intercalated sediments, tuffs,
volcaniclastics and later felsic intrusives. Late stage and large scale granitic (Proterozoic)
intrusion stoped out large sections of the greenstone. Quartz filled lode and shear-hosted bodies
are the most dominant among many mineralization styles. Large scale stockwork bodies hosted in
felsic volcanics were an important contributor to bulk tonnage of relatively low grade deposits.
Mining Operations:
The South Kalgoorlie operations are engaged in open-pit, underground and waste
rock mining. These operations are subject to the underground, open pit and waste rock mining risks
detailed in the Risk Factors section.
At the South Kalgoorlie operations during fiscal 2008, open cast mining took place at Shirl
open-pit, together with a cutback project on the HBJ open-pit. The HBJ open-pit had a mine life of
three years and consisted of 3.3 million tons of 0.048 ounces per ton at the time the cutback was
completed. The discovery of the Shirl prospect during fiscal 2006, which resulted in an open-pit
reserve of 50,000 ounces and a 15 month mine life, together with an improved gold price
environment, lead to the recommencement of open-pit mining at South Kalgoorlie mines during fiscal
years 2008 and 2007. The primary challenge that faced the South Kalgoorlie operations involved
identifying adequate sources of new open-pit and underground reserves and managing the geotechnical
risk on the HBJ pit cutback. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our
Business and Our Industry To maintain gold production beyond the expected lives of Harmonys
existing mines or to increase production materially above projected levels, Harmony will need to
access additional reserves through development or discovery.
Plant:
.
The South Kalgoorlie operation had a metallurgical plant located at Jubilee. This CIL
treatment plant was capable of treating the planned production from the mining operations. Ore was
hauled from the open-pits and from low grade Shirl stockpiles to the treatment plant by
conventional road trains. Actual throughputs of the Jubilee plant varied based upon the blend of
oxide and sulphide ores in their feed. Processing capacity was an estimate of nominal throughput
based on a 70% hard (sulphide) and 30% soft (oxide) blend.
Production analysis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
(1)
|
|
2008
(1)
|
|
2007
|
Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tons (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
Recovered grade (ounces/ton)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.058
|
|
|
|
0.064
|
|
Gold produced (ounces)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,778
|
|
|
|
88,375
|
|
Gold sold (ounces)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,778
|
|
|
|
88,371
|
|
Results of operations
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,858
|
|
|
|
56,253
|
|
Cash cost (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,453
|
|
|
|
44,567
|
|
Cash profit (000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,405
|
|
|
|
11,686
|
|
Cash costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ounce of gold($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
Capex
(000) ($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,526
|
|
|
|
6,859
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The South Kal Operations sales process was concluded on November 30, 2007. The
results for fiscal 2008 are for the five months ended November 2007.
|
No comparison between fiscal 2007 and 2008 has been presented as the results for fiscal 2008
are for the five months ended November 2007 and therefore not comparable.
69
PNG Operations and Exploration
Overview
Introduction:
Fiscal 2009 was the first year of the Morobe Mining Joint Venture between Harmony
Gold and Newcrest. The Morobe Mining Joint Venture is a 50:50 Joint Venture encompassing:
|
1.
|
|
the Hidden Valley Operation;
|
|
|
2.
|
|
the Wafi-Golpu Project; and
|
|
|
3.
|
|
an Exploration Joint Venture on the surrounding tenement package.
|
Newcrest acquired a 50% interest in the Harmonys Morobe Province assets in two stages:
Stage 1 Purchase of 30.01% participating interest:
On July 16, 2008, the conditions precedent were finalized for the transaction with Newcrest, which
included regulatory and statutory approvals by the PNG Government. Completion of Stage 1 was
effected July 31, 2008. A total consideration for completion of Stage 1 of U.S.$229 million was
received.
Stage 2 Farm-in to earn an additional 19.99% participating interest:
This stage was concluded on June 29, 2009 when Newcrest completed its agreed upon contributions of
U.S.$303 million.
Outside of the Morobe province Harmony has actively sought additional prospective ground for
greenfields exploration. A single tenement application ELA1708 covering 863 square kilometers in
the Sandaun Province was lodged with the MRA on January 6, 2009. However, grant notification had
not been received by the end of fiscal 2009. Details of the Mount Hagen project acquisition are
outlined under
Recent Developments
Harmony PNG tenement locations
.
In terms of regional geological setting, Harmonys tenement
interests are all located within the New Guinea mobile belt. The mobile belt comprises tracts of
metamorphosed Lower Jurassic and Cretaceous sediments and oceanic crust. These rocks have undergone
deformation in the collision zone between the Australian and Pacific Plates and multiple intrusive
events including Tertiary granodiorite and younger mineralized porphyries.
Exploration expenditure in PNG for fiscal 2009 was A$32.6 million (U.S.$24.4 million); however,
A$30.4 million (U.S.$22.7 million) was solely funded by Newcrest as part of the Joint Venture
farm-in terms in order to earn a 50% equity interest in the Morobe Joint Venture assets. Results
from exploration work have been highly encouraging, as a number of targets with the potential for
major stand-alone gold and copper/gold deposits have been identified and advanced to the drill
testing phase.
Hidden Valley Operation
Introduction:
The Hidden Valley operation falls within Mining License (
ML
) 151 and the Hidden
Valley Joint Venture. The mine is located approximately 90 kilometers south-southwest of Lae.
The Hidden Valley Operation is an open pit gold-silver mine and processing plant both
currently under construction. Two separate open pits are
planned and in process of being pre-stripped, being Hidden Valley-Kaveroi (
HVK
) pit, and Hamata
pit. The HVK pit is the larger pit supplying the majority of the ore and is located some 6
kilometers from the processing plant.
The mill has been constructed to process a nominal 4.2 Mt. of ore per year from the two pits,
with de-bottlenecking of the plant planned up to 4.7 Mtpa.
The mine is located in a highly prospective exploration lease area and it is envisaged that,
as active exploration continues, the life of the process facility may be extended as it is fed from
a number of sources.
70
History:
Alluvial gold was first discovered at Hidden Valley in 1928 but it was not until the early
1980s that the area was investigated by CRA Exploration using modern exploration techniques that
resulted in the discovery of the Hidden Valley and Kaveroi gold deposits on Exploration License
(
EL
) 677. A number of feasibility studies have been prepared for the Hidden Valley Project by
the various owners, including one by Abelle in 2003. Harmony extensively reviewed and updated the
Abelle feasibility study during fiscal 2006 in order to: (a) reflect changes in the projects ore
body interpretation; (b) incorporate increases in capital and operating costs as a result of energy
prices and scarce resources in the mining industry as well; and (c) resolve technical aspects that
were outstanding from the previous study. The updated feasibility study was presented to the Board
during June 2006 with subsequent approval given for construction of the project. In late 2007,
Harmony began a search for a partner to partake in all of our PNG mining and exploration
activities, culminating in the selection of Newcrest as a partner.
Project Overview:
Once fully developed, the Hidden Valley Mine is expected to initially process
4.6 million tons of ore per annum from ore mined at two open-pits, the Hamata ore body in one small
pit and the Hidden Valley and Kaveroi orebodies in a much larger pit. Currently planned
de-bottlenecking is expected to increase the processing rate to 5.2 million tons of ore per annum
by year three of operations.
Expected annual production will average 255,000 ounces of gold per annum and 4.4 million
ounces of silver. Expected mine life is 10 years.
The resources will be mined in a sequence that sees the low silver, high gold Hamata ore mined
first, with plant and infrastructure development for the project developed in close proximity to
the Hamata deposit. The next ore mined will be the Hidden Valley/Kaveroi oxide/transition ores
(high silver) followed by the Hidden Valley/Kaveroi primary ores.
Geology:
The major gold-silver deposits of the Morobe Goldfield, and the Hidden Valley project are
hosted in the Wau Graben. The Wau Graben developed as a back-arc rift basin in the southern
extension of the New Guinea Mobile Belt (Owen Stanley Foreland Thrust Belt) covering an area of
approximately 850 square kilometers in which the Morobe Goldfield, including the Hidden Valley and
Hamata deposits are developed.
The Hidden Valley Deposit is interpreted as a low-sulphidation or adularia-sericite-type
epithermal gold-silver system. The Hidden Valley deposit further forms part of the
carbonate-base-metal-gold subgroup, with abundant carbonate vein-gangue. Other gold-silver
deposits around the Pacific Rim in this sub-group are Kelian (Indonesia), Woodlark (PNG) and Gold
Ridge (Solomon Islands).
Discrete zones of intense stockwork fracture and mineralized veining comprise individual
lodes. At the Hidden Valley deposit, gold and silver are related to steeply dipping (Hidden Valley
Zone,
HVZ
) and flat-lying (Kaveroi Creek Zone,
KCZ
) sheeted vein swarms associated with an
underlying shallow thrust.
Reserves:
The table below shows Harmonys 50% equity portion of the proven and probable gold
reserves for the Hidden Valley/Kaveroi/Hamata deposits, which are 2.096 million ounces at 0.034
ounces per ton. Silver proven and probable reserves at Hidden Valley/Kaveroi and Hamata amount to
22.5 million ounces at 1.08 ounces per ton.
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grade
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
Ore
|
|
Gold
|
|
Silver
|
|
Gold
|
|
Silver
|
Pit
|
|
Category
|
|
Tons
|
|
[ oz/st Au ]
|
|
[ oz/st Ag ]
|
|
MOz
|
|
MOz
|
|
Hidden
|
|
Proven
|
|
|
1,543,234
|
|
|
|
0.068
|
|
|
|
1.14
|
|
|
|
0.105
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Valley
|
|
Probable
|
|
|
19,400,656
|
|
|
|
0.058
|
|
|
|
1.07
|
|
|
|
1.126
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sub-Total
|
|
|
20,943,890
|
|
|
|
0.059
|
|
|
|
1.08
|
|
|
|
1.231
|
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
|
|
|
Hamata
|
|
Proven
|
|
|
110,231
|
|
|
|
0.064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Probable
|
|
|
2,094,389
|
|
|
|
0.078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sub-Total
|
|
|
2,204,620
|
|
|
|
0.078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proven
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Golpu
|
|
Probable
|
|
|
39,021,774
|
|
|
|
0.018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sub-Total
|
|
|
39,021,774
|
|
|
|
0.018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Proven
|
|
|
1,653,465
|
|
|
|
0.068
|
|
|
|
1.14
|
|
|
|
0.112
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
Probable
|
|
|
60,516,819
|
|
|
|
0.033
|
|
|
|
1.07
|
|
|
|
1.984
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
62,170,284
|
|
|
|
0.034
|
|
|
|
1.08
|
|
|
|
2.096
|
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
|
|
|
Site Access
. The Hidden Valley site is located approximately 90 kilometers south-southwest of Lae,
which is the nearest deepwater port for the project, and the Capital of Morobe Province. Access to
the site from Lae uses an existing 110 kilometers sealed two-lane main road to the town of Bulolo,
continuing to Hidden Valley via an all-weather two-lane gravel access road constructed by Harmony.
Engineering Procurement and Construction Management Contract
. Following Board approval, a small
owners team of experienced construction professionals was recruited, including several key
individuals with extensive PNG experience, to ensure that project objectives, scope of work and all
other project requirements are met. In July 2006 an agreement was reached with the engineering
group Ausenco Limited to provide engineering procurement and construction management services for
the project. At the end of fiscal 2009, the project was commencing the commissioning phase with
construction around the plant complete.
Power Supply
. The ability to obtain an alternate power supply from PNGs national power supplier,
PNG Power Limited (PPL), is of importance to the project. On May 14, 2007, we announced that we
had signed an agreement with PPL to supply the Hidden Valley mine with electricity. PPL has
committed to construct new transmission lines and infrastructure in order to supply
hydro-electricity from the Yonki Dam. Contracts for this work have already been awarded, and supply
is expected to commence by the middle of calendar 2010.
We acquired diesel generators and will install them for the purpose of providing 100% backup
power supply to the project, if required, and will be powering the site until hydro-electricity is
supplied.
Customs and Excise.
In November 2006 the PNG National Executive Committee approved exemptions to
customs and excise on a range of commodities that will be required for the construction of the
project. This was gazetted, and customs officials at Lae port are already applying the exemptions,
based on the draft gazettal notice.
Environment:
The environmental investigation and completion of the Environmental Impact Statement
(
EIS
), was undertaken by Enesar Consulting Pty Ltd. The investigation applied the data and
knowledge gathered since 1987 and baseline studies undertaken as part of the 2004 Feasibility
Study, to establish the environmental impacts of the revised development plan.
The EIS has been approved by the Minister for Environment and Conservation of the PNG
Government and Environment (Waste Discharge) and Environment (Water Extraction) permits were
granted in March 2005. The Hidden Valley Project is the first mining project in PNG to be
completely permitted under the new Environment Act 2000.
72
A condition of the Environmental Permit is the development and submission for approval of an
Environmental Management Plan (
EMP
). The EMP was approved in April 2006. Other conditions of the
Environmental Permit included the development of an Acid Mine Drainage (
AMD
) management strategy
and a waste management strategy, which were submitted in 2007. Management of AMD and waste disposal
remain a critical issue being tackled by the site.
Hidden Valley is the first major open pit mine in PNG to build a Tailings Storage Facility
(
TSF
) to contain all tailings, followed by discharge of treated decant (involving cyanide
detoxification).
Community affairs/landowner discussions.
Through its subsidiary MCG, Harmony worked extensively
with the landowners, local and national government to agree an appropriate sharing of the benefits
of the Hidden Valley proposed mine. This culminated in the signing of a Memorandum of Agreement
(
MOA
) between MCG and relevant affected parties on August 5, 2005. These parties were PNG
National Government, the Morobe Provincial Government, the immediate area Local Level Government
units and the local Landowner Association. This MOA clearly defines the roles and responsibilities
of each signatory and in particular removes any of the grey area with regards to the distribution
of proceeds from mineral royalties.
Community support and development of the mine in compliance with the MOA with landowner groups
is critical to the success of the project. Meetings are held regularly with these groups and
officials from the provincial and national government to monitor progress and ensure these
objectives are met. A range of opportunities for the commercial participation of landowner groups
in the development of the project have occurred, and community relations initiatives focused on
positive outcomes for health, education and infrastructure are ongoing.
Mining and Mining Fleet.
The mine is being developed by conventional open pit mining techniques.
The primary mining fleet consists of three Komatsu PC-2000 hydraulic backhoe excavators, two
Komatsu PC-800 hydraulic backhoe excavators, two Komatsu WA-900 front-end loaders and 20 Komatsu
785-7 rigid dump trucks (100 t class) with a further 5 of the same trucks ordered for delivery in
November 2009. Drilling equipment comprises seven Atlas Copco ECM720 drill rigs, drilling 6.5
meter holes at 127 mm diameter. A range of ancillary equipment includes track dozers, graders, a
fuel truck, and numerous light vehicles.
Ore will be delivered by truck to the Hamata and Hidden Valley crusher stations. Crushed Hamata ore
will be delivered by conventional conveyor to the primary stockpile and Hidden Valley ore will be
delivered via an overland pipe conveyor to the same stockpile.
Plant:
Once operational the processing plant is expected to process ore at a rate of approximately
4.6 million tons (short) of ore per annum and has been designed with three distinct process routes
that complement the metallurgical characteristics of the three ore types to be mined. The
processing plant will commence as:
|
(a)
|
|
a primary crushing, grinding (with the incorporation of a gravity gold recovery circuit),
CIL, Merrill-Crowe zinc precipitation, goldroom and tailings detox plant for the low silver
Hamata ores, and
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
will revert to a primary and secondary crushing, grinding, flotation, concentrate regrind,
counter-current decantation circuit with Merrill-Crowe zinc precipitation, flotation
concentrate and tailing CIL, goldroom and tailings detox for the high silver oxide/transition
ores, and
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
then a similar circuit without flotation tail CIL for high silver sulphide ores from Hidden
valley/Kaveroi ores.
|
The gravity gold recovered will be processed through an intensive cyanide leach followed by
electro-winning circuit to produce a high quality ore product.
All tailings will be stored in a tailings storage facility, and all water recovered will be
subject to detoxification prior to being re-cycled or released to the environment. The processing
plant and tailings storage facility will be built to meet or exceed the requirement of the
International Cyanide Management Code. With construction of the plant being effectively complete
and the commissioning phase underway continuous gold production is anticipated to commence in
the December 2009 quarter.
Government royalty and other rights
. The gold and silver production from the Hidden Valley Project
will be subject to a 2% royalty, payable on the net return from refined production if refined in
PNG or 2% royalty on the realized price if refined out of PNG.
The government of PNG also has a statutory right to acquire up to a 30% participatory interest in
mining development projects, at sunk cost. However the memorandum of agreement signed between the
government and ourselves reduced the participation right to 5%, should the government wish to
exercise it. Once an interest is acquired by the government of PNG, it contributes to the further
exploration and development costs on a pro rata basis.
73
Third Party Royalties
. On March 28, 2007, we announced that we had concluded negotiations with Rio
Tinto pursuant to which we would purchase the Rio Tinto rights under a royalty agreement relating
to Hidden Valley, which was entered into prior to our acquisition of the Hidden Valley and
Kerimenge deposits in PNG. Under the royalty agreement, Rio Tinto had the right to receive a
portion of between 2% and 3.5% of future ounces produced by the Hidden Valley mine in PNG. The
consideration we paid to Rio Tinto totaled U.S.$22.5 million, which was settled with our issue of
ordinary shares valuing U.S.$20 million, with the balance of U.S.$2.5 million paid in cash.
The transaction will reduce the cash costs per ounce of gold produced at Hidden Valley, and
all further extensions to the project, mine life and reserves will be free of this royalty.
Capital Expenditure:
Capital expenditure on the project for fiscal 2009 was U.S.$317 million (A$397
million) compared to the U.S.$162 million (A$181 million) spent in fiscal 2008. Capital was mainly
spent on completing earthworks within the mining lease, particularly the process plant platform,
construction of the process plant, construction of the Hamata permanent camp and related
infrastructure. Other areas of significant expenditure were for process equipment and management
related costs. The total project capital cost is estimated to be U.S.$614 million (A$768 million),
which represents a 27% increase in A$ terms on the last reported budget. Increases in costs were
primarily caused by market forces resulting from the high demand created by resource development
projects in the region. There were no significant changes in the scope of work of the project. This
value excludes U.S.$37 million for mine fleet repayments post the construction phase which is not
considered part of the construction capital.
Wafi-Golpu Project
Introduction:
The Wafi-Golpu Project falls within EL440 and the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture. The
first exploration at Wafi dates back to a nationwide porphyry copper search by CRA Exploration Ltd
in the late 1960s. Elders Resources farmed-in to the project from 1989-1991, and AGF subsequently
farmed-in to the project for a short period in 1997 prior to going into administration in 1998.
Aurora subsequently acquired the project from Rio Tinto (CRA) in 1999, with ownership passing to
Abelle when it merged with Aurora in 2002. Harmony assumed control of the Wafi Project by way of
its acquisition of Abelle in 2003 and in 2009 entered into the MMJV with Newcrest.
The Wafi-Golpu Project contains two main types of potentially economic mineralization within
close proximity of each other. Gold mineralization (Wafi Gold Project) is hosted by
sedimentary/volcanoclastic rocks of the Owen Stanley Formation which surrounds the intrusive Wafi
Diatreme. The mineralization occurs in the form of extensive high-sulphidation epithermal
alteration overprinting porphyry mineralization and epithermal style vein-hosted and replacement
gold mineralization with associated wall-rock alteration. Copper / gold mineralization (Golpu and
Nambonga North) has been discovered in diorite porphyry instrusives with typical zoned porphyry
alteration halos.
Geography:
The Wafi-Golpu Project is located near Mount Watut in the Morobe Province of PNG,
approximately 60 kilometers southwest of Lae and about 60 kilometers northwest of Wau. The Wafi
camp is located at an elevation of 400 meters above sea level in terrain that is mountainous and
forested in most areas. The site is accessed by sealed road (Lae to Timini) and then a 38 kilometre
dirt-base access track to the project which is accessible during dry weather conditions. The site
is serviced by helicopter when the road access is cut due to wet weather. The Watut Valley is
located immediately west of the project, and the foothills of Watut Valley are planned to be
utilized for placement of ore processing and mine infrastructure.
Mining Reserves:
A probable ore reserve has been declared. See
Item 4.
Reserves
.
The Golpu Ore Reserve is derived from the Golpu Stand Alone Project Pre Feasibility Study
(PFS). This study assumed a block cave underground mine with ore processed on site to produce a
copper and gold concentrate for shipping to a smelter. Metallurgical studies indicate that
recoveries of 88% for copper, 54% for gold and 36% for molybdenum could be expected. Metal prices
were assumed at U.S.$2.30/lb for copper, U.S.$520/oz gold and U.S.$20/lb for molybdenum.
In declaring the probable reserve, the following considerations were made:
|
1.
|
|
The PFS was completed to industry accepted standards but the outcome of further more
detailed studies may affect the reserve.
|
|
|
2.
|
|
The location for a tailings storage facility has not been finalized, however two
potential sites proximal to the project were identified.
|
74
|
3.
|
|
There are outstanding issues associated with traditional land owners that need to be
resolved before the project is able to be constructed.
|
|
|
4.
|
|
The Board has not yet committed to completing subsequent phases of study, or to project
construction.
|
A reserve for the Wafi gold ore bodies has not been declared.
Government Royalty and Other Rights
:
Any metal production from the Wafi-Golpu Project Area will be
subject to a 2% royalty payable on the net return from refined metal production if refined in PNG
or a 2% royalty payable on the realized price if refined outside of PNG. The government royalty has
been accounted for in project financial models. The PNG government also has a statutory right to
acquire up to a 30% participatory interest in mining development projects at sunk cost.
However the MOA signed between the government and ourselves reduced the participation right to 5%, should the government wish to
exercise it. Once an
interest is acquired by the government of PNG, it contributes to the further exploration and
development costs on a pro rata basis. Previously, a third party royalty of 2% on gold production
or a 2% NSR (net smelter return) from copper-gold concentrates was payable to Rio Tinto as a
deferred acquisition cost. In December 2008 Harmony purchased this royalty from Rio Tinto.
Capital Expenditures:
No capital expenditures were incurred during fiscal 2009 as all costs were
expensed.
Pre-Feasibility Studies:
Two pre-feasibility studies for the Wafi-Golpu Project have been
completed:
The Golpu stand alone Pre-Feasibility Study (
Golpu PFS
), dated July 2007, which examined
solely the development of Golpu copper gold resources;
The Wafi Pre-Feasibility Study (
Wafi PFS
), dated October 2007, which included the Wafi gold
resources and examined the development of the following three scenarios:
|
|
|
Golpu stand alone (an update of the Golpu PFS scenario);
|
|
|
|
|
Golpu + Link Zone; and
|
|
|
|
|
Golpu + Link Zone + NRG1;
|
The returns projected by the studies did not meet requirements and it was decided not to
immediately move to the Feasibility stage. Additional exploration of the area has been committed to
in order to identify additional resources that could provide the Wafi-Golpu Project Area with a
critical mass to warrant further advanced feasibility studies.
Wafi Gold Projects
Introduction:
The Wafi Gold resource is comprised of three main zones: Zone A, Zone B and the Link
Zone (high grade lenses within Zone B). In addition to the Wafi Gold resource, several other areas
are highly prospective for further gold mineralization.
Geology:
The Wafi PFS focused on extraction of the high grade Link Zone material, and the shallower
oxidized mineralization (NRG1), amenable to high gold recovery under standard cyanide leach
conditions. Additional exploration activities have focused on the discovery of additional Link Zone
style mineralization (such as the Western Zone) which may have the potential to improve Wafi gold
project economics.
Metallurgy:
Metallurgical test work for the Link Zone mineralization has demonstrated that whole
ore pressure oxidation is a technically viable processing method, with gold recoveries of
approximately 95% achieved.
Metallurgical test work for the Non-Refractory gold mineralization (
NRG1
) has shown that 95%
recovery of gold in completely oxidized ores can be consistently achieved. Recovery in transitional
material remains variable with indications that recoveries averaging 84% to 86% are able to be
achieved.
Project Status:
Geotechnical, mining, infrastructure, and environmental investigations were
undertaken as part of the Link Zone and NRG1 studies. Synergies between the Wafi Gold projects and
the Golpu Copper project were utilized during the studies to minimize cost as far as possible.
Works are ongoing to further optimize this project including further exploration to expand known
gold resources and discover new areas of mineralization.
75
Porphyry Copper-Gold Projects
Introduction:
The Golpu Copper-Gold Project is located approximately one kilometre northeast of the
Wafi gold orebodies. During 2008, a second porphyry copper/gold body (Nambonga North Prospect) was
identified two kilometers to the north of the Wafi gold orebodies. A copper/gold resource has been
estimated for Nambonga North.
Geology:
The Golpu alteration profile is a typical zoned porphyry copper alteration halo, grading
from potassic to phyllic to advanced argillic upwards in the core. Outwards from the core, the
alteration grades from the above to argillic potassic, to propylitic. The mineralized body is a
porphyry copper-gold pipe with approximately 200 meters by 200 meters plan dimensions, slightly
north plunging and still displaying strong mineralization at grades similar to those in the rest of
the potassic alteration zone at 1.2 kilometers depth (the maximum depth to which it has been
drilled). Drilling and reinterpretation have shown that copper and gold mineralization extend some
way into the metasediment host rock immediately adjacent to the porphyry body. The mineralized
metasediment has potential to add to the volume of the porphyry stock if additional exploration
defines the mineralization as part of the resource.
The surface expression of Golpu is oxidized and leached to about 150 meters vertical depth,
resulting in a residual gold only mineralization from which the copper has been leached. At the
oxidation interface, a strong 20 to 30 meters thick zone of supergene copper enrichment is
developed which transitions at depth into lower grade covellite-enargite mineralization. Beneath
this is a zone of more covellite rich mineralization that contains lesser enargite and consequently
less arsenic. From approximately 300 meters below surface, the ore exists in a covellite-rich
(arsenic-poor) form grading into a chalcopyrite-bornite rich zone from approximately 500 meters to
its current known depth of approximately 1.2 kilometers. A reserve of 70.8 Mt. at 1.13% Cu,
0.61g/t gold and 121 ppm Molybdenum has been declared for Golpu.
Project Status:
The Golpu PFS was undertaken as a standalone scenario and also in parallel with the
Link Zone and NRG1 resources (Wafi PFS) but neither study indicated a return that met company
requirements. The newly discovered Nambonga North porphyry is not yet considered sufficiently large
to positively contribute to a scenario that could include this resource in a mine plan. However,
excellent prospects remain in the immediate vicinity of the existing resource areas for porphyry
copper/gold and related epithermal gold mineralization.
Morobe Mining Joint Venture Tenement Exploration
The Morobe Mining Joint Venture tenements comprises 3,276 square kilometers of tenure and
contain the Hidden Valley Operation and the Wafi-Golpu Project. The Morobe Mining Joint Venture is
divided into 3 separate Joint Venture entities:
|
1.
|
|
Hidden Valley Joint Venture (ML151 and associated infrastructure tenure ME82 and LMP80);
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture (EL440 and EL1105); and
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Morobe Exploration Joint Venture (EL497, EL677, EL1193, EL1103, EL1316, EL1590, EL1612,
EL1629, EL1630, EL1631, and EL1403).
|
Tenement boundaries are outlined below in figure 1.
The tenements are under-explored and remain highly prospective for large-scale porphyry Cu-Au
deposits, low-grade bulk mineable epithermal Au-Ag deposits (similar to Hidden Valley) and for
high-grade epithermal Au satellite resources. Focus of the exploration program on the Morobe Joint
Venture tenements is four-fold:
|
|
|
Major new stand alone discoveries;
|
|
|
|
|
High-grade drivers to improve cash flows of the Hidden Valley Operation;
|
|
|
|
|
Additional reserves to substantially increase mine life or production profile of the
Hidden Valley Operation; and
|
|
|
|
|
Additional resources to drive the development of the Wafi-Golpu Project.
|
Exploration programs undertaken during fiscal 2009 included those on the Hidden Valley Mining
Lease and the area surrounding the Wafi-Golpu Project. However, in addition to these areas, project
generation over the broader area of the Morobe Exploration Joint Venture continued, such as the
capturing of historical data, a regional detailed airborne magnetic survey and other grassroots
exploration activities (which include mapping, stream sediment sampling and integration of results
with regional magnetic data).
76
Hidden Valley Joint Venture (ML151)
Introduction:
ML151 contains the Hidden Valley and Hamata gold deposits and consists of 41 square
kilometers of tenure. Gold exploration on the lease falls under two categories:
|
1.
|
|
Resource definition to test down plunge extensions of the known orebodies; and
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Exploration drilling to test for new satellite resources.
|
Resource definition drilling comprised 17 holes for 5398m and focused on Kaveroi. Resource
definition drilling also included some minor sterilization drilling at Bulldog prospect for the
planned Hidden Valley ROM pad. The program focused on the southern strike extension of the
Kaveroi orebody but to date only sporadic intervals of gold mineralization have been intersected
and no further work is planned for this target.
Exploration drilling during fiscal 2009 on the ML comprised 3910m of diamond drilling on four
prospects, Apu Creek, Big Wau, Yafo, and Hidden Valley South.
Project Status:
Work integrating the geological and geochemical datasets together with detailed
helimagnetics is underway to provide a new solid geology interpretation and new tool for targeting
and ranking prospects on the Hidden Valley Mining Lease.
Drilling to follow-up on high-grade gold intercepts at the Hidden Valley South prospect
(previously known as Upper Bulolo prospect) intersected only narrow sporadic gold intercepts. Work
to understand the geometry and continuity of mineralization is planned in fiscal 2010.
Apu creek drilling was undertaken to test a possible faulted extension of the Kaveroi
mineralization. The drilling outlined zones of carbonate base-metal and epodite alteration,
developed below the metasediment cap. Follow-up work to scope the geometry and alteration zonation
is planned for the first half of fiscal 2010.
77
Wafi Joint Venture (EL440 & EL1105)
Introduction:
Fiscal 2009 exploration in the brownfields region surrounding the Wafi and Golpu
deposits focused on defining additional mineral resources to impact development of the project.
Exploration during the first half of fiscal 2009 was directed at scoping and delineating the
Nambonga North porphyry resource. Subsequent reconnaissance drilling along strike to the northeast
of the Golpu on the Wafi Transfer obtained significant anomalism at the Miapilli prospect.
Compilation and interpretation of the historical Wafi-Golpu datasets was undertaken during the year
to create a new, integrated 3D geological model. This work has highlighted the north and
northeastern margins of the central diatreme intrusive as underexplored, and prioritized the area
for follow-up work in fiscal 2010.
Nambonga North
Introduction:
The Nambonga North prospect lies approximately 2 kilometers northwest of Golpu. The
prospect was initially discovered in fiscal 2008 after initial drilling intersected a major zone of
Au-Cu stock work mineralization associated with a separate porphyry intrusive. Systematic drilling
completed during the first half of 2008 comprised 27 drillholes for 8380 metres.
Project Status:
The prospect was progressed during the year from an advanced prospect into an
inferred gold-copper porphyry resource of 39.8 Mt @ 0.8g/t Au and 0.2% Cu for 1.0M oz Au and 86Kt
Cu. (50% attributable to Harmony). Importantly, this recent discovery represents the second
mineralised Au-Cu porphyry in the region that does not outcrop at surface.
78
Miapilli
Introduction:
The Miapilli prospect is located approximately 800m northeast along strike of the
Golpu deposit, on the Wafi Transfer structure. The prospect is characterised by a circular magnetic
anomaly, interpreted to represent an alteration halo associated with intrusion of a porphyry body
at depth.
Three initial drill holes for a total of 2060m were completed and magnetic bodies modelled
from the regional magnetics.
Project Status:
While the two northern holes drilled failed to intersect any indications of
mineralization, the southernmost drill hole hole, intersected broad intervals of anomalous Au-Cu
vein stockwork mineralization. Follow up of these initial results will constitute a high priority
for the exploration strategy for fiscal 2009 and 2010.
Morobe Exploration Joint Venture
(
EL497, EL677, EL1193, EL1103, EL1316, EL1590, EL1612, EL1629,
EL1630, EL1631, and EL1403 )
Introduction:
Exploration on the broader tenement package surrounding The Wafi Project and Hidden
Valley Operations is aimed at major new stand alone discoveries. During fiscal 2009 over 12,000
line kilometers of detailed airborne magnetics data were collected to complete the magnetic
coverage over the core tenement area of the Morobe Joint Venture. The base dataset has highlighted
several previously unknown anomalies for prioritization and follow-up in fiscal 2010. These include
intrusive complexes at Bakau located approximately 10 kilometers southeast of Biamena on EL1316,
and at Garaina on EL1629.
Reconnaissance mapping and stream sediment sampling, and soil sampling resulted in some 3460
samples collected. Results highlighted the Wafi Transfer Structure with Kesiago and Miapilli (refer
Wafi Joint Venture above) prospects advanced to drill testing and new targets including Pekumbe
generated during fiscal 2009.
Further afield on the Morobe coast results have highlighted the Wiwo prospect with potential
for major porphyry copper-gold and epithermal gold mineralization. Prospect development work at Giu
was postponed temporarily as a detailed helimagnetic survey is planned for the prospect area during
fiscal 2010. This base dataset will provide context in order to assess and prioritize surface soil
anomalies for follow-up.
Kesiago
Introduction:
The Kesiago prospect covers an area of approximately 3 square kilometers, located on
the Wafi transfer structure approximately 4 kilometers southwest of Golpu. This prospect has the
potential for both epithermal gold and porphyry copper-gold deposits similar to Wafi-Golpu.
4 holes for 3650m were drilled at the prospect, primarily targeting a high-order Au-Cu surface
geochemical anomaly associated with a bulls-eye magnetic target.
Status:
Results from the initial drilling obtained several highly anomalous gold intercepts for
follow-up work. Recent surface work extending the soil geochemical coverage has outlined a
significant Au-As-Pb-Ag anomaly immediately northwest of the existing drill target. First pass
drill testing of this zone is also planned for the first half of fiscal 2010.
Biamena
Introduction:
Biamena prospect lies approximately 12 kilometers south of the Golpu deposit on
EL1316. The prospect area was prioritized for follow-up work based on highly anomalous Cu-Au stream
sediment geochemistry coincident with an intrusive unit evident in the magnetics.
Project Status:
Work during fiscal 2009 comprised diamond drilling totaling 8 holes (4733m).
Although some anomalous intercepts were obtained from the drilling program, integration and
interpretation of this data is currently underway to determine if additional follow-up work is
warranted.
79
Pekumbe
Introduction:
The Pekumbe target is located approximately 1.5 kilometers south west of Kesiago,
within EL1103. This target is characterized by a subtle circular magnetic feature, coinciding with
linear structural breaks. Field reconnaissance has returned highly encouraging rock chip results.
Status:
A work program comprising grid based soil sampling has commenced in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2009. Drill testing of any delineated anomalies planned to be undertaken early in fiscal
2010.
Wiwo
Introduction:
Wiwo prospect is located approximately 15 kilometers south-southwest of the Morobe
townsite on the east coast of PNG. Results from reconnaissance sampling have been highly
encouraging with visible gold evident in a large number of pan concentrate samples.
Rock chip sample assays undertaken in conjunction with the stream sediment sampling exercise have
returned encouraging assays. Mineralization was observed in veins and shears, and together with the
base metal association suggests potential for a buried porphyry copper system.
Status:
Ridge and spur soil sampling is currently in progress. A detailed helicopter borne magnetic
survey is planned for fiscal 2010 to provide additional data for prospect development.
80
REGULATION
Mineral Rights
South Africa
South African law no longer provides for the separate ownership of surface and mineral rights.
Prior to the promulgation of the MPRDA on May 1, 2004, it was therefore possible for one person to
own the surface of a property, another to own rights to precious metals, and yet another to own
rights to base minerals. In terms of the MPRDA, all mineral rights in South Africa are now vested
in the South African State. The principal objectives of the Act are:
|
|
|
to recognize the internationally accepted right of the state of South Africa to exercise
full and permanent sovereignty over all the mineral and petroleum resources within South
Africa;
|
|
|
|
|
to give effect to the principle of South Africas custodianship of its mineral and
petroleum resources;
|
|
|
|
|
to promote equitable access to South Africas mineral and petroleum resources to all the
people of South Africa;
|
|
|
|
|
to substantially and meaningfully expand opportunities for HDSAs including women, to
enter the mineral and petroleum industry and to benefit from the exploitation of South
Africas mineral and petroleum resources;
|
|
|
|
|
to promote economic growth and mineral and petroleum resources development in South
Africa;
|
|
|
|
|
to promote employment and advance the social and economic welfare of all South Africans;
|
|
|
|
|
to provide security of tenure in respect of prospecting, exploration, mining and
production operations;
|
|
|
|
|
to give effect to Section 24 of the South African Constitution by ensuring that South
Africas mineral and petroleum resources are developed in an orderly and ecologically
sustainable manner while promoting justifiable social and economic development; and
|
|
|
|
|
to ensure that holders of mining and production rights contribute towards socio-economic
development of the areas in which they are operating.
|
Under the MPRDA, tenure over established mining operations is secured for up to 30 years (and
renewable for periods not exceeding 30 years each thereafter), provided that mining companies apply
for new order mining rights over existing operations within five years of May 1, 2004, or before
the existing right expires, whichever is the earlier date and fulfill requirements specified in the
MPRDA, its Regulations and the Mining Charter.
The Mining Charter was signed by government and stakeholders in October 2002 and contains
principles relating to the transfer, over a ten-year period, of 26% of South Africas mining assets
(as equity or attributable units of production) to HDSAs, as defined in the Mining Charter. An
interim target of 15% HDSA participation over five years has also been set and to this end, the
South African mining industry has committed to securing financing to fund participation of HDSAs in
an amount of R100.0 billion within the first five years of the Mining Charters tenure. The Mining
Charter provides for the review of the participation process after five years to determine what
further steps, if any, are needed to achieve the 26% target participation. In order to measure
progress in meeting the requirements of the Mining Charter, companies are required to complete a
Scorecard, in which the levels of compliance with the Mining Charter can be ticked-off after five
and ten years respectively. The Mining Charter and Scorecard require programs for black economic
empowerment and the promotion of value-added production (mineral beneficiation), such as
jewelry-making and other gold fabrication, in South Africa. In particular, targets are set out for
broad-based black economic empowerment in the areas of human resource and skills development;
employment equity; procurement beneficiation and direct ownership. In addition, the Mining Charter
addresses socio-economic issues such as migrant labor, mine community and rural development, and
housing and living conditions.
We actively carry out mining and exploration activities in all of our material mineral rights
areas. Accordingly, the MPRDA has not had a significant impact on these mining and exploration
activities because we applied for and were granted the conversion of all of our old order mining
rights into mining rights in terms of the MPRDA. We now have to comply with the required annual and
bi-annual reporting to the Department of Mineral Resources (
DMR
) on the Social and Labour Plans,
Environmental Management
81
Programmes, and Progress Reports on our prospecting rights.
We have already complied with the requirements of the Mining Charter, with an equivalent of
36% of production ounces qualifying as empowerment credit ounces. We have been working on our
program of licensing since 2004, which involved the compilation of a mineral assets register and
the identification of all of our economic, mineral and mining rights. We have secured all old
mining rights and validated existing mining authorizations. Our strategy has been to secure all
strategic mining rights on a region-by-region basis. The first application for conversion from old
order to new order mining rights was for the Evander Operations and was lodged on May 21, 2004.
The Evander mining license was the first conversion application in the region and in October 2004
we became the first senior company to convert old order to new order mining rights for our
Evander and Randfontein operations. We have worked closely with the DMR to help ensure, to the
extent we are able, that the licenses are granted as swiftly as possible. The conversion of
licenses for all our remaining operations were granted during November 2007 and Doornkop was
executed in October 2008. All of our mining areas are therefore secured/supported by new order
mining rights.
The MPRDA as well as the Codes of Good Practice for the Minerals Industry are under review. We
are taking an active role in these deliberations. We are committed to engaging with all
stakeholders to ensure that the South African mining industry remains a globally competitive and
attractive destination for foreign and domestic investment.
The Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Act 28 of 2008 and the Mineral and Petroleum Royalty
Administration Act 29 of 2008 were assented to on November 21, 2008 with the commencement date set
as May 1, 2009. However on February 11, 2009, South Africas Finance Minister proposed in his
budget speech that government delay the implementation of the mineral and mining royalties until
March 2010. The proposal was mainly to assist the mining industry in minimizing job losses as the
South African Mining Sector had been set back by electricity supply failures, shutdowns related to
mine safety, retreating commodity prices and weakening international demand. Royalties will be
payable to the government according to formula based on earnings before interest and tax. This rate
is then applied to revenue to calculate the royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a
maximum of 5% for gold. It is estimated that the formula could translate to a royalty rate of more
than 2% of gross sales in terms of current pricing assumptions.
The MPRDA intends to, among other things:
|
|
|
give effect to the Ministers stated intention to promote investment in the South African
mining industry;
|
|
|
|
|
establish objective criteria for compliance with the MPRDAs socio- economic objectives;
|
|
|
|
|
remove the technical deficiencies of the MPRDA;
|
|
|
|
|
align the MPRDA with the Promotion of Administrative Justice Act, 2000; and
|
|
|
|
|
coordinate the environmental requirements between the MPRDA and the National
Environmental Management Act.
|
PNG
The Mining Act of 1992 (PNG) is based on Australian legislation. Accordingly, mineral rights
in PNG also belong to the government of PNG and they have a statutory right to obtain up to a 30%
participating interest in mining development projects. The government then issues and administers
mining tenements under the relevant mining legislation, and mining companies must pay royalties to
the government based on production.
The key difference in PNG is that citizens have the right to carry out non-mechanized mining
of alluvial minerals on land owned by them. These customary rights do not extend over a mining
lease, unless an alluvial mining lease is obtained.
Almost all land in PNG is owned by a person or group of persons, and is not generally overlaid
by landowner title issues. There is, however, considerable difficulty in identifying landowners of
a particular area of land because land ownership may arise from both contract and inheritance, and
because of the absence of a formal written registration system.
Prior to commencing exploration, compensation for loss or damage must be agreed with the
landowners. Prior to commencing mining, a written agreement must be entered into with landowners
dealing with compensation and other matters.
82
In PNG, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Newcrest PNG 1 Limited hold a mining lease
and various exploration licenses granted by the Department of Mineralogy and Geohazards Management
for the Hidden Valley Project. Both parties have obligations under a memorandum of agreement with
the state, local government and the landowners.
Wafi Mining Limited and Newcrest PNG 2 Limited hold various exploration licenses granted by
the Department of Mineralogy and Geohazards Management for the Wafi-Golpu Project, and has entered
into a compensation agreement with landowners on one of its exploration licenses.
In PNG there are no applicable exchange control restrictions but the PNG central bank does
have to be informed of all transactions and has to approve lending facilities and interests rates
charged.
Environmental Matters
South Africa
We are committed to conducting our business in an ethically, morally, socially and
environmentally responsible manner that will protect human health, natural resources and the
environment in which we live. We aim to balance our economic, social and environmental goals and
responsibilities to achieve sustainable, profitable growth in our business and, more importantly,
to work with communities and regulatory agencies to implement sound management practices which will
ensure that our mining is conducted in an environmentally-safe manner. In addition, with regard to
legacy mining impacts, we remain committed to identifying and implementing coordinated remediation
plans that are acceptable to all relevant parties.
In support of the above commitment, our environmental policy stipulates that:
|
|
|
Compliance
|
|
|
|
|
We will strive to comply with all applicable municipal, provincial and national laws and
regulations, as well as the other requirements to which the company subscribes that are
relevant to the environmental aspects of our activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Continual Improvement
|
|
|
|
|
We will evaluate and continually improve the effectiveness of our Environmental Management
System (
EMS
) through periodic audits and management reviews, and we will review our
environmental policy on an annual basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Pollution Prevention
|
|
|
|
|
We will actively design our operations and undertake our mining activities so as to prevent
pollution. We will strive towards the continual reduction of adverse environmental effects and
support the principle of sustainable development.
|
|
|
|
|
Awareness
|
|
|
|
|
We will communicate our environmental policies to our employees, contractors and suppliers,
and will provide appropriate training to all employees to ensure their continuing awareness of
our environmental responsibilities.
|
To address and minimize the impact of the companys operations on the environment, taking into
account regulatory requirements, the board has approved a number of five year targets relating to
emissions to air, water consumption and usage, energy consumption, recycling and land use based on
fiscal 2008, namely:
Emissions to air
|
|
|
to reduce electricity usage by 15% in line with DME 2005 Energy Accord;
|
|
|
|
|
to reduce fuel usage (diesel and petrol) by 15%;
|
|
|
|
|
to reduce all dust emissions (from tailings dams) by 15%;
|
|
|
|
|
to reduce methane emissions by 30%; and
|
|
|
|
|
to reduce domestic coal usage by 50%.
|
83
Water
|
|
|
to reduce water usage by 10%; and
|
|
|
|
|
to reduce metals/salt discharge by 70% to surface water, and by 20% to
groundwater.
|
Recycling
|
|
|
all steel, plastic and timber waste to be handled through designated areas,
to improve levels of recycling, and 50% of all oil and grease to be recycled.
|
Land use
|
|
|
a 10% reduction in the companys land use footprint will be effected
through rehabilitation.
|
Environmental performance
ISO14001 implementation
An ISO14001 EMS is being introduced progressively across our operations, and it is planned
that the implementation programme at the longer-life operations will be completed in 2012. Formal
certification will be sought progressively. By the end of June 2009, the implementation status at
the various operations (where 100% means certification) was estimated as follows:
|
|
|
Doornkop shaft 90% and plant started. Stage 2 certification audit
scheduled for October 2009;
|
|
|
|
|
Target 12%. Certification audit planned for March 2011;
|
|
|
|
|
Elandsrand 20%. Certification
audit planned for March 2011;
|
|
|
|
|
Phakisa 20%. Certification
audit planned for November 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
Evander 10%. Certification
audit planned for March 2011; and
|
|
|
|
|
Kalgold 12%. Certification
audit planned for December 2010.
|
The EMS forms the basis for the implementation of the environmental policy and monitoring
compliance, while the Environmental Management Programme Report (
EMPR
) developed in line with
legislative requirements, contain specific as well as general principles governing environmental
management during the life of the mine. The EMPRs identify individual impacts, mitigation measures
and rehabilitation requirements.
Generic closure objectives are set and high-level closure plans formulated within the EMPR,
including investigation of the potential for re-use of existing infrastructure, preparation of a
rehabilitation plan, rehabilitation and vegetation of the affected area and post-closure
monitoring. These EMPRs are legally binding and forms part of the Groups submission for, and
receipt, of mining rights conversions. Revised EMPRs (aligned with new minerals legislation) were
developed for Doornkop, Kalgold, Joel, St Helena, Target, Evander, the Virginia operations and
Elandsrand in fiscal 2009, and submitted to the regulatory authorities for approval. As part of
this process, public participation meetings have been held with interested and affected parties.
A number of annual compliance audits were undertaken during the year, most notably by the DMR.
Areas of non-compliance identified by the audits have been and are being addressed.
Significant environmental incidents
Significant incidents are defined as those that have an impact outside the Groups boundaries,
which may cause irreparable harm or which require significant expenditure to remedy. In fiscal
2009, four significant environmental incidents were reported. These related primarily to:
|
|
|
water seepage from slimes dams (one incident);
|
|
|
|
|
unexpected water discharged, particularly as a result of electricity
interruptions and equipment failure (two incidents); and
|
84
|
|
|
the failure of a clay-lined return water dam that resulted in the flooding of an
agricultural area (one incident). Incidents involving water are reported using a
specific water related incident reporting system, as required in terms of Regulation
704 of the National Water Act.
|
Financial provision
In accordance with legislation, Harmony has constituted independent environmental
rehabilitation trust funds to make adequate financial provision for the expected cost of
environmental rehabilitation at mine closure and for the discharge of its obligations and
contingent liabilities. Each operation reviews and updates the financial provision for its expected
environmental closure liability annually in consultation with a consultant. This estimate is then
used to calculate the contributions to be made to the rehabilitation trust funds, and, if
necessary, adjustments are made to the trust fund provisions.
The accumulated amount in the various South African rehabilitation trust funds was R1,597
million (U.S.$207 million) at the end of June 2009 (compared with fiscal 2008, which was R1,603
million (U.S.$206 million)), while the total rehabilitation liability was estimated at R1,918
million (U.S.$248 million) (compared with fiscal 2008, which was R2,102 million (U.S.$269
million).)
The assets of each mine within each fund are ring-fenced and may not be used directly to
cross-subsidise one another. Contributions to the various funds will continue to be made over the
operations life-of-mine and each fund is expected to be fully cash funded at the time of closure.
Until such time as the trust funds are fully-funded, bank guarantees are issued for the short-fall.
Australia
Our Western Australian operations are subject to applicable environmental legislation
including site specific tenement conditions imposed by the Department of Mines and Petroleum
(
DMP
), operating licenses issued by the Department of Environment and Conservation (
DEC
), and
water abstraction licenses issued by the Department of Water.
In Western Australia, rehabilitation obligations under the Mining Act are covered by
environmental securities issued by us, or by performance bonds issued by our bankers and
cash-backed by us. These bonds cannot be relinquished or cancelled without the approval of the DMP.
The requirement to lodge an environmental bond is a condition applied to the tenement following
assessment and approval of any mining proposal and is necessary prior to commencement of
operations. Environmental rehabilitation costs are amortized over the operating life of a mine and
the bond amount reviewed on an annual basis following a site audit by the regional inspector and/or
our issuance of an Annual Environmental Report. As areas are successfully rehabilitated, the bond
requirement is reduced until complete bond relinquishment is achieved.
While we believe that our current provision for compliance with such requirements is
reasonable, any future changes and development in Australian environmental laws and regulations may
adversely affect the Australian operations. The total Australian rehabilitation liability was
A$23.3 million (U.S.$18.8 million) at the end of fiscal 2009.
During operation of the mine site, bi-annual audits are conducted by DEC to determine
compliance with the relevant operating license(s). However, DEC tend not to audit when sites are on
care and maintenance. There are currently no outstanding material non-compliance issues against our
licenses.
At the Mount Magnet operation an appointed person dedicated to environmental matters is
responsible for implementing the environmental management programs, monitoring the impact of mining
on the environment and responding to impacts that require specific attention outside of the normal
program of environmental activities.
The primary environmental focus at most of our operations is water management and
rehabilitation. The major objective is to ensure that water is of a quality fit for use by
downstream users.
85
PNG
Our PNG operations are in various phases of activity including exploration, pre-feasibility
study and project construction. We are subject to applicable environmental legislation including
specific site conditions attached to the mining tenements imposed by the PNG Government Department
of Environment and Conservation (
DEC
), the terms and conditions of operating licenses issued by
the Department of Mines and DEC, and the Environment Permits for water extraction and waste
discharge issued by DEC.
Some non-compliances with these requirements have been identified at the Hidden Valley Mine
and remedial actions have been implemented in consultation with DEC. All other operations in PNG
are compliant with their respective statutory requirements.
All PNG operations have departments and personnel dedicated to environmental matters who are
responsible for implementing the company environmental management programs, monitoring the impact
of mining on the environment and responding to impacts that require specific attention outside of
the normal program of environmental activities.
A framework for a Sustainable Business Management System (
SBMS
) has been completed which
complies with relevant Australian and international standards and principles for safety,
environment, quality and sustainable development (including AS/NZS ISO14001:Environmental
Management Systems, Equator Principles, and the Cyanide Code). This system will be implemented at
all PNG and Australian operations over the next two years.
86
Health and Safety Matters
South Africa
The Mine Health and Safety Act
For many years, the safety of persons working in South African mines and quarries was
controlled by the Mines and Works Act of 1956 and then by the Minerals Act of 1991 which was
replaced by the Mine Health and Safety Act. The Minerals Act of 1991 has subsequently been repealed
and the MPRDA promulgated. The Mine Health and Safety Act has since been amended by Act 74 of 2008.
The objectives of the Mine Health and Safety Act are:
|
|
|
to protect the health and safety of employees and other persons at mines;
|
|
|
|
|
to promote a culture of health and safety;
|
|
|
|
|
to require employers and employees to identify hazards and eliminate, control and
minimize the risks relating to health and safety at mines;
|
|
|
|
|
to give effect to the public international law obligations of South Africa that concern
health and safety at mines;
|
|
|
|
|
to provide for employee participation in matters of health and safety through health and
safety representatives and health and safety committees at mines;
|
|
|
|
|
to provide for the effective monitoring of health and safety conditions at mines;
|
|
|
|
|
to provide for the enforcement of health and safety measures at mines; and
|
|
|
|
|
to foster and promote co-operation and consultation on health and safety between the DMR,
employers, employees and their representatives.
|
The Mine Health and Safety Act prescribes general and specific duties for employers and
others, determines penalties and a system of administrative fines, and provides for employee
participation by requiring the appointment of health and safety representatives and the
establishment of health and safety committees. It also entrenches the right of employees to refuse
to work in dangerous conditions. Key amendments to this Act are the following:
|
|
|
Training records to be kept
|
|
|
|
|
Employer investigations
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent committees of the MHSC
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Safety Management system
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative fines increased from R200,000 to R1 million
|
|
|
|
|
Offences applicable to the Employer
|
Government, through the DMR, ordered the institution of audit teams to conduct legal
compliance and systems and explosives control audits on mines across all commodities.
It is anticipated that mining companies will incur additional expenditure in order to comply
with the prescribed legislative requirements. Management anticipates that such additional
expenditure will not have a material adverse effect upon our operational results or financial
condition.
87
Criminal mining
Security issues with regard to criminal mining came to the fore during fiscal 2009. In June
2009, criminal mining resulted in the deaths of criminal miners. Harmony continues to address the
issue of criminal mining on a daily basis with enhanced security, together with the South African
Police Services, the Department of Justice, the National Prosecuting Authority and other affected
mining companies, and by doing everything reasonably practicable to ensure that the unauthorized
miners do not get access to barred areas.
HIV & AIDS Policy
We are actively pursuing holistic HIV & AIDS awareness campaigns with our South African
workforce and are also providing medical assistance and anti-retroviral treatment. Employees who
decide to leave their place of work and return home for care are cared for at their homes through
the TEBA home based care system, to which we contribute. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Relating to Our Business and Our Industry HIV & AIDS poses risks to Harmony in
terms of productivity and costs
and
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors Risks Relating to
Our Business and Our Industry The cost of occupational healthcare services may increase in the
future
.
In South Africa, we have an agreement with the relevant stakeholders concerning the management
of HIV & AIDS in the workplace. This agreement, originally signed in 2002 with the National Union
of Mine Workers (
NUM
) and the United Association of South Africa (
UASA
) has been subsequently
amended, the latest in August 2006. While many aspects of the policy have remained unaltered, the
most fundamental change is the inclusion in the policy of a broad spectrum of chronic manageable
diseases other than HIV & AIDS such as diabetes, asthma and hypertension. This was done in order to
minimize the stigma surrounding stand alone HIV & AIDS treatment centers and also to emphasize our
view that HIV & AIDS should no longer be viewed as a death sentence, but rather a chronic,
manageable disease. The agreement also serves to reassure our employees of our commitment to the
respect of all human rights and commitment to non-discriminatory practices and zero tolerance to
discrimination of any of our employees. During the early stages of the implementation of the HIV &
AIDS program, the agreement was also used as a marketing tool to encourage employee participation
in the Harmony HIV & AIDS Program.
Management of HIV & AIDS & Tuberculosis (TB)
The HIV & AIDS pandemic continues to have a significant impact on the company (through
absenteeism, reduced performance, loss of skills) and employees and their families. At Harmony HIV
& AIDS is managed at three levels.
|
|
|
At a clinical level, the symptoms of the illness are managed by the Groups health care
services.
|
|
|
|
|
Company-wide and mine-specific initiatives are conducted. Shaft-based HIV & AIDS
committees form an integral part of the Health and Safety Committees, which meet on a monthly basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Group policy and practice is overseen by a specialist health care professional.
|
A revised integrated clinical strategy, developed as part of the new strategy to address TB
and HIV & AIDS was developed during the year. This strategy was developed through a workshopping
process that was led by academics and experts drawn from the Universities of Cape Town, Pretoria
and Witwatersand, and with the participation of the 19 Harmony health care staff, ranging from
medical doctors, to occupational health practitioners, nursing sisters and others.
A number of key issues have been highlighted in this new strategy that integrate and
consolidate the traditional HIV/AIDS and TB approaches. These include:
|
|
|
Concerted efforts will be made to enhance and sustain the groups Voluntary Counselling
and Testing (
VCT
) programs, and to implement a pre-employment testing program.
|
|
|
|
|
Enhanced education and counselling will be provided to employees who are HIV-negative.
|
|
|
|
|
Anti-retroviral therapy (
ART
) will be introduced at an earlier stage, which is expected
to have a significant impact on reducing TB incidence rates.
|
88
|
|
|
In addition, efforts will be made to intensify case findings, introduce isoniazid (
INH
)
preventative treatment and improve infection control with further infection control measures
such as the use of masks, ultra-violet lights, etc.
|
HIV & AIDS performance
It is currently estimated (based on estimates within the gold mining industry) that around 30%
of Harmonys employees are HIV positive. It is possible, however, that actual prevalence rates are
higher than this as a result of the current treatment campaigns (including ART). A follow-up
financial impact analysis will be undertaken in fiscal 2010, and will include updated actuarial
analysis of these figures. Our focus is on early detection and treatment to increase the
likelihood of extended, healthy lives for infected employees. New electronic data collation
systems were implemented in fiscal 2009 and will improve the monitoring and evaluation of the
programme outcomes.
The groups performance is focused on the following four areas:
|
|
|
Prevention
|
|
|
|
|
VCT
|
|
|
|
|
Treatment, care and support
|
|
|
|
|
Community-based interventions
|
HIV & AIDS expenditure decreased to R16 million (U.S.$1.7 million) in fiscal 2009, compared to
R19 million (U.S.$2.6 million) in fiscal 2008, the decrease was mainly due to vacancies not being
filled and we also saw a slight drop in drug prices as more generic drugs were registered and
introduced into the market. It is understood that 633 employees with AIDS were separated from the
company during the year, and 185 employees died in service as a result of AIDS, compared to 523 and
396 in fiscal 2008, respectively.
Australia
Australia has a well-regulated system of occupational health and safety, comprised of
legislation and regulations in each of its states. Several of these specifically apply to the
mining industry, including extensive codes of practice and guidelines. There is also a
well-developed certification and licensing system for employees and the usage of certain items of
equipment. The legislation and regulations governing this area include the Australian Standards
4804, the Safety Management Systems and the Western Australian Mining Regulation Act 1994, the
Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984 (WA), the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996,
the Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 (WA) and the Mines Safety and Inspection Regulations 1995.
In the event of injury while at work, employees are protected by a compulsory workers compensation
scheme. We currently believe that the prevalence of HIV & AIDS-related diseases among our
Australian workforce is not material to our Australian operations.
PNG
PNG has a significant mining industry, and a developing system of occupational health and
safety. The Mining (Safety) Act of 1977 (PNG) is the principal legislation that addresses a range
of issues such as working hours, minimum safety and reporting requirements. Other legislation and
regulations also apply.
Although reliable statistics with regard to infection rates are not readily available,
preliminary results indicate that PNG is in the early stages of an AIDS pandemic. As part of the
development of the Hidden Valley project, and other exploration activities carried out by us in
PNG, we have rolled out a health care strategy focused on prevention and VCT campaigns for our
employees to increase AIDS awareness. See
Item 3.
Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Relating
to Our Business and Our Industry HIV/AIDS poses risks to Harmony in terms of productivity and
costs
and
Item 3.Key Information Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our Business and Our
Industry The cost of occupational healthcare services may increase in the future
.
89
Item 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the consolidated financial
statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this annual report.
Overview
We conduct underground and surface gold mining and related activities, including exploration,
processing, smelting and beneficiation. Our operations have grown significantly since 1995, largely
through acquisitions. Since 1995, we have expanded from a lease-bound mining operation into an
independent world-class gold producer. We are currently the third largest producer of gold in South
Africa, producing some 23% of the countrys gold output, and are among the worlds top ten gold
producers. Our gold sales have increased from 650,312 ounces of gold in fiscal 1995 to
approximately 1.5 million ounces of gold in fiscal 2009. As at June 30, 2009, our mining operations
reported total proven and probable reserves of approximately 48.2 million ounces and in fiscal
2009, we processed approximately 21.1 million tons of ore.
For segment purposes, management distinguishes between Underground and Surface, with each
shaft or group of shafts managed by a team (headed by a single general manager) being considered to
be an operating segment.
Our reportable segments are as follows:
|
|
|
Tshepong, Phakisa, Bambanani, Doornkop, Elandsrand, Target, Evander, Masimong, Virginia,
Cooke operations (sold in November 2008 and classified as discontinued operations) and PNG;
and
|
|
|
|
|
all other shafts and surface operations, including those that treat historic sand dumps,
rock dumps and tailings dams, are grouped together under Other Underground or Other
Surface.
|
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported results of our
operations. Actual results may differ from those estimates. We have identified the most critical
accounting policies upon which our financial results depend. Some of our accounting policies
require the application of significant judgment and estimates by management in selecting the
appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are
subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and are based on our historical experience, terms of
existing contracts, managements view on trends in the gold mining industry and information from
outside sources.
Our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in note 2 to the consolidated
financial statements. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and related notes included in
Item 18.
Financial Statements
.
Management has identified the following as critical accounting policies because estimates used in
applying these policies are subject to material risks and uncertainties. Management believes the
following critical accounting policies, together with the other significant accounting policies
discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, affect its more significant
judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and could
potentially impact our financial results and future financial performance.
Gold mineral reserves
Gold mineral reserves are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and
legally extracted from the Groups properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves,
estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors,
including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, commodity
prices and exchange rates.
Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves requires the size, shape and depth of
the orebodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of
drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological
90
judgments and calculations to interpret the data. These reserves are determined in accordance
with SAMREC, JORC and SEC Industry Guide 7.
Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves change from year
to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations,
estimates of the mineral reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proven and probable
reserves may affect the Groups financial results and financial position in a number of ways,
including depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are
calculated on the units-of-production method.
The estimate of the total expected future lives of our mines could be materially different
from the actual amount of gold mined in the future. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors
Harmonys gold reserve figures are estimated based on a number of assumptions, including
assumptions as to mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price of
gold and may yield less gold under actual production conditions than currently estimated.
Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
We review and evaluate our mining assets for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is
recognized for the amount by which the assets carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The
recoverable amount is the higher of an assets fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For
the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are
separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with
allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash
generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of the cash flows of other shafts and assets.
Future cash flows are estimated based on estimated quantities of recoverable minerals, expected
gold prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors),
production levels and cash costs of production, capital and reclamation costs, all based on
detailed life-of-mine plans. The significant assumptions in determining the future cash flows for
each individual operating mine at June 30, 2009, apart from production cost and capitalized
expenditure assumptions unique to each operation, included a long-term gold price of U.S.$750 per
ounce and South African and Australian dollar exchange rates of U.S.$1 = R9.33 and A$1 = U.S.$0.75,
respectively. The term recoverable minerals refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be
obtained from proven and probable reserves and related exploration stage mineral interests, except
for other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential discussed
separately below, after taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates
of recoverable minerals from such exploration stage mineral interests are risk adjusted based on
managements relative confidence in such materials. With the exception of other mine-related
exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future undiscounted cash
flows are included on an area of interest basis, which generally represents an individual operating
mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine complex. In the case of mineral interests
associated with other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential,
cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results
and recent transactions involving sales of similar properties.
As discussed above under Gold mineral reserves, various factors
could impact our ability to achieve our forecasted production schedules from proven and probable
reserves. Additionally, gold prices, capital expenditure requirements and reclamation costs could
differ from the assumptions used in the cash flow models used to assess impairment. The ability to
achieve the estimated quantities of recoverable minerals from exploration stage mineral interests
involves further risks in addition to those factors applicable to mineral interests where proven
and probable reserves have been identified, due to the lower level of confidence that the
identified mineralized material can ultimately be mined economically. Assets classified as other
mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential have the highest level of
risk that the carrying value of the asset can be ultimately realized, due to the still lower level
of geological confidence and economic modeling.
During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded impairments of U.S.$61 million, U.S.$22 million
and U.S.$37 million, respectively, on property, plant and equipment, all from continuing
operations. Material changes to any of these factors or assumptions discussed above could result in
future impairment charges.
Carrying Value of Goodwill
We evaluate, on at least an annual basis, the carrying amount of goodwill to determine whether
current events and circumstances indicate that such carrying amount may no longer be recoverable.
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there
are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with
allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash
generating unit as each shaft is largely independent
91
of the cash flows of other shafts and assets. To accomplish this, we compare the recoverable
amounts of our cash generating units to their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount is the
higher of an assets fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the carrying value of a
cash generating unit were to exceed its recoverable amount at the time of the evaluation, we would
compare the implied fair value of the cash generating units goodwill to its carrying amount and
any shortfall would be charged to consolidated income statements. Assumptions underlying fair value
estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties. If these assumptions change in future, we may
need to record impairment charges on goodwill not previously recorded.
During fiscal 2008, we recorded an impairment of U.S.$13 million on goodwill. No impairment
was recorded during fiscal 2009.
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
Our mining and exploration activities are subject to various laws and regulations governing
the protection of the environment. Estimated long term environmental obligations, comprising
pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure, are based on the Groups environmental
management plans. Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change
in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as well
as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created is capitalized to
mining assets against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. The rehabilitation asset is
depreciated as discussed above. Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the estimates are
charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of ongoing current programs to prevent and control
pollution is charged against income as incurred.
Deferred Tax Asset
We do not recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will
not be utilized. Assessing recoverability of deferred tax assets requires management to make
significant estimates related to expectation of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable
income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations, reversals of deferred tax liabilities
and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. To the extent that future taxable
income differs significantly from estimates, our ability to realize the net deferred tax assets
recorded at the balance date could be impacted. Additionally, future charges in tax laws in the
jurisdictions in which we operate could limit our ability to obtain the future tax benefits
represented by deferred tax assets recorded at the balance date.
Revenue
Substantially all of our revenues are derived from the sale of gold. As a result, our
operating results are directly related to the price of gold. Historically, the price of gold has
fluctuated widely. The gold price is affected by numerous factors over which we do not have
control. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors The profitability of Harmonys operations,
and the cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the market price for
gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely.
As a general rule, we sell our gold produced at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit
from increases in the prevailing gold price and do not enter into hedging arrangements such as
forward sales or derivatives that establish a price in advance for the sale of our future gold
production.
A substantial proportion of the production at each of New Hampton and Hill 50 in Australia was
already hedged when we acquired them. Since fiscal 2002, in line with our strategy of being
generally unhedged, we evaluated the hedge agreements as well as market conditions and closed out
the hedge contracts at the time that provided the most benefits. The last of the contracts were
closed out during fiscal 2007, which resulted in our being unhedged in line with our stated company
policy to give shareholders full exposure to the gold price. Our costs of closing out certain
operations hedge positions in fiscal year 2007 were approximately U.S.$60 million, before taxes.
Significant changes in the price of gold over a sustained period of time may lead us to
increase or decrease our production in the near-term.
92
Harmonys Realized Gold Price
The average gold price in U.S. dollars received by us has generally increased since January 1,
2002. In fiscal 2009, the average gold price in U.S. dollars received by us for continuing
operations was U.S.$867 per ounce. The market price for gold (and, accordingly, the price received
by us) is affected by numerous factors over which we have no control. See
Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors The profitability of Harmonys operations, and the cash flows generated by those
operations, are affected by changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated
widely.
The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London Bullion Market price of
gold and our average U.S. dollar sales price during the past three fiscal years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
($/oz)
|
|
Average
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
|
638
|
|
High
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
1,011
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
Low
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
561
|
|
Harmonys average sales price continuing operations
(1)
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Our average sales price differs from the average gold price due to the timing of our
sales of gold within each year.
|
Costs
Our cash costs and expenses typically make up over 80% of our total costs. The remainder of
our total costs consists primarily of exploration costs, employment termination costs, corporate
and sundry expenditure, and depreciation and amortization. Our cash costs consist primarily of
production costs exclusive of depreciation and amortization. Production costs are incurred on
labor, stores and utilities. Labor costs are the largest component and typically comprise
approximately 58% of our production costs.
Our cash costs for continuing operations has increased from U.S.$487 per ounce in fiscal 2007
to U.S.$583 per ounce in fiscal 2009, mainly as a result of lower production volumes, the impact of
increased labor and energy costs as well as inflationary pressures on supply contracts. In U.S.
dollar terms, these increases were offset by the depreciation of the Rand-U.S. dollar exchange
rate.
Our U.S. translated costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other
non-U.S. currencies to the U.S. dollar. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Exchange Rates.
Appreciation of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies against the U.S. dollar
increases working costs at our operations when those costs are translated into U.S. dollars. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors Because most of Harmonys production costs are in Rand
and other non-U.S. currencies, while gold is generally sold in U.S. dollars, Harmonys financial
condition could be materially harmed by an appreciation in the value of the Rand and other non-U.S.
currencies.
The average rate of the South African Rand depreciated approximately 24% against the U.S.
dollar in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. In the case of our International operations, the
Australian dollar depreciated approximately 16%, while the Kina appreciated approximately 5%,
against the U.S. dollar in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008.
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures.
Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs and are expensed as incurred. The cash
costs are incurred to access ore to produce current mined reserves. Cash costs do not include
capital development costs, which are incurred to allow access to the ore body for future mining
operations and are capitalized and amortized when the relevant reserves are mined.
We have previously calculated total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce by dividing
total cash costs, as determined using the guidance provided by the Gold Institute, by gold ounces
sold. Total cash costs, as defined in the guidance provided by the Gold Institute, include mine
production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative costs, costs
associated with movements in production inventories and ore stockpiles, ongoing environmental
rehabilitation costs, as well as transfers to and from deferred stripping and costs associated with
royalties. Ongoing employee termination cost is included, however, employee termination costs
associated with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. Management has recalculated
these measures to exclude the
93
costs associated with movements in production inventories, and in line with this change, now
use gold ounces produced as the denominator. The measures have been re-presented for all
comparative periods shown.
Changes in cash costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in
the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the U.S. dollar and, in the case of the
International operations, the Australian dollar and Kina. Total cash costs and total cash costs per
ounce are non-GAAP measures. Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce should not be
considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost of sales, or
any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS as issued by the
IASB. In addition, while the Gold Institute has provided guidance for the calculation of total cash
costs and total cash costs per ounce, the calculation of total cash costs and total cash costs per
ounce may vary from company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures
of other companies. However, we believe that cash costs per ounce is a useful indicator to
investors and management of a mining companys performance as it provides (1) an indication of the
cash generating capacities of our mining operations, (2) the trends in cash costs as the companys
operations mature, (3) a measure of a companys performance, by comparison of cash costs per ounce
to the spot price of gold and (4) an internal benchmark of performance to allow for comparison
against other companies.
Continuing operations
The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs from continuing operations, as a
non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sale from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in $ millions, except per ounce amounts)
|
Total cost of sales from continuing operations under IFRS
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
1,162
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
(Provision)/reversal of provision for rehabilitation costs
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Provision for post retirement benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
Gold inventory movement
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Total cash costs from continuing operations using Gold Institute guidance
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
Per ounce calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ounces produced
|
|
|
1,460,831
|
|
|
|
1,599,854
|
|
|
|
1,881,908
|
|
Total cash cost per ounce from continuing operations using Gold Institute guidance
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
94
Discontinued operations
The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs from discontinued operations, as a
non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales from discontinued
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in $ millions, except per ounce amounts)
|
Total cost of sales from discontinued operations under IFRS
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Provision for rehabilitation costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Gold inventory movement
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash costs from discontinued operations using Gold Institute guidance
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
Per ounce calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ounces produced
|
|
|
80,377
|
|
|
|
310,603
|
|
|
|
451,492
|
|
Total cash cost per ounce from discontinued operations using Gold
Institute guidance
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
Total Harmony Continuing and discontinued operations
The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs from the total operations, as a non-GAAP
measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales from the total operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in $ millions, except per ounce amounts)
|
Total production costs under IFRS
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
(Provision)/reversal of provision for rehabilitation costs
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Provision for post retirement benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
Gold inventory movement
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Total cash costs using Gold Institute guidance
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
Per ounce calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ounces produced
|
|
|
1,541,208
|
|
|
|
1,910,457
|
|
|
|
2,333,400
|
|
Total cash cost per ounce using Gold Institute guidance
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
|
489
|
|
Within this disclosure document, our discussion and analysis is focused on the total cash
costs measure as defined by the Gold Institute, as modified to exclude the effects of changes in
production inventory.
While recognizing the importance of reducing cash costs, our chief focus is on controlling
and, where possible, reducing total costs, including overhead costs. We aim to control total unit
costs per ounce produced by maintaining our low total cost structure at our existing operations. We
have been able to reduce total costs by implementing a management structure and philosophy that is
focused on reducing management and administrative costs, implementing an ore reserve management
system that allows for greater grade control and acquiring higher grade reserves. See
Item 4
.
Information on the Company Business Strategy
.
95
Exchange Rates
Our revenues are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies
to the U.S. dollar.
Currently, the majority of our earnings are generated in South Africa and, as a result, most
of our costs are incurred in Rand. Since gold is generally sold in U.S. dollars, most of our
revenues are received in U.S. dollars. The average gold price received by us during fiscal 2009
increased by U.S.$54 per ounce to U.S.$867 per ounce from U.S.$813 per ounce during fiscal 2008.
Appreciation of the Rand against the U.S. dollar increases our U.S. dollar working costs at our
South African operations when those costs are translated into U.S. dollars, which serves to reduce
operating margins and net income from our South African operations. Depreciation of the Rand
against the U.S. dollar reduces these costs when they are translated into U.S. dollars, which
serves to increase operating margins and net income from our South African operations. Accordingly,
strength in the Rand generally results in poorer earnings for us if there is not a similar increase
in the gold price.
The exchange rates obtained when converting U.S. dollars to Rand are determined by foreign
exchange markets, over which we have no control. The conversion rate for balance sheet items as at
June 30, 2009 is R7.72 per U.S.$1.00, except for specific items within equity that are converted at
the exchange rate prevailing on the date the transaction was entered into. This compares with a
conversion rate of R7.80 per U.S.$1.00 as at June 30, 2008, reflecting an appreciation of 1% of the
Rand against the U.S. dollar when compared with June 30, 2008. Income statement items were
converted at the average exchange rate for the fiscal 2009 (R9.00 per U.S.$1.00), reflecting a
depreciation of 24% of the Rand against the U.S. dollar when compared with fiscal 2008. The
majority of our working costs are incurred in Rands and as a result this depreciation of the Rand
against the U.S. dollar would reduce our working costs when translated into U.S. dollars. This
effect was however negated by increases in our labor costs as well as inflationary pressures on our
consumable stores and energy cost, which served to decrease operating margins and net income
reflected in our consolidated income statement for fiscal 2009. Depreciation of the Rand against
the U.S. dollar would cause a decrease in our costs in U.S. dollar terms. Similarly, at our
International operations, depreciation of the Australia dollar or Kina against the U.S. dollar
would cause a decrease in our costs in U.S. dollar terms. See
Item 3
.
Key Information Risk
Factors Because most of Harmonys production costs are in Rand and other non-U.S. currencies,
while gold is generally sold in U.S. dollars, Harmonys financial condition could be materially
harmed by an appreciation in the value of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies
.
Inflation
Our operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa has
fluctuated widely in recent years, reaching 11.6% at the end of fiscal 2008 before it decreased
significantly to 6.9% at the end of fiscal 2009. This decrease was due to inflation targeting by
the SARB, a task that it will continue in fiscal 2010. However, working costs, and wages
especially, have increased considerably over the past three years resulting in significant cost
pressures for the mining industry. Our profits and financial condition could also be affected
adversely in the absence of a concurrent devaluation of the Rand and an increase in the price of
gold.
South African Socio-Economic Environment
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are in South Africa. As a
result, we are subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors
that affect South African companies generally. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors
Socio-economic instability in South Africa or regionally may have an adverse effect on Harmonys
operations and profits.
South African companies are subject to significant exchange control limitations. While
exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years, South African companies remain subject to
significant restrictions on their ability to deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common
Monetary Area. See
Item 10. Additional Information Exchange Controls.
Social and Labor Plans, or SLPs, have been developed for each of our South African operations.
These SLPs are prepared in line with legislation governing the participation of HDSAs in mining
assets.
We have been granted all of our mining licenses under the MPRDA. We have therefore already
started to incur expenses relating to HDSA participation. We believe the biggest challenge will lie
in maintaining these licenses, as we will have a responsibility in respect of human resource
development, procurement and local economic development. We are unable, however, to provide a
specific amount of what the estimated cost of compliance will be but we will continue to monitor
these costs on an ongoing basis.
96
Royalties
The MPRDA makes reference to royalties payable to the South African state in terms of the
Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (Act 28 of 2008). The Act provides for the payment of a
royalty according to a formula based on earnings before interest, tax and depreciation, after the
deduction of capital expenditure. This rate is then applied to revenue to calculate the royalty
amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold mining companies. It is estimated
that the formula could translate to a royalty rate of more than 2% of gross sales in terms of
current pricing assumptions. The final legislation results in a large increase from the 1.5% rate
proposed in the draft in 2006. The royalty is to become effective on March 1, 2010. The
introduction of the Mining and Petroleum Royalty Act will have an adverse impact on the profits
generated by our operations in South Africa.
Costs
As part of our Back-to-Basics strategy, we reinstated the focus on monthly reviews to ensure
that stringent cost control measures are in place and enforced. This will assist us in monitoring
and reducing consumable costs.
Due to the fact that the new mines are expected to start producing high volumes of ore, with
better economies of scale, at higher grades, we expect that cash operating costs in dollar per
ounce terms will be reduced. This will be dependent on our achieving our operational plans. An
increase is expected in revenue due to the increase in the gold price, as per our long term view on
the various factors influencing the Rand gold price.
We reassessed our labor force and implemented several measures to reduce labor costs. These
measures included terminating some contractors and offering voluntary severance packages to
employees.
Conops
For some years, mining companies have been trying to implement the concept of Conops on the
basis that it is, in theory, a better practice to utilize the companys capital intensive, fixed
assets for every day (excluding public holidays) of the year rather than for 80% of the year. It
was estimated that Conops should result in increased production of around 25%, with a cost increase
in the region of 18%, which would lead to increased profitability. We have been one of the few
companies that had actually been able to implement Conops, with some degree of success and with the
cooperation of the labor unions.
However, as part of our complete review of the operations in fiscal 2008, our Executive
Committee took a long and hard look at the real benefits of Conops. In essence, we undertook a due
diligence as if we were evaluating it for the first time.
As a result of these assessments, Conops was stopped at all operations by the end of fiscal
2008, with the exception of Evander 8 and Target. During 2009, Conops continued at both these
shafts.
Productivity
The decline in productivity has been one of the challenges facing the South African gold
industry for a number of years. This decline in our productivity mainly came as a result of an
aging workforce, the health of the workforce that has been negatively impacted by HIV and AIDS,
increased working distances from shafts and aging infrastructure. We reacted to these challenges
through various initiatives including the Healthy workforce drive, the VCT campaign upgrade of
rail bound equipment and track work and other improvement projects.
Electricity Supply
Historically, South Africa has enjoyed both low-cost electrical energy provision, and a stable
supply. In early 2008, however, the national power utility Eskom experienced a major capacity
shortage resulting in country-wide blackouts and reduced energy
supply. The mining industry was severely affected for a period of five days in January 2008, and
thereafter imposed limitations which continued to have an impact. We have devised new strategies so
as to optimize our usage of 90% of our previous electricity supply allowed in terms of the Energy
Conservation Scheme (
ECS
) and interim rules imposed by Eskom. All operations were allocated an
ECS allocation in line with the Eskom allocation and equipment and management structures were put
in place to monitor and manage real-time consumption.
97
Applications submitted to Eskom for additional energy allocation to the four future growth
projects were approved, enabling us to proceed with the projects and to ramp-up to full capacity
utilizing Eskom power. We also submitted applications for additional power allocation for four
future projects in the Free State, which were also approved by Eskom. Annual re-submissions for the
verification of the fiscal 2009/2010 allocations, including additional allocation for all approved
projects, and Nominated Maximum Demand (
NMD
) to secure adequate network capacity were made to
Eskom as required by the interim ECS and new NMD rules. We are a voluntary participant in the ECS
until such time that the national ECS becomes compulsory and Eskom relationships are maintained on
this basis.
The Eskom supply constraint renewed South African industrys interest in renewable energy and
various companies have obtained access to internationally-proven technology that was previously not readily available
or affordable in South Africa. Investigations into solar heating and solar electricity generation
initiatives are currently underway to identify viable projects that could potentially contribute
towards our energy efficiency improvement and carbon footprint reduction.
The challenge for us is to improve production to the required levels without compromising the
saving initiatives achieved during fiscal 2008 and 2009.
98
Results of Operations
Years Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
Continuing Operations
Revenues
Revenue decreased U.S.$48 million, or 4%, from U.S.$1,325 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$1,277
million in fiscal 2009. This decrease can primarily be attributed to the decrease in ounces sold.
This was offset was by the higher average price of gold received by us, U.S.$867 per ounce in 2009
compared to U.S.$813 per ounce in 2008.
Our gold sales decreased 154,062 ounces, or 9%, from 1,627,624 in fiscal 2008 to 1,473,562 in
fiscal 2009. The grade recovered was lower, at 0.07 ounces per ton in fiscal 2009 compared to 0.08
ounces per ton in fiscal 2008, negatively impacting on the ounces produced. The lower recovery
grade was as a result of the increase in tons treated from surface tailings dams at a lower
recovery grade.
At Tshepong ounces sold decreased by 17%, from 273,119 in fiscal 2008 to 227,113 in fiscal
2009. This was due to a lower recovery grade of 0.152 ounces per ton compared with 0.161 ounces per
ton in fiscal 2008.
At Phakisa ounces sold increased from 4,212 in fiscal 2008 to 21,477 in fiscal 2009. This was
due to an increase in production volumes as the various sections moved into production, building up
to full production in the next two to three years.
At Bambanani ounces sold decreased by 25%, from 158,985 in fiscal 2008 to 119,665 in fiscal
2009. This was due to a lower production as a result of the restructuring due to power
constraints. This was offset by a better recovery grade which increased from 0.170 ounces per ton
in fiscal 2008 to 0.213 in fiscal 2009.
At Doornkop ounces sold decreased from 44,143 in fiscal 2008 to 43,211 in fiscal 2009. This is
due to the lower recovery grade, which deteriorated to 0.070 in fiscal 2009, compared with 0.089 in
fiscal 2008.
At Elandsrand ounces increased from 158,631 in fiscal 2008 to 183,676 in fiscal 2009. This was
due to an increase in the production volumes.
At Masimong ounces sold increased by 31%, or 37,006 ounces, from 117,575 in fiscal 2008 to
154,581 in fiscal 2009. This was due to an increase in production volumes from 892,000 tons to
981,000 tons in fiscal 2009 and a higher recovery grade of 0.157 ounces per ton due to a higher
face grade being mined.
At Evander ounces sold decreased by 18%, from 240,037 in fiscal 2008 to 195,668 in fiscal
2009. This was due to a decrease in production volumes as a result of the closure of the pillars in
the old mine and poor environment conditions in the decline area which affected mining.
The ounces sold at Kalgold decreased by 28% from 93,172 in fiscal 2008 to 66,841 in fiscal
2009. This was due to a 31% decrease in recovery grade from 0.055 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008 to
0.038 ounces per ton in fiscal 2009. This was due to the depletion of the D-zone.
Ounces sold at Mount Magnet decreased from 77,097 in fiscal 2008 to nil in fiscal 2009. This
was due to the operation being put on care and maintenance in December 2007 in anticipation of its
sale.
99
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment of assets
and employment termination and restructuring costs.
a)
Production costs
The following table sets out our total ounces produced and weighted average cash costs per
ounce for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
(Increase)/decrease
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
in Cash
|
|
|
(oz)
|
|
($/oz)
|
|
(oz)
|
|
($/oz)
|
|
Costs per ounce
|
SOUTH AFRICA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
230,778
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
265,914
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
22,216
|
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
|
4,024
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
121,530
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
|
154,879
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
42,150
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
44,038
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
174,321
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
|
164,215
|
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Target
|
|
|
87,225
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
79,602
|
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
Masimong
|
|
|
154,034
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
116,424
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
37.0
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
190,075
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
231,799
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)
|
Virginia
|
|
|
258,170
|
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
|
247,820
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
Other underground
|
|
|
65,684
|
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
|
67,862
|
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
Other surface
|
|
|
114,648
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
147,980
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
(37.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTERNATIONAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PNG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,297
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Total continuing operations
|
|
|
1,460,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,599,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Our average cash costs from continuing operations decreased by U.S.$15 per ounce, or 2.5%,
from U.S.$598 per ounce in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$583 per ounce in fiscal 2009. Cash costs per ounce
vary with the working costs per ton (which is, in turn, affected by the number of tons processed)
and grade of ore processed. Cash costs expressed in U.S. dollars per ounce also vary with
fluctuations in the Rand-U.S. dollar exchange rate, because most of our working costs are incurred
in Rand. The decrease in cash cost expressed in U.S. dollars per ounce in fiscal 2009 was
attributable primarily to the depreciation of the South African Rand against the U.S. dollar. This
was offset by an increase in operating cost as well as the decrease in ounces produced when
compared to fiscal 2008. Annual increases in labor cost as well as inflationary pressures on our
consumable stores and energy costs were the main contributors towards a higher operating cost.
At Tshepong, the cash costs per ounce increased from U.S.$455 in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$483, or
6%, in fiscal 2009. This was due to the decrease in ounces produced in fiscal 2009 as well as
increases in labor and electricity costs.
At Phakisa, the cash costs per ounce increased from U.S.$497 in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$555, or
12%, in fiscal 2009. This was due to the increase in tons mined as a result of the planned ramp-up
in production.
At Doornkop, the cash costs per ounce increased by 7%, from U.S.$749 in fiscal 2008 to
U.S.$804 in fiscal 2009, primarily due to labor, consumables and services cost increases.
At Target, the cash costs per ounce decreased from U.S.$716 in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$645 in
fiscal 2009, or by 10%. This reduction was due to higher gold production.
At Masimong, the cash costs per ounce decreased by 37% from U.S.$756 in fiscal 2008 to
U.S.$476 in fiscal 2009, primarily due to the restructuring and cessation of Conops, as well as an
increase in ounces produced.
100
At Evander, the cash costs per ounce increased by 9%, from U.S.$526 in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$572
in fiscal 2009, primarily due to a decrease in ounces produced.
Under Other Surface, the cash costs per ounce at Kalgold increased by 26% from U.S.$401 in
fiscal 2008 to U.S.$506 in fiscal 2009, primarily due to the decrease in ounces produced. Also
contributing was an increase of 40% at Phoenix, from U.S.$381 to U.S.$534, as a result of a
decrease in grade.
b)
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased to U.S.$167 million in fiscal 2009 from U.S.$117
million in fiscal 2008. This increase relates primarily to the charge for the Mount Magnet
operation when it ceased to be classified as held-for-sale and depreciation amounting to U.S.$28
million for the period from April 2007 to June 2009 was recorded. Also contributing to the increase
is the commencement of depreciation at Tshepongs Sub 66 Decline. Depreciation was accelerated at
Evander and Bambanani as a result of the decrease in the reserves used as a denominator in the
calculation.
c)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
The charge for employment termination and restructuring costs decreased from U.S.$32 million
in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$4 million in fiscal 2009. The charges relate to the voluntary retrenchment
process that was initiated in December 2007 when management decided to decentralize certain of the
central services departments and the cessation of Conops at several of the operations.
d)
Impairment of assets
The impairment charge increased from U.S.$35 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$61 million in
fiscal 2009. The charge in fiscal 2009 relates to impairments at the Virginia, Evander and Target
operations amounting to U.S.$71 million. These impairments resulted primarily from a decrease in
the expected life of mine of these operations, as well as an increase in the costs to operate the
shafts. At Target and Evander, additional capital expenditure has been included in the revised
life-of-mine plans in order to access reserve ounces in areas where geological anomalies have been
discovered. These changes resulted in the carrying amount exceeding the recoverable amount. This
was offset by a reversal of the impairment at Mount Magnet when this operation was no longer
classified as held-for-sale and the carrying amount was re-measured in terms of IFRS 5,
Non-current
Assets Held For Sale and Discontinued
Operations. The charge in fiscal 2008 relates to impairments
at the Evander and other underground operations as well as surface operations (Kalgold). Included
in the amount is U.S.$13 million for goodwill related to certain shafts that were included under
Other Underground. These impairments resulted primarily from a decrease in the expected life
of mine of these operations, as well as an increase in the costs to operate the shafts. These
changes resulted in the carrying amount exceeding the recoverable amount.
e)
Share based compensation
The charge for share based compensation increased from U.S.$6 million in fiscal 2008 to
U.S.$13 million in fiscal 2009. This increase is primarily attributable to the higher grant-date
fair value of share options granted to eligible employees in December 2008. Also included in the
charge for 2009 is the acceleration of the cost relating to unvested shares attributable to the
employees at the Cooke operations who were transferred to Rand Uranium.
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
The charge increase from U.S.$33 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$40 million in fiscal 2009,
primarily as a result of the allocation of certain central service departments and employees to the
corporate budget, which is not included in production costs.
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
The profit increased from U.S.$18 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$116 million in fiscal 2009,
primarily as a result of the sale of 50% of our interest in the PNG gold and copper assets to
Newcrest.
101
Other expenses net
The charge for other expenses decreased to U.S.$3 million, compared with a charge of U.S.$13
million in fiscal 2008. Included in the total for fiscal 2009 is a charge of U.S.$22 million
recognized in the income statement for the foreign exchange movements after the de-designation of
loans previously designated as forming part of the net investment in foreign operations. The amount
in fiscal 2008 was a credit of U.S.$15 million. Also included in the total for fiscal 2009 is an
amount of U.S.$53 million relating to the reclassification to the income statement, following the
partial repayment of the loans, of a portion of the accumulated gains recorded in equity that arose
while these loans were considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operations.
During fiscal 2009, bad debts amounting to U.S.$3 million were written off. A provision for bad
debts of U.S.$11 million was also raised in fiscal 2009, a decrease from fiscal 2008 of U.S.$2
million.
Profit/(loss) from associates
The profit from associates was U.S.$1 million in fiscal 2009, compared to the loss of U.S.$11
million in fiscal 2008. The increase relates primarily to inclusion of profits from Rand Uranium
since acquisition on November 21, 2008. This was offset by the losses from Pamodzi of U.S.$4
million in fiscal 2009. The loss in fiscal 2008 relates to losses from Pamodzi recognized from the
date of acquisition.
Impairment of investment in associate
The charges in fiscal 2009 and 2008 for the impairment of investment in associate relates
primarily to the impairment of the investment in Pamodzi. When Pamodzi was placed into liquidation
and the trading of its shares on the JSE suspended during fiscal 2009, the investment was fully
impaired. At June 30, 2008, management determined that the recoverable amount of the investment was
U.S.$19 million, which represented the market value of the listed shares on that date.
Fair value movement of financial instruments
The loss in fiscal 2009 relates primarily to the impairment of the investment in Dioro of
U.S.$11 million reclassified from other reserves to the income statement when the investment was
considered to be permanently impaired at December 31, 2008. This was offset by the subsequent gain
recognized in the income statement on the disposal of the investment in April 2009. The gain in
fiscal 2008 relates to the investment in ARM held by the ARM Empowerment Trust, where the increase
in the share value of the ARM shares above R29 (U.S.$4.62) per share was limited to the interest
capitalized on the Nedbank loan.
Loss on sale of listed investments
The loss on sale of listed investments of U.S.$63 million in fiscal 2008 relates to the sale
of the remainder of the investment in Gold Fields.
Investment income
Investment income increased from U.S.$39 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$49 million in fiscal
2009, primarily due to the increase in interest received on cash balances, which were higher
throughout the year, as well as on held-to-maturity investments held by our environmental trust
funds.
Finance costs
Finance costs decreased from U.S.$71 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$24 million in fiscal 2009.
This was due primarily to the decrease in interest rates as well as the decrease in the balance of
the outstanding debt. Also contributing to the decrease in finance cost expensed was the increase
in interest capitalized to qualifying assets, from U.S.$22 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$31
million in fiscal 2009.
Income and Mining Taxes
South Africa.
We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. The amount of our South
African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a formula that takes into account our total
revenue and profits from, and capital expenditures for, mining operations in South Africa. 5% of
total mining revenue is exempt from taxation in South Africa as a result of the application of the
102
applicable gold mine formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is calculated by
deducting qualifying capital expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which the
taxable mining income exceeds 5% of mining revenue constitutes taxable mining income. We and our
subsidiaries each make our own calculation of taxable income.
The tax rate applicable to the mining and non-mining income of a gold mining company depends
on whether the company has elected to be exempt from the Secondary Tax on Companies (
STC
). STC is
a tax on dividends declared and, at present, the STC tax rate is equal to 10% (previously 12.5%).
To the extent we receive dividends, such dividends received are offset against the amount of
dividends paid for purposes of calculating the amount subject to STC. In 1993, all existing South
African gold mining companies had the option to elect to be exempt from STC. If the election was
made, a higher tax rate would apply for both mining and non-mining taxable income. In 2009 and
2008, the tax rates for companies that elected the STC exemption were 43% for mining income and 35%
for non-mining income, compared with 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income if the STC
exemption election was not made. In 1993, the Harmony Company elected to pay the STC tax. All of
our South African subsidiaries, excluding Avgold, elected the STC exemption.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income and Mining Tax
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
Effective tax rate expense
|
|
|
(10
|
%)
|
|
|
680
|
%
|
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was lower than the statutory tax rate of 43% for us and
our subsidiaries as a whole. The most significant reasons for the decrease relates to differences
between the SA mining statutory tax rate and the rate used to provide deferred tax, and other tax
dispensations granted on certain mining assets. Offsetting this is non-deductible expenses and
prior year adjustments. Included in the non-deductible expenses is non-deductible interest of
U.S.$17 million, impairments of U.S.$20 million, as well U.S.$24 million relating to transfer
pricing.
Australia
. Generally, Australia imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains)
of all of our Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for
companies is 30%. Ongoing business, mining, exploration and rehabilitation costs incurred each year
are fully deductible. The cost of plant and capital mining expenditure may be depreciated and
deducted over its effective life.
The Australian legislature has introduced a Tax Consolidations Regime, under which from July
1, 2003, Harmony Gold Australia Proprietary Limited and its wholly owned Australian subsidiary
companies are recognized and taxed as a single entity. Under the consolidations rules all of the
Australian subsidiary companies are treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold
Australia. As a result all inter company transactions between group members are ignored for tax
purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members without any tax
consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by the Head Company of the group.
Mining operations in Western Australia are also subject to a 2.5% gold royalty because the
mineral rights are owned by the State Government. All gold production from the Mount Magnet
operations is subject to this royalty.
Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents
to non-residents, which would include any dividends on the shares of our Australian subsidiaries
that are paid to us. In the case of dividend payments to non-residents, a 30% withholding tax
applies. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a country with which
Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally
limited to 15% (or in the case of South Africa 5% where the dividend is paid to a company which
controls at least 10% of the Australian dividend paying company). Where dividends are fully
franked, no withholding tax applies as an effective credit is allowed against any withholding tax
otherwise payable, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in place.
PNG
. The Hidden Valley Project in PNG is expected to commence operations in fiscal 2010. We
are also reviewing other potential projects and carrying out extensive exploration.
PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore each project is taxed as a
separate entity, even though it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company.
In certain circumstances there is an ability to transfer the tax benefit obtained through
exploration expenditure between projects and wholly owned companies. Tax losses are generally
quarantined and cannot be transferred between projects.
PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%.
103
Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax
purposes and can be generally deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against
project income.
PNG imposes dividend withholding tax of 10% on dividends paid by PNG mining operations to non
residents. Although PNG also imposes interest withholding tax on interest paid off-shore, the PNG
Tax Act exempts interest paid to non resident lenders from withholding tax where the PNG company is
engaged in mining operations in PNG.
Discontinued Operations
Revenues
Revenues decreased from U.S.$253 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$69 million in fiscal 2009, due
to the fact that the Cooke operation was sold in November 2008.
Costs
Costs decreased from U.S.$199 million in fiscal 2008 to U.S.$51 million in fiscal 2009. This
was due to the sale of the Cooke operation in November 2008.
Profit/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment
The profit on property, plant and equipment in fiscal 2009 relates to the sale of the Cooke
operations in November 2008. The loss on sale of property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2008 of
U.S.$4 million relates to the loss of U.S.$13 million on the sale of South Kalgoorlie as well as
the profit of U.S.$9 million on the sale of Orkney.
Income and Mining Taxes
South Africa
. We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. For details, refer to the
discussion under
Income and Mining Taxes
in the
Continuing Operations
section.
In 2009 and 2008, the tax rates for companies that elected the STC exemption were 43% for
mining income and 35% for non-mining income, compared with 34% for mining income and 28% for
non-mining income if the STC exemption election was not made.
Australia
. We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. For details, refer to the
discussion under Income and Mining Taxes in the Continuing Operations section. In fiscal 2009 and
2008, the income tax rate for companies was 30%.
Continuing and discontinued operations
Net profit/(loss)
The net profit/(loss) increased from a net loss of U.S.$30 million in fiscal 2008 to a net
profit of U.S.$311 million. This is due to the factors discussed above.
Years Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007
Continuing Operations
Revenues
Revenue increased U.S.$123 million, or 10%, from U.S.$1,202 million in fiscal 2007 to
U.S.$1,325 million in fiscal 2008. This increase is attributable primarily to the higher average
price of gold received by us, U.S.$813 per ounce in 2008 compared to U.S.$638 per ounce in 2007.
This increase was partially offset by a decrease in ounces sold.
Our gold sales decreased 255,862 ounces, or 14%, from 1,883,486 in fiscal 2007 to 1,627,624 in
fiscal 2008. The grade recovered was lower, at 0.08 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008 compared to 0.10
ounces per ton in fiscal 2007, negatively impacting on the ounces
104
produced. The lower recovery grade was as a result of the increase in tons treated from
surface tailings dams at a lower recovery grade.
At Bambanani ounces sold decreased by 19%, from 197,060 in fiscal 2007 to 158,985 in fiscal
2008. This was due to the restructuring of the shaft as a result of power constraints. This was
offset by a better recovery grade which increased from 0.154 ounces per ton in fiscal 2007 to 0.174
ounces per ton in fiscal 2008.
At Doornkop ounces sold decreased from 57,364 in fiscal 2007 to 44,143 in fiscal 2008.
Production volumes decreased by 103,000 tons, or 17%, primarily due to an 18 day production
stoppage to facilitate shaft work related to the South Reef project as well as three days lost due
to Eskoms power management process.
At Elandsrand ounces sold decreased from 194,710 in fiscal 2007 to 158,631. This was due to a
decrease in volumes mainly as a result of days lost due to the accident in October 2007, as well as
a decrease in grade.
At Target ounces sold decreased by 40% from 142,433 in fiscal 2007 to 85,006 in fiscal 2008.
Production volumes decreased by 24% mainly due to issues relating to the massive stopes, which also
impacted on the grade.
At Masimong ounces sold decreased by 21%, or 30,383 ounces, from 147,958 in fiscal 2007 to
117,575 in fiscal 2008. This was due to a decrease in production volumes from 1,0740,000 tons to
892,000 tons as a result of the restructuring process at the shaft.
The ounces sold at Kalgold increased by 66% from 56,135 in fiscal 2007 to 93,172 in fiscal
2008. This was due to a 67% increase in recovery grade from 0.032 ounces per ton in fiscal 2007 to
0.055 ounces per ton in fiscal 2008. This was due to the higher grade mined in the D-zone pit.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, employment termination and
restructuring costs and impairement of assets.
a)
Production costs
The following table sets out our total ounces produced and weighted average cash costs per
ounce for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
(Increase)/decrease
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
in Cash
|
|
|
(oz)
|
|
($/oz)
|
|
(oz)
|
|
($/oz)
|
|
Costs per ounce
|
SOUTH AFRICA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
265,914
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
319,192
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
4,024
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
154,879
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
197,084
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
44,038
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
|
56,810
|
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
164,215
|
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
|
195,412
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Target
|
|
|
79,602
|
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
142,653
|
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
Masimong
|
|
|
116,424
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
146,575
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
Evander
|
|
|
231,799
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
235,857
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Virginia
|
|
|
247,820
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
264,890
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Other underground
|
|
|
67,862
|
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
|
104,553
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
Other surface
|
|
|
147,980
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
82,467
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTERNATIONAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PNG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
75,297
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
136,415
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Total continuing operations
|
|
|
1,599,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,881,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
105
Our average cash costs from continuing operations increased by U.S.$111 per ounce, or 23%,
from U.S.$487 per ounce in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$598 per ounce in fiscal 2008. Cash costs per ounce
vary with the working costs per ton (which is, in turn, affected by the number of tons processed)
and grade of ore processed. Cash costs expressed in U.S. dollars per ounce also vary with
fluctuations in the Rand-U.S. dollar exchange rate, because most of our working costs are incurred
in Rand. The increase in cash cost expressed in U.S. dollars per ounce in fiscal 2008 was
attributable primarily to an increase in operating cost as well as the decrease in ounces produced
when compared to fiscal 2007. Annual increases in labor cost as well as inflationary pressures on
our consumable stores and energy costs were the main contributors towards a higher operating cost.
At Tshepong, the cash costs per ounce increased from U.S.$360 per ounce in fiscal 2007 to
U.S.$455, or 26%, in fiscal 2008. This was due to the decrease in ounces produced in fiscal 2008 as
well an increase of 11% related to increases in labor and supply costs.
At Doornkop, the cash costs per ounce increased by 71%, from U.S.$438 in fiscal 2007 to
U.S.$749 in fiscal 2008, primarily due to lower production volumes and industry-wide cost
increases.
At Target, the cash costs per ounce increased from U.S.$403 in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$716 in
fiscal 2008, or by 78%, primarily due to lower recovery grades and volumes resulting from issues
experienced during fiscal 2008.
At Masimong, the cash costs per ounce increased by 39% from U.S.$543 in fiscal 2007 to
U.S.$756 in fiscal 2008, primarily due to the restructuring and cessation of Conops, as well as a
decrease in ounces produced.
Under Other Underground, the cash costs at Joel increased from U.S.$428 in fiscal 2007 to
U.S.$638 in fiscal 2008, or 49%. This was due to the decrease in tonnage after re-equipping
resulted in the shaft not being fully operational for the first six months of fiscal 2008. Costs
were also 17% higher in fiscal 2008. Also, at St. Helena, cash costs increased by 82% from U.S.$860
per ounce in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$1,565 per ounce in fiscal 2008. This was due to the fact that the
shaft was closed during fiscal 2008.
Under Other Surface, the cash costs at Kalgold decreased by 21% from U.S.$506 in fiscal
2007 to U.S.$401 in fiscal 2008, primarily due to the increase in ounces produced. This was offset
by an increase of 30% at Phoenix, from U.S.$293 to U.S.$381, as a result of a decrease in grade and
an increase in volumes and transport costs
b)
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization decreased to U.S.$117 million in fiscal 2008, from U.S.$134
million in fiscal 2007. This decrease relates primarily to the decrease in production. This
decrease was offset by increases relating to the increase in depreciation on non-mining assets
(U.S.$4 million) and borrowings issue costs (U.S.$3 million). Also contributing was the
commencement of depreciation on the two completed levels at Elandsrand during July 2007 resulted in
a depreciation charge of U.S.$2 million.
c)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
The charge for employment termination and restructuring costs increased from U.S.$nil in
fiscal 2007 to U.S.$32 million in fiscal 2008. The charge in fiscal 2008 relates to the voluntary
retrenchment process that was initiated in December 2007 when management decided to decentralize
central services and the cessation of Conops at several of the operations.
d)
Impairment of assets
The impairment charge decreased from U.S.$37 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$35 million in
fiscal 2008. The charge in fiscal 2008 relates to impairments at the Evander and other underground
operations as well as surface operations (Kalgold). Included in the amount is U.S.$13 million for
goodwill related to certain shafts that were included under Other Underground. These
impairments resulted primarily from a decrease in the expected life of mine of these operations, as
well as an increase in the costs to operate the shafts. These changes resulted in the carrying
amount exceeding the recoverable amount. The charge in fiscal 2007 relates primarily to an
impairment on the Mount Magnet operation of U.S.$56 million and U.S.$2 million relating to the
cessation of operations at the Refinery in the Free State. This was offset by reversals at surface
operations (Kalgold) and other underground operations.
106
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
The profit decreased from U.S.$25 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$18 million in fiscal 2008.
Included in the total for fiscal 2008 was a profit of U.S.$11 million relating to the sale of
tenements in Australia. In fiscal 2007, the disposal of the Randfontein 4 shaft and the Deelkraal
surface assets netted profits of U.S.$10 million and U.S.$14 million, respectively.
Other expenses net
The total for other expenses increased to U.S.$13 million, compared with a credit of U.S.$ nil
in fiscal 2007. This was primarily due to the increase in provision for bad debts from U.S.$1
million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$13 million in fiscal 2008. This provision relates to trade and loans
receivables that have exceeded their payment terms, and where we believe that recoverability is
doubtful.
These charges were offset by the increase of U.S.$15 million in foreign exchange gains related
to the loans to the International operations. These loans, which was previously designated as net
investments of the Groups International operations, were de-designated in fiscal 2008, mainly as a
result of the expected proceeds from the PNG Partnership Agreement. Accumulated exchange
gains/(losses) that arose while the loans were considered to form part of the Groups net
investment in its International operations are reclassified to the consolidated income statement as
and when the loans are repaid.
Loss from associates
The loss from associates increased from U.S.$3 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$11 million in
fiscal 2008. The increase relates primarily to inclusion of losses from Pamodzi since acquisition
on February 27, 2008.
Profit on sale of investment in associate
The profit on sale of investment in associate decreased to U.S.$nil in fiscal 2008 from
U.S.$33 million in fiscal 2007. The amount in 2007 was as a result of the disposal of our interest
in Western Areas in exchange for Gold Fields shares.
Impairment of investment in associate
The charge relating the impairment of investment in associate increased from U.S.$nil in
fiscal 2007 to U.S.$12 million in fiscal 2008. The amount in fiscal 2008 relates primarily to the
impairment of the investment in Pamodzi. The recoverable amount was determined with reference to
the market value of the listed shares, which would be the amount we would receive on disposal of
the shares. As the carrying value exceeded the recoverable amount, the investment was impaired down
to this amount.
Fair value movement of financial instruments
The gains in fiscal years 2007 and 2008 are related to the investment in ARM held by the ARM
Empowerment Trust, where the increase in the share value of the ARM shares above R29 (U.S.$4.62)
per share was limited to the interest capitalized on the Nedbank loan.
Loss on sale of listed investments
The loss on sale of listed investments increased from U.S.$5 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$63
million in fiscal 2008. The amount in 2008 relates to the sale of the remainder of the investment
in Gold Fields. The loss in fiscal 2007 arose when we disposed of a portion of our interest in Gold
Fields through various transactions.
Investment income
Investment income increased from U.S.$27 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$39 million in fiscal
2008, primarily to the increase in interest received on loans (U.S.$4 million) and held-to-maturity
investments, held by our environmental trust funds (U.S.$4 million). Also contributing was an
increase in dividends received from U.S.$3 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$5 million in fiscal 2008,
which related to the Gold Fields shares.
107
Finance costs
Finance costs increased from U.S.$66 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$71 million in fiscal 2008.
This was due primarily to the increase in interest rates as well as the increase in the balance of
the outstanding debt. This was offset by the increase in interest capitalized to qualifying assets,
from U.S.$10 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$22 million in fiscal 2008.
Income and Mining Taxes
South Africa.
We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. The amount of our South
African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a formula that takes into account our total
revenue and profits from, and capital expenditures for, mining operations in South Africa. 5% of
total mining revenue is exempt from taxation in South Africa as a result of the application of the
applicable gold mine formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is calculated by deducting
qualifying capital expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which the taxable mining
income exceeds 5% of mining revenue constitutes taxable mining income. We and our subsidiaries each
make our own calculation of taxable income.
The tax rate applicable to the mining and non-mining income of a gold mining company depends
on whether the company has elected to be exempt from the STC. The
STC is a tax on dividends declared and, at present, the STC tax rate is equal to 10% (previously
12,5%). To the extent we receive dividends, such dividends received are offset against the amount
of dividends paid for purposes of calculating the amount subject to STC. In 1993, all existing
South African gold mining companies had the option to elect to be exempt from STC. If the election
was made, a higher tax rate would apply for both mining and non-mining taxable income. In 2008, the
tax rates for companies that elected the STC exemption were 43% for mining income and 35% for
non-mining income, compared with 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income if the STC
exemption election was not made. In 2007, the tax rates for companies that elected the STC
exemption were 45% for mining income and 37% for non-mining income, compared with 35% for mining
income and 29% for non-mining income if the STC exemption election was not made. In 1993, we
elected to pay the STC tax. All of our South African subsidiaries, excluding Avgold, elected the
STC exemption.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income and Mining Tax
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Effective tax rate expense
|
|
|
680
|
%
|
|
|
(1
|
%)
|
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 was higher than the statutory tax rate of 43% for us
and our subsidiaries as a whole. The most significant reasons for the increase in the effective tax
rate in fiscal 2008 relates to non-deductible expenses and prior year adjustments. Offsetting this
is the difference between the SA mining statutory tax rate and the rate used to provide deferred
tax and other tax dispensations granted on certain mining assets. Included in the non-deductible
expenses is the impairment on investment in associate (U.S.$11 million) and loss on sale of
investments (U.S.$63 million).
Australia
. Generally, Australia imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains)
of all of our Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for
companies is 30%. Ongoing business, mining, exploration and rehabilitation costs incurred each year
are fully deductible. The cost of plant and capital mining expenditure may be depreciated and
deducted over its effective life.
The Australian legislature has introduced a Tax Consolidations Regime, under which from July
1, 2003, Harmony Gold Australia Proprietary Limited and its wholly owned Australian subsidiary
companies are recognized and taxed as a single entity. Under the consolidations rules all of the
Australian subsidiary companies are treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold
Australia. As a result all inter company transactions between group members are ignored for tax
purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members without any tax
consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by the Head Company of the group.
Mining operations in Western Australia are also subject to a 2.5% gold royalty because the
mineral rights are owned by the State Government. All gold production from the Mount Magnet
operations is subject to this royalty. Most of the production from the South Kalgoorlie operations
is from freehold land and is, accordingly, exempt from this royalty.
Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents
to non-residents, which would include any dividends on the shares of our Australian subsidiaries
that are paid to us. In the case of dividend payments to non-residents, a 30% withholding tax
applies. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a country with which
Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally
limited to 15 (or in the case of South Africa 5% where the dividend is paid to a company which
controls at least 10% of the Australian dividend paying company). Where dividends are fully
franked, no
108
withholding tax applies as an effective credit is allowed against any withholding tax
otherwise payable, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in place.
PNG
. We are in the process of developing the Hidden Valley Project in PNG. We are also
reviewing other potential projects and carrying out extensive exploration.
PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore each project is taxed as a
separate entity, even though it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company.
In certain circumstances there is an ability to transfer the tax benefit obtained through
exploration expenditure between projects and wholly owned companies. Tax losses are generally
quarantined and cannot be transferred between projects.
PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%.
Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax
purposes and can be generally deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against
project income.
PNG imposes dividend withholding tax of 10% on dividends paid by PNG mining operations to non
residents. Although PNG also imposes interest withholding tax on interest paid off-shore, the PNG
Tax Act exempts interest paid to non resident lenders from withholding tax where the PNG company is
engaged in mining operations in PNG.
Discontinued Operations
Revenues
Revenues decreased from U.S.$287 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$253 million in fiscal 2008,
due to the fact that South Kalgoorlie and Orkney operations were sold in December 2007 and February
2008, respectively. Also contributing is lower ounces produced at the Cooke operations. These
decreases were offset by an increase in the average gold price received.
Costs
Costs decreased from U.S.$271 million in fiscal 2007 to U.S.$199 million in fiscal 2008. This
was due to the sale of South Kalgoorlie and Orkney operations during fiscal 2008. Also contributing
is the decrease in the depreciation and amortization charge from U.S.$29 million in fiscal 2007 to
U.S.$7 million in fiscal 2008. This was due to the cessation of charging depreciation on assets
classified as held-for-sale.
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
The loss on sale of property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2008 was U.S.$4 million, compared
with U.S.$nil in fiscal 2007. Included in the total is the loss on the sale of South Kalgoorlie of
U.S.$13 million as well as the profit on the sale of Orkney of U.S.$9 million.
Income and Mining Taxes
South Africa.
We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. For details, refer to the
discussion under
Income and Mining Taxes
in the
Continuing Operations
section.
In 2008, the tax rates for companies that elected the STC exemption were 43% for mining income
and 35% for non-mining income, compared with 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income if
the STC exemption election was not made. In 2007, the tax rates for companies that elected the STC
exemption were 45% for mining income and 37% for non-mining income, compared with 35% for mining
income and 29% for non-mining income if the STC exemption election was not made.
Australia.
We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. For details, refer to the
discussion under
Income and Mining Taxes
in the
Continuing Operations
section. In fiscal 2008 and
2007, the income tax rate for companies was 30%.
109
Continuing and discontinued operations
Net (loss)/profit
The net (loss)/profit decreased from a net profit of U.S.$51 million in fiscal 2007 to a net loss
of U.S.$30 million. This is due to the factors discussed above.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In April 2009, the IASB issued Improvements to IFRS for 2008. This is a collection of
amendments to IFRSs under the IASBs annual improvements process which is intended to deal with
non-urgent but necessary amendments to Standards. The amendments focus on areas of inconsistency in
Standards or where clarification of wording is required. The improvements include 12 separate
amendments which impact 8 different Standards. Unless otherwise specified, the amendments are
effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2010. The effect of the amendments
will be recorded in future periods when such transactions are entered into.
In March 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 7 (Amended) Financial Instruments disclosures: Improving
Disclosures about Financial Instruments. The amendment increases the disclosure requirements about
fair value measurement and reinforces existing principles for disclosure about liquidity risk. The
amendment introduces a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement disclosure and requires
some specific quantitative disclosures for financial instruments in the lowest level in the
hierarchy. In addition, the amendment clarifies and enhances existing requirements for the
disclosure of liquidity risk primarily requiring a separate liquidity risk analysis for derivative
and non-derivative financial liabilities. The standard becomes effective for annual periods
commencing on or after 1 January 2009; early adoption is permitted. The standard will affect the
disclosure of financial instruments in the financial statements.
In January 2009, the International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee (
IFRIC
)
issued interpretation no. 18 Transfers of assets from customers. The interpretation clarifies the
accounting treatment for transfers of property, plant and equipment received from customers. This
interpretation applies to agreements with customers in which the entity receives cash from a
customer when that amount of cash must be used only to construct or acquire an item of property,
plant and equipment and the entity must then use the item of property, plant and equipment either
to connect the customer to a network or to provide the customer with ongoing access to a supply of
goods and services, or to do both. The provisions of the interpretation become effective for annual
periods commencing on or after July 1, 2009. We currently do not expect this interpretation to have
any effect on the financial statements.
In November 2008, IFRIC issued interpretation no.17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to
Owners. IFRIC 17 applies to the accounting for distributions of non-cash assets (commonly referred
to as
dividends in specie
) to the owners of the entity. The interpretation clarifies that: a
dividend payable should be recognized when the dividend is appropriately authorized and is no
longer at the discretion of the entity; an entity should measure the dividend payable at the fair
value of the net assets to be distributed; and an entity should recognize the difference between
the dividend paid and the carrying amount of the net assets distributed in profit or loss. The
provisions of the interpretation become effective for annual periods commencing on or after July 1,
2009. The effect of the interpretation will be recorded in future periods when such transactions
are entered into.
In August 2008, the IASB issued Improvements to IFRS for 2007. This is a collection of
amendments to 20 IFRSs under the IASBs annual improvements process which is intended to deal with
non-urgent but necessary amendments to Standards. The amendments focus on areas of inconsistency in
Standards or where clarification of wording is required. The effective date for most amendments is
annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The improvements are of two broad types:
Amendments that result in accounting changes in presentation, recognition, or measurement; and
terminology or editorial changes that have no or minimal effect on accounting. The effect of the
amendments will be recorded in future periods when such transactions are entered into.
In July 2008, the IASB issued IAS 39 (Amended) IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement Exposures Qualifying for Hedge Accounting. The amendment makes two significant changes.
It prohibits designating inflation as a hedgeable component of a fixed rate debt. It also prohibits
including time value in the one-sided hedged risk when designating options as hedges. The standard
becomes effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009; early adoption is
permitted. We currently do not anticipate the change to affect our financial statements as we do
not have hedges.
110
In May 2008 the IASB issued IFRS 1 (Amended) First-time Adoption of International Financial
Reporting Standards and IAS 27 (Amended) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statement Cost
of an investment in Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or Associate. The amendments to IFRS 1
allow first-time adopters, in their separate financial statements, to use a deemed cost option for
determining the cost (in terms of IAS 27, paragraph 38(a)) of an investment in subsidiary, jointly
controlled entity or associate. The deemed cost of such an investment shall be: (a) Fair value
(determined in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement) at the
entitys date of transition to IFRSs; or (b) previous GAAP carrying amount at that date. The
amendments to IAS 27 remove the definition of the cost method from paragraph 4 of the standard.
In addition, when an entity reorganizes the structure of its group by establishing a new entity as
its parent ( subject to certain criteria), the amendments require the new parent to measure cost as
the carrying amount of its share of the equity items shown in the separate financial statements of
the original parent at the date of the reorganization. The standard becomes effective for annual
periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009; early adoption is permitted. The effect of the
amended IFRS 1 and IAS 27 will be recorded in future periods when such transactions are entered
into.
In May 2008, IFRIC issued interpretation No.16, Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign
Operation (IFRIC 16), which provides guidance on: (a) identifying the foreign currency risks that
qualify as a hedged risk in the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation; (b) where, within
a group, hedging instruments that are hedges of a net investment in foreign operation can be held
to qualify for hedge accounting; (c) and how an entity should determine the amounts to be
reclassified from equity to profit or loss for both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.
IFRIC 16 applies to entities that hedges on foreign currency risk arising from net investments in
foreign operations and where the related hedge qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IAS
39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The provisions of IFRIC 16 are effective
for annual periods commencing on or after October 1, 2008, the effect of the change will be
accounted for prospectively in future periods. We currently do not anticipate the change affecting
our financial statements as we do not have hedges on our net investments in foreign operations.
In February 2008, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32- Financial Instruments: Presentation
and IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, the amendment aims to improve the accounting for
particular types of financial instruments that have characteristics similar to ordinary shares but
are at present classified as financial liabilities. IAS 32 requires a financial instrument to be
classified as a liability if the holder of that instrument can require the issuer to redeem it for
cash; currently these financial instruments are considered liabilities, rather than equity. The
amendments to IAS 32 addresses this issue and require entities to classify the following types of
financial instruments as equity, provided they have particular features and meet specific
conditions: (a) puttable financial instruments; (b) instruments, or components of instruments, that
impose on the entity an obligation to deliver to another party a pro rata share of the net assets
of the entity only on liquidation. The amendments become effective for annual periods commencing on
or after January 1, 2009; early application is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of these
amendments to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In January 2008, the IASB issued IAS 23 (Revised) Borrowing Costs. The statement eliminates
the choice regarding capitalization of borrowing costs. Where an asset is acquired, constructed or
produced as a qualifying asset, it has to capitalize the borrowing costs relating to the asset
against the cost price of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed. Excluded from the
amended statement are inventories that are manufactured, or otherwise produced in large quantities
on a repetitive basis; and qualifying asset measured at fair value. The statement comes into effect
for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009. We have early adopted the revised IAS 23
for year ended June 30, 2008.
In December 2007, the IASB issued IFRS 2 (Amended) Share Based Payment on vesting
conditions and cancellations. The amendment deals with two matters: (a) it clarifies that vesting
conditions are service conditions and performance conditions only; (b) It specifies all
cancellations, whether by the entity or by other parties, should receive the same accounting
treatment. IFRS 2 becomes effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009,
early adoption is permitted. The effect of the amended IFRS 2 will be recorded in future periods
when such transactions affecting vesting conditions and cancellations on share based payment
occurs.
In November 2007, the IASB issued IFRS 8 Operating Segments. The statement was issued with
the aim to achieve convergence in accounting standards around the world. The IASB and the FASB
after review of the FASB statement 131 Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information and IAS 14 Segment reporting collaborated and issued the new IFRS 8 Operating Segment.
IFRS 8 requires that an entity report on the financial and descriptive information about its
reportable segments. IFRS 8 requires that a measure of the operating profit or loss, the segment
assets and liabilities be reported. A reconciliation of total segments` reportable revenues, total
profit or loss, total assets, liabilities and other amounts disclosed for reportable segments to
corresponding amounts in the entitys annual financial statements should be reported. IFRS 8 also
requires entities to report on information about revenues derived from its products or services,
about countries in which they earn revenues and hold assets and the
111
major customers. In addition, a description of how each segment was determined, the products
and services provided per segment and any differences in determining the segment`s information.
Although IFRS 8 is effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009, we decided
to early adopt the standard from the year ending June 30, 2008.
In September 2007, the IASB issued IAS 1 (Revised) Presentation of Financial Statements.
The statement was issued with the aim to aggregate information in the financial statements on a
basis of common characteristics, which resulted in the changes in equity to be presented separately
between those changes resulting from transactions with equity participants (owners), in their
capacity as owners, and those other non-owner equity transactions. The revised standard allows for
a statement of other comprehensive income, with the net income recognized directly in equity now
being moved to the statement of other comprehensive income, with the statement of changes in equity
reflecting a line item, total comprehensive income. The change is effective for annual periods
commencing on or after January 1, 2009. We early adopted the disclosure requirements of IAS 1,
effective for the year ending June 30, 2008.
In July 2007, IFRIC issued interpretation no.15 Agreements for the Construction of Real
Estate. IFRIC 15 standardises accounting practice across jurisdictions for the recognition of
revenue by real estate developers for sales of units, such as apartments or houses, off plan
that is, before construction is complete. The fundamental issue is whether the developer is selling
a product (goods) the completed apartment or house or is selling a service a construction
service as a contractor engaged by the buyer. Revenue from selling products is normally recognised
at delivery. Revenue from selling services is normally recognised on a percentage-of-completion
basis as construction progresses. The provisions of the interpretation become effective for annual
periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009. The effect of the interpretation will be recorded
in future periods when such transactions are entered into.
In June 2007, IFRIC issued interpretation 14 IAS 19, The Limit on a Defined Asset Minimum
Funding Requirements and their Interaction. IFRIC 14 addresses three issues: (a) how to determine
the limit placed by IAS 19 Employee Benefits on the amount of a surplus in a pension plan they can
recognize an asset; (b) how a minimum funding requirement affects that limit; (c) and when the
minimum funding requirement creates an onerous obligation that should be recognized as a liability
in addition to that otherwise recognized under IAS 19. IFRIC 14 requires that an asset be
recognized in relation to the surplus on a consistent basis; and where there is both a strong
minimum funding requirement and restrictions over the amount, an entity can recover from the plan,
either as refunds or a reduction in contribution; entities have to recognize an additional
liability. The interpretation is effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1,
2008. IFRIC 14 will not affect our annual report as we only have defined contributions pension
plans.
In June 2007, IFRIC issued interpretation 12 Service Concession Arrangements. A service
concession arrangement is an arrangement whereby a government or other public sector body contracts
with a private operator to develop (or upgrade), operate and maintain the grantors infrastructure
assets such as roads, bridges, tunnels, airports, energy distribution networks, prisons or
hospitals. The grantor controls or regulates what services the operator must provide using the
assets, to whom, and at what price, and also controls any significant residual interest in the
assets at the end of the term of the arrangement. The objective of IFRIS 12 is to clarify how
certain aspects of existing IASB literature are to be applied to service concession arrangements.
The interpretation is effective for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2008. IFRIC 12
will not affect our annual report as we have no service concession arrangements.
In June 2007, the IFRIC issued interpretation 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes. IFRIC 13
addresses accounting by entities that grant loyalty award credits (such as points or travel
miles) to customers who buy other goods or services. Specifically, it explains how such entities
should account for their obligations to provide free or discounted goods or services (awards) to
customers who redeem award credits. The interpretation is effective for annual periods commencing
on or after July 1, 2008. IFRIC 13 will not affect our annual report as we have no customer loyalty
programmes.
In April 2007, the IASB issued IFRS 3 (Revised) Business Combinations and IAS 27 (Amended)
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, effective for the annual periods commencing
after July 1, 2009. The changes made to IFRS 3 and IAS 27 have the following effects: (a) Partial
acquisitions on non-controlling interest are measured either as their proportionate interest in the
net identifiable assets or at fair value; (b) Goodwill is measured as the difference at acquisition
date between the fair value of any investment in the business held before the acquisition, the
consideration transferred and the net assets acquired for step acquisitions; (c)
Acquisition-related costs are generally recognized as expenses instead of included in goodwill; (d)
Contingent consideration must be recognized and measured at fair value at the acquisition date.
Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in accordance with other IFRSs, usually in profit
and loss, rather than adjusting goodwill; (e) for transactions with non-controlling interests, the
changes
112
in a parents ownership in a subsidiary that do not result in the loss of control are
accounted for as equity transactions. The effect of the revised IFRS 3 and amended IAS 27 will be
recorded in future periods when such transactions are entered into.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We centrally manage our funding and treasury policies. There are no legal or economic
restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. We have generally funded
our operations and our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements from (i) cash generated from
operations, (ii) credit facilities and other borrowings and (iii) sales of equity securities.
Cash Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
(318
|
)
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
Foreign exchange differences
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Total cash flows from continuing operations
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Financing cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange differences
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows from discontinued operations
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Operations
Net cash provided by operations is primarily affected by the quantities of gold sold, the gold
price, the Rand-U.S. dollar exchange rate, cash costs per ounce and, in the case of the
International operations, the Australian dollar and Kina versus U.S. dollar exchange rate. A
significant adverse change in one or more of these parameters could materially reduce cash provided
by operations as a source of liquidity.
Net cash generated by operations was U.S.$254 million in fiscal 2009, as compared with
U.S.$236 million in fiscal 2008. This improvement is attributable primarily to the higher gold
price received during the year as well as the increase in interest received of U.S.$13 million to
U.S.$51 million. Also contributing to the improvement is the decrease of interest paid of U.S.$26
million to U.S.$31 million as a result of a decrease in the outstanding debt balances. Negating the
effect of the improvement was the increase in taxation paid of U.S.$67 million to U.S.$85 million.
Net cash generated by operations was U.S.$236 million in fiscal 2008, as compared with
U.S.$159 million in fiscal 2007. This improvement is attributable primarily to the higher gold
price received during the year as well as the increase in interest received of U.S.$13 million.
Negating the effect of the improvement was the increase in interest paid of U.S.$26 million and
taxation paid of U.S.$16 million. An increase in the production costs of U.S.$82 million due to
inflationary pressures relating to labor, materials and energy supplies also negatively affected
the increase.
Investing
Net cash generated by investing activities was U.S.$94 million, as compared with net cash
utilized of U.S.$329 million in fiscal 2008. This increase was mainly due to the decrease in
capital expenditure during fiscal 2009 from U.S.$552 million to U.S.$339 million. Also contributing
was an increase in proceeds on disposal of mining assets, relating to the disposal of the PNG
assets to Newcrest and the Rand Uranium transaction (U.S.$444 million). Offsetting this was an
increase in the restricted cash balance (U.S.$9 million).
Net cash utilized by investing activities was U.S.$329 million in fiscal 2008, as compared
with U.S.$318 million in fiscal 2007. This increase was mainly due to the increase in capital
expenditure during fiscal 2008 by U.S.$169 million to U.S.$552 million. An increase of U.S.$129
million in fiscal 2008 from proceeds on disposal of listed investments offset the increase in cash
utilized during
113
fiscal 2008. Also offsetting the amounts was an increase in proceeds on disposal of mining
assets, including the disposal of South Kalgoorlie (U.S.$9 million) and a increase in the
restricted cash balance (U.S.$32 million).
Financing
Net cash utilized by financing activities was U.S.$233 million in fiscal 2009, as compared
with net cash generated of U.S.$78 million in fiscal 2008. This decrease was mainly due to the
repayment of the convertible bond and the Nedbank loan during the year. This decrease was partially
offset by the cash raised by the two share issues during the year, raising U.S.$188 million, net of
transaction costs.
Net cash generated by financing activities was U.S.$78 million in fiscal 2008, as compared
with U.S.$132 million in fiscal 2007. This decrease was mainly due to the fact that we raised less
borrowings during the year.
Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings
On July 30, 2003, Africa Vanguard Resources (Doornkop) (Proprietary) Limited (
AVRD
) entered
into a term loan facility of R140 million (U.S.$19 million) with Nedbank Limited (
Nedbank
) for
the purpose of partially funding AVRs purchase of an undivided 26% share of the Mining titles, to
be contributed to the Doornkop South Reef Project with Randfontein. Interest at a fixed rate equal
to Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate (
JIBAR
) plus 2%, compounded monthly, and any stamp duties
and holding costs. The terms of the loan were extended from the original maturity of July 30, 2008,
to September 30, 2009, at which date all loan amounts and any interest accrued are to be paid. The
loan is jointly and severally guaranteed by the Company and several of its subsidiaries. The
facility from Nedbank to AVRD is guaranteed by us and certain of our subsidiaries. Interest
capitalized during the fiscal 2009 was U.S.$3.7 million compared to U.S.$4.1 million in fiscal 2008
(fiscal 2007 was U.S.$2.2 million). During fiscal 2005, AVRD borrowed an additional R18 million
(U.S.$2.8 million) from its holding company Africa Vanguard Resources to service working capital
commitments. The loan is uncollateralized and interest free. As there are no fixed repayment terms,
the loan has no fixed maturity date.
During July 2007, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields entered into a finance lease agreement with
Westpac Bank for the purchase of mining fleet to be used on the Hidden Valley project amounting to
U.S.$37 million. Interest is charged at U.S. LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. Interest is accrued
monthly and lease instalments are repayable quarterly terminating June 30, 2013. The mining fleet
financed is used as collateral for these loans. The balance at June 30, 2009 was U.S.$14 million.
Recently Retired Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings
On May 21, 2004, we issued R1.7 billion (U.S.$252.0 million) in international unsecured
fixed-rate convertible bonds in order to refinance our domestic Rand debt. Interest was calculated
on the convertible bonds at a rate of 4.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 21
and November 21 of each year. The bonds were convertible at the option of the bondholders into
fully paid up ordinary shares at any time on or after July 1, 2004 and up to, and including, May
15, 2009, unless they had been previously redeemed, converted or purchased and cancelled by us. The
trust deed for the convertible bonds contained clauses that restricted certain of our activities,
including a negative pledge, according to which we were not permitted to create or permit any
mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or other form of encumbrance of security interest with respect to
any part of our undertaking or assets, present or future, to secure any relevant debt, guarantee or
indemnity. In addition, the trust deed contained covenants that required us to, among other things,
maintain the listing of the bonds with the UK Listing Authority and do all things necessary, in the
opinion of the trustee, to give effect to the trust deed. Included in the amortization charge as
per the income statement is U.S.$0.9 million compared to U.S.$1.2 million in fiscal 2008 and
U.S.$1.2 million in 2007 for amortization of the bond issue costs. On May 20, 2009, we repaid the
convertible bond.
On September 28, 2007, we entered into a term loan facility of R2 billion (U.S.$283.9 million)
with Nedbank Limited, for the purpose of partially funding capital expenditure in respect of
projects, as well as to repay the short term bridging loan amounting to R500 million (U.S.$68.6
million). Interest accrued on a day to day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest
rate, which is fixed for three month periods, equal to the JIBAR plus 2.75% plus banking costs. The
interest is repayable every quarter commencing on September 28, 2007. During fiscal 2009, the loan
was repaid in tranches, with the last tranche of R750 million (U.S.$83.6 million) being repaid on
April 21, 2009.
On April 15, 2005 the ARM Empowerment Trust entered into a term loan facility of R474 million
(U.S.$75.4 million) with Nedbank Limited for the purpose of funding the balance of the ARM
Empowerment Trusts acquisition of the ARM shares held by us.
114
The loan bore interest, compounded monthly, at a rate of JIBAR plus of 1.5%. We guaranteed
this loan, subject to a maximum guaranteed amount of R367.4 million (U.S.$50.4 million) plus
interest. In addition, if the ARM Empowerment Trust chose to dispose of 8,175,640 of its ARM
Limited shares at cost, the maximum guaranteed amount would be reduced to R214.9 million (U.S.$29.5
million) plus interest. We also entered into an indemnity agreement with ARM Limited, pursuant to
which ARM Limited indemnified us against 50% of all claims under the guarantee, subject to a
maximum of R107.4 million (U.S.$14.7 million) plus interest thereon at the applicable rate from May
26, 2006. Interest capitalized during the year ended 2008 amounted to U.S.$2.5 million, compared to
U.S.$8.5 million for fiscal 2007. On September 28, 2007, the guarantee was cancelled by Nedbank
and, consequently, we have no further obligation to Nedbank in this regard.
On April 15, 2005, the ARM Empowerment Trust entered into a second term loan facility of R356
million (U.S.$56.7 million) with Nedbank Limited for the purpose of funding the ARM Empowerment
Trusts partial acquisition of the ARM shares held by us. The loan bore interest, compounded
monthly, at a rate of JIBAR plus 1.5%. Interest capitalized during the year ended 2008 amounted to
U.S.$2.1 million, compared to U.S.$6.7 million for fiscal 2007. On September 28, 2007, the
guarantee was cancelled by Nedbank and consequently we have no further obligation to Nedbank in
this regard.
On March 20, 2007, we arranged financing from RMB, collateralized by 5,747,000 shares in Gold
Fields, resulting in total cash proceeds of R750.3 million (U.S.$103.4 million). Of these proceeds,
R599.8 million (U.S.$82.3 million) were applied towards partial repayment of the R1.0 billion term
loan facility with RMB. See below in this section. Interest was payable at a rate equal to the
SAFEX Financial Derivatives overnight deposit rate (the
Safex Overnight Rate
) plus 35 basis
points. On August 24, 2007, we repaid the loan.
On March 20, 2007, Randfontein (our wholly-owned subsidiary) entered into a preference share
subscription agreement with RMB. According to the terms of the agreement, following the
satisfaction of certain conditions, Randfontein issued R550.0 million (U.S.$75.4 million) principal
amount of preference shares to RMB on April 5, 2007. Dividends on the preference shares were
payable semi-annually on the principal amount and were calculated at 35% of the South African Prime
Interest Rate from the issue date until August 31, 2007, 50% of the South African Prime Interest
Rate from September 1, 2007 to February 29, 2008 and 83% of the South African Prime Interest Rate
thereafter. The preference shares were guaranteed by us, Evander Gold Mines Limited,
ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Pty) Limited, Avgold Limited and ARMgold/Harmony
Joint Investment Company (Pty) Limited (
AHJIC
), as well as certain future material subsidiaries.
In the subscription agreement for the preference shares, AHJIC also granted a security
interest over 6,196,863 Gold Fields shares held by it to secure its obligations under the
subscription agreement for the preference shares. In the subscription agreement for the preference
shares, AHJIC also undertook that, if the cover ratio of the value of the Gold Fields shares to the
redemption amount falls below 1.25, it would deposit additional Gold Fields shares or cash to bring
this ratio to 1.5. On or after March 1, 2008, if this ratio falls below 2.0, AHJIC will be required
to deposit cash equal to 75% of the redemption amount.
The preference shares were redeemable at the option of the holders on the final redemption
date, which is three years and one day after the issue date, and upon the occurrence of certain
events, including a failure by AHJIC to meet its obligations under the subscription agreement, a
delisting of the Gold Fields shares from the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, cross-defaults or other
events that are customary events of default for financing agreements. The preference shares were
also redeemable by Randfontein at any time. On August 24, 2007, the preference shares were
redeemed.
On June 29, 2007, we entered into a senior bridge loan facility for R500.0 million (U.S.$68.6
million) with RMB for the purpose of funding our capital expenditure requirements in respect to the
Hidden Valley mine project. The loan bore interest, compounded monthly at a rate equal to the Safex
Overnight Rate plus 2.4% until July 31, 2007, the maturity date. In the event that we elected to
extend the loan facility until September 30, 2007, the loan would bear interest at a rate equal to
the Safex Overnight Rate plus 3.6% during the extension period. On September 29, 2007, the loan was
settled in full.
On June 27, 2007, we entered into a draw down facility agreement with Westpac Bank for the PNG
operations. The limit was K3 million and interest was payable at 9.45%. During July 2007, the
facility was repaid and then cancelled.
On March 9, 2006, we entered into a term loan facility of R1.0 billion (U.S.$159.7 million)
with RMB, for the purpose of partially funding the acquisition of the 29.2% stake in Western Areas.
Interest is compounded at a rate equal to three-month JIBAR plus 1.5%. This facility was partially
repaid on March 27, 2007 from the net proceeds of a sale of Gold Fields shares, and the balance was
repaid on April 4, 2007 from the net proceeds from the issuance of certain preference shares by our
subsidiary Randfontein.
115
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of credit facilities,
post-retirement healthcare and environmental obligations.
Contractual Obligations on the Balance Sheet
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
12-36
|
|
36-60
|
|
After 60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 1, 2009
|
|
July 1, 2010
|
|
July 1, 2012
|
|
Subsequent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to June 30,
|
|
to June 30,
|
|
To June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Total
|
|
2010
|
|
2012
|
|
2014
|
|
2014
|
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Africa Vanguard Resources
(1)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nedbank AVR
(1)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westpac Bank
(1)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post retirement health care
(2)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Environmental obligations
(3)
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other
Borrowings
.
|
|
(2)
|
|
This liability relates to post-retirement medical benefits of former employees who
retired prior to December 31, 1996 and is based on actuarial valuations conducted during fiscal
2009.
|
|
(3)
|
|
We make provision for environmental rehabilitation costs and related liabilities
based on managements interpretations of current environmental and regulatory requirements. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Critical Accounting Policies.
|
Contractual Obligations off the Balance Sheet
Our obligation with regards to operating leases is U.S.$6 million for the next year and
relates to the International office in Brisbane as well as expenditure on mining tenements. Of this
amount, U.S.$5 million is due within 12 months.
Capital Expenditure
The following table sets forth our authorized capital expenditure as of June 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$million
|
Authorized and contracted for
(1)
|
|
|
62
|
|
Authorized but not yet contracted for
|
|
|
95
|
|
Total
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Including our share of the PNG joint ventures capital expenditure of U.S.$30
million.
|
116
Commercial Commitments
The following table provides details regarding our commercial commitments as of June 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitments Expiring by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Than 12
|
|
12-36
|
|
36-60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
After 60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 1,
|
|
July 1,
|
|
July 1,
|
|
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 to
|
|
2010 to
|
|
2012 to
|
|
Subsequent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
to June 30,
|
|
|
Total
|
|
2010
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
2014
|
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
|
($million)
|
Guarantees
(1)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Capital commitments
(2)
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commitments expiring by period
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amount of Commitments Expiring by Period.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Capital commitments consist only of amounts committed to external suppliers,
although a total of U.S.$127 million has been approved by the Board for capital expenditures.
|
Trend Information
Information on recent trends in our operations is discussed in
Item 4
.
Information on the
Company Business Strategy
and
Results of Operations
above.
Working Capital and Anticipated Financing Needs
The Board believes that our working capital resources, by way of cash generated from
operations and existing cash on hand, are sufficient to meet our present working capital needs.
Several of the Growth projects will require a great deal of capital expenditure over the next two
to three years, and given the current cash position, we are re-evaluating the planned capital
expenditure, together with project timelines. Should a decision be taken to reduce or cease capital
expenditure on one or more of the projects, the effect would be to delay the start of production,
and therefore the associated revenue stream. This could have an impact on available cash resources.
For more information on our planned capital expenditures, see
Capital Expenditures
above and
Item 4. Information on the Company Business Harmonys Mining Operations.
We may, in the
future, explore debt and/or equity financing in connection with our acquisition strategy and/or
major capital projects. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors Harmonys strategy depends
on its ability to make additional acquisitions.
Our Board believes that we will have access to
adequate financing on reasonable terms given our cash-based operations and modest leverage. Our
ability to generate cash from operations could, however, be materially adversely affected by
increases in cash costs, decreases in production, decreases in the price of gold and appreciation
of the Rand against the U.S. dollar. Future financing arrangements would also be subject to the
limits on the Boards borrowing powers described in
Item 10. Additional information
Memorandum and Articles of Association Directors Borrowing Powers.
In addition, South
African companies are subject to significant exchange control limitations, which may impair our
ability to fund overseas operations or guarantee credit facilities entered into by overseas
subsidiaries. See
Item 10. Additional Information
Exchange Controls.
Other Financial Information
Export Sales
In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, 100% of our gold produced in South Africa was refined by
Rand Refinery, which is owned by a consortium of the major gold producers in South Africa. All of
our gold produced in Australia in those periods was sold to AGR Matthey, a Perth-based refinery.
117
Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Directors and Senior Management
The members of the Board, their principal past affiliations, information on their business
experiences and principal outside activities and selected other information are set forth below:
Board of directors
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Date of appointment
|
Patrice Motsepe
(1)
|
|
September 23, 2003
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
October 1, 1994
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
August 6, 2007
|
Joaquim Chissano
(1) (2)
|
|
April 20, 2005
|
Fikile De Buck
(1) (2)
|
|
March 30, 2006
|
Ken Dicks
(1) (2)
|
|
February 13, 2008
|
Cheick Diarra
(1) (2)
|
|
March 5, 2008
|
Dr Simo Lushaba
(1) (2)
|
|
October 18, 2002
|
Cathie Markus
(1) (2)
|
|
May 1, 2007
|
Modise Motloba
(1) (2)
|
|
July 30, 2004
|
Cedric Savage
(1) (2)
|
|
September 23, 2003
|
André Wilkens
(1)
|
|
August 6, 2007
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Non-executive directors
|
|
(2)
|
|
Independent
|
Non-Executive Chairman
Patrice Motsepe (47) BA (Legal), LLB.
Patrice was appointed to the board in 2003. Patrice was
a partner in one of the largest law firms in South Africa, Bowman Gilfillan Inc. He was a visiting
attorney in the USA with the law firm, McGuire Woods Battle and Boothe. In 1994 he founded Future
Mining, which grew rapidly to become a successful contract mining company. He then formed ARMgold
in 1997, which listed on the JSE in 2002. ARMgold merged with Harmony in 2003 and this ultimately
led to the takeover of Anglovaal Mining (
Avmin
) by African Rainbow Minerals Limited (
ARM
). In
2002 he was voted South Africas Business Leader of the Year by the CEOs of the top 100 companies
in South Africa. In the same year, he was winner of the Ernst & Young Best Entrepreneur of the Year
Award. He is also the Executive Chairman of ARM and the Deputy Chairman of Sanlam. His various
business responsibilities included being President of Business Unity South Africa (
BUSA
) from
January 2004 to May 2008, which is the voice of organized business in South Africa. He is also
President of Mamelodi Sundowns Football Club.
Executive Directors
Graham Briggs (56), BSc (Hons) (Geology), PrSciNat, Chief Executive Officer.
Graham was
appointed as chief executive officer in January 2008, after his appointment to the board in 2007.
Having joined Harmony as new business manager in 1995, Grahams previous positions include that of
chief executive of Harmony Australia and regional manager for Australasia. A geologist by training,
Graham has more than 35 years experience in the field and in an operational capacity at a number
of South African gold mines, including a stint as ore reserve manager at Beatrix. Graham serves as
a director on Harmonys subsidiary companies and was recently appointed to the board of Virtual
Metals Group in the United Kingdom.
Frank Abbott (54), BComm, CA (SA), MBL, Interim Financial Director.
Frank was appointed
executive interim financial director in August 2007. Frank initially joined the Harmony board as a
non-executive director in 1997. In 2004 Frank was appointed financial director of ARM, while
remaining on the Harmony board as non-executive director. In August 2007, Frank was seconded to
Harmony as interim financial director. Frank serves as a director of Harmonys subsidiaries and is
a non-executive director of ARM. Frank is going on early retirement at the end of December 2009.
Frank will remain on the Harmony board as non-executive director from January 1, 2010.
118
Non-Executive Directors
Joaquim Chissano (69), Independent Non-Executive Director.
Joaquim was appointed to the board
in April 2005. Formerly President of Mozambique (1986 2004), Joaquim also served as chairman of
the African Union for 2003-4. On leaving the presidency, he established the Joaquim Chissano
Foundation for Peace Development and Culture, and has led various international peace initiatives
on behalf of the United Nations, African Union and the Southern African Development Community to
Guinea Bissau, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda and Madagascar. In 2006 he was awarded
the annual Chatham House Prize for significant contributions to improving international relations
and was the recipient of the inaugural Mo Ibrahim Prize for Achievement in African Leadership in
2007. He is also a non-executive director of ARM Limited and TEAL.
Fikile De Buck (48), BA (Economics), FCCA (UK), Independent Non-Executive Director.
Fikile
joined the board on 1 April 2006. A certified chartered accountant, she is a fellow of the
Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) (UK) and a member. From fiscal 2000 to fiscal
2008, Fikile worked in various capacities at the Council for Medical Schemes in South Africa,
including that of chief financial officer and chief operations officer. Prior to that she was
treasurer at the Botswana Development Corporation. Fikile is also a non-executive director and
chairman of the Audit Committee of Rand Uranium (Pty) Ltd and of Anooraq Resources Corporation.
Dr Cheick Diarra (57), PhD (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering), Independent Non-Executive
Director.
Dr Cheick Diarra joined the board in March 2008. He is also the chairman for Africa at
Microsoft. Dr Diarra graduated from the Pierre and Marie Curie University in Paris, France, and
obtained his PhD in mechanical and aerospace engineering from Howard University, Washington DC,
USA. After six years as an Assistant Professor at Howard, he joined the National Aeronautic and
Space Association (NASA) Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Dr Diarra has served as a UNESCO goodwill
ambassador and, in 2002 and 2003, he was chief executive officer of the African Virtual University
based in Kenya. He is a member of several international and African scientific organisations, and
was awarded an African Lifetime Achievement Award for Outstanding Contributions to Science.
Ken Dicks (70), Mine Managers Certificates (Metalliferous and Fiery Coal Mines), Management
Development Diploma and Management Diploma, Independent Non-Executive Director.
Ken joined the
board in February 2008. He has 39 years experience in the mining industry, mainly in the Anglo
American group. He has served on the boards of mining companies such as Freegold, Western Deep
Levels and Elandsrand. He is also a non-executive director of Gold One International, following a
reverse takeover by Aflease Gold Limited.
Dr Simo Lushaba (43), BSc (Hon), MBA and DBA, Independent Non-Executive Director.
Simo joined
the Harmony board in October 2002. An entrepreneur and an executive business coach, he previously
held senior management positions at Spoornet and Lonmin plc and was chief executive of Rand Water.
Simo is a member of the board of the Nepad Business Foundation (SA), chairman of Spescom Limited
and a board member of Gidani, Numsa Investment Services and Doves Funeral Services
Cathie Markus (52), BA LLB, Independent Non-Executive Director.
Cathie joined the board in May
2007. Cathie spent 16 years at Impala Platinum Holdings Limited (Implats), initially as legal
advisor and latterly, from 1998 to 2007, as executive director with responsibility for legal
compliance and public affairs. Having graduated from the University of the Witwatersrand, Cathie
served articles at Bell Dewar & Hall. On qualifying as an attorney, notary and conveyancer, she
joined the legal department of Dorbyl Limited. She is currently a trustee of the Impala Bafokeng
Trust.
Modise Motloba (43), BSc, Diploma in Strategic Management, Independent Non-executive Director.
Modise joined the board in July 2004. Currently the chief executive of Quartile Capital (Pty) Ltd,
Modise is also a director of Rand Merchant Bank Structured Insurance, Deutsche Bank Securities SA
(Pty) Ltd, the Land Bank and the Small Enterprise Foundation. Modises 17 years experience in
investment banking, treasury and fund management includes appointments at Rand Merchant Bank,
African Harvest Fund Managers and Goldman Sachs. Modise is a former President of the Association of
Black Securities and Investment Professionals (ABSIP) where he was instrumental in formulating and
negotiating the historic Financial Services Charter in October 2003.
Cedric Savage (70), BSc (Eng), MBA, ISMP (Harvard), Independent Non-executive Director.
Cedric
joined the board in September 2003. He retired as the chairman of the Tongaat Hulett Group in May
2009 but remains a trustee of the Tongaat Hulett Group Pension Fund. He started his career in the
United Kingdom in 1960 as a graduate engineer with Fairey Aviation. He returned to South Africa in
1963 and worked in the oil (Mobil), textile (Felt & Textiles) and chicken (Rainbow Chickens
Limited) industries. He was President of the South African Chamber of Business from 1993 to 1994.
He has also served as Chairman of the Board of Governors of the University of KwaZulu-Natals
Development Foundation and as a Member of Council of that university. He joined the Tongaat-Hulett
Group Ltd in 1977 as Managing Director of Tongaat Foods and progressed to Executive Chairman of the
Building
119
Materials Division; he became Chief Executive Officer of the group in 1991. In May 2000, he
assumed the dual roles of Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman. He currently serves on
the board of Denel (Proprietary) Limited. He also served on the Nedbank board from 2002 until May
2008 when he retired as Non-Executive Director and the board of Datatec Limited from 2001 and
Datatec International from 2004, after which he retired from both boards in August 2009.
André Wilkens (60), Mine Managers Certificate of Competency, MDPA, RMIIA, Non-Executive
Director.
André joined the board in August 2007. He is currently the chief executive officer of ARM
Limited and previously held the same position at ARM Platinum. Prior to this, he was the chief
operating officer at Harmony, following the merger of Harmony with ARMgold in 2003. Andre has a
wealth of experience in the mining industry, having joined Anglo American in 1969 and moved up the
ranks to mine manager of Vaal Reefs south mine.
Management
The members of our management, their principal past affiliations, information on their
business experiences and principal outside activities and selected other information are set forth
below:
Bob Atkinson (57), NHD (Metalliferous Mining), Executive: New Business and Projects.
Bob
joined Harmony as a Section Manager in 1986 and served as Operations Director on the Executive
Committee from June 2001 to May 2003. He was appointed Chief Operating Officer at Harmony Gold
Australia and was appointed as Executive: Sustainable Development (Safety and Occupational Health)
at Harmony in South Africa in July 2004. He has more than 32 years experience in the mining
industry.
Jaco Boshoff (40), BSc (Hons), MSc (Geology), MBA, PrSciNat, Executive: Reserves and
Resources.
Jaco joined Harmony in April 1996. He has served as the Executive: Reserves and
Resources and Competent Person since March 2004. Prior to this, he was an Ore Reserve Manager from
1998 to 2004 and before that was a geologist at Harmony and at Gengold. Jaco is registered as a
professional geological scientist with the South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions
and has worked in the mining industry for more than 12 years.
Matthews Pheello Dikane (43), LLB, LLM (Labour Law), Postgraduate Diploma In Management
Practice, Executive: Legal and Compliance
. Matthews joined Harmony in 2009. He has 20 years
experience in the mining industry, working his way up through the ranks from learner official to
production mine overseer at AngloGold Ashanti Ltd. During this time, he studied for his law degree
and served his articles at Perrott Van Niekerk Woodhouse Incorporated. He also completed his
Masters degree in Labour Law and a Postgraduate Diploma in Management Practice. He returned to
AngloGold Ashantis corporate office as a Legal Counsel, later joining Brink Cohen Le Roux as a
senior associate where he was made a director.
Leon le Roux (53), NHD (Mechanical and Electrical Engineering), Executive: Risk Management and
Engineering.
Leon joined Harmony on its merger with ARMgold in 2003. Having begun his mining career
as a learner official in 1979 and obtaining his GCC (Mines and Works), he worked as an engineer on
several AngloGold operations. He joined ARMgold on its formation in 1999 where he held a number of
positions in the management team and was later seconded to ARMplatinum. He was appointed to the
Harmony executive team in June 2009.
Mashego Mashego (45), BA Ed, BA (Hons), GEDP, JMDP, Executive: Human Resources.
Mashego joined
Harmony in July 2005 as Group Human Resources Development Manager. Mashego, who has more than 20
years experience in human resources, began his career as Human Resources Manager at Eskom. He then
progressed in the field at JCI, Atlantis Diesel Engines and Foskor Ltd. He was promoted to General
Manager at Harmonys Evander Operations in November 2005 and was appointed Executive: Human
Resources in August 2007.
Jackie Mathebula (39), B Admin Honours, MBA, Master of Management (MM, HR), Executive:
Corporate Affairs.
Jackie joined Harmony in September 2002 as Employee and Industrial Relations
Executive. In 2005, his portfolio became Training, Human Resource Development and Occupational
Health, and in 2005 he was appointed Executive: Corporate Affairs. Prior to joining Harmony, he
worked at Gensec Bank, Gold Fields Limited and then Iscor group (now ArcelorMittal South Africa).
He also worked for the South African government in the Gazankulu Public Service Commission.
Hannes Meyer (39), CA (SA), BCom (Hons), Financial Director Designate.
Hannes joined Harmony
in August 2009. During his 13-year career in the mining industry, he gained extensive mining and
financial experience at Randgold and Exploration Ltd, Randgold Resources Ltd, Anglogold Ashanti Ltd
and TEAL Exploration & Mining Inc (
TEAL
). His exposure extended to gaining
120
knowledge of mines in Africa, corporate finance and business development. Before joining
Harmony Hannes served as chief financial officer of TEAL and served as acting chief executive
officer of TEAL since May 2008.
Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak (35), MSc (Sustainable Development), Executive: Environment.
Melanie
joined Harmony in 2009. She is an experienced environmental specialist who has worked for both the
private sector in the mining industry, as well as the public sector in the Departments of Water
Affairs and Forestry and Minerals and Energy. She has spent 10 years in this discipline and has
international environmental management exposure gained in Australia, Papua New Guinea, Fiji as well
as Africa. She has held various positions at some of the leading mining companies, including BHP
Billiton, Anglo American PLC and De Beers Consolidated Mines Limited.
Alwyn Pretorius (38), BSc Mining Engineering, BSc Industrial Engineering, Chief Operating
Officer: North Region.
Alwyn joined Harmony on its merger with ARMgold in 2003. He began his career
at Vaal Reefs mine as a mining graduate in training in 1993 and was appointed shift boss in 1995,
gaining experience in remnant mining. Alwyn obtained his BSc in Industrial Engineering in 1998 and
joined ARMgold in 1999 at its Orkney operations progressing to become mine manager in 2003. Alwyn
was appointed Executive, South African Operations at Harmony in March 2007, and is the Chief
Operating Officer: North Region.
Tom Smith (53), NHD (Mine Surveying and Metalliferous Mining), Chief Operating Officer: South
Region.
Tom joined Harmony in 2002. Tom began his career in the mining industry in 1975 as a
sampler at Vaal Reefs mine, becoming chief surveyor in 1988. He made a career change in 1991 to
mining and worked as a section manager on Great Noligwa, Elandsrand and Mponeng mines. He was also
involved in projects at Tau Lekoa and Moab Khotsong, acquiring experience in conventional,
trackless, pillar and deep-level mining. Tom was promoted to Production Manager at Mponeng in 1998.
He was appointed General Manager of Tshepong in 2000. Following the merger with ARMgold he was
involved in the restructuring of the Free State operations. He joined the executive team in
September 2007 and is the Chief Operating Officer: South Region.
Marian van der Walt (36), BCom (Law), LLB, Higher Diploma in Tax, Diploma in Corporate
Governance, Diploma in Insolvency Law, Certificate in Business Leadership; Executive: Corporate and
Investor Relations.
Marian has 12 years of legal experience and was appointed Company Secretary on
3 February 2003. She completed her articles at Routledges Modise Attorneys and was admitted as an
attorney and conveyancer in 1998. She then joined Deloitte and Touche as an insolvency
practitioner/administrator. She held legal and management positions at the Standard Bank of South
Africa Limited in the Commercial Properties Division prior to joining Harmony in 2003. Marian was
appointed to the Executive Committee in October 2005 with responsibility for legal, compliance and
risk management. Internal audit and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance were added to her portfolio in
September 2007. In October 2008, she was appointed Executive: Corporate and Investor Relations.
Johannes van Heerden (37), BCompt (Hons), CA(SA), Chief Executive Officer: South East Asia
.
Johannes joined Harmony in 1998 as Financial Manager of the Free State operations. Here he obtained
broad financial management experience at an operational level. He was subsequently appointed Group
Financial Manager in 2001, before being relocated to Harmony Australasia as Chief Financial Officer
in 2003. Johannes presently holds the position of Chief Financial Officer: South East Asia.
Abre van Vuuren (49), BComm, MDP, DPLR, Executive: Services.
Abre joined Harmony in 1997 when
the Group acquired Grootvlei Gold Mine (
Grootvlei
). Abres career in the mining industry started
in 1982 where he joined the Finance department at the Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mine. At the end of
1982, Abre switched profiles from Finance at Blyvooruitzicht, to Human Resources at Harmony. He
continued to progress through the ranks at various gold mines and collieries in the Rand Mines
Group, including Grootvlei. Abre was an integral part of the management team when Harmony acquired
Grootvlei in 1997. As Harmony progressed on its acquisition trail, Abre held various Services
Management and Human Resource Management portfolios. He was promoted to the Executive Committee in
2000 when he became the Industrial Relations Executive. In this time and through to 2005, he too
held various portfolios in Services and Human Resources, until he consolidated the Human Resources
function into one. In 2007, when the Chief Executive at the time embarked on strengthening the
Executive Management, Abre was appointed to his current portfolio of Executive: Services.
121
Board Practices
Our Articles of Association provide that the Board must consist of no less than four and no
more than twenty directors at any time. The Board currently consists of twelve directors.
Our Articles of Association provide that the longest serving one-third of directors retire
from office at each annual general meeting. Retiring directors normally make themselves available
for re-election and are re-elected at the annual general meeting at which they retire. Members of
our senior management who are also directors retire as directors in terms of the Articles of
Association, but their service as officers is regulated by standard industry employment agreements.
According to the Articles of Association, the Board meets not less than quarterly.
Details of directors service contracts are described under Compensation of Directors and
Senior Management and Directors Terms of Employment, below. We also describe significant
ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from practices followed by U.S. companies
listed on the NYSE on our website under Corporate Governance.
In order to ensure good corporate governance, the Board has formed an Audit Committee, a
Remuneration Committee, a Nomination Committee, an Investment Committee, an Empowerment Committee,
Sustainable Development Committee and a Technical Committee. All of the Board committees are
comprised of a majority of independent, non-executive directors.
Executive Management Committee
Our Executive Committee comprises our executive directors and selected senior officers, each
with his or her own area of responsibility. The Executive Committee consists of 15 executives who
meet on a weekly basis and more often if required.
The composition of the Executive Management Committee (with areas of responsibility indicated)
is as follows:
|
|
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
Interim Chief Financial Officer
|
Bob Atkinson
|
|
New Business and Projects
|
Jaco Boshoff
|
|
Ore Reserves
|
Mashego Mashego
|
|
Human Resources
|
Jackie Mathebula
|
|
Corporate Affairs
|
Alwyn Petorius
|
|
North Operations South Africa
|
Tom Smith
|
|
South Operations South Africa
|
Marian van der Walt
|
|
Corporate and Investor Relations
|
Johannes van Heerden
|
|
Chief Executive Officer: South East Asia
|
Abre van Vuuren
|
|
Services
|
Leon le Roux
|
|
Risk Management and Engineering
|
Melanie Naidoo- Vermaak
|
|
Environmental Management
|
Hannes Meyer
|
|
Financial Director Designate
|
Matthews Dikane
|
|
Legal and Compliance
|
122
Audit Committee
Members
In terms of its charter this committee must comprise at least three members.
As at June 30, 2009, the members of this committee were:
|
|
|
Cedric Savage
|
|
Chairman; appointed to the committee on January 26, 2004 and chairman as from August 5, 2005
|
Fikile De Buck
|
|
Appointed to the committee on March 30, 2006
|
Dr. Simo Lushaba
|
|
Appointed to the committee on January 24, 2003
|
Modise Motloba
|
|
Appointed to the committee on July 30, 2004
|
The internal and external auditors, the chief executive officer, the financial director and
executive managers are all invited to the Audit Committee meeting.
Frequency of meetings
The Audit committee is, in terms of its charter, required to meet at least four times a year,
or more frequently as circumstances dictate. During the financial year, the committee met on five
occasions.
Purpose and function
The Audit Committee was established to assist the board in discharging its duties relating to
the safeguarding of assets; the operation of adequate system and internal controls and control
processes; the preparation of accurate financial reporting and statements in compliance with all
applicable legal requirements, corporate governance and accounting standards. It also provides
support to the board on the risk profile and risk management of the group.
The Audit Committee reports and makes recommendations to the board, and the board retains
responsibility for implementing such recommendations.
Independence/compliance
All members of the Audit Committee are independent, non-executive directors.
Currently, we do not have an individual audit committee financial expert as defined by the
rules of the SEC. It is our contention that the audit committee members, through their collective
experience, do meet the majority of the definitions of the SEC for an audit committee financial
expert in both the public and private sectors. The members have served as directors and officers of
numerous public companies and have over the years developed a strong knowledge and understanding of
IFRS, overseeing the preparation, audit and evaluation of financial statements. We believe that the
combined knowledge, skills and experience of the Audit committee, and their authority to engage
outside experts to provide them with advice on matters relating to their responsibilities as they
deem appropriate, enables them as a group to act effectively in the fulfillment of tasks and
responsibilities required under U.S. Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
123
Empowerment Committee
Members
The Empowerment Committee must comprise of at least three members.
As at June 30, 2009, the members of this committee were as follows:
|
|
|
Joaquim Chissano
|
|
Chairman; Appointed as chairman with effect from May 3, 2006
|
Modise Motloba
|
|
Appointed to the committee on May 3, 2006
|
Cathie Markus
|
|
Appointed to the committee on October 29, 2007
|
The chief executive officer and several executive managers are invited to attend the
Empowerment Committee meetings.
Frequency of meetings
The Empowerment Committee met on four occasions.
Purpose and function
The Empowerment Committee was established by the board to ensure that the company meets not
only regulations stipulated in the Employment Equity Act, the Labour Relations Act and the Mineral
and Petroleum Resources Development Acts Mining Charter Scorecard, but also in fulfilment of our
own empowerment imperatives.
The responsibilities of the Empowerment Committee include ensuring that a sustainable
organizational culture, structures and processes are in place to support the development of
empowerment in the company in line with the companys needs and requirements; to monitor the
development and progress of empowerment within the company; to address inequalities that may exist
in staff profiles and organizational practices; and to review and monitor whether appropriate
support is given to previously disadvantaged staff in order to equip them for successful careers in
the company.
Independence/compliance
The committee is chaired by an independent non-executive director and comprises independent
non-executive directors.
Investment Committee
Members
The Investment Committee must comprise of at least three members.
As at June 30, 2009, the members were:
|
|
|
Dr. Simo Lushaba
|
|
Chairman; Appointed to the committee on January 26, 2004
and as Chairman with effect from August 5, 2005)
|
Fikile De Buck
|
|
Appointed to the committee on May 3, 2006
|
Cedric Savage
|
|
Appointed to the committee on January 26, 2004
|
André Wilkens
|
|
Appointed to the committee on August 7, 2007
|
Cathie Markus
|
|
Appointed to the committee on October 29, 2007
|
Ken Dicks
|
|
Appointed to the committee on February 13, 2008
|
The chief executive officer, the financial director and executive managers are invited to
attend the meetings.
124
Frequency of meetings
The committee should meet at least four times a year, but may, at its discretion, meet more
often depending on the circumstances. The committee met on six occasions in fiscal 2009.
Purpose and function
The Investment Committees purpose was reviewed, following the implementation of the Technical
Committee in February 2008. The primary purpose of the Investment Committee is to consider
projects, acquisitions and the disposal of assets in line with the Groups overall strategy. This
includes performing such other investment related functions as may be designated by the Board from
time to time, considering the viability of the capital project and/or acquisition and/or disposal
and the effect it may have on the Groups cash flow, as well as whether these will fit the Groups
overall strategy. This committees remit includes ensuring that due diligence procedures are
followed when acquiring or disposing of assets.
Independence/compliance
The Investment Committee consists of six non-executive members. Of the six non-executive
members, five are independent. The chairman is an independent, non-executive director.
Nomination Committee
Members
The Nomination Committee must comprise of at least three members.
As at June 30, 2009, the members of this committee were:
|
|
|
Patrice Motsepe
|
|
Chairman; Appointed to the committee on October 24, 2003
|
Joaquim Chissano
|
|
Appointed to the committee on May 3, 2006
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
Appointed to the committee August 5, 2005
|
Frequency of meetings
Members of this committee are required to meet annually or more often at the committees
discretion, depending on prevailing circumstances. The committee did not meet in fiscal 2009 as
there were no new appointments to or resignations from the board in fiscal 2009.
Purpose and function
The primary purpose of the Nomination Committee is to ensure that the procedures for
appointments to the board are formal and transparent, by making recommendations to the board on all
new board appointments and reviewing succession planning for directors. The duties and
responsibilities of this committee are set out in the Nomination Committee charter, with which the
committee is fully compliant.
Independence/compliance
The chairman of the Nomination Committee is non-executive, but is not independent. To ensure
appropriate levels of governance, the potential directors identified by the nominations committee
are considered by the board as a whole, the majority of whom are non-executive, independent
directors.
125
Remuneration Committee
Members
The Remuneration Committee must comprise of at least three members.
As at June 30, 2009, the members of this committee were:
|
|
|
Cedric Savage
|
|
Chairman; Appointed to the committee on January 24, 2004, and as chairman from May 3, 2006
|
Simo Lushaba
|
|
Appointed to the committee on August 5, 2005
|
Patrice Motsepe
|
|
Appointed to the committee on January 26, 2004
|
André Wilkens
|
|
Appointed to the committee on August 7, 2007
|
The chief executive officer, the financial director and the human resources executive are invited
to attend all meetings.
Frequency of meetings
The Remuneration committee is expected to meet at least on a quarterly basis or to pass a
resolution in lieu of a formal meeting not held. In fiscal 2009, the committee met on six
occasions.
Purpose and function
The primary purposes of the Remuneration Committee are to ensure that the groups directors
and senior executives are fairly rewarded for their individual contributions to our overall
performance and to demonstrate to all stakeholders that the remuneration of our senior executive
members is set by a committee of board members who have no personal interest in the outcome of
their decisions, and who will give due regard to the interests of our shareholders and to our
financial and commercial health.
The committees primary objectives are to monitor and strengthen the objectivity and
credibility of our directors and senior executives remuneration system, and to make
recommendations to the board on remuneration packages and policies applicable to directors. A
formal reward philosophy was adopted by the Remuneration Committee in March 2006. This philosophy
is reviewed annually by the committee.
Independence/compliance
The committee comprises four non-executive directors, of which two are independent. It is
therefore not compliant with King II which requires that the committee comprise independent
directors only. The chairman of the Remuneration Committee is, however, an independent
non-executive director and ensures that decisions are fair and not biased. The chairman attended
the annual general meeting which was held on November 24, 2008 to respond to any queries from
shareholders.
Sustainable Development Committee
Members
The Sustainable Development Committee must comprise of at least three members.
As at June 30, 2009, the following were members of this committee:
|
|
|
Modise Motloba
|
|
Chairman; Appointed as chairman on August 5, 2005
|
Joaquim Chissano
|
|
Appointed to the committee on May 3, 2006
|
Fikile De Buck
|
|
Appointed to the committee on May 3, 2006
|
The chief executive officer and certain executive managers are invited to attend the meetings.
126
Frequency of meetings
The Sustainable Development Committee should meet at least four times a year, or more
frequently as circumstances dictate. In fiscal 2009, four meetings of this committee were held.
Purpose and function
The objective of the Sustainable Development Committee is to assist the board in ensuring that
we are and remain a committed socially responsible corporate citizen. The committees primary role
is to supplement, support, advise and provide guidance on the effectiveness or otherwise of
managements efforts in respect of sustainable development.
The committee considers the following sustainable development issues: occupational health,
safety, HIV/Aids, social investment and environmental management.
Independence/compliance
The committee comprises independent, non-executive directors.
Technical Committee
Members
The Technical Committee must comprise of at least four members.
As at June 30, 2009, the following were members of this committee:
|
|
|
Andre Wilkens
|
|
Chairman; Appointed as chairman on January 22, 2008
|
Ken Dicks
|
|
Appointed to the committee on January 22, 2008
|
Fikile De Buck
|
|
Appointed to the committee on July, 14, 2008
|
Modise Motloba
|
|
Appointed to the committee on January 22, 2008
|
Cedric Savage
|
|
Appointed to the committee on January 22, 2008
|
The chief executive and certain executive managers are all invited to attend the meetings.
Frequency of meetings
The Committee should meet at least six times a year. The Committee, at its discretion, may
decide to change this requirement, depending on the circumstances. In fiscal 2009, six meetings of
this committee were held.
Purpose and function
The Technical Committee was formed in January 2008 to provide a platform for the chief
executive officer to discuss the companys strategy, its performance against targets and its
operational results and projects. The Technical Committee keeps the Board informed of the
developments, progress and challenges facing the companys operations. The strategic plans are
considered by the Technical Committee and recommended for approval to the Investment Committee and
the Board. In addition, the Technical Committee provides guidance and support to Management to
ensure that the Company remains sustainable and successful.
The committee considers and reviews the companys strategy, its performance targets and its
projects on an annual basis; reviews the performance of the company and the chief executive;
reports to the Board on the developments, progress and challenges facing the companys operations
on a quarterly basis.
127
Independence/compliance
The committee comprises four independent, non-executive directors. The chairman is not
independent, but it was agreed that he was best suited to be appointed as chairman, due to his vast
knowledge of the companys assets and his years of mining experience.
Compensation of Directors and Senior Management
The following table shows the compensation of directors and senior management for fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
Salaries and
|
|
during
|
|
Bonuses
|
|
|
|
|
Fee
|
|
Benefits
|
|
the year
|
|
Paid
|
|
Total
|
|
|
($000)
|
|
($000)
|
|
($000)
|
|
($000)
|
|
($000)
|
Name
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
Non-executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrice Motsepe
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Joaquim Chissano
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Fikile De Buck
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Cheick Diarra
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Ken Dicks
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Dr Simo Lushaba
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Cathie Markus
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Modise Motloba
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Cedric Savage
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
André Wilkens
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
128
Directors Terms of Employment
None of our directors have a service contract with us or any of our subsidiaries with a notice
or contract period of one year or more or with provisions for pre-determining compensation on
termination of an amount which equals or exceeds one years salary and benefits in kind.
The terms of employment of our executive directors continue until terminated by reaching the
mandatory retirement age of 60 or on service of 30 days notice by either us or the employee. Each
of our executive directors participates in our share option scheme and a discretionary executive
profit share scheme, the latter provided that certain profit targets, set by the Remuneration
Committee, are achieved. They have both waived their rights to directors fees.
The executive directors also benefit from pension contributions, provident funds, life
insurance and medical aid, the value of which is included in the salary details listed above. The
total amount currently set aside or accrued by us and our subsidiaries for the payment of these
pension, life insurance, medical aid and retirement benefits is U.S.$nil million. The non-executive
directors are entitled to fees as agreed at our annual general meeting from time to time,
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred on our behalf and remuneration for other services,
such as serving on committees. For fiscal 2009, total directors remuneration amounted to U.S.$1.5
million and senior managements remuneration to U.S.$2.7 million.
Non-executive directors are paid as per the chart below. Executives participate in an
executive bonus scheme and bonuses (if any) are determined for a financial year by the Remuneration
Committee, in line with our reward philosophy. A bonus of U.S.$271,000 was awarded to the chief
executive officer during the past financial year.
The board has agreed to an increase in non-executive directors fees, effective from July 1,
2008. Shareholders approved the increase in fees at the annual general meeting held on November 24,
2008.
For fiscal 2009 non-executive directors received the following fees:
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Fee
|
Board
|
|
R 140,000 annually
|
Audit Committee
|
|
R 70,000 annually
|
Empowerment Committee
|
|
R 45,000 annually
|
Investment Committee
|
|
R 45,000 annually
|
Nomination Committee
|
|
R 45,000 annually
|
Remuneration Committee
|
|
R 45,000 annually
|
Sustainable Development Committee
|
|
R 60,000 annually
|
Technical Committee
|
|
R 60,000 annually
|
Chairman of Board
|
|
R 650,000 annually
|
Chairman of Board committees
|
|
Double the amount that the individual Board committee
member received annually
|
The terms of employment of the non-executive directors are not set out in any written
agreements.
129
Share Options
At
October 19, 2009, our executive directors and senior management held the following
share options, totalling less than 1% of our share capital:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Strike
|
|
|
Directors and
|
|
Share
|
|
Price
|
|
Expiration
|
Senior Management
|
|
Options
|
|
(R)
|
|
Dates
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
91,938
|
|
48.55
|
|
2012-2015
|
Senior Management (as a group)
|
|
386,182
|
|
50.17
|
|
2012-2015
|
Total
|
|
478,120
|
|
49.86
|
|
2012-2015
|
Options to purchase a total of 2,794,659 ordinary shares were outstanding on October 19,
2009. The exercise prices of the outstanding options range between 36.50 and 91.60 per
share and they expire between 2012 and 2015. Of the outstanding options, options to
purchase 478,120 ordinary shares were held by our directors and senior management and those of
our subsidiary companies, as described above. No consideration was payable on the grant of these
options. See Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
Shares issued in terms of the Harmony 2006 Share Plan
At October 19, 2009, our executive directors and senior management held the following share
appreciation rights and performance shares, totaling less than 1% of our share capital:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PS
|
|
|
Directors and
|
Share Appreciation
|
|
|
Performance Shares
|
|
Price
|
|
Expiration
|
Senior Management
|
|
Rights (SAR)
|
|
SAR Price (R)
|
|
(PS)
|
|
(R)
|
|
Dates
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
237,488
|
|
78.14
|
|
214,216
|
|
n/a
|
|
2014/2015
|
Senior Management (as a group)
|
|
656,809
|
|
73.36
|
|
577,937
|
|
n/a
|
|
2014/2015
|
Total
|
|
894,297
|
|
74.63
|
|
792,153
|
|
n/a
|
|
2014/2015
|
Share Ownership
The following sets forth, as at June 30, 2009 and at October 19, 2009, the total amount of
ordinary shares directly or indirectly owned by our directors and senior management, including
shares issued under the 2006 Share Plan. Our directors and senior management do not own any
preference shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number as at
|
|
|
|
|
as at
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
|
|
|
Holder
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
Percentage
|
|
19, 2009
|
|
Percentage
|
Non-executive chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrice
Motsepe
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors Non-executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joaquim Chissano
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fikile De Buck
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cheick Diarra
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Dicks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr Simo Lushaba
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cathie Markus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Modise Motloba
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cedric Savage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
André Wilkens
|
|
|
101,303
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
101,303
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Executive Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank Abbott
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Directors (12 persons)
|
|
|
101,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Patrice Motsepe, our Chairman, has an indirect holding in ARM Limited.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Less than 1%.
|
130
Employees
General
Set out below is the number of people working at each of our operations and the number at our
operations who are employed by outside contractors as at the end of each of fiscal years 2009, 2008
and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmony Employees at
|
|
Outside Contractors at
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
South Africa
|
|
|
37,316
|
|
|
|
40,751
|
|
|
|
47,600
|
|
|
|
4,962
|
|
|
|
6,309
|
|
|
|
9,075
|
|
International
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
2,482
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Grand total
|
|
|
38,295
|
|
|
|
41,543
|
|
|
|
48,325
|
|
|
|
7,390
|
|
|
|
7,155
|
|
|
|
9,851
|
|
These numbers show a substantial reduction in the number of both employees and of outside
contractors which was achieved over the period ended June 30, 2008. It represents the consequences
of the restructuring program on the employee numbers (see below).
South Africa
South Africa is a signatory to all the International Labour Organization conventions in respect of
employment and fair labor practices. Consequently, South African labor relations are characterized
by a high degree of regulation, with legislation covering all aspects of the employment
relationship, including but not restricted to the following:
|
|
|
minimum conditions of employment (note there is no prescribed basic minimum wage, but
laws cover most aspects of employment, from hours of work to prohibitions on child labor);
|
|
|
|
|
trade union access and membership;
|
|
|
|
|
training and development;
|
|
|
|
|
mandatory compensation in the event of termination for operational reasons;
|
|
|
|
|
affirmative action policies and programs;
|
|
|
|
|
compensation for occupational illness and injury;
|
|
|
|
|
mechanisms for collective bargaining;
|
|
|
|
|
procedures for the resolution of disputes; and
|
|
|
|
|
regulation of strikes and dismissals.
|
Harmony invests in the training and development of its current and potential employees. During
fiscal 2009 around 95% of South African employees received some form of training in areas such as
mining, engineering, metallurgy, ore reserve, human resources and soft skills. In South Africa, we
have various programmes in place to attract and develop university and young school leavers through
apprenticeships, bridging programmes and bursaries, as well as extensive in-house and external
training programmes.
In the mining industry, our relationship with the unions and the government is well
established and provides a structure for negotiation between independent representative Trade
Unions and employer associations of all conditions of employment and the provision of benefits,
including retirement benefits and health care for employees and their dependants. This structure
also allows for consultation on many operational issues including for example, recruitment and
selection, training and development and health and safety. We are no different from the other major
gold producers in this regard; we fully participate, and in some instances have played a major
role, in the industrys industrial relations structures, including the Chamber of Mines of South
Africa (which represents the interest of the major employers in the mining sector), the various
statutory training bodies and benefit structures.
131
The major unions present and recognized by us are the (i) National Union of Mineworkers (NUM),
(ii) United Association of South Africa (UASA) and (iii) Mineworkers Solidarity and the South
African Electrical Workers Association (SAEWA) is the smallest with 15 members.
Set out below is the number of our employees by union membership as of June 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
NUM
|
|
|
28,124
|
|
Solidarity
|
|
|
812
|
|
UASA
|
|
|
3,668
|
|
Collective Bargaining Fund
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
Un-unionized
|
|
|
3,558
|
|
Approximately 1,134 employees are subject to Agency Shop arrangements (whereby the terms and
conditions of service negotiated and agreed to with the recognized Trade Unions are extended to
apply to non-union members who, in turn, then pay a small fee to the union) and the rest of the
employees either do not belong to a union or belong to one of the more insignificant unions active
in Harmony from time to time.
As a result of our highly unionized labor force and the fact that labor costs constitute
approximately 50% of production costs, we have attempted over the years to balance union demands
for improvements in wages and conditions of employment with the need to contain and reduce cash
costs in order to ensure the long-term viability of our operations.
The most significant event in our employee relations during fiscal 2008 was the restructuring
program which resulted in a substantial reduction in our employee headcount. This workforce
reduction was achieved with the cooperation of all our represented unions and without any
disruption of operations. As such, while a workforce reduction of this size by an South African
company would normally be a sensitive issue, we were successful in engage in reductions without
major operational disruptions and negative publicity. The success of this exercise is attributable
to the excellent relationship that our management has cultivated with the unions over the last
three years. Affected employees were given severance packages and many were placed in training
programmes funded by the Companys social plan.
Another key event in fiscal 2008 was the reduction in electricity supply to our mines,
resulting in a halting operations and a redeployment of employees to other operations which did not
have similar electrical issues. As with our workforce reduction program, we also sought the
cooperation of the unions in this matter. While this reduction of electricity supply presented some
difficulties which slowed down the redeployment process, approximately 9,095 employees of affected
sites were redeployed to other sites within our operations in fiscal 2008.
The industry wage negotiations were successfully completed in July 2009, and the unions
reached a agreement with the Chamber of Mines which provided for a better-than-inflation wage
agreement (ranging from 10.5% for lower level semi-skilled employees down to 9% for the more
skilled employees). Also agreed was that the minimum wage be increased to R4,000 (U.S.$518) a month
with effect from July 2010 for category 3 employees. The wage increases are supplemented by
non-contributory medical aid, as well as a living-out allowance or free accommodation and food, as
has been practice in the South African mining industry. A guaranteed wage increase of 7.5%, or
Consumer Price Index plus 1%, whichever is the higher of the two, was agreed for the second year of
the two-year settlement agreement. Special arrangements were also agreed to attempt to address the
skills shortage in the industry and certain key job categories now receive scarcity allowances of
various kinds in an attempt to make the industry attractive to them.
In November 2007, our Conops Task Team completed an internal due diligence of Conops. The
objective of the internal due diligence exercise were to:
|
|
|
establish whether Conops has been successfully implemented at the mines where it was
introduced and to what extent the original objective of improved profitability without
compromising safety was met;
|
|
|
|
|
understand the gap that exists between the current performance of the operations and the
potential performance after implementation of Conops at these operations; and
|
132
|
|
|
understand the reasons for the underperformance versus the Conops potential and propose
actions to the operations to close the gap.
|
Following the above exercise, action plans were produced by each shaft management team at each
operation addressing those issues that were identified as requiring attention. After the
recommended actions were implemented, progress towards operational improvement was monitored. Our
stated intention was to review these planned Conops within three months of implementation; in
February 2008, this review was completed, and we decided to phase Conops out at those operations
whose ore reserves, infrastructure and staffing levels did not delivery on our profitability
objectives. Currently, Conops is in force at only two of our Evander shafts, the reason being that
these shafts are achieving their objectives under the Conops system.
Work Stoppages
During July and August 2008, two days were lost as part of the national campaign by the
largest trade union federation COSATU against soaring food prices.
During September 2008, a one day work stoppage occurred at Tshepong, in protest of mine
safety, following a fatal accident in which a mineworker was killed. This work stoppage followed an
agreement between our management and NUM and was limited only to Tshepong.
During October 2008, a four day long work stoppage occurred at the Elandsrand mine near
Carletonville due to a fall of ground accident which resulted in the death of one mineworker.
There were no group wide work stoppages in fiscal 2007.
Women in mining
The Mining Charter stipulates that 10% of the total workforce should be made up of women by
2009. At the end of June 2009, there were 3,952 women in the group (11%), compared with 3,578 in
fiscal 2008, or 9% of women in the total workforce. Various steps have been taken to accommodate
women in the underground mining environment.
PNG obtained government approval to recruit females specifically in the surface mining
environment. As a result, there are plans in place at Hidden Valley specifically to address the
gender balance of employees, and eight heavy equipment women operator trainees were recruited in
fiscal 2008. In addition, a process of transferring women landowners (who were part of the
construction team) to the open-pit operations has started. Meanwhile, aptitude tests of women
landowners are ongoing to establish a pool of available candidates. In fiscal 2009, 16% of the
workforce in PNG was women, exceeding the 15% target set in fiscal 2008.
There is no differentiation in salary scales for men and women at Harmony.
Australia
Employee relations in Australia are regulated by a combination of federal and state statutes
that stipulate minimum standards and provide for collective bargaining and action. All employment
contracts are based on Australian Workplace Agreements. Our Australian workforce is not unionized.
PNG
Employee relations in PNG are regulated by the Employment Act of 1978 (PNG) and the Employment
of Non-Citizens Act 1978 (PNG). Individual contracts are entered into, and the workforce is not
unionized.
The workforce comprises both expatriates and national citizens, with most expatriates (8% of
the workforce) working a fly-in fly-out roster.
133
Long Term Incentive Schemes
In addition to employees annual salaries, Harmony has implemented various share option
schemes, including the Harmony 2006 Share Plan. In all, 14% of Harmonys share capital is reserved
for long- term incentive schemes, which were approved by shareholders at the annual general meeting
held in November 2005.
Existing share option schemes
Harmony has two share option schemes, namely the 2001 Share Option Scheme and the 2003 Share
Option Scheme (collectively), which all have similar rules. Since the implementation of the 2006
Share Plan, no options have been nor will be issued in terms of the existing schemes. Options
granted before the implementation of the 2006 Share Plan remain open for acceptance for 10 years
after the date of grant, subject to the terms of the relevant option scheme.
A share purchase trust was established in 2002 which is controlled by Harmony. Recourse loans
are provided by the trust to employees to enable them to acquire shares or exercise their options
under Share Option Schemes. Since March 27, 2003, share option scheme participants are no longer
allowed to place their shares in the share purchase trust.
The share purchase trust is funded by a loan from Harmony, which it repays once it receives
repayment of the recourse loans granted to employees. Members of the Remuneration Committee serve
as trustees. The trustees are not eligible to receive loans from the trust. Participants are not
allowed to use structures to lock-in profits as the options are meant to align employees with our
shareholders.
Broad-Based Employee Scheme
The Group intends to implement a broad-based employee share scheme and intends to structure
the scheme so as to maximise the recognition of black participation therein, both from the
perspective of the MPRDA and the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act. Discussions relating
to option benefits for non-managerial employees are ongoing with unions representing these
employees.
The Harmony 2006 Share Plan
The Harmony 2006 Share Plan (the plan) was adopted by shareholders at the annual general
meeting held on 10 November 2006. The plan incorporates the following elements: equity- settled
share appreciation rights, performance shares and performance allocated restricted shares. The Plan
is in line with global best practice and emerging South African practice, which in combination
serves to reward the required attributes of shareholder alignment and long- term, sustained
performance.
In terms of the Plan, executive directors and senior employees of Harmony and its subsidiaries
are awarded rights to receive shares in Harmony, based on the value of these awards when time and
performance conditions have been met, the awards have vested and, in the case of the Share
Appreciation Rights (SARs), the restricted shares, have been exercised.
The primary intent of the Plan is to reward executives and senior management for long term,
sustained performance achievements which are aligned to shareholder value, and at the same time to
ensure an optimal positioning in terms of the accounting and regulatory environment.
It is envisaged that rewards will be settled in shares.
Annual allocations of SARs awards of performance shares and grants of restricted shares are
governed by Harmonys reward philosophy, in which (
inter alia
) the expected value of long- term
incentive rewards is set for defined categories of executives and senior management. The expected
value is defined as the present value of the future reward outcome of an allocation/award/grant,
given the targeted future performance of Harmony and its share price.
134
Annual incentive scheme
Our Remuneration Committee ensures that our directors and senior executives are fairly
rewarded for their individual contributions to our overall performance.
In September 2006, the Remuneration Committee approved an annual incentive scheme as part of
Harmonys Reward Philosophy to benefit executive directors and members of management. Since July
2008 the shaft management teams get paid a quarterly bonus and are excluded from the annual
incentive schemes.
135
Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders
We are an independent gold producer, with no single shareholder exercising control. As of
October 19, 2009, our issued share capital consisted of 426,028,533 ordinary shares. To our
knowledge, (A) we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled (i) by another corporation or
(ii) by any foreign government and (B) there are no arrangements (including any announced or
expected takeover bid), the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in our
control.
The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of other
holders of the same class of shares.
Significant changes in the percentage ownership held by major shareholders in the past three
years are described below on
Related Party Transactions.
A list of the 5% holders of our securities as of October 19, 2009 is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Holder
|
|
Shares
|
|
Percentage
|
1. Bank of New York (1)
|
|
|
123,013,456
|
|
|
|
28.90%
|
|
2. ARM
Limited (2)
|
|
|
63,632,922
|
|
|
|
14.99%
|
|
3. Allan Gray
|
|
|
56,383,055
|
|
|
|
13.29%
|
|
4. Blackrock Investment Management (UK) Ltd.
|
|
|
41,496,772
|
|
|
|
9.78%
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Depository with respect to the ADRs held on the U.S. register.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Patrice Motsepe, our Chairman, has an indirect holding in ARM Limited.
|
|
As
of October 19, 2009, there were 2,239 record holders of our
ordinary shares in the United States.
Capital Raising
Harmony engaged in capital raising by issuing two tranches of shares following the resolution
passed by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on November 24, 2008 that allowed
directors to issue shares for cash. In the first tranche, completed between November 25, 2008 and
December 19, 2008, 10,504,795 Harmony shares were issued at an average subscription price of R93.20
resulting in R979 million (U.S.$98 million) before costs being raised.
The second tranche of shares was issued between February 10, 2009 and March 6, 2009 and
consisted of 7,540,646 Harmony shares being issued at an average subscription price of R124.45,
resulting in R938 million (U.S.$94 million) before costs being raised. The combined share issue
amounts to R1.9 billion (U.S.$192 million) at a cost of R30 million (U.S.$3.5 million).
Related Party Transactions
None of our directors or major shareholders or, to our knowledge, their families, had any
interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction since July 1, 2006 or in any proposed transaction
that has affected or will materially affect us or our subsidiaries, other than as stated below.
On November 21, 2008, the Group disposed of its Randfontein Cooke assets to Rand Uranium in
exchange for 100% interest in the company. On the same date the Group disposed of 60% of the
interest held in Rand Uranium to PRF which resulted in a 40% interest held and Rand Uranium became
an associate.
The conditions precedent for the second part of the Rand Uranium transaction relating to the
sale of the Old Randfontein assets were fulfilled on April 22, 2009. Additional shares were issued
in settlement and 60% of these shares were sold to PRF in terms of the agreement. PRF paid its
portion of the purchase price in cash on April 20, 2009. The total value of these transactions was
U.S.$348 million.
136
We have three directors on the board of Rand Uranium, being GP Briggs, F Abbott and Ms FFT De
Buck. Rand Uranium owes the Group U.S.$5 million for services and goods provided in terms of the
service level agreements entered into between the Group and Rand Uranium. The Group has
subordinated a loan of U.S.$9 million owed by Rand Uranium. The loan bears interest at a rate equal
to the 91 Day JIBAR plus 250 basis points and is repayable within seven years.
In fiscal 2008 Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Wafi Mining Limited, subsidiaries of
Harmony Gold (Australia) (Proprietary) Limited entered into a Master Purchase and Farm-in Agreement
with Newcrest. This agreement provided for Newcrest to purchase a 30.01% participating interest
(stage 1) and a further buy-out of an additional 19.99% participating interest in Harmonys PNG
Gold and copper assets, giving them a 50% interest.
Included in the Groups consolidated balance sheet is a loan to the Morobe Mining Joint
Venture amounting to U.S.$10 million, being Newcrests portion of the loan to the PNG joint venture
companies.
On July 11, 2008, we sold our 37.8% share in Village Main Reef Gold Mining Company (1934)
Limited for R1.1 million (U.S.$0.1 million) to To the Point Investments. ZB Swanepoel, our former
Chief Executive Officer, is a director and founder of To The Point Investments.
On February 27, 2008, the Group sold its Orkney assets to Pamodzi in exchange for shares,
whereby it obtained an interest of 32.4% and Pamodzi became an associate (refer to note 22).
Subsequent to this, we provided goods and services to Pamodzi at cost plus an applicable margin as
set out in the service level agreement. The balance of the unsecured loan at June 30, 2008 was R103
million (U.S.$13.2 million). Interest was charged at prime rate. When Pamodzi was placed into
liquidation in March 2009, interest was no longer charged on the loan and the loan was provided for
in full. The balance of the loan at that time was R116 million (U.S.$15.0 million).
ARM Limited currently holds approximately 15% of our shares. Patrice Motsepe, André Wilkens
and Frank Abbott are directors of ARM Limited.
In fiscal 2005, as part of the disposal of our investment in ARM Limited to the ARM
Broad-based Economic Empowerment Trust (
BEE Trust
), various agreements were put in place to which
we accepted and resulted in the majority of the risk not being transferred away from us. Included
in these agreements were two guarantees by us to Nedbank relating to the loans obtained by the BEE
Trust to acquire the shares from us. On September 28, 2007, the guarantees were cancelled by
Nedbank and, consequently, we have no further obligation to Nedbank in this regard. The ARM
investment (and associated Nedbank loan) have been derecognized from this date.
INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.
137
Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
Please refer to
Item 18. Financial Statements
of this annual report.
Legal Proceedings
None of our properties is the subject of pending material legal proceedings. We have
experienced a number of claims and legal and arbitration proceedings incidental to the normal
conduct of our business, such as the ones described below. The directors, however, do not believe
that liabilities related to such claims and proceedings are likely to be, individually or in the
aggregate, material to the companys consolidated financial condition.
Class Action
There is a pending class action in the United States whereby certain ADR holders are seeking
damages against us pertaining to our business practices. We have filed with the court a Motion to
Dismiss all claims asserted in the class action case, the plaintiffs have filed an opposing
response, and we have subsequently replied to that response. At this point the matter is in the
hands of the U.S. court and we are awaiting a ruling. It is not possible to predict with certainty
when the court will rule on the Motion to Dismiss as the timing of the ruling is entirely within
the discretion of the Court, but we would estimate that such a decision will be made by the end of
the calendar year, although it may be later than that.
ArcelorMittal South Africa Limited
(
ArcelorMittal
)
On September 14, 2009 Harmony and DRDGold withdrew a complaint to the Competition Commission
against ArcelorMittal originally made in 2002. The complaint alleged that ArcelorMittal had abused
its dominant position in the local market for flat steel products by charging excessive prices.
Following several years of litigation, Harmony, DRDGold and ArcelorMittal entered into a settlement
agreement, the terms of which are confidential.
Dividends and Dividend Policy
We paid interim and final dividends on our ordinary shares in 2003 and 2004. Due to operating
conditions and our commitment to expenditure on long-term growth projects, we were not able to
declare any dividends in fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006, fiscal 2007 or fiscal 2008. On August 13, 2009,
the Board approved a final dividend for fiscal 2009 of R0.50 per share, that was paid on September
21, 2009. The total amount of the dividend paid was R213 million (U.S.$28.6 million). As the
dividend was declared after the reporting date of June 30, 2009, the dividend was not recorded in
fiscal 2009. For information on our accounting policy relating to dividends, see note 2.20 to the
consolidated financial statements.
South African law was relaxed to permit the distribution of a companys equity as a dividend,
provided that the necessary shareholder or board approval is obtained and, after the distribution
of the dividend, the company remains solvent and liquid. Cash dividends, however, may only be paid
out of accumulated profits or other distributable reserves. Previously under South African law, a
companys equity could not be distributed as a dividend. The amount of dividends, if any, paid in
the future will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and
other factors deemed relevant by the Board.
Recent Developments
PNG exploration acquisition
On August 27, 2009, we acquired two new exploration projects, the Amanab and the Mount Hagen
Projects, in PNG.
These ELs complement the exploration activities undertaken by Harmony and underscore our
commitment and belief in the developing minerals industry in PNG.
Amanab project EL1708 was granted on July 6, 2009 and comprises of about 863 square
kilometers of tenure. The tenement is located approximately 160 kilometers north of the OK Tedi
copper-gold mine in the Sandaun Province and was pegged to target the bedrock source of the
alluvial goldfield centered on the Yup River.
138
The Mount Hagen project comprises two contiguous tenements, EL1611 & EL1596, encompassing
approximately 1,100 square kilometers of tenure. The tenements are located approximately 20
kilometers north-northeast of Mount Hagen and are readily accessible via the Highlands Highway
connecting Lae and Porgera.
Harmony acquired 100% of the mineral rights for EL1596 from Frontier Resources for the cash
consideration of A$0.3 million (U.S.$0.25 million).
We also acquired the rights to explore the adjacent tenement EL1611 over a four year period,
with the condition that our exploration program meets the minimum annual expenditure commitment. At
any time during this period we may exercise an option to purchase 100% of the tenement for a total
cash consideration of 6 million Kina (U.S.$2.4 million).
Pamodzi Gold Free State (Proprietary) Limited
During June 2009, Harmony reported that the provisional liquidators for Pamodzi Gold
Free State (Proprietary) Limited (In Provisional Liquidation) (Pamodzi Free State) had chosen
Harmony Group as the preferred bidder of Pamodzi Free States assets. These assets consisted of
President Steyn 1 and 2 Shafts, Loraine 3 Shaft, Freddie 7 Shaft and Freddie 9 Shaft, a
metallurgical gold plant, a waste rock dump and a dormant tailings storage facility.
Harmonys offer was accepted during July 2009, following the approval from the
Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa and the relevant trade unions.
In
September 2009 Harmony entered into four
separate agreements to purchase Pamodzi Free States assets. The Pamodzi Free State assets will be
purchased free from all liabilities, save for all associated rehabilitation and environmental
liabilities. The purchase consideration for these assets is R405 million. The purchase was approved
by the South African High Court on September 15, 2009.
The major conditions precedent that have to be fulfilled in order for the agreements to become
unconditional are the conversion of the Pamodzi Free State mining rights and the consent for the
cession thereof to Harmony by the Minister of Mineral Resources.
Avoca
Resources Limited
During
September 2009 and October 2009, the Group disposed of its Avoca
Resources Limited shares for approximately A$6 million (US$5.2
million).
Big
Bell Operations (Proprietary) Limited
During
September 2009 quarter, the board approved the sale of Big Bell
Operations (Proprietary) Limited (BBGO), operations in Western
Australia. A tender process was completed and a preferred bidder was
identified. The share sale agreement is expected to be completed and
executed during the December 2009 quarter. BBGO has been classified as
held-for-sale.
139
Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
Markets
Stock Exchange Listings and Ticker Codes
The primary listing of our ordinary shares is on the JSE Limited. Our ordinary shares are also
listed on stock exchanges in London and Berlin, as well as being quoted in Brussels, Paris and
Luxembourg in the form of International Depositary Receipts (IDRs) and on the New York Stock
Exchange and NASDAQ in the form of ADSs.
|
|
|
JSE Limited
|
|
HAR
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
|
HMY
|
NASDAQ
|
|
HMY
|
London Stock Exchange
|
|
HRM
|
Euronext Brussels
|
|
HMY
|
Euronext Paris
|
|
HG
|
Berlin Stock Exchange
|
|
HAM1
|
Offering and Listing Details
The high and low sales prices in Rand for our ordinary shares on the JSE for the periods
indicated were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmony Ordinary
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(Rand per Ordinary
|
|
|
Share)
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
121.54
|
|
|
|
86.10
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
123.00
|
|
|
|
101.00
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
113.45
|
|
|
|
90.85
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
117.85
|
|
|
|
94.30
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
123.00
|
|
|
|
86.10
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
104.05
|
|
|
|
60.00
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
83.05
|
|
|
|
63.00
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
118.50
|
|
|
|
69.00
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
104.41
|
|
|
|
82.98
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
118.52
|
|
|
|
60.00
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
97.00
|
|
|
|
54.99
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
103.75
|
|
|
|
62.50
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
129.50
|
|
|
|
92.50
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
104.40
|
|
|
|
75.50
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
129.50
|
|
|
|
54.99
|
|
Month of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 2009
|
|
|
79.00
|
|
|
|
69.05
|
|
August 2009
|
|
|
76.50
|
|
|
|
70.80
|
|
September 2009
|
|
|
87.51
|
|
|
|
71.60
|
|
As of October 19, 2009
|
|
|
87.00
|
|
|
|
80.00
|
|
On October 19, 2009, the share price of our ordinary shares on the JSE was R85.60.
Our ADRs are dual-listed on the New York Stock Exchange and, as of November 29, 2005, on the
NASDAQ. The high and low sales prices in U.S. dollars for our ADRs for the periods indicated, as
reported on the NYSE and NASDAQ, were as follows:
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NYSE
|
|
NASDAQ
|
|
|
Harmony ADRs
|
|
Harmony ADRs
|
|
|
($ per ADR)
|
|
($ per ADR)
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
17.10
|
|
|
|
11.91
|
|
|
|
17.10
|
|
|
|
12.93
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
17.26
|
|
|
|
13.44
|
|
|
|
15.75
|
|
|
|
13.44
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
13.90
|
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
13.90
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
14.31
|
|
|
|
14.27
|
|
|
|
14.31
|
|
|
|
14.27
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
17.26
|
|
|
|
11.91
|
|
|
|
16.76
|
|
|
|
12.67
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
11.90
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
|
|
11.90
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
11.51
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
11.51
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
12.25
|
|
|
|
11.51
|
|
|
|
12.25
|
|
|
|
11.51
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
|
|
15.27
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
12.51
|
|
|
|
6.39
|
|
|
|
12.51
|
|
|
|
6.39
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
10.97
|
|
|
|
5.58
|
|
|
|
10.97
|
|
|
|
5.58
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
13.06
|
|
|
|
8.95
|
|
|
|
13.06
|
|
|
|
9.12
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
12.10
|
|
|
|
8.17
|
|
|
|
12.10
|
|
|
|
8.17
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
13.06
|
|
|
|
5.58
|
|
|
|
13.06
|
|
|
|
5.58
|
|
Month of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 2009
|
|
|
10.35
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
August 2009
|
|
|
9.62
|
|
|
|
8.93
|
|
|
|
9.58
|
|
|
|
8.91
|
|
September 2009
|
|
|
11.75
|
|
|
|
9.03
|
|
|
|
11.78
|
|
|
|
9.05
|
|
As of October 19, 2009
|
|
|
11.98
|
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
|
|
11.94
|
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
On October 19, 2009, the closing share price of our ordinary shares on the NYSE was
U.S.$11.59.
On October 19, 2009, the closing share price of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ was U.S.$11.60.
The Securities Exchange In South Africa
The JSE is the sixth largest emerging market exchange and by far the leading exchange in
Africa, playing a leadership role in the continent, supporting South Africas role as the African
financial hub. It is also recognized as a leading exchange in the global resources sector.
As South Africas only full service securities exchange, the JSE connects buyers and sellers
in five different markets; equities, which includes a primary and secondary board, equity
derivatives, agricultural derivatives and interest rate instruments. The JSE is one of the top 20
exchanges in the world in terms of market capitalization. The market capitalization of the JSE
equities market was R4,733 billion (U.S.$613 billion) at June 30, 2009. The mining market
capitalization was, at June 30, 2009, 28.9% of the overall JSE market capitalization and
constituted 29.2% in terms of value traded.
The JSE is the market of choice for local and international investors looking to gain exposure
to the leading capital markets in South Africa and the broader African continent.
History
The Securities Exchange in South Africa, now known as JSE Limited, was formed in November
1887. In 1993 the JSE became an active member of the African Stock Exchanges Association. On May
15, 1996, the formal bond market passed from the JSE to the Bond Exchange of South Africa and is
separately licensed as a financial market in terms of the Financial Markets Control Act.
Following the closure of the open outcry trading floor on June 7, 1996, an order driven,
centralized automated trading system known as the JSE Equities Trading, or JET, system was
introduced together with dual trading and negotiated brokerage. On August 18, 1997, the Listings
division of the JSE introduced a real time news service for the dissemination of company
announcements and price sensitive information. Stock Exchange News Service (
SENS
) ensures early,
equal and wide dissemination of all information
141
that is expected to have an effect on the prices of securities that trade on the JSE. In 1998,
the JSE introduced an Internet-based Service, the Emerging Enterprise Zone, or the EEZ, to match
seekers and providers of capital for small and medium business. In November 1999, the electronic
clearing and settlement system, Share Transactions Totally Electronic (
STRATE
) was introduced and
the JET system was modified to prepare for the implementation of an open interface to the system
via the Application Program Interface. The Alternative Exchange, known as the AltX, aimed at
attracting smaller companies to the JSE, was launched in October 2003 and at June 30, 2009 boasts
76 listings. Yield-X, which
trades spot and derivative interest rate products across the yield curve on an automated central
order book was introduced in February 2005. The JSEs Single Stock Futures market is the world
leader in terms of contracts traded, according to the World Federation of Exchanges IOMA
Derivative Markets Survey. Concurrent with its loss of tax-exempt status on July 1, 2005, the JSE
Securities Exchange South Africa de-mutualized, ending its 118 year history as a tax-exempt, member
owned, voluntary association to become JSE Limited, a public but unlisted company.
STRATE Settlement
Under STRATE there are essentially two types of clients: controlled and non-controlled. A
controlled client is one who elects to keep his shares and cash with his broker and these shares
are held in custody at the brokers chosen Custodian Bank, the CSDP. A non-controlled client is one
who appoints his own CSDP to act as custodian on his behalf. Equity settlements take place on a
contractual T+5 (where T= trade date) settlement cycle. Securities and funds become due for
settlement a set number of business days after the trade. Contractual settlement is a market
convention embodied in the rules of the JSE which states that a client has a contractual obligation
to cause a JSE trade to settle on settlement day. The JSE, in its capacity as Settlement Authority,
ensures that all on-market trades entered into by two JSE member firms settle five days after the
trade date.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
DILUTION
Not applicable.
EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
142
Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Share Capital
Not applicable.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
This section summarizes certain material provisions of Harmonys Memorandum and Articles of
Association, the Companies Act and the JSE listings requirements, each as currently in effect.
These descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference
to all of the provisions of those sources. Directions on how to obtain a complete copy of Harmonys
Articles of Association are provided under Documents on Display below.
General
We are a public company with limited liability, and is registered under the Companies Act with
the Registrar of Companies, Department of Trade and Industry under Registration number
1950/038232/06. We are governed by our Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, the
provisions of the Companies Act and the various Listings Requirements. Our operations are also
subject to various laws and regulations, including those described in
Item 4
.
Information on the
Company Regulation
.
Objects and Purposes
Our objects are set forth in Paragraph 3 of our Memorandum of Association and include:
|
|
|
to acquire by purchase, cession, grant, lease, exchange or otherwise any movable or
immovable property, mines, mineral property, claims, mineral rights, mining rights, mining
leases, mining titles, mynpachts, lands, farms, buildings, water rights, concessions, grants,
rights, powers, privileges, surface rights of every description, servitudes or other limited
rights or interests in land and mineral contracts of every description; and any interest
therein and rights over the same; and to enter into any contract, option or prospecting
contract in respect thereof, and generally to enter into any arrangement that may seem
conducive to our objects or any of them;
|
|
|
|
|
to carry out all forms of exploration work and in particular to search for, prospect,
examine, explore and obtain information in regard to mines, mineral properties, claims,
mineral rights, mining rights, mining leases, mining titles, mynpachts, mining districts or
locations and ground and soil supposed to contain or containing precious stones, minerals or
metals of every description;
|
|
|
|
|
to open, work, develop and maintain gold, silver, diamond, copper, coal, iron and other
mines, mineral and other rights, properties and works, and to carry on and conduct the
business of raising, crushing, washing, smelting, reducing and amalgamating ores, metals,
minerals and precious stones, and to render the same merchantable and fit for use and to
carry on all or any of the businesses of miners, mineralogists, metallurgists, amalgamators,
geophysicists, smelters, quarry owners, quarrymen and brickmakers;
|
|
|
|
|
to buy, sell, refine and deal in bullion, specie, coin and precious and base metals, and
also precious stones and other products of mining; and
|
|
|
|
|
to employ and pay mining experts, agents and other persons, partnerships, companies or
corporations, and to organize, equip and dispatch expeditions for prospecting, exploring,
reporting on, surveying, working and developing lands, farms, districts, territories and
properties in any part of the world, whether the same are our property or otherwise.
|
Directors
Disclosure of Interests
A Harmony director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he or she
is interested, and may not be counted in the quorum for the purpose of any resolution regarding
such a contract or arrangement. This restriction does not apply, however, to:
143
|
|
|
any arrangement for giving the director a security or indemnity in respect of money lent,
or an obligation undertaken, by such director for our benefit;
|
|
|
|
|
any arrangement by which we give any security to a third party in respect of our debt or
obligation for which the director himself or herself has assumed responsibility, in whole or
in part, whether under a guarantee or indemnity or by the deposit of a security;
|
|
|
|
|
any contract by the director to subscribe for or underwrite our shares or debentures;
|
|
|
|
|
any contract or arrangement with a company other than us, in which the director holds or
controls, directly or indirectly, no more than 1% of shares representing either (i) any class
of the equity share capital of that company or (ii) the overall voting rights of that
company; or
|
|
|
|
|
any retirement scheme or fund which relates to both directors and to employees (or a class
of employees) and does not accord to any director, as such, any privilege or advantage not
generally accorded to the employees to which such scheme or fund relates.
|
The restrictions preventing directors from voting in respect of contracts or arrangement in
which they are interested may be suspended or relaxed at any time, either generally or in respect
of particular circumstances, by the holders of 75% of our ordinary shares who are present and
voting in a general meeting.
A director, notwithstanding his of her interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any
meeting where: (i) he or she or any other director is appointed to hold any office or position of
profit in Harmony; (ii) the directors resolve to exercise any of our rights to appoint, or concur
in the appointment of, a director to hold any office or position of profit in any other company; or
(iii) the terms of any such appointment are considered or varied. At this meeting, each director
may vote on the matters listed above, but no director may vote in respect of his or her own
appointment, or the arrangement or variation of the terms of his or her own appointment.
The restrictions described above do not prevent or debar any director, as a holder of any
class of our shares, from taking part in or voting upon any question submitted to a vote by that
class at a general meeting, regardless of that directors personal interest or concern.
Compensation
The remuneration of our directors in their capacity as directors, including fees per directors
meeting, and additional compensation for the performance of other services, such as serving on
committees, may be established either by a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares, present
and voting in a general meeting, or by a majority of disinterested directors at a meeting of
directors, provided they constitute a quorum.
Borrowing Powers
Our directors may raise, borrow or secure the payment of any sums of money for our purposes as
they see fit. However, without the consent of a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares
present and voting in a general meeting, the aggregate principal amount outstanding in respect of
monies raised, borrowed or secured by us and any of our subsidiaries may not exceed the greater of
(i) R40 million or (ii) the aggregate amount, from time to time, of our issued and paid up capital,
plus the aggregate of the amounts standing to the credit of all distributable and non-distributable
reserves, plus our share premium account and the share premium accounts of our subsidiaries.
The Companies Act provides that a company may only make a loan to its owner, director or
manager with the prior consent of all the members of the company or pursuant to a special
resolution relating to a specific transaction.
Rotation
At each of our annual general meetings, one-third of the directors, or, if the number is not a
multiple of three, then the number nearest to but not exceeding one-third, shall retire from office
by rotation. Those directors who have been longest in office since their last election or
re-election shall retire. As between directors of equal seniority, the directors to retire by
rotation shall, in the absence of agreement, be selected by lot. If at the date of any annual
general meeting, any director shall have held office for a period of at least three years since his
or her last election or re-election, he or she shall retire at such meeting, either as one of the
directors resigning pursuant to the aforementioned rotation principles, or in addition thereto.
Retiring directors are eligible for re-election and said
144
directors have made themselves available for re-election.
If a director is appointed to any Harmony executive office, his or her employment contract may
provide that he or she shall be exempt from rotation for the lesser of (i) a period of 5 years or
(ii) the period during which he or she continues to hold the relevant executive office. During the
relevant period, the director in question shall not be taken into account in determining the
retirement of directors by rotation. The number of directors who may be exempt from retirement by
rotation in this manner shall not equal or exceed one-half of the total number of the directors at
the time of the relevant directors appointment. Currently none of our directors are exempted from
retirement under these provisions.
Qualifications
There is no age limit requirement with regard to retirement or non-retirement of directors.
Directors are not required to hold any of our shares to qualify them for appointment as directors.
Share Capital
As of June 30, 2009, our issued share capital consisted of 425,986,836 ordinary shares with a
par value of R0.50 each. As of October 19, 2009, our issued share capital consisted of 426,028,533
ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each. Our authorized share capital is 1,200,000,000
ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each. The terms of the ordinary shares are described in
Description of Ordinary Shares below.
Description of Ordinary Shares
This section summarizes the material provisions of Harmonys ordinary shares as set out in
Harmonys Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Companies Act and the JSE listings
requirements, each as currently in effect. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources.
Dividends
Either the Board or a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares, voting in a general
meeting, may, from time to time, declare a dividend to be paid to the registered holders of
ordinary shares according to their respective rights and interests in the profits, measured in
proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them. Under South African law, a companys
equity may be distributed as a dividend, provided that any necessary shareholder approval is
obtained and, after the distribution of the dividend, the company remains solvent and liquid. Cash
dividends, however, may only be paid out of the profits of the company. Cash dividends paid by us
will not bear any interest payable by us. Dividends may be declared either free of, or subject to,
the deduction of income tax and any other tax or duty which may be chargeable. There is currently
no tax payable in South Africa by the recipients of dividends who are outside South Africa.
Dividends are declared payable to holders of ordinary shares who are registered as such on a
record date determined by the Board, which must be after the later of the date of the dividend
declaration or the date of confirmation of the dividend. The period between the record date and the
date of the closing of the transfer registers in respect of the dividend shall be not less than 14
days.
Holders of our ordinary shares, voting in a general meeting, may not declare a dividend
greater than the amount recommended by the directors, but may declare a smaller dividend. Dividends
will be paid to the holders of our ordinary shares in proportion to the number of their shares. All
unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise utilized by the Board for our benefit until
claimed; provided that dividends unclaimed after a period of twelve years from the date of
declaration may be declared forfeited by the Board. Forfeited dividends revert to us.
Any dividend or other sum payable in cash to a holder may be transmitted by a payment method
determined by the directors, such as electronic bank transfer or ordinary post to the address of
the holder recorded in the register or any other address the holder may previously have given to us
in writing. We will not be responsible for any loss in transmission.
145
Any dividend may be paid and satisfied, either wholly or in part, by the distribution of
specific assets, including shares and debentures of any other company, in cash, or by one or more
of such methods, as the Board may determine and direct at the time of the dividend declaration.
When any holders of our ordinary shares reside outside of South Africa, the Board has the
power, subject to any applicable laws or regulations, to declare a dividend in a relevant currency
other than the Rand and to determine the date on which and the rate of exchange at which the
dividend shall be converted into the other currency.
All cash dividends paid by us are expected to be in Rand. Holders of ADRs on the relevant
record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the ordinary shares
underlying the ADRs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Cash dividends paid in Rand
will be converted by the depository to U.S. dollars and paid by the depository to holders of ADRs,
to the extent it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United
States, net of conversion expenses of the depository, and in accordance with the Deposit Agreement.
Voting Rights
Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of ordinary shares, every holder
of our ordinary shares who is present in person at a shareholder meeting, or a person present as a
representative of holders of one or more ordinary shares, shall on a show of hands have one vote,
irrespective of the number of ordinary shares he holds or represents. Every holder of ordinary
shares shall, on a poll, have one vote for every ordinary share held by him. A shareholder is
entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and speak and vote at any meeting on his or her behalf. The
proxy need not be a shareholder. On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote (or his
representative, proxy or agent) need not, if he votes, use all of his votes or cast all of his
votes in the same way.
Distribution of Assets on Liquidation
In the event of voluntary or compulsory liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets
remaining after payment of all our debts and liabilities, including the costs of liquidation, will
be applied to repay the amount paid up on our issued capital to holders of our ordinary shares and,
thereafter, the balance will be divided pro rata among the holders of our ordinary shares, subject
to any special rights or conditions attaching to any shares. Any portion of our assets may, upon
such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and with the approval of a special resolution, be paid
to the ordinary shareholders by the distribution of specific assets or may be vested in trustees
for the benefit of such ordinary shareholders.
Redemption/Purchase of Shares
No shares shall be issued which are redeemable by their terms or at the option of any party.
The Companies Act permits companies to establish share incentive trusts and provide funds with
which such trusts may purchase securities (including debt and equity securities) of a company or
its holding company. These securities are to be held by or for the benefit of employees, including
salaried directors. The Companies Act also permits such a trust to loan funds to company employees
for the purpose of purchasing or subscribing for our securities, provided that such trusts may not
loan funds to directors who do not hold salaried employment or office.
The Companies Amendment Act provides that a company may approve the acquisition of its own
shares by special resolution, if authorized to do so by its articles. A company is not, however,
permitted to make any form of payment to acquire any of its own shares if there are reasonable
grounds for believing that the company is or, after the payment, would be unable to pay its debts
or if, after the payment, the consolidated assets of the company fairly valued would be less than
the consolidated liabilities of the company. The procedure for acquisition of shares by a company
is regulated, in the case of listed companies, both by the Companies Amendment Act and the Listings
Requirements of the JSE. The Companies Amendment Act further provides that a company may make
payments to its shareholders if authorized by its articles subject to the liquidity and solvency
requirements described above.
We are authorized pursuant to our Articles of Association to approve the acquisition of our
shares by special resolution from time to time. We are also authorized pursuant to our Articles of
Association to make payments in cash or in specie to any class of our shareholders.
146
Issue of Additional Shares and Pre-emptive Rights
The Companies Act does not provide holders of any class of our shares with pre-emptive rights.
However, the JSE requires that any new issues of equity shares by companies listed on the exchange
must first be offered to existing holders of such shares, in proportion to their current holding.
The JSE will, however, allow a company to issue shares to third parties without first offering
them to existing shareholders, in circumstances such as the following:
|
|
|
pursuant to an employee share incentive scheme the terms of which have been approved by the
holders of the relevant class of shares in a general meeting;
|
|
|
|
|
for the acquisition of an asset, provided that if the issue is more than 30% of the
companys issued share capital, a simple majority of holders of ordinary shares present and
voting, must vote in favor of the acquisition;
|
|
|
|
|
to raise cash by way of a general issue in the discretion of the directors (but not to
related parties) of up to 15% of the issued share capital in any one fiscal year at an issue
price with a discount not exceeding 10% of the 30-day weighted average trading price prior to
the determination date, provided that the holders of ordinary shares, present and voting at a
general meeting, must approve the granting of such authority to the directors by a 75% vote;
or
|
|
|
|
|
to raise cash by way of a specific issue of a specified number or a maximum number of
shares for cash provided that the holders of ordinary shares, other than controlling
shareholders, present and voting, vote in favor of the resolution to issue the shares at a
general meeting by a 75% vote. In terms of JSE listings requirements, the circular to be sent
to all shareholders informing them of the general meeting must include, inter alia:
|
|
|
|
|
details of the persons to whom the shares are to be issued if such persons fall into the
following categories or other categories identified by the JSE: directors of the company or
its subsidiaries or their associates; trustees of employee or directors share scheme or
pension funds; any person having the right to nominate directors of the company; and certain
shareholders holding more than 10% of the issued share capital;
|
|
|
|
|
if the persons to whom the shares are to be issued are related parties, an independent
experts opinion that the issue price is fair and reasonable; and
|
|
|
|
|
should the maximum size of the issue equal or exceed 30% of the companys issued share
capital, full listing particulars, which include, inter alia, a reporting accountants report
and, in the case of a mining company, a competent persons report setting out technical
details of the companys operations and assets.
|
Transfer of Shares
Owners of our ordinary shares may transfer any or all of their shares in writing in any common
form or in any form approved by our directors. Every instrument of transfer must be executed by the
transferor or, if the directors so determine, by the transferor and the transferee. The transferor
will remain the holder of the ordinary shares transferred until the name of the transferee is
entered in our register of members in respect of such ordinary shares.
The Board may refuse to recognize any instrument of transfer that is not duly stamped (if
required) or is not accompanied by appropriate evidence of the transferors title. Such right of
refusal will not prevent dealings occurring on an open and proper basis. We retain all instruments
of transfer that are registered. Any instrument of transfer that the Board refuses to register is,
except in the case of fraud, returned on demand to the person depositing such instrument.
Rights of Minority Shareholders and Fiduciary Duties
Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary obligations under South
African common law to minority shareholders. However, under the Companies Act, a shareholder may,
under certain circumstances, seek relief from the court if he has been unfairly prejudiced by the
company. The provisions in the Companies Act are designed to provide relief for oppressed
shareholders without necessarily overruling the majoritys decision. There may also be common law
personal actions available to a shareholder of a company.
147
Although the concepts are similar, the specific interpretations of fiduciary obligations of
directors in South Africa may differ from those in the U.S. and certain other countries. In South
Africa, the common law imposes on directors a duty to act with care, skill and diligence and
fiduciary duties, which include the duty to conduct the companys affairs honestly and in the best
interests of the company.
Variation of Rights
We may vary the rights attached to any issued or not yet issued shares by special resolution.
However, if at any time the issued share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the
rights attached to any class may not be varied except with the consent in writing of the holders of
at least 75% of the issued shares of that class or through a resolution passed at a separate
general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The quorum for such a meeting shall be
the lesser of (i) 3 shareholders or (ii) 75% of the shareholders of that class, present in person
or by their representatives, agents or proxies, provided that such shareholders must control or
hold at least one half of the issued shares of that class. A share shall be a share of a different
class from another share if the two shares do not rank
pari passu
in every respect.
Changes in Capital or Objects and Powers of Harmony
The provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association pertaining to changes in our
share capital and powers are substantially equivalent to the provisions of the Companies Act. We
may by special resolution:
|
|
|
increase our authorized or paid-up share capital;
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate and divide all or any part of our shares into shares of a larger amount;
|
|
|
|
|
increase the number of our no par value shares without an increase of our stated capital;
|
|
|
|
|
sub-divide all or any part of our shares having a par value;
|
|
|
|
|
convert all of our ordinary or preference share capital consisting of shares having a par
value into stated capital constituted by shares of no par value and vice versa;
|
|
|
|
|
convert our stated capital constituted by ordinary or preference shares of no par value
into share capital consisting of shares having a par value;
|
|
|
|
|
vary the rights attached to any shares whether issued or not yet issued;
|
|
|
|
|
convert any of our issued or unissued shares into shares of another class;
|
|
|
|
|
convert any of our paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert any stock into any number of
paid-up shares of any denomination;
|
|
|
|
|
convert any of our issued shares into preference shares which can be redeemed;
|
|
|
|
|
cancel shares which, at the date of passing of the resolution, have not been taken or
agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of the authorized share capital by
the amount of the shares so cancelled; or
|
|
|
|
|
reduce the authorized share capital.
|
We may by ordinary resolution:
|
|
|
reduce our issued share capital;
|
|
|
|
|
reduce our stated capital; or
|
|
|
|
|
reduce our capital redemption reserve fund and share premium account.
|
148
Meetings of Shareholders
Our directors may at any time convene general meetings of our shareholders. The directors
shall convene a general meeting upon request of shareholders in accordance with the provisions of
the Companies Act. No more than fifteen months may elapse between the date of one annual general
meeting and the next, and the annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the
expiration of each of our financial years.
We are required to provide our members with written notice of meetings, which shall specify
the place, the day and time of the meeting. In every notice calling a meeting of Harmony or of any
class of members of Harmony, there shall appear with reasonable prominence a statement that a
member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in lieu of
such person and that a proxy need not also be a member. Notice of a general meeting shall be given
to the JSE and to the following persons and no other person shall be entitled to receive notice of
general meetings:
|
|
|
to every member of Harmony except any member who has not supplied to Harmony a registered
address for the giving of notices;
|
|
|
|
|
to every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or insolvency of a member;
|
|
|
|
|
to the directors and auditor for the time being of Harmony; and
|
|
|
|
|
by advertisement to the holders of share warrants to bearer.
|
Annual general meetings and meetings calling for the passage of a special resolution require
twenty-one days notice in writing. Any other general meeting requires no less than fourteen days
notice in writing. A meeting called upon shorter notice shall be deemed to have been duly called if
a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting agree to such
a shortened notice period, and if such members hold no less than 95% of the total voting rights of
all members.
Our business may be transacted at a general meeting only when a quorum of members is present.
Three members present personally or by representative and entitled to vote are a quorum.
The annual general meeting deals with and disposes of all matters prescribed by our Articles
of Association and by the Companies Act, including:
|
|
|
the consideration of the annual financial statements and report of the auditors;
|
|
|
|
|
the election of directors;
|
|
|
|
|
the appointment of auditors; and
|
|
|
|
|
any business arising from the annual financial statements considered at the meeting.
|
The holder of a general or special power of attorney given by a member, whether the holder is
a member or not, shall be entitled to attend meetings of Harmony or of any class of members of
Harmony and to vote at such meetings if so authorized by the power of attorney. Any member may
appoint a proxy, who need not be a member, to attend, speak and, subject to the provisions of the
Companies Act, to vote in his place on a show of hands and on a poll at any general meeting or at
any meeting of any class of members. The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting of
Harmony and the power of attorney or other authority shall be deposited at our transfer office not
later than 48 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Public Holidays) before the meeting at which
the person empowered proposes to vote. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the
end of a period of 6 months commencing on the date on which it is signed unless otherwise expressly
stated in the proxy.
149
Title to Shares
The registered holder or holders of any shares shall, during his or their respective lifetimes
and while not subject to any legal incapacity, be the only person or persons recognized by us as
having any right to, or in respect of, such shares and, in particular, we shall not be bound to
recognize:
|
|
|
that the registered holder or holders hold such shares upon trust for, or as the nominee
of, any other person; or
|
|
|
|
|
that any person, other than the registered holder or holders, holds any contingent, future
or partial interest in such shares or any interest in any fractional part of any of such
shares.
|
Where any share is registered in the names of two or more persons they shall be deemed to be
joint holders. Accordingly where any member dies, the survivor or survivors, where the deceased was
a joint holder, and the executor of the deceased, where the deceased was the sole holder, shall be
the only persons recognized by us as having any right to the interest of the deceased in any of our
shares.
We may enter in the register as member, no mine official, of Harmony, the name of any person
who submits proof of his appointment as the executor, administrator, trustee, curator or guardian
in respect of the estate of a deceased member of Harmony or of a member whose estate has been
sequestrated or of a member who is otherwise under disability or as liquidator of any body
corporate in the course of being wound up which is a member of Harmony, and any person whose name
has been so entered in the register shall be deemed to be a member of Harmony.
Non-South African Shareholders
There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our Articles of Association on the
rights of non-South African shareholders to hold or vote our ordinary shares or securities
convertible into ordinary shares.
Disclosure of Interest in Shares
Pursuant to the Companies Amendment Act Number 37 of 1999, where securities of an issuer are
registered in the name of a person and that person is not the holder of the beneficial interest in
all of the securities so held, it is obliged, at the end of every three-month period after June 30,
1999 (i.e., commencing on September 30, 1999), to disclose to the issuer the identity of each
person on whose behalf the registered holder holds securities and the number and class of
securities issued by that issuer held on behalf of each such person. Moreover, an issuer of
securities may, by notice in writing, require a person who is a registered shareholder, or whom the
issuer knows or has reasonable cause to believe to have a beneficial interest in, a security issued
by the issuer, to confirm or deny whether or not such person holds that beneficial interest and, if
the security is held for another person, to disclose to the issuer the identity of the person on
whose behalf a security is held. The addressee of the notice may also be required to give
particulars of the extent of the beneficial interest held during the three years preceding the date
of the notice. All issuers of securities are obliged to establish and maintain a register of the
disclosures described above and to publish in their annual financial statements a list of the
persons who hold beneficial interests equal to or in excess of 5% of the total number of securities
of that class issued by the issuer together with the extent of those beneficial
interests.
Changes in Control
There are various procedures under the Companies Act whereby mergers and takeovers can be
effected. These procedures are not exclusive and there are a variety of techniques that can be used
to acquire control. All of these procedures are, however, subject to control by the Securities
Regulation Panel and the requirements embodied in the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and
Mergers shall be adhered to. The JSE Listing Requirements also contain certain requirements with
regard to the process involved in a merger or takeover. While the requirements of the Securities
Regulation Panel and the JSE Listings Requirements might have the general effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of a company, our Memorandum and Articles of
Association do not impose additional restrictions on mergers or takeovers.
150
Register of Members
We keep a register of shareholders at our office and at the office of our transfer secretaries
in South Africa, and our transfer secretaries in the United Kingdom keep a branch shareholders
register at their offices.
The register of members includes:
|
|
|
the names and address of the members;
|
|
|
|
|
the shares held by each member, distinguishing each share by its denoting number, if any,
by its class or kind, and by the amount paid or deemed to be paid thereon;
|
|
|
|
|
the date on which the name of any person was entered in the register as a member; and
|
|
|
|
|
the date on which any person ceased to be a member.
|
Annual Report and Accounts
The Board is required to keep such accounting records and books of account as are prescribed
by the Companies Act.
The directors will cause to be prepared annual financial statements and a South African annual
report as required by the Companies Act and the JSE rules. We will deliver a copy of the South
African annual report and annual financial statements to every member not less than twenty-one days
prior to the date of each annual general meeting.
Our annual report on Form 20-F is available on our website at www.harmony.co.za. We will
deliver a paper copy of the annual report containing our IFRS audited financial statements, free of
charge, to any shareholder upon request.
Material Contracts
We enter into material contracts in connection with our business, as described in
Item 4.
Information on the Company Business
and in connection with financing arrangements, as
described in
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources
.
Exchange Controls
Introduction
The following is a general outline of South African exchange controls. Investors should
consult a professional adviser as to the exchange control implications of their particular
investments.
The Republic of South Africas exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on
exporting capital from a Common Monetary Area consisting of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia
and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland. Transactions between South African residents (including
corporations) and between residents of the Common Monetary Area are subject to these exchange
controls, which are regulated by the South African Reserve Bank (
SARB
).
Since 1995 a number of exchange control regulations have been relaxed with regard to both
residents and non-residents. The government remains committed to the total abolition of exchange
controls, but has stated its intention of following a gradual approach. This gradual approach to
the abolition of exchange controls adopted by the South African government is designed to allow the
economy to adjust more smoothly to the removal of controls that have been in place for a
considerable period of time. The stated objective of the authorities is to reach a point where
there is equality of treatment between residents and non-residents in relation to inflows and
outflows of capital. South Africa, being classified as an emerging market, is therefore still
regarded as a capital importer, hence the controls over capital flows. Unlimited outward transfers
of capital are not permitted at this stage, but the emphasis of regulation is expected to be
increasingly on the positive aspects of prudential financial supervision.
A considerable degree of flexibility is built into the system of exchange controls, and the
SARB possesses substantial discretionary powers in approving or rejecting the applications that
fall outside the authority granted to authorized dealers.
151
The main purpose of exchange controls is to ensure the timely repatriation of funds into the
South African banking system of certain foreign currency acquired by residents of South Africa,
whether through transactions of a current or of a capital nature. Timely repatriation of funds will
help avoid undue pressure on the countrys gold and foreign reserves and an undue depreciation of
the exchange rate of the Rand. Payment of foreign currency and the use of gold and foreign reserves
for importation of goods and services into the country are relatively freely allowed.
These comments relate to exchange controls in force at June 30, 2009. These controls are
subject to change at any time without notice. It is not possible to predict whether existing
exchange controls will be abolished, continued or modified by the South African government in the
future.
Government Regulatory Considerations
Shares
A foreign investor may invest freely in shares in a South African company, whether listed on
the JSE or not. The foreign investor may also sell his or her share investment in a South African
company and transfer the proceeds out of South Africa without restriction. However, when the
company is not listed on the JSE, the SARB must be satisfied that the sales price of any shares
reflects fair market value.
Under present South African exchange control regulations, our ordinary shares and ADSs are
freely transferable outside the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary
Area. No prior SARB approval is required for the transfer of proceeds to South Africa, in respect
of shares listed on the JSE, provided these funds enter the country through the normal banking
channels. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares on the JSE on behalf of those
holders of ordinary shares who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable
to those holders. Share certificates and warrant certificates held by non-residents will be
endorsed with the words non-resident.
Loans
Generally, the making of loans to us or our subsidiaries, our or our subsidiaries ability to
borrow from non-South African sources and the repatriation of dividends, interest and royalties by
Harmony will be regulated by the Exchange Control Department of the SARB. If a foreign investor
wishes to lend capital to a South African company, the prior approval of the SARB must be sought
mainly in respect of the interest rate and terms of repayment applicable to such loan.
Interest on foreign loans is freely remittable abroad, provided the loans received prior
approval from the SARB.
Investments
We are also required to seek approval from the SARB to use funds held in South Africa to make
investments outside of South Africa.
Dividends
Dividends declared by a quoted company are freely transferable out of South Africa from both
trading and non-trading profits earned in South Africa through a major bank as agent for the SARB.
Where 75% or more of a South African companys capital, voting power, power of control or
earnings is directly or indirectly controlled by non-residents, such a company is designated an
affected person by the SARB, and certain restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local
financial assistance. We are not, and have never been, designated an affected person by the SARB.
If an affected person made use of local borrowing facilities, the affected persons must apply
for SARB approval prior to remitting dividends offshore. As a general matter, an affected person
that has accumulated historical losses may not declare dividends out of current profits unless and
until such time that the affected persons local borrowings do not exceed the local borrowing
limit.
152
Certain South African Tax Considerations
The discussion in this section is based on current law and our interpretation thereof. Changes
in the law may alter the tax treatment of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, possibly on a
retroactive basis. The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all of the tax
considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of our ordinary
shares or ADSs, and does not cover the tax consequences that depend upon your particular tax
circumstances. In particular, the following summary addresses tax consequences for holders of
ordinary shares or ADSs who are not tax residents of South Africa. It specifically excludes the tax
consequences for non-tax residents whose holding of shares or ADSs is effectively connected with a
permanent establishment in South Africa through which the holder carries on business activities, or
who is not a beneficial recipient of the dividends, or where the source of the transaction is to be
in South Africa. In addition, it does not cover the tax consequences for the holder that is not
entitled to the benefits of the double taxation agreement concluded between the Republic of South
Africa and the United States of America signed on February 17, 1997 (
Treaty
). It also assumes
that the holders would hold the ordinary shares or ADSs on capital account (that is, for investment
purpose). We recommend that you consult your own tax adviser about the consequences of holding our
ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, in your particular situation.
Dividends
South Africa does not currently level any withholding tax on dividends. Rather, it currently
imposes a corporate tax known as Secondary Tax on Companies (
STC
) at a rate of 10% on dividends
declared by a South African company. It is important to appreciate that STC is not a withholding
tax on dividends, but a tax on profits of a company. However, it was announced that STC would be
abolished and be replaced by a traditional dividend withholding tax. At this stage it is expected
that the new dividend withholding tax will be introduced on 1 January 2011. The rate of the new
dividend withholding tax will be 10%. The new withholding tax will be imposed on, amongst others,
non-resident shareholders, and it would be withheld by the company declaring and paying the
dividend to its shareholders or the regulatory intermediary, as the case may be.
Article 10 of the Treaty provides that a withholding tax may be levied by South Africa.
However, it may not exceed 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner is a
company which holds directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the company paying the dividends.
Although the Treaty refers to a maximum withholding tax rate of 15% in other cases, the rate would
be 10%.
Capital Gains Tax
A Capital Gains Tax (
CGT
) was introduced with effect from October 1, 2001. In the case of an
individual, 25% of the capital gain is included in its taxable income. In the case of a corporate
entity, 50% of such gain is included in its taxable income, resulting in an effective tax rate of
14%. CGT is only applicable to non-residents if the proceeds from the sale are attributable to a
permanent establishment of the non-resident shareholder. The Treaty (which would prevail the case
of conflict) provides that the U.S. holder of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be subject to CGT if
the assets have been held as capital assets, unless they are linked to a permanent establishment of
such non-resident shareholder in South Africa. To the extent that shares or ADSs are hold on
revenue account, a similar principle would apply with reference to the payment of income tax, and
income tax will only be payable to the extent that the holder carries on business in South Africa
through the permanent establishment situation therein. Any gains realized on the disposal of shares
are automatically deemed to be of a capital nature if they have been held for a continuous period
of 3 years. Such provision applies automatically and is not elective.
Generally the domestic laws of South Africa provide that a cpital gain will be deemed to have
been sourced in South Africa and be subject to South African tax to the extent that the asset
related to an interest in immovable property situatedin South Africa. It includes any equity
shares held by a person in a company if
|
|
|
80% or more of the market value of the equity shares at the time of disposal thereof
is attributable directly or indirectly to immovable property held otherwise than as
trading stock; and
|
|
|
|
|
The person directly or indirectly holds at least 20% of the equity share capital of
that company.
|
The provisions of the Treaty will override the deemed source rules to the extent applicable.
153
Security Transfer Tax
A Security Transfer Tax (
STT
) has been introduced with effect from July 1, 2008 in respect
of the transfer of any security issued by a South African company at a rate of 0.25% of the taxable
amount of the security concerned (generally the market value thereof). A security is defined to
include depository receipt in a company, in addition to company shares. STT is not payable on the
issue of any security.
Although ADSs in respect of our shares are not listed on the JSE, reference is specifically
made to the transfer of depository receipts in a South African company. As a consequence, STT will
therefore be payable on the transfer of ADSs. In addition, the process of depositing shares listed
on the JSE in return for ADSs, or withdrawing such shares from the deposit facility, may attract
STT as and when the shares are transferred to or from the depository institution.
STT is payable by the broker or participant if a transaction is effected through a stockbroker
or a strata participant, but it may be recovered from the person acquiring the beneficial ownership
of the rights concerned. In other instances, STT is payable by the person acquiring beneficial
ownership.
STT is also payable on the subsequent redemption or cancellation of shares or cancellation of
shares or ADSs.
Capitalization Shares
Capitalization shares distributed at the option of holders of shares in lieu of cash dividends
are currently not subject to STC. However, this position may change to the extent that the new
withholding tax on dividends is introduced.
Voting Rights
There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote our
ordinary shares imposed by South African law or by our charter.
Certain United States Federal IncomeTax Considerations
Except as described below under the heading Non-U.S. Holders, the following is a discussion
of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences for a U.S. holder of purchasing, owning
and disposing of the ordinary shares (for purposes of this summary, references to the ordinary
shares include the ADSs, unless the context otherwise requires). This summary does not purport to
be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision
to purchase the ordinary shares. In particular, this summary deals only with U.S. holders that will
hold the ordinary shares as capital assets. It does not address considerations that may be relevant
to you if you are an investor that is subject to special tax rules, such as a bank, real estate
investment trust, regulated investment company, insurance company, dealer in securities or
currencies, trader in securities or commodities that elects mark-to-market treatment, person that
will hold the ordinary shares as a hedge against currency risk or as a position in a straddle or
conversion transaction, tax-exempt organization, person whose functional currency is not the U.S.
dollar, person liable for alternative minimum tax, or a person who owns directly, indirectly or by
attribution, at least 10 percent of our stock.
You will be a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are:
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
|
a U.S. domestic corporation, or other entity treated as a domestic corporation for U.S.
federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
|
a trust if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trusts administration
and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the
trust.
|
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. tax
purposes) is a beneficial owner of the ordinary shares, the U.S. tax treatment of a partner in the
partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. A holder of the ordinary shares that is a partnership and partners in such a
partnership should consult their own tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of
holding and disposing of the ordinary shares.
154
A non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is not a U.S. person for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are a non-U.S. holder, the discussion below under
Non-U.S. Holders will apply to you.
This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, its
legislative history, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings, and decisions, all
as now in effect and all of which may change. Any change could apply retroactively and could affect
the continued validity of this summary.
In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the ordinary shares
represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
We believe that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes for the current taxable year. However, we cannot assure you that we will not be
considered a PFIC in the current or future years. The determination whether or not we are a PFIC is
a factual determination that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets
and cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year. If we were currently or were to
become a PFIC, U.S. holders of ordinary shares would be subject to special rules and a variety of
potentially adverse tax consequences under the Code.
Taxation of Dividends
Subject to the PFIC rules referred to below, under U.S. federal income tax laws, if you are a
U.S. holder, the gross amount of dividends that you receive in cash (or that are part of a
distribution that any shareholder has the right to receive in cash) in respect of the ordinary
shares generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as dividend income to the extent
paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income
tax purposes). You must include the amount of any South African tax withheld from the dividend
payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. Dividends received by an
individual taxpayer during taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 will be taxed at a
maximum rate of 15% where certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied, if such
dividends constitute qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income includes dividends paid
by a Qualified Foreign Corporation, and we believe that we are, and will continue to be, a
Qualified Foreign Corporation. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors
regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular
circumstances. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally
allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other corporations.
Dividends paid in South African Rand will be includible in your gross income in a U.S. dollar
amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you receive (or the
depository receives, in the case of the ADSs) the dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in
fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the foreign currency received as a dividend is not converted
into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder will have a basis in the foreign currency
equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from
currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in
income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or
loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for
foreign tax credit limitations. You generally should not be required to recognize any foreign
currency gain or loss to the extent such dividends paid in South African Rand are converted into
U.S. dollars immediately upon receipt by the applicable party. If we distribute non-cash property
as a dividend, you generally will include in income an amount equal to the fair market value of the
property, in U.S. dollars, on the date that it is distributed. Subject to certain limitations, a
U.S. holder may be entitled to a credit or deduction against its U.S. federal income taxes for the
amount of any South African taxes that are withheld from dividend distributions made to such U.S.
holders. The decision to claim either a credit or deduction must be made annually, and will apply
to all foreign taxes paid by the U.S. holder to any foreign country or U.S. possession with respect
to the applicable tax year.
Dividends received from us will generally be income from non-United States sources, for U.S.
foreign tax credit purposes, subject to various classifications and other limitations. The rules
relating to computing foreign tax credits are complex. You should consult your own tax advisor to
determine the foreign tax credit implications of owning ordinary shares.
Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent
of your basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain.
155
Capital Gains
Subject to the PFIC rules referred to below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell your
ordinary shares, you will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference
between the U.S. dollar value of the amount you realize on the sale and your adjusted tax basis in
the ordinary shares, determined in U.S. dollars. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term
capital gain or loss if you held the ordinary shares for more than one year. Prior to January 1,
2011, long-term capital gain recognized by a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally subject to a
maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, any capital gain or loss recognized upon the sale or exchange
of ordinary shares will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as the case may be, for U.S.
foreign tax purposes. Your ability to offset capital losses against income is subject to
limitations.
Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by U.S. holders in exchange for ADSs will not
result in the realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
To the extent that you incur South African stamp duty, MST or uncertified securities tax (to
be replaced with STT) in connection with a
transfer or withdrawal of ordinary shares as described
under Certain South African Tax Considerations Security Transfer Tax
above, such stamp
duty, MST or uncertified securities tax will not be a creditable tax for U.S. foreign tax credit
purposes.
Non-U.S. Holders
If you are a non-U.S. holder of the ordinary shares, you generally will not be subject to U.S.
federal income or withholding tax on dividends received on such ordinary shares, unless such income
is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the
dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment (or in the case of an individual, a fixed
place of business) that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable
income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to U.S. taxation on a net income basis. In such
cases, you generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. holder, and will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax withholding. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, effectively
connected dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits
tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty
that provides for a lower rate.
If you are a non-U.S. holder of the ordinary shares, you will also generally not be subject to
U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of gain realized on the sale of such ordinary
shares, unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in
the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or in the case of an
individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States if that is required
by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to U.S. taxation on a net
income basis; or (ii) in the case of gain realized by an individual non-U.S. holder, you are
present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale and certain other
conditions are met. In the first case, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed in the same manner as a
U.S. holder. In the second case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at
a rate of 30% on the amount by which such non-U.S. holders U.S.-source capital gains exceed such
non-U.S. holders U.S.-source capital losses. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, effectively
connected dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits
tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty
that provides for a lower rate.
PFIC Rules
We believe that our ordinary shares will not be treated as stock of a PFIC for U.S. federal
income tax purposes for the current tax year. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is
a factual determination that cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year and that is
based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets (including goodwill), both of
which are subject to change. In calculating goodwill for this purpose, we will value our total
assets based on the total market value, determined with reference to the then market price of the
ordinary shares, and will make determinations regarding the amount of this value allocable to
goodwill. Because the determination of goodwill will be based on the market price of the ordinary
shares, it is subject to change. It is possible that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service may
challenge our valuation of our assets (including goodwill), which may result in our being
classified as a PFIC. Thus, it is possible that we may be or become a PFIC in the current or any
future taxable year and we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in any such tax
year.
In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable
year in which you held the ordinary shares:
|
|
|
at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or
|
156
|
|
|
at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is
attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.
|
Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain
rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), the excess of gains over
losses from certain types of transactions in commodities, annuities and gains from assets that
produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another
corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its
proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, as receiving directly its proportionate
share of the other corporations income.
If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder that did not make a mark-to-market
election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:
|
|
|
any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares; and
|
|
|
|
|
any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a
single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received
by you in respect of the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if
shorter, your holding period for the ordinary shares).
|
|
|
|
|
Under these rules:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain or excess distribution will be allocated rateably over your holding period for the
ordinary shares;
|
|
|
|
|
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess
distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;
|
|
|
|
|
the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the
highest tax rate in effect for that year; and
|
|
|
|
|
the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect
of the tax attributable to each such year.
|
Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to
excess distributions by a PFIC.
If you own shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a
mark-to-market election. If you make this election in a timely fashion, you will not be subject to
the PFIC rules described above. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year
the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year
over your adjusted basis in your ordinary shares. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss
in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your ordinary shares over the fair
market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously
included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the ordinary shares will
be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts.
We do not intend to furnish you with the information that you would need in order to make a
qualified electing fund election to include your share of its income on a current basis.
If you own ordinary shares during any year that we are a PFIC, you must file U.S. Internal
Revenue Service Form 8621 that describes the distribution received on the ordinary shares and the
gain realized on the disposition of the ordinary shares. The reduced tax rate for dividend income,
discussed in Taxation of Dividends, is not applicable to dividends paid by a PFIC.
U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Rules
Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through
certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be
subject to backup withholding at a rate currently of 28% unless the holder (i) is a corporation or
other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss
of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and
the amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit
against the U.S. holders U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the appropriate returns
are filed. A non-U.S. holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and
backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status to the payor, under penalties
of perjury, on IRS Form W-8BEN.
157
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS INTENDED
FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH INVESTOR SHOULD
CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER AS TO PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND
DISPOSING OF THE ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR
FOREIGN LAWS, AND PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS
.
DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
Not applicable.
STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
158
DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
Our Memorandum and Articles of Association may be examined at our principal place of business
at: Randfontein Office Park, Corner of Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1760, South
Africa. We also file annual and furnish interim reports and other information with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. You may read and copy any reports or other information on file
at the SECs public reference room at the following location:
Public Reference Room
100 F Street, NW
Room 1580
Washington D.C. 20549
Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms.
The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. We
file electronically with the SEC, and the documents it files are available on the website
maintained by the SEC at
www.sec.gov.
SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
General
We are exposed to market risks, including credit risk, foreign currency risk, commodity price
risk and interest rate risk associated with underlying assets, liabilities and anticipated
transactions. Following periodic evaluation of these exposures, we may enter into derivative
financial instruments to manage these exposures. We have policies in areas such as counterparty
exposure and hedging practices, which have been approved by our senior management. We do not hold
or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
We did not apply hedge accounting to incidental hedges held in the past.
In accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, we account
for our derivative financial instruments as hedging transactions if the following criteria are met:
|
|
|
in the case of a hedge of an anticipated future transaction, there is a high probability
that the transaction will occur.
|
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into transactions denominated in foreign
currencies (primarily U.S. dollars, Australian dollars and Kina). In addition, we incur investments
and liabilities in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, British pounds sterling and Australian dollars
from time to time. As a result, we are subject to transaction and translation exposure from
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not generally hedge our exposure to foreign
currency exchange rates.
Our revenues and costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-U.S.
currencies to the U.S. dollar because gold is generally sold throughout the world in U.S. dollars,
but most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand and other non-U.S. currencies. Appreciation of
the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies against the U.S. dollar increases working costs at our
operations when those costs are translated into U.S. dollars, which reduces operating margins and
net income from our operations. Depreciation of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies against the
U.S. dollar reduces these costs when they are translated into U.S. dollars, which increases
operating margins and net income from our operations. See
Item 3. Key Information Exchange
Rates
and
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors Because most of Harmonys production costs
are in Rand and other non-U.S. currencies, while gold is generally sold in U.S. dollars, Harmonys
financial condition could be materially harmed by an appreciation in the value of the Rand and
other non-U.S. currencies.
159
Commodity Price Sensitivity
General
The market price of gold has a significant effect on our results of operations, our ability to
pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures, and the market prices of our ordinary shares.
Gold prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors
over which we do not have any control. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors The
profitability of Harmonys operations, and the cash flows generated by those operations, are
affected by changes in the market price for gold, which in the past has fluctuated widely.
The
aggregate effect of these factors, all of which are beyond our control, is impossible for us to
predict.
Harmonys Hedging Policy
As a general rule, we sell our gold production at market prices. We generally do not enter
into forward sales, commodity, derivatives or hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance
for the sale of our future gold production, although we may do so in the future. For more detailed
information on our hedging policy, See
Item 4. Information on the Company Business Hedge
Policy.
A substantial proportion of the production of both New Hampton and Hill 50 was already hedged
when acquired by us. In fiscal 2003, we restructured the overall hedge portfolio of the Australian
operations and changed the classification of the hedge book from normal purchase and sale
agreements to speculative contracts. The mark-to-market movements on these contracts were reflected
in the income statement. We have reduced the remaining hedge positions of the Australian operations
by primarily closing out the remainder of these hedge agreements. In fiscal 2007, we closed out the
remainder of our Australian hedge book, which we had inherited with the acquisition of the Hill 50
mine. In total, some 220,000 ounces were closed out at an average spot rate of A$809/ounce, for a
total cost of A$72.8 million (U.S.$60.0 million). This means that we are completely unhedged.
Commodity Sales Agreements
We did not have any forward commodity sales agreements in place during fiscal 2009 and 2008.
Commodity Hedging Experience
In fiscal 2009, we sold 1,559,308 ounces of gold at an average price of U.S.$863 per ounce. At
a gold price of U.S.$500, product sales would have amounted to approximately U.S.$780 million for
fiscal 2009, a reduction of approximately U.S.566 million in product sales. In fiscal 2008, we sold
1,948,776 ounces of gold at an average price of U.S.$818 per ounce. At a gold price of U.S.$500,
product sales would have amounted to approximately U.S.$974 million for fiscal 2008, a reduction of
approximately U.S.620 million in product sales. In fiscal 2007, we sold 2,334,198 ounces of gold at
an average price of U.S.$638 per ounce. At a gold price of U.S.$500, product sales would have
amounted to approximately U.S.$1,167 million for fiscal 2007, a reduction of approximately U.S.322
million in product sales.
The gold spot price on October 19, 2009 was U.S.$1,050.50 per ounce. During fiscal 2009, the
gold spot price traded in a range from U.S.$712.50 to U.S.$989.00 per ounce.
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
Our revenues are sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-U.S. currencies to
the U.S. dollar. We generally do not enter into forward sales, commodity, derivatives or other
hedging arrangements to establish a ZAR/U.S.$ exchange rate in advance for the sale of our future
gold production.
We did not have any currency contracts in place as of June 30, 2009, 2008 or 2007.
160
Interest Rate Sensitivity
Our interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. We have both fixed and
variable interest rate borrowings. Fixed rate borrowings expose us to fair value interest rate
risk. Variable rate borrowings expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. We have not entered into
interest rate swap agreements in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009.
Sensitivity analysis
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 would have
increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes
that all other variables remain constant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
Increase in 100 basis points
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Decrease in 100 basis points
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
The above table excludes the fixed rate convertible bond. As it is accounted for at amortized
cost, interest rate changes do not affect reported profit and loss.
For further information on sensitivities, see note 4 of the consolidated financial statements
in Item 18.
161
Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
162
GLOSSARY OF MINING TERMS
The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to
assist the general reader in understanding certain terms as used in this annual report.
Alluvial:
the product of sedimentary processes in rivers, resulting in the deposition of
alluvium (soil deposited by a river).
Arenaceous:
said of a sediment or sedimentary rock consisting wholly or in part of sand-sized
fragments or having a sandy texture or the texture of such a sediment or rock.
Auriferous:
a substance that contains gold (AU).
Beneficiation:
the process of adding value to gold products by transforming gold bullion into
fabricated gold products.
Carbon In Pulp (CIP):
a common process used to extract gold from cyanide leach slurries. The
process consists of carbon granules suspended in the slurry and flowing counter-current to the
process slurry in multiple-staged agitated tanks. The process slurry, which has been leached with
cyanide prior to the CIP process, contains solubilized gold. The solubilized gold is absorbed onto
the carbon granules, which are subsequently separated from the slurry by screening. The gold is
then recovered from the carbon by electrowinning onto steel wool cathodes or by a similar process.
Carbon In Solution (CIS):
a process similar to CIP except that the gold, which has been
leached by the cyanide into solution, is separated by the process of filtration (solid/liquid
separation). The solution is then pumped through six stages where the solution comes into contact
with the activated carbon granules.
Cash cost:
a measure of the average cost of producing an ounce of gold, calculated by dividing
the total cash working costs in a period by the total gold production over the same period. Working
costs represent total operating costs less certain administrative expenses, royalties and
depreciation. In determining the cash cost of different elements of the operations, production
overheads are allocated pro rata.
Conglomerate:
a coarse-grained classic sedimentary rock, composed of rounded to sub-angular
fragments larger than 2mm in diameter (granules, pebbles, cobbles, boulders) set in a fine-grained
matrix of sand or silt, and commonly cemented by calcium carbonate, iron oxide, silica or hardened
clay.
Crosscut:
a mine working that is driven horizontally and at right angles to an adit, drift or
level.
Cut and fill:
a method of underground mining in which a stope is excavated and refilled with
material (waste or tailings).
Cut-off grade:
the grade at which the total profit from mining the orebodies, under a
specified set of mining parameters, is maximized.
Cyanide leaching:
the extraction of a precious metal from an ore by its dissolution in a
cyanide solution.
Decline:
an inclined underground access way.
Deferred Stripping:
the removal of overburden through stripping in the current period to
access ore expected to be exploited in a future period. Costs incurred with deferred stripping are
deferred until the ore is accessed, in order to ensure matching of costs and revenues.
Depletion:
the decrease in quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction
or production.
Development:
activities (including shaft sinking and on-reef and off-reef tunneling) required
to prepare for mining activities and maintain a planned production level and those costs to enable
the conversion of mineralized material to reserves.
Electro-winning:
the process of removing gold from solution by the action of electric
currents.
Elution:
removal of the gold from the activated carbon before the zinc precipitation stage.
163
Exploration:
activities associated with ascertaining the existence, location, extent or
quality of mineralized material, including economic and technical evaluations of mineralized
material.
Fabricated gold:
gold on which work has been performed to turn it into a product, such as
jewelry, which differs from a pure investment product, such as a gold bullion bar.
Fatal injury frequency rate:
the number of fatal injuries per million hours worked.
Fluvial:
produced by the action of a stream or river.
Footwall:
the underlying side of a fault, orebody or stope.
Forward purchase:
an agreement for the purchase of a commodity at a specified future date at a
fixed price.
Forward sale:
the sale of a commodity for delivery at a specified future date and price.
Gold reserves:
the gold contained within proven and probable reserves on the basis of
recoverable material (reported as mill delivered tons and head grade).
Gold lease rate swap:
an agreement to pay a floating lease rate in exchange for the fixed
lease rate inherent in establishing the fixed price in one or more forward gold sales.
Grade:
the quantity of metal per unit mass of ore expressed as a percentage or, for gold, as
ounces of gold per ton of ore.
Greenfield:
a potential mining site of unknown quality.
Greenstone:
a field term applied to any compact dark-green altered or metamorphosed basic
igneous rock that owes its color to the presence of chlorite, actinolite or epidote.
Grinding:
reducing mineralized rock to the consistency of fine sand by crushing and abrading
in a rotating steel grinding mill.
Head grade:
the grade of the ore as delivered to the metallurgical plant.
Heap leaching:
a low-cost technique for extracting metals from ore by percolating leaching
solutions through heaps of ore placed on impervious pads. Generally used on low-grade ores.
Leaching:
dissolution of gold from the crushed and milled material, including reclaimed slime,
for absorption and concentration on to the activated carbon.
Level:
the workings or tunnels of an underground mine that are on the same horizontal plane.
Littoral:
of or pertaining to a shore.
Longhole sub-level caving:
a process for removing ore in which relatively thin blocks of ore
are caused to cave in by successively undermining small panels of ore. The broken and caved ore is
then extracted by mechanical means.
Lost time injury frequency rate:
the number of lost time injuries per million hours.
Mark-to-market:
the current fair value of a derivative based on current market prices or to
calculate the current fair value of a derivative based on current market prices, as the case may
be.
164
Measures:
conversion factors from metric units to U.S. units are provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
Metric unit
|
|
|
|
U.S. equivalent
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 tonne
|
|
= 1 t
|
|
= 1.10231 short tons
|
1 gram
|
|
= 1 g
|
|
= 0.03215 ounces
|
1 gram per tonne
|
|
= 1 g/t
|
|
= 0.02917 ounces per short ton
|
1 kilogram per tonne
|
|
= 1 kg/t
|
|
= 29.16642 ounces per short ton
|
1 kilometer
|
|
= 1 km
|
|
= 0.621371 miles
|
1 meter
|
|
= 1 m
|
|
= 3.28084 feet
|
1 centimeter
|
|
= 1 cm
|
|
= 0.3937 inches
|
1 millimeter
|
|
= 1 mm
|
|
= 0.03937 inches
|
1 hectare
|
|
= 1 ha
|
|
= 2.47105 acres
|
Metallurgical plant:
a processing plant used to treat ore and extract the contained gold.
Mill delivered tons:
a quantity, expressed in tons, of ore delivered to the metallurgical
plant.
Milling/mill:
the comminution of the ore, although the term has come to cover the broad range
of machinery inside the treatment plant where the gold is separated from the ore.
Mineable:
that portion of a mineralized deposit for which extraction is technically and
economically feasible.
Mineralization:
the presence of a target mineral in a mass of host rock.
Mineralized material:
a mineralized body that has been delineated by appropriately spaced
drilling and/or underground sampling to support a sufficient tonnage and average grade of metals to
warrant further exploration. Such a deposit does not qualify as a reserve until a comprehensive
evaluation based upon unit cost, grade, recoveries, and other material factors conclude legal and
economic feasibility.
Morphology:
the form or shape of a crystal or mineral aggregate.
Open-pit/Open cast/Open cut:
mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The geometry of
the pit may vary with the characteristics of the orebody.
Ore:
a mixture of mineralized material from which at least one of the contained minerals can
be mined and processed at an economic profit.
Ore grade:
the average amount of gold contained in a ton of gold bearing ore expressed in
ounces per ton.
Ore reserves:
that part of mineralized material which at the time of the reserve determination
could be economically and legally extracted or produced. Ore reserves are reported as general
indicators of the life of mineralized materials. Changes in reserves generally reflect:
|
|
|
development of additional reserves;
|
|
|
|
|
depletion of existing reserves through production;
|
|
|
|
|
actual mining experience; and
|
|
|
|
|
price forecasts.
|
Grades of ore actually processed may be different from stated reserve grades because of
geologic variation in different areas mined, mining dilution, losses in processing and other
factors. Recovery rates vary with the metallurgical characteristics and grade of ore processed.
Neither reserves nor projections of future operations should be interpreted as assurances of the
economic life of mineralized material nor of the profitability of future operations.
Orebody:
a well defined mass of mineralized material of sufficient mineral content to make
extraction economically viable.
165
Ounce:
one Troy ounce, which equals 31.1035 grams.
Overburden:
the soil and rock that must be removed in order to expose an ore deposit.
Overburden tons:
tons that need to be removed to access an ore deposit.
Palaeotopography:
the topography implied at some time in the past.
Pay limit:
the breakeven grade at which the orebody can be mined without profit or loss,
calculated using the forecast gold price, working costs and recovery factors.
Placer:
a sedimentary deposit containing economic quantities of valuable minerals mainly
formed in alluvial environments.
Precipitate:
the solid product of chemical reaction by fluids such as the zinc precipitation
referred to below.
Probable reserves:
reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from
information similar to that used for proven reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and
measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance,
although lower than that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of
observation.
Prospect:
an area of land with insufficient data available on the mineralization to determine
if it is economically recoverable, but warranting further investigation.
Prospecting license:
an area for which permission to explore has been granted.
Proven reserves:
reserves for which: (a) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in
outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of
detailed sampling; and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely
and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of
reserves are well-established.
Pyrite:
a brassy-colored mineral of iron sulphide (compound of iron and sulfur).
Quartz:
a mineral compound of silicon and oxygen.
Recovery grade:
the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.
Reef:
a gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band, that may contain
economic levels of gold.
Refining:
the final stage of metal production in which final impurities are removed from the
molten metal by introducing air and fluxes. The impurities are removed as gases or slag.
Rehabilitation:
the process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original
state.
Sampling:
taking small pieces of rock at intervals along exposed mineralization for assay (to
determine the mineral content).
Shaft:
a shaft provides principal access to the underground workings for transporting
personnel, equipment, supplies, ore and waste. A shaft is also used for ventilation and as an
auxiliary exit. It is equipped with a surface hoist system that lowers and raises conveyances for
men, materials and ore in the shaft. A shaft generally has more than one conveyancing compartment.
Slimes:
the finer fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable
minerals have been recovered.
Slurry:
a fluid comprising fine solids suspended in a solution (generally water containing
additives).
Smelting:
thermal processing whereby molten metal is liberated from beneficiated ore or
concentrate with impurities separating as lighter slag.
Spot price:
the current price of a metal for immediate delivery.
166
Stockpile:
a store of unprocessed ore.
Stockwork:
mineralized material consisting of a three-dimensional network of planar to
irregular veinlets closely enough spaced that the whole mass can be mined.
Stope:
the underground excavation within the orebody where the main gold production takes
place.
Stripping:
the process of removing overburden to expose ore.
Sulphide:
a mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or semi-metal, such
as pyrite, FeS.
Syncline:
a basin-shaped fold.
Tailings:
finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling.
Ton:
one ton is equal to 2,000 pounds (also known as a short ton).
Tonnage:
quantities where the ton or tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used
to measure reserves of gold-bearing material in situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined,
transported or milled.
Tonne:
one tonne is equal to 1,000 kilograms (also known as a metric ton).
Trend:
the arrangement of a group of ore deposits or a geological feature or zone of similar
grade occurring in a linear pattern.
Unconformity:
the structural relationship between two groups of rock that are not in normal
succession.
Waste:
ore rock mined with an insufficient gold content to justify processing.
Waste rock:
the non-mineralized rock and/or rock that generally cannot be mined economically
that is hoisted to the surface for disposal on the surface normally close to the shaft on an
allocated dump.
Yield:
the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.
Zinc precipitation:
a chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold solution to a solid
form for smelting into unrefined gold bars.
167
PART II
Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
168
Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS
At a general meeting held on November 24, 2008, our shareholders authorized the Board to (i)
place 10% of the unissued ordinary shares of the company under directors control and (ii)
authorizing the Board to allot and issue up to 10% of all or any of our authorized but unissued
ordinary shares for cash to such persons and on such terms as the Board may, without restriction,
from time to time, deem fit as and when suitable opportunities arise, but subject to the
requirements of the JSE.
At a general meeting held on November 26, 2007, our shareholders authorized the Board to (i)
place 10% of the unissued ordinary shares of the company under directors control and (ii)
authorizing the Board to allot and issue up to 10% of all or any of our authorized but unissued
ordinary shares for cash to such persons and on such terms as the Board may, without restriction,
from time to time, deem fit as and when suitable opportunities arise, but subject to the
requirements of the JSE.
At a general meeting held on November 11, 2006, our shareholders authorized the Board to
acquire from time to time such a number of our issued ordinary shares at such price or prices and
on such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, but subject to the requirements of the JSE
and the requirements of the other exchanges upon which our ordinary shares may be quoted or listed.
The shareholders also approved amendments to our Articles of Association in order to comply with
the JSE amended listing requirements.
USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
169
Item 15. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of June 30, 2009, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer
(
CEO
) and Chief Financial Officer (
CFO
), carried out an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15
promulgated under the Exchange Act of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and
procedures. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2009.
(b) Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. Harmonys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Companys assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements. Where appropriate, the necessary actions are taken
to remedy any failings or weaknesses identified from review of the effectiveness of the internal
control system.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and
compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human error. Internal
control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management
override. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to
risk that controls may become inadequate because of change in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of such limitations, there is a
risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal
control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the
financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to
reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting based on the framework in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (
COSO
). Management has assessed
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as of June 30, 2009, and has
concluded that such internal control over financial reporting was effective based upon those
criteria.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has
audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, has issued an
attestation report on the effectiveness of Harmonys internal control over financial reporting as
of June 30, 2009.
(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
See report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, an independent registered public accounting firm, on
page F-2.
(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in Harmonys internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during fiscal 2009 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
Harmonys internal control over financial reporting.
170
Item 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
At this time, we do not have an individual audit committee financial expert as defined by
the rules of the SEC.
The audit committee members through their collective experience do meet a majority of the
definitions of the SEC for an audit committee financial expert in both the private and public
sectors. The members have served as directors and officers of numerous public companies and have
over the years developed a strong knowledge and understanding of IFRS as issued by the IASB,
overseeing the preparation, audit and evaluation of financial statements. We believe that the
combined knowledge, skills and experience of the Audit Committee, and their authority to engage
outside experts as they deem appropriate to provide them with advice on matters related to their
responsibilities, enable them, as a group, to act effectively in the fulfillment of their tasks and
responsibilities required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. See
Item 7. Directors and
Management Board Practices Audit Committee.
Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
The Harmony Code of Ethics has been developed to respond to the challenge of ethical conduct
in a business environment. The Code of Ethics goes beyond the companys legal and institutional
responsibilities by formalizing our values. The purpose of the code is to guide employees
behavior, not to provide specific answers to every conceivable situation in the workplace. We
approached the development and the annual review of the Code of Ethics in a fully inclusive manner,
with broad consultation and information gathering at all levels of the company. Employees have been
kept fully informed about the Code of Ethics and all employees are expected to comply with its
contents. (The term employees is used in the broadest sense and includes all staff with which a
service contract exists, including management, non-management, directors, contractors, consultants,
suppliers and temporary staff.) An Ethics Committee was formed in May 2006, which consists of four
executive managers and the Company Secretary (who chairs the meeting). This committee is required
to meet quarterly to monitor the gift registers and any reported unethical behavior. The Code of
Ethics is available on our website at www.harmony.co.za.
171
Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
AUDIT FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed for each of the two past fiscal years for
professional fees to our principal accountants for the audit of the annual financial statements or
for services normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory
filings or engagements for those fiscal years.
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
U.S.$1.949 million
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
U.S.$1.631 million
|
AUDIT-RELATED FEES
The following sets forth additional aggregate fees to those reported under Audit Fees in
each of the last two fiscal years that were provided by the principal accountant that are
reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
U.S.$0.752 million
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
U.S.$0.331 million
|
Fees related to interim reviews and review of interim reports, other SEC filings as well as
guidance on section 404 Sarbanes Oxley compliance.
TAX FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for
professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax
planning:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
U.S.$0.052 million
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
U.S.$0.038 million
|
Services comprised advice on capital gains tax issues, treatment of tax in respect of
acquisitions, guidance on share option schemes.
ALL OTHER FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for
products and services provided by the principal accountant not described above:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
U.S.$0.759 million
|
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
U.S.$0.300 million
|
AUDIT COMMITTEE APPROVAL
Our audit committee pre-approves our engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc to render audit
or non-audit services. All of the services described above were approved by the audit committee.
Item 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
Not applicable.
172
Item 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
Item 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Significant ways in which Harmonys corporate governance practices differ from practices
followed by publicly-listed US companies.
Foreign private issuers, such as Harmony, must briefly highlight any significant ways in which
their corporate governance practices differ from those following by US-listed companies. Set out
below is a brief, general summary of the significant differences:
US-listed companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, and all
members of this committee must be non-executive directors. Harmony has a Nomination Committee
which comprises three non-executive board members, two of whom are independent.
For US-listed companies, the chairperson of this committee is required to be the chairperson
of the Board of Directors. The current chairman of the Harmony Board of Directors, Patrice
Motsepe, is Chairman of one of Harmonys largest shareholders, African Rainbow Minerals Limited,
and is thus not independent.
US-listed companies are required to have a remuneration committee composed entirely of
independent directors. Harmony has appointed a Remuneration Committee, comprising three board
members, all of whom are non-executive and two of whom are independent.
The non-management directors of US-listed companies must meet at regularly scheduled executive
sessions without management. Although Harmony does not specifically require such meetings of its
non-executive directors, the Board has unrestricted access to all company information, records,
documents and property. Directors may, if necessary, take independent professional advice at the
companys expense and non-executive directors have access to management and may meet separately
with management, without the attendance of executive directors.
US-listed companies are required to publish and distribute to shareholders an annual report
within 120 days from the end of its fiscal year. Non-US companies such as Harmony are given 225
days from the end of the fiscal year.
173
PART III
Item 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We have elected to provide financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and
the related information pursuant to Item 18.
174
Item 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Statements
The financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F beginning on page F-4. The
report of the independent registered public accounting firm appears on page F-2.
175
Item 19. EXHIBITS
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Memorandum of Association of Harmony, as amended (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Registration
Statement (file no. 333-13516) on Form F-3 filed on June 21, 2001).
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Articles of Association of Harmony, as amended (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on
Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Notice to shareholders dated September 25, 2007 in respect of the Annual General Meeting held on November
26, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June
30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Share Exchange Agreement between Avmin and Harmony to acquire the shareholding in Avgold dated February 16,
2004 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2004, as amended, filed on October 14, 2004).
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Deposit Agreement among Harmony, The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and owners and holders of American
Depositary Receipts, dated as of August 12, 1996, as amended and restated as of October 2, 1996, as further
amended and restated as of September 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
to Harmonys Registration Statement (file no. 333-5410) on Form F-6 filed on May 17, 2001).
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Form of ADR (included in Exhibit 2.3).
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Form of Harmonys senior unsecured 13% bonds due June 14, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001 filed on September 26, 2001).
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
Form of Global Bond (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2004, as amended, filed on October 14, 2004).
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Bond Offering Circular dated October 14, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form
20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, as amended, filed on October 14, 2004).
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Harmony (2003) Share Option Scheme, as amended (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on
Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Harmony 2006 Share Scheme (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Sale of Shares Agreement amongst Harmony, ARMgold Harmony Joint Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited,
and The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust signed on April 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Subordination Agreement amongst Harmony, Nedbank Limited and The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust signed
on April 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
First Loan Agreement between Nedbank Limited and The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust signed on April 15,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
First Ranking Cessation and Pledge between The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust and Nedbank Limited signed
on April 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Second Loan Agreement between Nedbank Limited and The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust signed on April 15,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
176
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Second Ranking Cessation and Pledge between The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust and Nedbank Limited
signed on April 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Flow of Funds Agreement amongst Nedbank Limited, ARMgold Harmony Joint Investment Company (Proprietary)
Limited, Harmony and The ARM Broad-Based Empowerment Trust signed on April 15, 2005 (incorporated by
reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on
November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Harmony Undertaking amongst Harmony, ARMgold Harmony Joint Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited and
Nedbank Limited signed on April 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005).
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Term Loan Agreement with Rand Merchant Bank dated March 9, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, filed on October 31, 2006).
|
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
Pledge Agreement in favor of FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) dated
March 9, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2006, filed on October 31, 2006).
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
Senior Facility Agreement among Nedbank Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and the Guarantors
named therein dated on or about September 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on
Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Cessation and Pledge in Security by African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited in favour of Nedbank dated on or
about September 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
Cessation and Pledge in Security by Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited in favour of Nedbank dated on or
about September 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.16
|
|
Preference Share Subscription Agreement dated March 20, 2007 by and among FirstRand Bank Limited (RMB),
Harmony and the subsidiaries named therein (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form
20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.17
|
|
Senior Bridge Loan Facility with RMB dated June 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
Draw Down Facility Agreement with Westpac Bank dated June 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007).
|
|
|
|
4.19
|
|
Sale Agreement with Randfontein Estates Limited, Clidet No. 726 (Proprietary) Limited and Clidet No. 770
(Proprietary) Limited dated December 18, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form
20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, filed on October 29, 2008).
|
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
Shareholders Agreement between ARMGold/Harmony Joint Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited, Clidet No.
770 (Proprietary) Limited and Clidet No. 726 (Proprietary) Limited dated December 18, 2007 (incorporated by
reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, filed on October
29, 2008).
|
|
|
|
4.21
|
|
Sale of Shares and Claim Agreement with Randfontein Estates Limited, ARMGold/Harmony Joint Investment
Company (Proprietary) Limited and Clidet No. 770 (Proprietary) Limited dated December 18, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008,
filed on October 29, 2008).
|
|
|
|
4.22
|
|
Deed of Extinguishment of Royalty (Hidden Valley Project) dated May June 11, 2008 (incorporated by
reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, filed on October
29, 2008).
|
177
|
|
|
4.23
|
|
Senior Facility Agreement with Nedbank Limited dated September 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to
Harmonys Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, filed on October 29, 2008).
|
|
|
|
4.24
|
|
Master Lease Facility Agreement between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Westpac Bank PNG Limited
(Hidden Valley Project) dated June 14, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmonys Annual Report on Form
20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, filed on October 29, 2008).
|
|
|
|
*4.25
|
|
Deed of Extinguishment of Royalty (Wafi-Golpu Project) dated February 16, 2009.
|
|
|
|
*4.26
|
|
Master Purchase and Farmin Agrement dated May 22, 2008 between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Wafi
Mining Limited, Morobe Exploration Limited, Newcrest PNG 1 Limited, Newcrest PNG 2 Limited and Newcrest PNG
1 Limited.
|
|
|
|
*4.27
|
|
Hidden Valley Joint Venture Agreement dated May 22, 2008 between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited,
Newcrest PNG 1 Limited and Hidden Valley Services Limited.
|
|
|
|
*4.28
|
|
Master Co-operation Agreement dated on or about August 5, 2008 between Hidden Valley Services Limited,
Wafi-Golpu Services Limited, Morobe Exploration Services Limited, Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited
and Newcrest Mining Limited.
|
|
|
|
*8.1
|
|
Significant subsidiaries of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited.
|
|
|
|
*12.1
|
|
Certification of the principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15(d)-14(a), pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
*12.2
|
|
Certification of the principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15(d)-14(a), pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
*13.1
|
|
Certification of the principal executive officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
*13.2
|
|
Certification of the principal financial officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
|
178
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we hereby certify that we
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that we have duly caused this annual
report to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Graham Briggs
|
|
|
|
Graham Briggs
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Date: October 26, 2009
179
Index to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
F-9
|
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income
statements, statements of other comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders equity and cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Harmony Gold Mining
Company Limited and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009 in
conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria
established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for these
financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15
(b). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over
financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in
F-2
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc
Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa
October 26, 2009
F-3
Consolidated income statements
For the years ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
Note
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008*
|
|
|
2007*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,162
|
)
|
|
|
(1,084
|
)
|
Production costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(850
|
)
|
|
|
(959
|
)
|
|
|
(907
|
)
|
Amortisation and depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Exploration expenditure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Other expenses net
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Profit/(loss) from associates
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Profit on sale of investment in associate
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Impairment of investment in associate
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value (loss)/gain on financial instruments
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Loss on sale of listed investments
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Investment income
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Finance cost
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
Profit/(loss) before taxation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
Taxation
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
Net profit/(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit from discontinued operations
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Net profit/(loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents):
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Earnings from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total earnings/(loss) for the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents):
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Earnings from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total diluted earnings/(loss) for the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
The comparative periods have been re-presented for a change in discontinued operations. Refer to note 15.
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated statements of other comprehensive income
For the years ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
Note
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net profit/(loss) for the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owners of the parent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the
period, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Foreign exchange translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
87
|
|
Mark-to-market of available-for-sale investments
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owners of the parent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheets
As at June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
Note
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
Investment in financial assets
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Investment in associates
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,417
|
|
|
|
4,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
Income and mining taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
265
|
|
Assets of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
|
|
4,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital and reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
4,004
|
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
Other reserves
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
Accumulated loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
|
3,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Deferred tax
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
|
573
|
|
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Retirement benefit obligation and other provisions
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
Income and mining taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
Liabilities of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
Total equity and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
|
|
4,710
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders equity
For the years ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares issued
|
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
premium
|
|
|
loss
|
|
|
Other reserves
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Figures in million (US Dollar)
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance June 30, 2006
|
|
|
396,934,450
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
(438
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
3,249
|
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Issue of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of employee share options
|
|
|
2,673,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Total comprehensive income for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
Balance June 30, 2007
|
|
|
399,608,384
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
3,720
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3,366
|
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Issue of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of employee share options
|
|
|
1,786,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Exchange for PNG Royalty
|
|
|
1,859,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Total comprehensive loss for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
Balance June 30, 2008
|
|
|
403,253,756
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
|
|
3,172
|
|
|
Issue of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of employee share options
|
|
|
1,322,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Exchange for PNG Royalty
|
|
|
3,364,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Capital raising
|
|
|
18,045,441
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Total comprehensive income for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
Balance June 30, 2009
|
|
|
425,986,836
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
Consolidated cash flow statements
For the years ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash generated by operations
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Interest received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Dividends received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Income and mining taxes paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Cash generated by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in amounts invested in environmental trusts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
(Increase)/decrease in restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Proceeds on disposal of South Kal Mine assets
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds on disposals of Papua New Guinea joint venture
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds on disposals of Randfontein Cooke assets
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Acquisition of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Acquisition of other non-current investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
|
Cash generated/(utilised) by investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
(329
|
)
|
|
|
(318
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term borrowings raised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Long-term borrowings paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(427
|
)
|
|
|
(256
|
)
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
Ordinary shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Cash (utilised)/generated by financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(233
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Cash and equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
Cash and equivalents end of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
Notes to
the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended June 30,
1
|
|
General information
|
|
|
|
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (
the Company
) and its subsidiaries (collectively
Harmony
or
the Group
) are engaged in gold mining and related activities, including
exploration, extraction and processing. Gold bullion, the Groups principal product, is currently
produced at its operations in South Africa. Harmony has operations in Papua New Guinea, where the
construction of the Hidden Valley mine is being completed, as well as in Western Australia.
|
|
|
|
The Company is a public company, incorporated and domiciled in South Africa. The address of
the registered office is Randfontein Office Park, Corner Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue,
Randfontein, 1759.
|
|
|
|
These consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the board of directors
on October 9, 2009.
|
|
2
|
|
Accounting policies
|
|
|
|
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial
statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied in all years
presented.
|
|
2.1
|
|
Basis of preparation
|
|
|
|
|
The annual financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, as modified by
available-for-sale financial assets, and financial assets and liabilities, which have been brought
to account at fair value. The financial statements are prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (
IFRS
) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
(
IASB
).
|
|
|
|
|
New accounting standards and IFRIC interpretations
|
|
(a)
|
|
Standards and interpretations effective in 2009 but not relevant:
|
|
|
|
|
The following standards and interpretations to published standards are mandatory for
accounting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2008 but are not relevant to the Groups
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
Amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement
and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures Reclassification of Financial Assets;
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 14, IAS 19 The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and
their Interaction;
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 12, Service concession arrangements; and
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programmes.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Standards and amendments early adopted by the Group in the 2008 year:
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 1 (Revised) Presentation of Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 23 (Revised) Borrowing Costs; and
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 8 Operating Segments.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet
effective and have not been early adopted by the Group:
|
|
|
|
|
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the standards, amendments and
interpretations listed below were in issue but not yet effective. These new standards and
interpretations have not been early adopted by the Group and a reliable estimate of the impact of
the adoption thereof for the Group cannot yet be determined for all of them, as management is
still in the process of determining the impact of these standards and interpretations on future
financial statements. The Group plans on adopting these standards, amendments and interpretations
on the dates when they become effective.
|
|
|
|
Amendments and revised standards:
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 27 (Revised) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (effective from periods
beginning July 1, 2009).
The revised standard requires the effects of all transactions with non-controlling interests
to be recorded in equity if there is no change in control. They will no longer result in goodwill
or gains and losses. The standard also specifies the accounting when control is lost. Any
remaining interest in the entity is re-measured to fair value and a gain or loss is recognised in
profit or loss. The effect of the amended IAS 27 will be recorded in future periods when such
transactions are entered into.
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 3 (Revised) Business Combinations (effective from periods beginning July 1, 2009).
The new standard continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations, with
some significant changes. For example, all payments to purchase a business are to be recorded at
fair value at the acquisition date, with some contingent payments subsequently re-measured at fair
value through income. Goodwill may be calculated based on the parents share of net assets or it
may include goodwill related to the minority interest. All transaction costs will be expensed. The
effect of the revised IFRS 3 will be recorded in future periods when such transactions are entered
into.
|
|
|
|
IFRS 2 (Amendment) Share-Based Payment: Vesting Conditions and Cancellations (effective
from periods beginning January 1, 2009).
The amendment deals with two matters. It clarifies that vesting conditions are service
conditions and performance conditions only. Other features of a share-based payment are not
vesting conditions. It also specifies that all cancellations, whether by the entity or by other
parties, should receive the same accounting treatment. The effect of the amended IFRS 2 will be
recorded in future periods when such transactions affecting vesting conditions and cancellations
on share based payment occurs.
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 32 and IAS 1 (Amendment) IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and IAS 1
Presentation of financial statements: Puttable Financial Instruments and Obligations Arising on
Liquidation (effective from periods beginning January 1, 2009).
The amendments require entities to classify the following types of financial instruments as
equity, provided they have particular features and meet specific conditions: a) puttable
financial instruments (for example, some shares issued by co-operative entities); b)
instruments, or components of instruments, that impose on the entity an obligation to deliver to
another party a pro rata share of the net assets of the entity only on liquidation (for example,
some partnership interests and some shares issued by limited life entities). Additional
disclosures are required about the instruments affected by the amendments. The Group does not
expect the adoption of these amendments to have an impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 1 and IAS 27 (Amendment) IFRS 1 First-Time Adoption of International Financial
Reporting Standards and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements: Cost of an
Investment in a Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or Associate (effective from periods
beginning January 1, 2009).
The amendment allow first-time adopters to use a deemed cost of either fair value or the
carrying amount under previous accounting practice to measure the initial cost of investments in
subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates in the separate financial statements. The
amendment also removed the definition of the cost method from IAS 27 and replaced it with a
requirement to present dividends as income in the separate financial statements of the investor.
The Group is not a first-time adopter of IFRS. The effect of the amended IAS 27 will be recorded
in future periods when such transactions are entered into.
|
|
|
|
|
IAS 39 (Amendment) IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement Exposures
Qualifying for Hedge Accounting (effective from periods beginning January 1, 2009).
The amendment makes two significant changes. It prohibits designating inflation as a
hedgeable component of a fixed rate debt. It also prohibits including time value in the one-sided
hedged risk when designating options as hedges. The Group currently does not anticipate the change
to affect the financial statements as the Group does not have hedges.
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 7 (Amendment) Financial Instruments disclosures: Improving Disclosures about Financial
Instruments (effective from periods beginning January 1, 2009).
The amendment increases the disclosure requirements about fair value measurement and
reinforces existing principles for disclosure about liquidity risk. The amendment introduces a
three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement disclosure and requires some specific
quantitative disclosures for financial instruments in the lowest level in the hierarchy. In
addition, the amendment clarifies and enhances existing requirements for the disclosure of
liquidity risk primarily requiring a separate liquidity risk analysis for derivative and
non-derivative financial liabilities. The standard will affect the disclosure of financial
instruments in the financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
Annual improvements to IFRS issued August 2008 (effective on or after January 1, 2009 unless
otherwise specified).
This is a collection of amendments to IFRSs. These amendments are the result of conclusions
the IASB reached on proposals made in its annual improvements project. The annual improvements
project provides a vehicle for making non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRSs. Some
amendments involve consequential amendments to other IFRSs. The Group is assessing the impact that
these improvements will have on the financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
Annual improvements to IFRS issued April 2009 (effective on or after January 1, 2010 unless
otherwise specified).
This is a collection of amendments to IFRSs. These amendments are the result of conclusions the
IASB reached on proposals made in its annual improvements project. The annual improvements
project provides a vehicle for making non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRSs. Some
amendments involve consequential amendments to other IFRSs. The Group will assess the impact that
these improvements will have on the financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
New interpretations:
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate (effective from periods beginning
January 1, 2009)
IFRIC 15 addresses diversity in accounting for real estate sales. IFRIC 15 clarifies how to
determine whether an agreement is within the scope of IAS 11 Construction contracts or IAS 18 -
Revenue and when revenue from construction should be recognised. The guidance replaces example 9
in the appendix to IAS 18. The Group does not expect this interpretation to have an impact on the
financial statements.
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation (effective from periods
beginning October 1, 2008)
IFRIC 16 provides guidance on identifying the foreign currency risks that qualify as a hedged
risk (in the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation). It secondly provides guidance on
where, within a group, hedging instruments that are hedges of a net investment in a foreign
operation can be held to qualify for hedge accounting. Thirdly, it provides guidance on how an
entity should determine the amounts to be reclassified from equity to profit or loss for both the
hedging instrument and the hedged item. The Group currently does not anticipate the change
affecting our financial statements as the Group does not have hedges on its net investments in
foreign operations.
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners (effective from periods beginning July
1, 2009)
IFRIC 17 applies to the accounting for distributions of non-cash assets (commonly referred to
as dividends in specie) to the owners of the entity. The interpretation clarifies that: a
dividend payable should be recognised when the dividend is appropriately authorised and is no
longer at the discretion of the entity; an entity should measure the dividend payable at the fair
value of the net assets to be distributed; and an entity should recognise the difference between
the dividend paid and the carrying amount of the net assets distributed in profit or loss. The
effect of the interpretation will be recorded in future periods when such transactions are entered
into.
|
|
|
|
|
IFRIC 18 Transfers of assets from customers (effective from periods beginning July 1, 2009)
The interpretation clarifies the accounting treatment for transfers of property, plant and
equipment received from customers. This Interpretation applies to agreements with customers in
which the entity receives cash from a customer when that amount of cash must be used only to
construct or acquire an item of property, plant and equipment and the entity must then use the
item of property, plant and equipment either to connect the customer to a network or to provide
the customer with ongoing access to a supply of goods and services, or to do both. The Group
currently does not expect this interpretation to have any effect on the financial statements.
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Consolidation
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated financial information includes the financial statements of the Company, its
subsidiaries, its proportionate interest in joint ventures, special purpose entities (
SPEs
) and
its interests in associates.
|
|
(i)
|
|
Subsidiaries
, which are those entities in which the Group has an interest of more than
one half of the voting rights or otherwise has power to govern the financial and operating
policies, are consolidated. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is
acquired and are no longer consolidated when control ceases. The purchase method of accounting is
used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the
fair value of the assets given up, shares issued or liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition
plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business
combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of
the extent of any non-controlling interests. Non-controlling interests are carried at a proportion
of the net identifiable assets acquired.
|
|
|
|
|
The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Groups share of the
identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill (refer to 2.7).
|
|
|
|
|
In situations of successive share purchases when control already existed at the date of
further acquisition, no fair value adjustment is made to the identifiable net assets acquired and
any excess/deficit purchase price over the carrying value of non-controlling interests acquired is
accounted for in equity.
|
|
|
|
|
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group
companies are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized losses are also eliminated and may provide
evidence of an impairment that should be recognized. Where necessary, accounting policies of
subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Associates
are those entities, other than a subsidiary, in which the Group has a
material interest and in respect of which the Group exercises significant influence over
operational and financial policies, normally owning between 20% and 50% of the voting equity, but
which it does not control.
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in associates are accounted for by using the equity method of accounting, and are
initially recognized at cost. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the
assets given up, shares issued or liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition plus costs
directly attributable to the acquisition.
|
|
|
|
The Groups share of the associates post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the
income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movement in reserves is recognized in other
reserves. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the
investment. When the Groups shares of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in
the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further
losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value of an associate is reviewed on a regular basis and, if an impairment in
the carrying value has occurred, it is written off in the period in which such impairment is
identified.
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the
extent of the Groups interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated and may
provide evidence of an impairment that should be recognized.
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting policies of associates have been reviewed to ensure consistency with the policies
adopted by the Group.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Joint ventures
are those entities in which the Group holds a interest and which is
jointly controlled by the Group and one or more ventures under a contractual arrangement. The
Groups interest in jointly controlled entities is accounted for by proportionate consolidation.
Under this method, the Group includes its share of the joint ventures individual income and
expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the
Groups financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
The Group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets by the Group to the
joint venture that is attributable to the other ventures. The Group does not recognize its share
of profits or losses from the joint venture that result from the purchase of assets by the Group
from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on
the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realizable value of current assets or
an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Special purpose entities (SPEs)
are those undertakings that are created to satisfy
specific business needs of the Group, These are consolidated where the Group has the right to the
majority of the benefits of the SPE and/or is exposed to the majority of the risk thereof. SPEs
are consolidated in the same manner as subsidiaries when the substance of the relationship
indicates that the SPE is controlled by the Group.
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Transactions with non-controlling interests.
The Group applies a policy of treating
transactions with minority interests as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For
purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the
relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in
equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.
|
|
2.3
|
|
Foreign currency transactions
|
|
(i)
|
|
Functional and presentation currency:
Items included in the financial statements of each
of the Groups entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in
which the entity operates (the functional currency).
|
|
|
|
|
For translation of the Rand financial statement items to US dollar, the average of R9.00
(2008: R7.26; 2007:R7.20) per US$1 was used for income statement items (unless this average was
not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction
dates, in which case these items were translated at the rate on the date of the transactions) and
the closing rate of R7.72 (2008: R7.80) per US$1 for asset and liability items. Equity items were
translated at historic rates.
|
|
|
|
|
References to A$ refers to Australian currency, R to South African currency, $ or US$
to United States currency and K or Kina to Papua New Guinean currency.
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Transactions and balances:
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the
translation to year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are recognized in the income statement. These transactions are included in the
determination of other expenses net.
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in a foreign currency classified
as available-for-sale are analyzed between translation differences resulting from changes in the
amortized cost of the security, and other changes in the carrying amount of the security.
Translation differences are recognized in profit or loss, and other changes in carrying amount are
recognized in other reserves.
|
|
|
|
|
Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities are reported as part
of fair value gains or losses. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and
liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or
loss as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary financial
assets such as equities classified as available-for-sale are included in other comprehensive
income.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Group companies:
The results and financial position of all Group entities (none of
which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different
from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
|
|
a) assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate
at the date of that balance sheet;
|
|
|
b) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates
(unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates
prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate
on the date of the transactions);
|
|
|
c) all resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component of other
reserves; and
|
|
|
d) equity items are translated at historic rates.
|
|
|
|
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in
foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such
investments, are taken to other reserves. When a foreign operation is sold or the loans included
in the net investment in foreign operations are repaid or partially repaid, exchange differences
that were recorded in equity are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which the sale or
repayment takes place.
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are
treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.
|
|
2.4
|
|
Segmental reporting
|
|
|
|
|
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided
to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as
the executive committee. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described
in the accounting policy notes to the financial statements.
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
(i)
|
|
Mining assets
including mine development costs and mine plant facilities are initially
recorded at cost, where after it is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment.
|
|
|
|
|
At the Groups surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be
economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, costs incurred to
develop the property are capitalized as incurred until the mine is considered to have moved into
the production phase. These costs include costs to further delineate the ore body and remove
overburden to initially expose the ore body. Stripping costs incurred during the production phase
to remove waste ore are deferred and charged to production costs on the basis of the average
life-of-mine stripping ratio. The average stripping ratio is calculated as the number of tonnes of
waste material removed per tonne of ore mined. The average life-of-mine ratio is revised annually
in the light of additional knowledge and change in estimates. The cost of excess stripping is
capitalized as mine development costs when the actual stripping ratio exceeds the average life of
mine stripping ratio. Where the average life of mine stripping ratio exceeds the actual stripping
ratio, the cost is charged to the income statement.
|
|
|
|
|
At the Groups underground mines, all costs incurred to develop the property, including costs
to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the underground mine, are capitalized to the
extent that such costs will provide future economic benefits as a result of establishing proven
and probable reserves associated with specific ore blocks or areas of operations. These costs
include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access ways, lateral
development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development.
|
|
|
|
During the development stage, the Group may enter into arrangements whereby it agrees to
transfer a part of its mineral interest in consideration for an agreement by another party (the
farmee) to meet certain expenditure which would otherwise have to be undertaken by the Group. Such
arrangements, referred to as farm-in transactions, are accounted for as executory contracts
particularly when the expenditures to be incurred by the farmee are discretionary in nature, and
the mineral interest to be transferred may vary depending upon such discretionary spend. At the
date of completion of each partys obligations under the farm-in arrangement, the Group
derecognizes the proportion of the mining assets and liabilities associated with the joint venture
that it has sold to the farmee, and recognizes its interest in the capital expenditure
(consideration received) at fair value within operating assets. The difference between the net
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset disposed of is recognized in profit or
loss.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing costs are capitalized to the extent that they are directly attributable to the
acquisition and construction of qualifying assets. Qualifying assets are assets that take a
substantial time to get ready for their intended use. These costs are capitalized until the asset
moves into the production phase. Other borrowing costs are expensed.
|
|
|
|
|
The net assets of operations placed on care and maintenance are impaired to their recoverable
amount. Expenditure on the care and maintenance of these operations is charged against income, as
incurred.
|
|
|
|
|
Where a depreciable asset is used in the construction or extension of a mine, the
depreciation is capitalized against the mines cost.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Non-mining assets:
Land is shown at cost and not depreciated. Other non-mining fixed
assets are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Undeveloped properties
are initially valued at the fair value of resources obtained
through acquisitions. The carrying value of these properties are annually tested for impairment.
Once development commences, these properties are transferred to mining properties and accounted
for in accordance with the related accounting policy.
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Mineral and surface use rights r
epresent mineral and surface use rights for parcels of
land both owned and not owned by the Group. Mineral and surface rights include acquired mineral
use rights in production, development and exploration phase properties. The amount capitalized
related to a mineral and surface right represents its fair value at the time it was acquired,
either as an individual asset purchase or as part of a business combination, and is recorded at
cost of acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
Production phase mineral interests represent interests in operating properties that contain
proven and probable reserves. Development phase mineral interests represent interests in
properties under development that contain proven and probable reserves. Exploration phase mineral
interests represent interests in properties that are believed to potentially contain (i) other
mineralized material such as inferred material within pits; measured, indicated and inferred
material with insufficient drill spacing to qualify as proven and probable reserves; (ii)
around-mine exploration potential such as inferred material not immediately adjacent to existing
reserves and mineralization but located within the immediate mine infrastructure; (iii) other
mine-related exploration potential that is not part of measured, indicated or inferred material
and is comprised mainly of material outside of the immediate mine area; or (iv) greenfield
exploration potential that is not associated with any production, development or exploration phase
property as described above.
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups mineral use rights are enforceable regardless of whether proven or probable
reserves have been established. In certain limited situations, the nature of a use changes from an
exploration right to a mining right upon the establishment of proven and probable reserves. The
Group has the ability and intent to renew mineral use rights where the existing term is not
sufficient to recover all identified and valued proven and probable reserves and/or undeveloped
mineral interests.
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Leased assets:
The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment. Leases of
property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership are classified as finance leases. The assets are capitalized at the leases commencement
at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease
payments.
|
|
|
|
|
Finance lease payments are allocated using the rate implicit in the lease, which is included
in finance costs, and the capital repayment, which reduces the liability to the lessor. The
corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in Borrowings, with the
current portion included under Current Liabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized lease assets are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives and
the lease terms.
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of mining assets:
Depreciation and amortization of
mineral property interests, mineral and surface rights, mine development costs and mine plant
facilities are computed principally by the units of production method based on estimated proved
and probable reserves. Changes in managements estimates of the quantities of economically
recoverable reserves impact amortization and depreciation on a prospective basis.
|
|
|
|
Costs incurred and capitalized to enable access to specific ore blocks or areas of the mine,
and which only provide an economic benefit over the period of mining that ore block or area, are
amortized using the units-of-production method where the denominator is the proven and probable
reserves within that ore block or area.
|
|
|
|
|
If capitalized underground development costs provide an economic benefit over the entire
life-of-mine, the costs are amortized using the unit-of-production method, where the denominator
is the total accessible proven and probable reserves.
|
|
|
|
|
Proved and probable ore reserves reflect estimated quantities of economically recoverable
reserves which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits. Amortization is first
charged on mining ventures from the date on which the mining ventures are considered to have moved
into the production phase.
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of non-mining fixed assets:
Other non-mining fixed assets
are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
|
|
|
|
Vehicles at 20% per year;
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment at 33.3% per year; and
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and equipment at 16.67% per year.
|
|
|
|
The assets residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at
each balance sheet date.
|
|
|
|
|
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount.
These are included in the income statement.
|
|
|
(viii)
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of mineral and surface use rights:
Mineral rights
associated with production phase mineral interests are amortized over the life of mine using the
units-of-production method in order to match the amortization with the expected underlying future
cash flows. Mineral interests associated with development and exploration phase mineral interests
are not amortized until such time as the underlying property is converted to the production stage.
|
|
|
|
|
For details on the Groups accounting policy on impairments, refer to note 2.8.
|
|
2.6
|
|
Exploration costs
|
|
|
|
|
The Group expenses all exploration and evaluation expenditures until the directors conclude
that a future economic benefit is more likely to be realized than not, i.e. probable. The
information that the directors use to make that determination depends on the level of exploration
as well as the degree of confidence in the ore body.
|
|
|
|
|
Exploration and evaluation expenditure on greenfield sites, being those where the Group does
not have any mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, is expensed as incurred
until a final feasibility study has been completed, after which the expenditure is capitalized
within development costs if the final feasibility study demonstrates that future economic benefits
are probable.
|
|
|
|
|
Exploration and evaluation expenditure on brownfield sites, being those adjacent to mineral
deposits which are already being mined or developed, is expensed as incurred until the directors
are able to demonstrate that future economic benefits are probable through the completion of a
prefeasibility study, after which the expenditure is capitalized as a mine development cost. A
prefeasibility study consists of a comprehensive study of the viability of a mineral project
that has advanced to a stage where the mining method, in the case of underground mining, or the
pit configuration, in the case of an open pit, has been established, and which, if an effective
method of mineral processing has been determined, includes a financial analysis based on
reasonable assumptions of technical, engineering, operating economic factors and the evaluation of
other relevant factors. The prefeasibility study, when combined with existing knowledge of the
mineral property that is adjacent to mineral deposits that are already being mined or developed,
allows the directors to conclude that it is more likely than not that the Group will obtain future
economic benefit from the expenditures.
|
|
|
|
|
Exploration and evaluation expenditure relating to extensions of mineral deposits which are
already being mined or developed, including expenditure on the definition of mineralization of
such mineral deposits, is capitalized as a mine development cost following the completion of an
economic evaluation equivalent to a feasibility study. This economic evaluation is distinguished
from a feasibility study in that some of the information that would normally be determined in a
feasibility study is instead obtained from the existing mine or development. This information when
combined with existing knowledge of the mineral property already being mined or developed allow
the directors to conclude that more likely than not the Group will obtain future economic benefit
from the expenditures.
|
|
|
|
|
Costs relating to property acquisitions are also capitalized. These costs are capitalized
within development costs.
|
|
2.7
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets consist of all identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance.
They are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.
The following are the main categories of intangible assets:
|
|
i)
|
|
Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized but tested for impairment
on an annual basis. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair
value of the Groups share of the net assets of the acquired subsidiary, associate, joint venture
or business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures
and businesses are included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is
included in investments in associates and tested for impairment as part of the overall balance.
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment
losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. The impairment testing is performed on
June 30.
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The
allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are
expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. If the composition
of one or more cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated changes due to a
re-organization, the goodwill is re-allocated to the units affected.
|
|
|
|
|
The gain or loss on disposal of an entity includes the carrying amount of goodwill relating
to the entity sold.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Intangible assets with a finite useful life
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire
and bring to use the specific software. Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized
on a straight line basis of over their estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually, as
follows:
|
|
|
|
Computer software at 20% per year.
|
|
2.8
|
|
Impairment of non-financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization and are tested
annually for impairment.
|
|
|
|
|
Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
|
|
|
|
|
An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the assets carrying amount exceeds
its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an assets fair value less costs
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the
lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each
operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is
considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent from the cash flows
of other shafts and assets belonging to the Group.
|
|
|
|
|
The assets recoverable amount is generally determined using discounted estimated future cash
flows. Future cash flows are estimated based on quantities of recoverable minerals, expected gold
prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production
levels and cash costs of production, all based on life-of-mine plans.
|
|
|
|
|
The term recoverable minerals refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained
from proven and probable reserves and all related exploration stage mineral interests (except for
other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential discussed
separately below) after taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates
of recoverable minerals from such related exploration stage mineral interests will be risk
adjusted based on managements relative confidence in such materials. In estimating future cash
flows, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are
largely independent of cash flows from other asset groups. With the exception of other
mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential,
estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are included on an area of interest basis, which
generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine
complex.
|
|
|
|
|
In the case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and
greenfields exploration potential, cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based
primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions involving sales of similar
properties, if any. Assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to significant
risks and uncertainties.
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date. Reversal of impairments is also
considered when there is objective evidence to indicate that the asset is no longer impaired.
|
|
2.9
|
|
Financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value when the Group becomes a party to
their contractual arrangements. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of
financial instruments, with the exception of financial instruments classified as at fair value
through profit or loss. The subsequent measurement of financial instruments is discussed below.
|
|
|
|
|
A financial asset is derecognized when the right to receive cash flows from the asset has
expired or the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash and either (a) has transferred
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the assets.
|
|
|
|
|
A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged,
cancelled or expires.
|
|
|
|
|
On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum
of the consideration received and any cumulative gain or loss recognized in equity is recognized
in profit or loss.
|
|
|
|
|
On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount of the
liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the amount paid is recognized in profit
or loss.
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: loans and receivables,
available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and at fair value through profit or loss. The classification
depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the
Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.
|
|
(i)
|
|
Loans and receivables,
are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable
payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods
or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. Loans and
receivables are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. They
are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the
balance sheet date which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables include trade
and other receivables (excluding VAT and prepayments), restricted cash and cash and cash
equivalents.
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and
short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash and
cash equivalents exclude restricted cash (discussed below).
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash consists of cash held for guarantees and performance bonds related to
environmental rehabilitation.
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured
at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision
for impairment of receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will
not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Significant
financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or
financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that
the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the difference between the
assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the
effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a
provision for impairment (allowance account) and the amount of the loss is recognized in the
income statement. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the
allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off
are credited in the income statement.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Available-for-sale financial assets
, are non-derivatives that are either designated in
this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current
assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance
sheet date.
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in the
fair value of monetary securities denominated in a foreign currency and classified as
available-for-sale are analyzed between translation differences resulting from changes in
amortized cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. The
translation differences on monetary securities are recognized in profit or loss, while translation
differences on non-monetary securities are recognized in other reserves. Changes in the fair value
of monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized in other
reserves.
|
|
|
|
|
When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair
value adjustments recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified in the income
statement as profit or loss on sale of listed investments. Dividends on available-for-sale equity
instruments are recognized in the income statement as part of investment income when the Groups
right to receive payments is established.
|
|
|
|
|
The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If the value for a
financial instrument cannot be obtained from an active market, the Group establishes fair value by
using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arms length transactions, reference
to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option
pricing models refined to reflect the issuers specific circumstances. The valuation techniques
make maximum use of market inputs and rely as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
|
|
|
|
|
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a
financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities
classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the
security below its cost is considered in determining whether the securities are impaired. If, in
the opinion of the directors, permanent diminution in value exists for available-for-sale
financial assets, the cumulative loss measured as the difference between the acquisition cost
and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized
in profit or loss is removed from other reserves and recognized in the income statement.
Subsequent increases in the fair value are recognized in equity impairment losses recognized in
the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Held-to-maturity investments
are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or
determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Groups management has the positive intention
and ability to hold to maturity. The Groups held-to-maturity investments are subsequently
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
|
|
|
|
|
The restricted investments held by the trust funds (refer note 20) are classified as
held-to-maturity investments.
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
have two sub-categories: financial
assets held-for-trading, and those designated at fair value through profit and loss at inception.
A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of
selling in the short term or if so designated by management in terms of specified criteria.
Derivatives are also categorized as held-for-trading unless they are designated as hedges. Assets
in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held-for-trading or are
expected to be realized within 12 months of the balance sheet date. These assets are subsequently
measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in the
income statement in the period in which they arise.
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value net of transaction costs incurred and
subsequently measured at amortized cost, comprising original debt less principal payments and
amortization, using the effective yield method.
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the liability portion of a convertible bond is determined using a market
interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond. This amount is recorded as a liability on an
amortized cost basis until extinguished on conversion or maturity of the bonds. The remainder of
the proceeds are allocated to the conversion option. This is recognized and included in equity,
net of income tax effects.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right
to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at
amortized cost using the effective interest method.
|
|
2.10
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories which include bullion on hand, gold in process, ore stockpiles and stores and
materials, are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value after appropriate allowances
for redundant and slow moving items. Cost of bullion and gold in process is determined by
reference to production cost, including amortization and depreciation at the relevant stage of
production. Ore stockpiles are valued at average production cost. Stockpiles are classified as a
non-current asset where the stockpile exceeds current processing capacity.
|
|
|
|
|
Stores and materials consist of consumable stores and are valued at weighted average cost.
|
|
|
|
|
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less
the estimated cost of completion and the estimated cost necessary to perform the sale.
|
|
|
|
|
Gold in process inventories represent materials that are currently in the process of being
converted to a saleable product. Conversion processes vary depending on the nature of the ore and
the specific mining operation, but include mill in-circuit, leach in-circuit, flotation and column
cells, and carbon in-pulp inventories. In-process material is measured based on assays of the
material fed to process and the projected recoveries at the respective plants. In-process
inventories are valued at the average cost of the material fed to process attributable to the
source material coming from the mine, stockpile or leach pad plus the in-process conversion costs,
including the applicable depreciation relating to the process facility, incurred to that point in
the process. Bullion on hand and gold in process at certain of the underground operations include
gold in lockup which can be reliably measured, and generally this is from the smelter onwards.
Where mechanized mining is used in underground operations, in-progress material is accounted for
at the earliest stage of production when reliable estimates of quantities and costs are capable of
being made, normally from when ore is broken underground. Given the varying nature of the Groups
open pit operations, gold in process represents either production in broken ore form or production
from the time of placement on heap leach pads.
|
|
|
2.11
|
|
Non-current assets or disposal group held-for-sale and discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
A non-current asset or disposal group (a business grouping of assets and their related
liabilities) is designated as held-for-sale when its carrying amount will be recovered principally
through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. The classification as
held-for-sale of a non-current asset or disposal group occurs when it is available for immediate
sale in its present condition and the sale is highly probable. A sale is considered highly
probable if management is committed to a plan to sell the non-current asset or disposal group, an
active divestiture programme has been initiated, the non-current assets or disposal group is
marketed at a price reasonable to its fair value and the disposal will be completed within one
year from classification.
|
|
|
|
|
Upon classification of a non-current asset or disposal group as held-for-sale, it is reviewed
for impairment. The impairment charged to the income statement is the excess of the carrying
value of the non-current asset or disposal group over its expected net selling price (fair value
less costs to sell). At each subsequent reporting date, the carrying values are remeasured for
possible impairment. A gain is recognized for any subsequent increase in net selling price but
not in excess of the cumulative impairment loss already recognized.
|
|
|
|
|
No depreciation is provided on non-current assets from the date they are classified as
held-for-sale.
|
|
|
|
|
When a disposal group is classified as held-for-sale it is also necessary to assess whether
or not the criteria for discontinued operations are met. If the criteria are met, the results of
the disposal group are classified as discontinued operations in the income statement and the
comparative amounts restated for all periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
If a non-current asset or disposal group is classified as held-for-sale but the criteria for
classification as held-for-sale are no longer met, the disclosure of such non-current asset or
disposal group as held-for-sale is ceased.
|
|
|
|
|
On ceasing such classification, the non-current assets are reflected at the lower of:
|
|
|
|
the carrying amount before classification as held for sale adjusted for any depreciation or
amortization that would have been recognized had the assets not been classified as held-for-sale;
or
|
|
|
|
|
the recoverable amount at the date the classification as held-for-sale ceases. The
recoverable amount is the amount at which the asset would have been recognized after the
allocation of any impairment loss arising on the cash generating unit as determined in accordance
with the groups policy on impairment of non-financial assets.
|
|
|
|
Any adjustment required to be made on reclassification is charged to the income statement on
reclassification, and included in income from continuing operations.
|
|
|
|
|
Where the disposal group was also classified as a discontinued operation, the subsequent
classification from held-for-sale also requires that the discontinued operation be included in
continuing operations. Comparative information in the income statement and cash flow note
disclosures relating to the classification as a discontinued operation is re-presented
accordingly. Comparative information in the balance sheet is not re-presented for this change.
|
|
2.12
|
|
Environmental obligations
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated long term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation
and mine closure, are based on the Groups environmental management plans in compliance with
current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
Based on disturbances to date, the net present value of expected rehabilitation cost
estimates are recognized and provided for in full in the financial statements. The estimates are
reviewed annually and are discounted using a pre-tax risk-free rate that is adjusted to reflect
the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the
obligation.
|
|
|
|
|
Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change in the
present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as well as
changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created are capitalized to
mining assets against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. Rehabilitation projects
undertaken, included in the estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of
ongoing current programmes to prevent and control pollution is charged against income as incurred.
Over time, the liability is increased to reflect an interest element, and the capitalized cost is
depreciated over the life of the related asset.
|
|
|
2.13
|
|
Environmental trust funds
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions are made to the Groups trust funds, created in accordance with statutory
requirements, to fund the estimated cost of pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure at
the end of the life of the Groups mines. Contributions are determined on the basis of the
estimated environmental obligation over the life of the mine. The trusts are consolidated into the
Group. Income earned on monies paid to environmental trust funds is accounted for as investment
income. The funds contributed to the trusts plus growth in the trust funds are included under
restricted investments on the balance sheet.
|
|
|
2.14
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a
result of past events where it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic
benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the
obligation can be made.
|
|
|
|
|
The amount recognized as a provision is the present value of the best estimate of the
expenditure required to settle the present obligation at balance sheet date. This estimate takes
into account the associated risks and uncertainties. The increase in the provision due to the
passage of time is recognized as interest expense.
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best
estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, the
provision is reversed.
|
|
|
2.15
|
|
Current and deferred taxation
|
|
|
|
|
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Group operates and
generates taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations is subject to interpretation and
establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax
authorities.
|
|
|
|
|
The Group follows the comprehensive liability method of accounting for deferred tax using the
balance sheet approach. Under this method deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax
consequences of temporary differences by applying expected tax rates to the differences between
the tax base of all assets or liabilities and its balance sheet carrying amount. Deferred tax is
charged to the income statement, except to the extent that deferred tax arises from the initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and does
not affect the accounting or taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. The effect on
deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is recognized in the income statement, except to the
extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.
|
|
|
|
|
The principal temporary differences arise from amortization and depreciation on property,
plant and equipment, provisions, post retirement benefits, unutilized tax losses and unutilized
capital allowances carried forward. Deferred tax assets relating to the carry forward of
unutilized tax losses and unutilized capital allowances are recognized to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unutilized tax losses and
unutilized capital allowances can be utilized.
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the
temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
|
|
|
2.16
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
(i)
|
|
Pension and provident plans
are funded through annual contributions. The Groups
contributions to the defined contribution pension and provident plans are charged to the income
statement in the year to which they relate. The Groups liability is limited to its annually
determined contributions.
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Medical plans:
The Group provides medical cover to current employees and certain
retirees through certain funds. The medical accounting costs for the defined benefit plan are
assessed using the projected unit credit method. The health care obligation is measured as the
present value of the estimated future cash outflows using market yields consistent with the term
and risks of the obligation. Actuarial gains and losses as a result of these valuations are
recognized in the income statement at revaluation date. The future liability for current and
retired employees and their dependents is accrued in full based on actuarial valuations obtained
annually.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Equity compensation benefits:
The Group operates an equity-settled, share-based
payments plan, where the Group grants share options to certain employees. Equity share-based
payments are measured at fair value of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. The
share-based payments are expensed over the vesting period, based on the Groups estimate of the
shares that are expected to eventually vest. The Group used an appropriate option pricing model in
determining the fair value of the options granted. Non-market vesting conditions are included in
assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date,
the estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable are revised. The
impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, are recognized in the income statement, with
a corresponding adjustment to equity. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable
transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options
are exercised.
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Termination benefits
are payable when employment is terminated before the normal
retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these
benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either:
terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without
possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to
encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after balance sheet date
are discounted to present value.
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Leave pay:
The Group accrues for the cost of the leave days granted to employees during
the period in which the leave days accumulate.
|
|
2.17
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the
issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
|
|
|
2.18
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
|
|
Leases in which a significant portion of the risk and rewards of ownership are retained by
the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any
incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis
over the period of the lease.
|
|
|
|
|
For the Groups policy on finance leases, refer to note 2.5 (v).
|
|
|
2.19
|
|
Revenue recognition
|
|
(i)
|
|
Revenue
arising from gold sales is recognized when the price is determinable, the product
has been delivered in accordance with the terms of the contract, the significant risks and rewards
of ownership have been transferred to the customer and collection of the sales price is reasonably
assured. These criteria are typically met when the gold arrives at the refinery.
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue further excludes value-added tax. Revenues from silver and other by-products sales
are credited to production costs as a by-product credit.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Interest income:
Interest is recognized on a time proportion basis, taking into account
the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to maturity, when it is
determined that such income will accrue to the Group.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Dividend income
is recognized when the shareholders right to receive payment is
established. This is recognized at the last date of registration.
|
|
2.20
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared are recognized in the period in which they are approved by the
shareholders. Dividends are payable in South African Rand.
|
3
|
|
Critical accounting estimates and judgments
|
|
|
|
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Groups
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
|
|
|
|
Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and
other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under
the circumstances.
|
|
|
|
The resulting accounting estimates may differ from actual results. The estimates and
assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts
of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:
|
|
3.1
|
|
Impairment of mining assets
|
|
|
|
|
The recoverable amount of mining assets is generally determined utilizing discounted future
cash flows. Management also considers such factors as the quality of the individual orebody and
country risk in determining the fair value.
|
|
|
|
|
Key assumptions for the calculations of the mining assets recoverable amounts are the
forward gold price and the annual life of mine plans. In determining the gold price to be used,
management assess the long term views of several reputable institutions on the gold price and
based on this, derive the forward gold price. The life of mine plans are based on the proven and
probable reserves as included in the Reserve Declaration, which are determined in terms of SAMREC
and JORC.
|
|
|
|
|
During the year under review, the Group calculated the recoverable amounts (generally fair
value less costs to sell) based on updated life of mine plans, a gold price of R225 000 per
kilogram and a discount rate of 9.34% (2008: R180 000 per kilogram and a 11.36% discount rate;
2007: R115 000 and a discount rate of 9.18%). Cash flows used in the impairment calculations are
based on life of mine plans which exceed five years for the majority of the mines. Refer to note 5
for details of impairments recorded.
|
|
|
|
|
Should managements estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may
be identified. Factors affecting the estimates include:
|
|
|
|
changes to proven and probable ore reserves;
|
|
|
|
|
the grade of the ore reserves may vary significantly from time to time;
|
|
|
|
|
review of strategy;
|
|
|
|
|
differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;
|
|
|
|
|
unforeseen operational issues at the mines;
|
|
|
|
|
changes in capital, operating mining, processing and reclamation costs.
|
|
|
|
It is impracticable to disclose the extent of the possible effects of the changes in
assumptions for the forward gold price and life of mine plans at June 30, 2009, as these
assumptions are inextricably linked.
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Impairment of investment in associate
|
|
|
|
|
The investments in associates are evaluated for impairment by comparing the entire carrying
value of the investment to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use or fair
value less costs to sell. In calculating
fair value less cost to sell, the cash flows from disposal are looked at with reference to the
closing share price at year end.
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Valuation of available-for-sale financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
If the value of financial instruments cannot be obtained from an active market, the Group
establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arms length
transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow
analysis and option pricing models refined to reflect the issuers specific circumstances. When
considering indications of an impairment, management considers a prolonged decline to be longer
than 12 months. The significance of the decline is assessed for each security individually.
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Estimate of exposure and liabilities with regard to rehabilitation costs
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated long term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation
and mine closure, are based on the Groups environmental management plans in compliance with
current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
Management used an inflation rate of 6% (2008: short-term (two years): 9% and long-term: 6%;
2007: 5%) and the expected life of the mines according to the life-of-mine plans in the
calculation of the estimated net present value of the rehabilitation liability. The discount rates
used for the calculation are dependant on the shafts life of mine and are as follows: for 12
months 6.75% (2008: 12.25%; 2007: 13.77%); for 1 - 5 years 8.25% (2008: 11.75%; 2007:10.61%);
for 5 - 9 years 8.25% (2008: 10.5%; 2007: 9.49%) and for 10 years or more 8.75% (2008: 10.25%;
2007: 9.25%). These estimates were based on recent yields determined on government bonds.
|
|
3.5
|
|
Estimate of employee benefit liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
An updated actuarial valuation is carried out at the end of each financial year. Assumptions
used to determine the liability included a discount rate of 10%, no increases in employer
subsidies (in terms of the agreement) and mortality rates according to the SA 1956/62 mortality
table ( SA a mf tables) (60 years) and a medical inflation rate of 7.8% (2008: discount rate of
12%, 60 years and 9.8% inflation rate; 2007: discount rate of 9%, 60 years and 6.34% inflation
rate).
|
|
|
|
|
Management determined the discount rate by assessing financial instruments with similar terms
to the liability. The decreases to the discount rate and medical inflation rate are similar to
changes in interest and inflation rates in South Africa.
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Estimate of taxation
|
|
|
|
|
The Group is subject to income tax in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is
required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and
calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of
business. The Group recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of
whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters are different
from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and
deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
|
|
|
|
|
Management has to exercise judgment with regards to deferred tax assets. Where the
possibility exists that no future taxable income may flow against which these assets can be
offset, the deferred tax assets are not raised.
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Fair value of share-based payments
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of options granted are being determined using either a binominal,
Black-Scholes or a Monte Carlo valuation model. The significant inputs into the model are: vesting
period, risk free interest rate, volatility, price on date of grant and dividend yield. (Refer to
note 36 for detail on each of the share option schemes.)
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
Due to the wasting nature of mining assets and the finite life of a mines reserves, the
allocation of goodwill to a shaft will eventually result in an impairment charge for the goodwill.
The Group tests annually whether separately identifiable goodwill has suffered any impairment, in
accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.8. These calculations require the use of
estimates as stated in note 3.1.
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Gold in lock-up
|
|
|
|
|
Gold in lock-up in certain plants is estimated based on the calculated plant call factor.
Plant call factor is the efficiency measurement of the percentage of gold extracted from the ore.
|
|
|
3.10
|
|
Assessment of contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
Contingencies will only realize when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The
exercise of significant judgment and estimates of the outcome of future events are required during
the assessment of the impact of such contingencies.
|
|
|
3.11
|
|
Gold mineral reserves
|
|
|
|
|
Gold mineral reserves are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and
legally extracted from the Groups properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves,
estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic
factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs,
commodity prices and exchange rates.
|
|
|
|
|
Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves requires the size, shape and depth of
the orebodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of
drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgments and
calculations to interpret the data.
|
|
|
|
|
Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves change from year
to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations,
estimates of the mineral reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proven and probable
reserves may affect the Groups financial results and financial position in a number of ways,
including:
|
|
|
|
asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated cash flows;
|
|
|
|
|
depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are
calculated on the units-of-production method; and
|
|
|
|
|
environmental provisions may change as the timing and/or cost of these activities may be
affected by the change in mineral reserves.
|
|
|
|
At the end of each financial year, the estimate of proven and probable gold mineral reserve
is updated. Depreciation of mining assets is prospectively adjusted, based on these changes.
|
|
|
3.12
|
|
Production start date
|
|
|
|
|
Various relevant criteria are considered in order to assess when the mine is substantially
complete and ready for its intended use and moves into the production phase. Some of the criteria
would include but are not limited to the following:
|
|
|
|
the level of capital expenditure compared to the total project cost estimates;
|
|
|
|
|
the ability to produce gold in a saleable form (where more than an insignificant amount of
gold has been produced); and
|
|
|
|
|
the ability to sustain the ongoing production of gold.
|
4
|
|
Financial risk management
|
|
|
|
The Groups financial instruments expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk
(including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and other
price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group may use derivative financial instruments
to hedge certain risk exposures.
|
|
|
|
The Groups financial instruments are set out below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for-sale
|
|
|
Held-to-
|
|
|
liabilities at
|
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
financial
|
|
|
maturity
|
|
|
amortized
|
|
Figures in US dollar million
|
|
receivables
|
|
|
assets
|
|
|
investments
|
|
|
cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group Treasury) under
policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges
certain selected financial risks in close co-operation with the Groups operating units. The Board
provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written
policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk,
use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and the
investment of excess liquidity.
|
|
(a)
|
|
Market risk
|
|
|
|
|
(i) Foreign exchange risk
|
|
|
|
|
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from
various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US dollar (US$). Foreign exchange risk
arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments
in foreign operations. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or
recognized assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entitys functional
currency. Harmonys revenues are sensitive to the ZAR/US$ exchange rate as all revenues are
generated by gold sales denominated in US$. Harmony generally does not enter into forward sales,
derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a ZAR/US$ exchange rate in advance for the
sale of its future gold production.
|
|
|
|
|
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from inter-company loans denominated in
a currency other than the functional currency of that entity (A$ and Kina). Harmony generally does
not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to manage this risk.
|
|
|
|
Sensitivity analysis
|
|
|
|
|
The group has reviewed its foreign currency exposure on financial assets and financial
liabilities and has identified the following sensitivities for a 10% change in the exchange rate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A$ against US$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase by ten percent
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Decrease by ten percent
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Closing rate
|
|
|
0.81
|
|
|
|
0.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A$ against Rand
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase by ten percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Decrease by ten percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
Closing rate
|
|
|
7.72
|
|
|
|
7.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kina against A$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase by ten percent
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Decrease by ten percent
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
Closing rate
|
|
|
2.71
|
|
|
|
2.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) Other price risk
|
|
|
|
|
The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the fair value of the available-for-sale
financial assets as a result of changes in market prices (other than changes in interest rates and
foreign currencies). Harmony generally does not use any derivative instruments to manage this
risk.
|
|
|
|
|
Sensitivity analysis
|
|
|
|
|
The equity investments are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. A one percent
increase in the share price at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant, would
have increased other comprehensive income by US$0.07 million (2008: US$0.1 million; an equal
change in the opposite direction would have decreased other comprehensive income by US$0.07
million (2008: US$0.1 million). The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity price sensitivity
|
|
|
|
|
The profitability of the Groups operations, and the cash flows generated by those
operations, are affected by changes in the market price of gold. Harmony generally does not enter
into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for
the sale of future gold production.
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) Cash flow and fair value Interest rate risk
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. The Group has both
fixed and variable interest rate borrowings. Fixed rate borrowings expose the Group to fair value
interest rate risk. Variable rate borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The
Group has not entered into interest rate swap agreements.
|
|
|
|
Sensitivity analysis
|
|
|
|
|
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have
increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes
that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase by 100 basis points
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Decrease by 100 basis points
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
The above table excludes the fixed rate convertible bond. As it is accounted for at amortized
cost, interest rate changes do not affect reported profit or loss.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Credit risk
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty may default or not meet its obligations
timeously. Financial instruments, which subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk,
consist predominantly of restricted cash, restricted investments, trade and other receivables
(excluding non-financial assets) and cash and cash equivalents.
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure to credit risk on trade and other receivables is monitored on a regular basis. The
credit risk arising from restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents and restricted investments is
managed by ensuring amounts are only invested with financial institutions of good credit quality.
The Group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.
|
|
|
|
|
It is the policy of the Group to renegotiate credit terms with long-standing customers who
have a good credit history with the Group. These customers are monitored on an ongoing basis to
ensure that the customer remains within the renegotiated terms.
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of all
financial assets determined to be exposed to credit risk, amounting to US$610.8 million as at June
30, 2009 (2008: US$361.2 million).
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Liquidity Risk
|
|
|
|
|
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable
securities, and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit
facilities.
|
|
|
|
|
In the ordinary course of business, the Group receives cash from its operations and is
required to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements. The cash is managed to
ensure that surplus funds are invested in a manner to achieve market-related returns and to
provide sufficient liquidity at the minimum risk. The Group is able to actively source financing
at competitive rates.
|
|
|
|
|
The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities (including principal
and interest payments):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
Current
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
(1)
(2)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
(1)
(2)
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables (Discontinued operations, Note 15)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
US$32.9 million is due between 6 to 12 months. (2008: US$226.8 million).
|
|
(2)
|
|
US$4.6 million is due between 1 to 2 years. (2008: US$7.4 million).
|
|
(d)
|
|
Capital risk management
|
|
|
|
|
The primary objective of managing the Groups capital is to ensure that there is sufficient
capital available to support the funding requirements of the Group, in a way that optimizes the
cost of capital and matches the current strategic business plan.
|
|
|
|
|
The Group manages and makes adjustments to the capital structure which consists of debt and
equity as and when borrowings mature or when funding is required. This may take the form of
raising equity, market or bank debt or hybrids thereof. The Group may also adjust the amount of
dividends paid, sell assets to reduce debt or schedule projects to manage the capital structure.
|
|
|
|
|
There were no changes to the Groups approach to capital management during the year.
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Fair value determination
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying values (less any impairment allowance) of short-term financial instruments are
assumed to approximate their fair values.
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of available-for-sale financial assets are determined by reference to quoted
market prices. The fair value of other non-current financial instruments are determined using a
discounted cash flow model with market observable inputs, such as market interest rates.
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities are assumed to approximate their fair
value. The exception is the unsecured convertible fixed rate bond which had a fair value of R1
632 million (US$209.2 million) being 96% of the normal value of R1 700 million for the year ended
June 30, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Production costs (a)
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and depreciation of mining properties, mine
development costs and mine plant facilities (b)
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and depreciation of assets other than mining
properties, mine development costs and mine plant facilities
(c)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision/(reversal of provision) for rehabilitation costs (d)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs (e)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments (f)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of assets (g)
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for post retirement benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of sales
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
1,162
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Production costs include mine production, transport and refinery costs, applicable
general and administrative costs, movement in inventories and ore stockpiles and ongoing
environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers to and from deferred stripping. Ongoing
employee termination costs are included, however employee termination costs associated with major
restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. Production costs, analyzed by nature, consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Labor costs, including contractors
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
Stores and materials
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Water and electricity
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Transportation
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Changes in inventory
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Capitalization of mine development costs
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
By-products sales
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Total production cost
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
While Mount Magnet was classified as held-for-sale, no depreciation was recorded as per
the requirements of IFRS 5, Non-current assets held-for-sale and Discontinued Operations. When
Mount Magnet ceased being classified as held-for-sale, depreciation was calculated for the period
from April 2007 to June 2009 and US$28 million recorded in the 2009 year.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Amortization and depreciation of assets other than mining properties, mine development
costs and mine plant facilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Other non-mining assets
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Amortization of issue costs
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
Total amortization and depreciation
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
For the assumptions used to calculate the rehabilitation costs, refer to note 3.4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free State
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Randfontein and Elandskraal
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freegold
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Avgold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employment termination and restructuring cost
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the December 2007 quarter, a voluntary retrenchment process was begun, following the
Groups decision to decentralize central services, as well as the restructuring of shafts due to
the cessation of Conops.
|
(f)
|
|
Refer to note 36 for details on the share-based payments schemes operated by the Group.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Impairment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Virginia
(1)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Target
(1)
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evander
(1)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kalgold
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Mount Magnet
(2)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
56
|
|
Other underground assets
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other underground goodwill
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
During 2009 and 2008 impairments were recognized, which resulted primarily from the
revised business (Life-of-Mine) plans that were completed during the June quarter of each year.
Included in the revised plans were increases in labor and electricity costs, Also included in the
revised plans for 2009 for Evander and Target was additional capital expenditure that is needed to
access reserve ounces in areas where geological anomalies have been discovered. These adjustments
impacted negatively on the recoverable amount and contributed to the recognition of the
impairments at the shafts. Impairment tests were performed as required by IAS 36, Impairment of
Assets, and as a result these impairments were recorded. For assumptions used to calculate the
recoverable amount, refer to note 3.1.
|
|
|
|
|
During June 2007, the Group recorded an impairment at the Free State operations relating to
the cessation of operations at the Refinery. The Group also reversed impairments previously
recorded at its Kalgold and Freegold operations, where the recoverable amounts calculated using
fair value less costs to sell exceeded the carrying values.
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
In 2009, the impairment recorded for Mount Magnet since being classified as held-for-sale
was reversed when the requirement for IFRS 5 were no longer met and the carrying value was
adjusted for depreciation as per IFRS 5. Refer to note 5(b) in this regard.
|
|
|
|
During the 2008 year, the disposal group was tested for impairment and as the recoverable
amount exceeded the carrying value, a portion of the impairment previously recognized was
reversed.
|
|
|
|
|
When Mount Magnet was classified as held-for-sale in April 2007, the carrying value had to be
measured against the recoverable amount, in terms of IFRS 5. The carrying value exceeded the
recoverable amount and therefore an impairment was recorded.
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
During 2008 goodwill relating to certain underground operations, classified as Other
underground, was also impaired. For further details on the allocation of goodwill, refer to note
18.
|
6
|
|
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the total for 2009 is US$111.9 million profit on sale of 50% of Harmonys gold
and copper assets in Morobe province, Papua New Guinea (
PNG
), to Newcrest Mining Limited
(
Newcrest
) in terms of the Master Purchase and Farm-in agreement. The sale was concluded in
three stages.
|
|
|
|
|
On July 31, 2008, stage 1, being the sale of an initial 30.1% participating interest in the
assets, was concluded at a profit of US$57.9 million. The remaining 19.99% interest was sold in
two further stages, resulting in a profit of US$44.6 million for the 10% interest of stage 2 and a
profit of US$9.9 million for the 9.99% interest of stage 3. These stages were completed on
February 27, 2009 and June 30, 2009 respectively. Refer to note 23.
|
|
|
|
|
The amount in 2008 includes the sale of tenements by Mount Magnet to BHP Nickel for a profit
of US$10.8 million.
|
|
|
|
|
The Randfontein 4 Shaft was sold to Ezulwini Mining Company (Proprietary) Limited on December
29, 2006, resulting in a profit of US$9.8 million.
|
|
|
|
|
The Deelkraal surface assets were disposed of at a profit of US$13.7 million to Ogoerion
Construction CC on April 5, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange gain net (a)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Loss/(gain) on financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Bad debts provision expense (b)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Bad debts written off (b)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
Total other expenses net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
(i) During the 2008 year, two intercompany loans, previously designated as forming part
of the net investment of the Groups international operations, were de-designated, mainly as a
result of the expected repayment of these loans from the proceeds from the PNG Partnership
Agreement (refer to note 23).
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with the Groups accounting policies, accumulated exchange gains that arose
while the loans were considered to form part of the Groups net investment in its international
operations remain in equity and are only reclassified to the consolidated income statements as and
when the loans are repaid. Therefore, following partial repayment of the loans in 2009 an
accumulated exchange gain of US$53.1 million that arose while the loans were considered to form
part of the Groups net investment in its international operations has been reclassified from
other reserves to the consolidated income statements.
|
|
|
|
|
On June 30, 2009, the Group converted the remainder of the loan between the Company and
Harmony Gold (Australia) (Proprietary) Limited (
Harmony Australia
) to ordinary shares, and the
portion of the accumulated exchange gain that arose while the loan to Harmony Australia formed
part of the Groups net investment, continues to be deferred in equity until the investment in
Harmony Australia is sold.
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange gains/(losses) arising after de-designation of the loans in 2008 have been
included in the consolidated income statements and in 2009 amounted to a loss of US$22.3 million
(2008: gain of US$15.3 million).
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) During the 2009 year, foreign exchange losses of US$30.0 million were recognised
relating to the exchange movements on the US$ denominated Pamodzi Resources Fund 1 LLP (
PRF
)
loan for the Cooke transaction. Refer to note 22 for further detail.
|
|
|
|
|
In anticipation of the receipt of the purchase consideration for the Cooke assets, the Group
arranged a forward exchange contract, allowing the Group to sell the proceeds at R10.27 per US$1
on April 21, 2009. The gain on this arrangement was US$21.1 million.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The amount in 2008 includes a provision for the outstanding balance of US$6.4 million on
the sale of Deelkraal to Ogoerion Construction CC.
|
|
|
|
During the 2009 year, trade debt and loans of US$3.4 million was written off as the Group
considered the debts irrecoverable. A net provision of US$11.2 million was made, where the
Group considered the recoverability of the debts to be doubtful. Refer to note 24.
|
8
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
|
The following have been included in operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Auditors remuneration
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
External
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees current year
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Fees prior year under provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees other services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees current year
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Profit on sale of investment in associate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on the sale of Western Areas Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Total profit on sale of investment in associate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
On December 8, 2006, the Group disposed of its interest in Western Areas Limited.
|
|
10
|
|
Fair value (loss)/gain on financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value through profit or loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark-to-market adjustment (a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment recognized in profit or loss (b)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized portion of mark-to-market movement (c)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value (loss)/gain on financial instruments
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The sale agreement of African Rainbow Minerals Limited (
ARM
) shares gave rise to a
non-derivative financial instrument that is designated as at fair value through profit or
loss. The fair value movement recognized is equivalent to the interest paid on the
Nedbank loans, which were guaranteed by the Group. These guarantees were cancelled in
September 2007.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
This amount relates to the portion of the mark-to-market losses reclassified from other
reserves to the income statement when the investments were considered to be permanently
impaired. Refer to note 21(b) and 28 in this regard.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
This portion relates to the realised portion of the mark-to-market gains reclassified from
other reserves to the income statement on the disposal of the Dioro investment. Refer to
note 21(b) and 28 for further detail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Loss on sale of listed investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on sale of investment in Gold Fields Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
The Group acquired its investment in Gold Fields Limited (
Gold Fields
) in December 2006, in exchange for its interest in Western Areas
Limited (see note 9). The Group disposed of 2 650 000 shares during 2007, and the remaining 7 348 079 shares in 2008 resulting in
realized losses of US$5 million and US$63 million, respectively.
|
|
12
|
|
Investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Interest received
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
Loans and receivables
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Held-to-maturity investments
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend income on available for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Total investment income
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank and short-term facilities
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible unsecured fixed rate bonds
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Nedbank Limited
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Westpac Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rand Merchant Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Other creditors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
Total finance costs from financial liabilities
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-retirement benefits
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
South African Revenue Services (SARS)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Total finance costs from non-financial liabilities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
Total finance cost before interest capitalized
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Interest capitalized
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
Total finance costs
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
The capitalization rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization during the year is 12.3% (2008: 11.7%
and 2007: 9.8%).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SA normal taxation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mining tax (a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- current year
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
- prior year
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-mining tax (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- current year
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
- prior year
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Deferred tax (c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- deferred tax
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign normal taxation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- deferred tax (d)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
Total normal taxation
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Mining tax on gold mining income in South Africa is determined according to a formula,
based on the taxable income from mining operations. Gold Mining Companies within the Group
that have elected to be exempt from Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) are taxed at higher
rates than those that have not made the election.
|
|
|
|
|
All qualifying mining capital expenditure is deducted from taxable mining income to the
extent that it does not result in an assessed loss and accounting depreciation is
eliminated when calculating the South African mining tax income. Excess capital expenditure
is carried forward as unredeemed capital to be claimed from future mining taxable income.
The Group has several tax paying entities in South Africa. In terms of the mining
ring-fencing application, each ring-fenced mine is treated separately and deductions can
normally only be utilized against mining income generated from the relevant ring-fenced
mine.
|
|
|
|
|
The formulas for determining the South African gold mining tax rates are:
|
|
|
|
|
Y = 43 - 215/X (elect not to pay STC) (2009 and 2008)
|
|
|
|
|
Y = 45 - 225/X (elect not to pay STC) (2007)
|
|
|
|
|
Y = 34 - 170/X (no election made) (2009 and 2008)
|
|
|
|
|
Y = 35 - 175/X (no election made) (2007)
|
|
|
|
|
Where Y is the percentage rate of tax payable and X is the ratio of taxable income, net of
any qualifying capital expenditure that bears to mining income so derived, expressed as a
percentage.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Non-mining income is taxed at 35% (exempt from STC) (2008: 35% and 2007: 37%) and 28% (no
election made) (2008: 28% and 2007: 29%). Non-mining companies are taxed at the statutory
corporate rate of 28% (2008: 28% and 2007: 29%).
|
|
(c)
|
|
The tax rate used to calculate deferred tax is based on the current estimate of future
profitability when temporary differences will reverse, based on tax rates (and tax laws)
that have been enacted at balance sheet date. Depending on the profitability of the
operations, the tax rate can consequently be significantly different from year to year.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Mining and non-mining income of Australian and PNG operations are taxed at a standard tax
rate of 30% (2008: 30% and 2007: 30%). Deferred tax is provided at the estimated expected
future mining tax rate for temporary differences, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that
have been enacted at balance sheet date.
|
|
|
|
|
Income and mining tax rates
|
|
|
|
|
The South African taxation rates were changed in the 2008 year after an announcement of a
reduction in the applicable rates by the Finance Minister in his annual budget speech in
February 2008. There was no change in the 2009 year.
|
|
|
|
|
Major items causing the Groups income tax provision to differ from the maximum mining
statutory tax rate of 43% (2008: 43% and 2007: 45%) were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Tax on net income/(loss) from continuing operations at the maximum mining statutory tax rate
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Non-allowable deductions
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Difference between effective mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on mining income
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difference between non-mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on non-mining income
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Effect on temporary differences due to changes in effective tax rates
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Prior year adjustment mining and non-mining tax
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Capital allowances
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income and mining taxation
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
Effective income and mining tax rate
|
|
|
-10
|
%
|
|
|
680
|
%
|
|
|
-1
|
%
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities and assets on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2009 and 30 June
2008, relate to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liability
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
Amortization and depreciation
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
540
|
|
Product inventory not taxed
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Convertible bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax asset
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
Deferred financial liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unredeemed capital expenditure
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
Provisions, including non-current provisions
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Tax losses
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
|
|
Movement in the net deferred tax liability recognized in the balance sheet is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
Total charge per income statement (a)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Tax directly charged to equity (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
The following amounts that will realize or be recovered in the next 12 months have been
included in the deferred tax liabilities and assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The charge includes the amounts for both continuing and discontinued operations.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The charge relates to deferred tax asset on the downward mark-to-market adjustment during the
year on available-for-sale financial assets by Australian operations. Refer to note 21 and 28
in this regard.
|
|
|
|
|
As at June 30, certain subsidiaries in the Group had the following tax credits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Unredeemed capital expenditure available for utilization against future mining taxable income
|
|
|
1,586
|
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
Tax losses carried forward utilizable against taxable income
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Capital Gains Tax (CGT) losses available to be utilized against future CGT gains.
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at June 30, the Group has not recognized the following deferred tax asset amounts
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The unrecognized temporary differences are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unredeemed capital expenditure
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax losses
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
CGT losses
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temporary differences relating to investments in associates
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary Taxation on Companies
|
|
|
|
|
STC is a tax levied on South African companies at a rate of 10% with effect from October 1,
2007 (previously 12.5%) on dividends distributed.
|
|
|
|
|
Current and deferred tax are measured at the tax rate applicable to undistributed income and
therefore only take STC into account to the extent that dividends have been received or paid.
|
|
|
|
On declaration of a dividend, the Company includes the STC on this dividend in its computation
of the income tax expense in the period of such declaration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Available STC credits at end of year
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
On August 13, 2009, the Board of Directors approved a final dividend for the 2009 financial
year of 50 SA cents per share. The total dividend, paid on September 21, 2009, amounted to
US$28.6 million. As the STC credit exceeded the dividend no STC was payable on this
declaration.
|
15
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale and discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
The assets and liabilities related to Mount Magnet and South Kal (operations in Australia), Orkney operations (operations in Northwest province) have been
presented as held-for-sale following approval of the Groups management and Board of Directors on April 20, 2007. These operations also met the criteria to be
classified as discontinued operations and were reported in the Discontinued Operations other segment in the segment report.
|
|
|
|
On December 6, 2007, the sale relating to the South Kal operation (operation in Australia) was concluded at a loss, net of tax, of US$7.6 million and the assets
were derecognized.
|
|
|
|
On February 27, 2008, the sale relating to the Orkney operations (operations in the Northwest province) was concluded at a profit of US$8.9 million and the
assets were derecognized.
|
|
|
|
The Mount Magnet operations were first classified as held-for-sale in 2007, when Harmony signed a letter of intent for the sale of its Mount Magnet operations
with Monarch. However, in July 2008, Harmony was advised that Monarch placed itself in voluntary administration, and in August 2008, the Administrator
indicated that Monarch would not proceed with the purchase and consequently the purchase agreement was terminated.
|
|
|
|
Harmony resumed management of the operation and re-commenced the sale process early in 2009. However, during the fourth quarter 2009, it was decided that
further drilling at the Mount Magnet operation would enhance the selling potential of the operation and, as a result, the operation no longer met the
requirements to be classified as held-for-sale in terms of IFRS 5. Consequently, the consolidated income statements, earnings per share and related notes for
comparative periods have been re-presented to include income and expenses relating to the Mount Magnet operations in continuing operations. The Mount Magnet
operations continue to be under care and maintenance.
|
|
|
|
On ceasing to be classified as held-for-sale, the carrying value was re-measured as per IFRS 5 (refer to note 2.11) and depreciation amounting to US$28 million
was recorded. This also lead to the recording of a reversal of impairment of US$28 million. Refer to note 5(b) and (g) respectively.
|
|
|
The assets and liabilities relating to the Cooke 1, Cooke 2, Cooke 3, Cooke plant and related surface operations (operations in the Gauteng province) have been
presented as held-for-sale following the approval of the Groups management on October 16, 2007. These operations were also deemed to be discontinued operation.
|
|
|
|
The sale of assets to Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited (
Rand Uranium
) had two tranches, the first being the sale of the Randfontein Cooke assets. The
second tranche relates to the sale of the Old Randfontein assets, which is situated near the Cooke operations and contains gold and uranium. Both tranches were
subject to conditions, including the approval of the Ministerial Consent of the cession of the Mining Right (Section 11). In exchange for 60% of the issued
share capital of Rand Uranium, PRF agreed to pay Harmony a purchase consideration of US$209 million.
|
|
|
|
The conditions precedent for the sale of Randfonteins Cooke assets to Rand Uranium were fulfilled and the transaction became effective on November 21, 2008.
US$40 million of the consideration was received on the effective date with the balance and the interest on the outstanding amount, together amounting to US$172
million, being received on April 20, 2009. The conditions for the second sale were fulfilled on April 22, 2009.
|
|
|
|
The total profit for the transaction is US$171 million before tax.
|
|
|
|
The assets and liabilities for the operations classified as held-for-sale at the reporting dates presented follow below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet
|
|
|
|
Assets of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Investment in financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet
|
|
|
|
Liabilities of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Provisions for other liabilities and charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
Total liabilities of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
- 64
|
|
|
The results and cash flows relating to these operations are disclosed in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis of the results of discontinued operations, and the results recognized on the re-measurement of assets for disposal by the Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
Expenses net
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
Profit on sale of shares
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit from discontinued operations before tax
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Taxation
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
Cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating cash flows
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Investing cash flows
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
(19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash flows
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
16
|
|
Earnings/(loss) per share
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to shareholders by the weighted number of ordinary shares in issue during
the year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000)
|
|
|
414,121
|
|
|
|
400,750
|
|
|
|
397,911
|
|
|
Net profit/(loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
Net profit from discontinued operations
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Total net profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Basic earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations (cents)
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations (cents)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total basic earnings/(loss) per share (cents)
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
Fully diluted earnings/(loss) per share
|
|
|
|
For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential dilutive ordinary
shares as a result of share options granted to employees under the share option schemes in issue. A calculation is performed to determine the number of shares
that could have been acquired at fair value, determined as the average annual market share price of the Companys shares, based on the monetary value of the
subscription rights attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have
been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (000)
|
|
|
414,121
|
|
|
|
400,750
|
|
|
|
397,911
|
|
Potential ordinary shares (000)
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
|
2,144
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for fully diluted earnings per share (000)
|
|
|
415,963
|
|
|
|
402,894
|
|
|
|
402,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully diluted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations (cents)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Fully diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations (cents)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total fully diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
The inclusion of share options issued to employees as at June 30, 2009, as potential ordinary shares, had a dilutive effect on the diluted earnings per share. Additionally
for the 2008 and 2007 year, the potential ordinary shares to be issued upon the conversion of the convertible unsecured fixed-rate bond (refer to note 29) had an
anti-dilutive effect on the diluted earnings per share. Accordingly, such additional shares were not taken into account in the determination of the diluted loss per share.
|
17
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Mining properties, mine development costs and mine plant facilities
|
|
|
1,628
|
|
|
|
1,532
|
|
Mining assets under construction
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
561
|
|
Undeveloped properties
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
1,434
|
|
Other non-mining assets
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mining properties, mine development costs and mine
plant facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
2,521
|
|
|
|
2,745
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(324
|
)
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
Adjustment to rehabilitation asset
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Transfers and other movements
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
Net reclassification from/(to) held-for-sale
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
|
(369
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
3,236
|
|
|
|
2,521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
Impairment of fixed assets (a)
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Depreciation for the year (a)
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Depreciation for the year capitalized to mining assets under construction
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Net reclassification from/(to) held-for-sale
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
(317
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
1,628
|
|
|
|
1,532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mining assets under construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year (b)
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
Additions (c)
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
Finance costs capitalized
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Transfers and other movements
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
Translation
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Net reclassification from held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Book value
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undeveloped property
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
|
|
1,630
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Transfers and other movements
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
Translation
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
Net reclassification from/(to) held-for-sale
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Reversal on impairment of fixed assets (a)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Transfers and other movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
16
|
|
Net reclassification from/(to) held-for-sale
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
1,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stripping
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Reversal of deferred costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of fixed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-mining assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Transfers and other movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Net reclassification from held for sale
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Depreciation for the year
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Transfers and other movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Net reclassification from held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total net book value
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
For the 2008 figures these amounts include both continuing and discontinued operations.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Included in this amount is the balance pertaining to the undivided 26% share of the
mining titles in the Doornkop South Reef Project owned by African Vanguard Resources
(Doornkop) (Proprietary) Limited (
AVRD
). The Group is required to consolidate AVRD -
refer to note 29 (c).
|
|
|
|
|
In terms of a revised agreement signed on March 13, 2009, Harmony will purchase this
share back from AVRD in exchange for Harmony ordinary shares. The conditions precedent
to this transaction are expected to be completed by end of February 2010.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
The additions include amounts relating to purchase of the royalty agreements that Rio
Tinto had over Hidden Valley and Kerimenge deposits in PNG. During March 2008,
Harmony concluded the buy back of these royalty rights for US$22 million through the
issue of US$20 million Harmony shares and US$2 million in cash.
|
|
|
|
|
On December 1, 2008, Harmony issued a further 3.4 million Harmony shares to Rio Tinto
to cancel the Rio Tinto royalty rights over Wafi-Golpu in PNG. The value of the
issued shares were US$23 million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Additional disclosures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leased assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying value of capitalized leased assets (included in mining assets under
construction)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finance lease additions
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year (a)
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year (a)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Impairment loss (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost (c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Acquired during the year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Amortization charge for the year
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Net book value
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
Total net book value
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The 2008 opening carrying value of goodwill amounting US$322 million relates to the
acquisition of ARMgold on September 22, 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
The net book value of goodwill has been allocated to the cash generating units:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
Other underground
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The impairment of goodwill in 2008 relates to goodwill
allocated to other underground segments. The related mining
assets have also been impaired. Refer to note 5(g).
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
The amount relates to the acquisition of the Oracle ERP
software implemented in December 2006, as well as additional
acquisition and implementation costs for the Oracle ERP
software during the year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental guarantees call account (a)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Management Account (b)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
Total restricted cash
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The amount relates to funds set aside for guarantees made to
the Department of Mineral Resources in South Africa for
environmental and rehabilitation obligations.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The amount relates to funds set aside by the international
operations for performance bonds related to guarantees in Australia for environmental obligations.
|
20
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Held-to-maturity financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments held by Environmental Trust Funds ( a)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
Investments held by Social Trust Fund (b)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
Total restricted investments
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The environmental trust funds are irrevocable trusts under the
Groups control. Contributions to the trust are invested in
interest-bearing short-term investments. The costs of these
investments approximate their fair value. These investments
provide for the estimated cost of rehabilitation during and at
the end of the life of the Groups mines. Income earned on the
investments are restricted in use and may only be used to fund
the Groups approved rehabilitation costs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of the movement in the Environmental Trust Funds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Disposal of business
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Contributions made
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The social trust fund is an irrevocable trust under the
Groups control. The Group has undertaken to donate
over a period of 10 years to The Harmony Gold Mining
Group Social Plan Trust in terms of an agreement signed
on November 3, 2003. An initial donation of US$2.7
million was made during the 2004 year. The balance will
be donated in installments of US$0.45 million per annum
with the final installment to be made in 2013. The
purpose of the Trust is to fund the social plan to
reduce the negative effects of restructuring on the
Groups workforce, to put measures in place to ensure
that the technical and life skills of the Groups
workforce are developed and to develop the Groups
workforce in such a manner to avoid or minimize the
effect of job losses and a decline in employment
through turnaround or redeployment strategies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of the movement in the Social Trust Fund:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Contributions made*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Claims paid*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
*
|
|
Please note that for 2009 when these amounts were
translated into US dollars, the amounts were less than
US$0.5 million and were rounded down, resulting in no
movement being shown for the year.
|
21
|
|
Investment in financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(362
|
)
|
Mark-to-market of available-for-sale investments
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Fair value movement of ARM investment (refer to note 10(a))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amount consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in Alloy Resources (a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in Dioro Exploration NL (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Investment in Avoca Resource Limited (c)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in other unlisted shares (d)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
Total available-for-sale financial assets
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
On April 3, 2006, Big Bell Gold Operations
(Proprietary) Limited, a subsidiary of Harmony
Australia, received 5 000 000 shares, valued at A$0.20
per share, in Alloy Resources, as partial consideration
for the sale of Comet tenements.
|
|
|
|
The market value of the listed investments was US$0.1 million (A$0.025
per share) on June 30, 2009 (2008: US$0.3 million) (A$0.05 per share).
On March 30, 2009, the investment was considered to be permanently
impaired, resulting in a cumulative loss amounting to US$0.4 million
net of tax recognized in other reserves being reclassified from equity
to profit or loss.
|
|
|
|
|
Subsequent to the impairment, a gain of US $0.04 million was
recognized in other comprehensive income. Tax on this revaluation
amounted to US $0.01 million, which has been charged directly to
equity.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
On December 5, 2007, the Group concluded an agreement with Dioro
Exploration NL (
Dioro
) to sell its South Kal operation (Australia)
in exchange for 11 428 571 shares in Dioro, constituting an investment
of 17.6% in Dioros issued share capital. At that date the shares were
valued at US$18.9 million, being A$1.75 (R11.80) per share. The shares
are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange. At June 30, 2008,
the shares were valued at A$0.74, resulting in a US$8.1 million loss
being recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008, as a result of a significant and prolonged
decline in market value, an impairment in value was recognized,
resulting in a cumulative loss of US$7.7 million net of tax,
previously recognized in other reserves, being recognized in the
income statement.
|
|
|
|
|
Subsequent to this impairment, gains relating to the increase in the
fair value of the investment amounting to US$1.5 million were
recognized in other comprehensive income. Tax of US$0.1 million
relating to these gains were charged directly to equity. These gains
and the related tax were recognized in the income statement on
disposal of the investment (see below).
|
|
|
|
|
On April 17, 2009, the Group disposed of its investment in exchange
for shares in Avoca Resources Limited (
Avoca
). This was in terms of
an offer made by Avoca to exchange every 3 Dioro shares held for 1
Avoca share. The market value on that day was US$4.2 million.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
On April 17, 2009, the Group received 3 809 524 shares, valued at
A$1.50 per share, or US$4.2 million, in Avoca as consideration for its
Dioro shares. The market value of the investment was US$5.4 million
(A$1.75 per share) on June 30, 2009, with an increase of US$0.5
million, net of tax, since acquisition being reflected as other
comprehensive income. A portion of these shares were sold during
September and October 2009. Refer to note 39.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
These investments have been valued by the directors by performing
independent valuations on an annual basis to ensure that no permanent
impairment in the value of the investments has occurred. The
directors valuation is consistent with the stated value above.
During the financial year under review, the Group did not receive any
income from these investments ( 2008: Nil).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Investment in associates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Shares acquired at cost (a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Subsidiary becoming associate (b)
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of unrealized profits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Share of profit/(loss) after tax
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Impairment of share in associate
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Translation
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amount consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pamodzi Gold Limited (a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited(b)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investment in associates
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
On February 27, 2008,
Pamodzi Gold Limited
(Pamodzi) bought the
Orkney operations from
the Group for a
consideration of 30 000 000 Pamodzi
shares. This resulted
in Harmony owning
32.4% of Pamodzi. On
the purchase date the
value of the
investment was US$46.5
million being US$1.54
per share. Pamodzi was
listed on the JSE and
has interests in
operating gold mines
in South Africa.
|
|
|
|
|
An impairment of the
investment in
associate of US$12.3
million was recognized
at June 30, 2008, as
the market value of
the share had
decreased to US$0.62
per share The fair
value of the
investment was US$18.6
million. For the four
months to June 30,
2008, the Group
recognized US$10.6
million as its share
of losses from
associates.
|
|
|
|
|
On September 30, 2008,
an impairment test was
performed and an
impairment of US$13.5
million was recorded.
After taking into
account the Groups
share of losses of
US$3.7 million, the
carrying value at
December 31, 2008 was
R0. Subsequently, the
Group has not
recognized its share
of any further losses.
During March 2009,
Pamodzi was placed in
liquidation and the
trading of its shares
on the JSE was
suspended.
|
|
|
|
|
The audited financial
statements for the
year ended December
31, 2008 and the
financial information
for the six months
ended June 30, 2009
were not available at
the time of this
report being
finalized. As a
result, the unaudited
summarized information
for the nine months
ended March 31, 2009
has been included.
This information is
not comparable with
the four month period
ended June 30, 2008,
disclosed in prior
years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Production costs
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The financial position as at March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2008 is disclosed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The Group owns a 40% share of Rand Uranium, which is an unlisted company registered in
South Africa, with gold mining operations in the Gauteng province of South Africa.
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups interest was obtained by the completion of two transactions, discussed below.
|
|
|
|
|
On November 21, 2008, the Companys wholly-owned subsidiary Randfontein Estates Limited
disposed of its Randfontein Cooke assets to a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary, Rand
Uranium, for a consideration of US$328 million, settled with Rand Uranium shares. In a
related transaction on the same date, 60% of these shares were sold to PRF for US$197
million. US$40 million was paid on the effective date and the balance of US$157 million
was paid on April 20, 2009. Interest was charged on the outstanding balance at 5% per
annum, resulting in US$3.3 million being recognized in the income statement. The
interest was also received on April 20, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
The conditions precedent for the second part of the Rand Uranium transaction relating to
the sale of the Old Randfontein assets to Rand Uranium were fulfilled on April 22, 2009.
These assets were valued at US$20 million. Additional shares were issued in settlement
and 60% of these shares were sold to PRF in terms of the agreement. PRF paid its portion
of the purchase price, US$12 million, in cash on April 20, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
The shareholders agreement includes certain restrictions on the Groups ability to
dispose of its shares in Rand Uranium for a period of up to four years from the
effective date, being November 21, 2008. In addition, PRF has the right, for a period of
up to four years after the effective date, to have first claim on the proceeds, up to a
specified amount, in the event of a disposal of the operations. Harmony has first right
of refusal in such an event. However due to the contingent nature of the provision, the
Group has made no adjustments to the associates carrying amount.
|
|
|
|
|
The Group recognised a profit of US$171 million (before tax) on these transactions. This
profit is included in the profit from discontinued operations. Refer to note 15.
|
|
|
|
|
During the seven months to June 2009, the Group recognized its share of the post
acquisition profits of US$5.1 million. The carrying value of the investment at June 30,
2009 is US$42.6 million.
|
|
|
|
Rand Uranium has a year end of June 30. At the time of finalization of this report, the
audited financial statements for Rand Uranium were not available. The unaudited
financial information of Rand Uranium for the period since acquisition of the investment
to June 2009 and as at June 30, 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
101
|
|
Production costs
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
Net profit
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
577
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
23
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
On June 21, 2006, Harmony acquired 37.8%, or 2 295 563 ordinary shares, of the issued
share capital of Village Reef Gold Mining Company (1934) Limited at a total cost of
US$0.07 million. The equity stake was purchased from ARM at a price of US$3 cents per
share. Village is listed on the JSE Limited in the gold sector and has been dormant for
some time without any operating mines.
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30, 2008, the fair value of the investment was US$0.09 million, calculated on a
share price of US$4 cents.
|
|
|
|
|
During the twelve months to June 2008, the Group did not recognize its share of losses
from the associate. This unrecognized share amounted to US$0.08 million.
|
|
|
|
|
On July 10, 2008, the Group disposed of its interest in Village Reef Gold Mining Company
to To The Point Growth Specialists Investments 2 (Proprietary) Limited, for a
consideration of US$0.1 million.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
On June 18, 2007, the Group disposed of 17% of its share in Orpheo by Harmony
(Proprietary) Limited (
Orpheo
), which had been accounted for as a joint venture.
After the transaction, the Group held a 34% interest in Orpheo.
|
|
|
|
|
At June 30, 2008, the fair value of the investment was evaluated by management. It was
determined that the carrying value exceeded the fair value and an impairment of US$0.06
million was recognized. During the 12 months ended June 30, 2008, the Groups share of
post-acquisition profit was US$0.04 million.
|
|
|
|
|
On September 1, 2008, the Group disposed of its shares held in Orpheo to the remaining
shareholders, in exchange for a consideration of US$0.13.
|
23
|
|
Investment in Joint Venture
|
|
(a)
|
|
Papua New Guinea (PNG) Partnership agreement (50%)
|
|
|
|
|
On April 22, 2008 Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Wafi Mining Limited,
subsidiaries of Harmony Australia entered into a Master Purchase and Farm-in Agreement
with Newcrest. This agreement provided for Newcrest to purchase a 30.01% participating
interest (stage 1) and a further farm-in of an additional 19.99% participating interest
in Harmonys PNG gold and copper assets, giving them a 50% interest.
|
|
|
|
|
On July 16, 2008, the conditions to the Master Purchase and Farm-in agreement were
finalized, which included regulatory and statutory approvals by the PNG Government.
Stage 1 completion took place on July 31, 2008, and a total consideration of US$229.8
million was received on August 7, 2008, of which US$50 million was placed in a jointly
controlled escrow account. This amount was subsequently released to Harmony following
confirmation of approval of an exploration license during September 2008 by the PNG
Mining authorities.
|
|
|
|
|
Harmony recognized a profit of US$58 million on the completion of stage 1, which
represented a sale of an undivided interest of 30.01% of Harmonys PNG gold and copper
assets and liabilities comprising the joint venture.
|
|
|
|
|
During the farm-in period, Harmony agreed to transfer a further 19.99% interest to
Newcrest in consideration for an agreement by Newcrest to meet certain expenditure which
would otherwise have to be undertaken by Harmony. The interest to be transferred were
conditional on the level of capital expenditures funded by Newcrest at certain
milestones, and by the end of February 2009, Newcrest acquired another 10% through the
farm-in arrangement. The final 9.99% was acquired by June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
At the date of completion of each partys obligations under the farm-in arrangement,
Harmony derecognized the proportion of the mining assets and liabilities in the joint
venture that it has sold to Newcrest, and recognized its interest in the capital
expenditure at fair value. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the
carrying amounts of the asset disposed of during the farm-in arrangement amounted to a
gain of US$54 million, which has been included in the consolidated income statements for
2009.
|
|
|
|
The following are the Groups effective share of income, expenses, assets and
liabilities, which are included in the 2009 consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
Production costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
185
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
161
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Healthshare Health Solutions (Proprietary) Limited
|
|
|
|
|
The Group held a joint venture interest in Healthshare Health Solutions (Proprietary)
Limited (
Healthshare
) (45%). On January 1, 2008, the Group disposed of its interest to
the remaining shareholders of Healthshare at a loss of US$0.3 million and derecognized
its share in assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
For the six months ending December 31, 2007, the Groups share of the joint venture
profit or losses amounted to a profit of US$0.4 million.
|
24
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables (gold)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Other trade receivables (a)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Provision for impairment
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
Trade receivables net
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Loans to associates and joint ventures (b)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other receivables
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Employee receivables
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Insurance claims receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepayments
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Value added tax
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Total current trade and other receivables
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to associates (c)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Other loans receivable (d)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Provision for impairment (e)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Total non-current trade and other receivables
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Included in other trade receivables is an amount of US$9.1 million owed by Rand Uranium.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Included in this balance is an amount of US$4.8 million due from Rand Uranium for services and
goods supplied in terms of the service level agreements entered into between the Group and Rand
Uranium. Also included is an amount of US$9.7 million due to Harmonys Australian operations,
being the Newcrests portion of the Groups loan to the PNG joint venture companies.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Included in this balance is a loan of US$8.5 million to Rand Uranium. The loan bears interest at
a rate equal to the 91 Day JIBAR plus 250 basis points and is repayable within seven years. The
loan has been subordinated. Also included in this balance is a loan of US$15.0 million (2008:
US$13.2 million) owed by Pamodzi. The loan bore interest at prime rate until March 2009 when
Pamodzi was placed into liquidation. Harmony is a concurrent creditor in the Pamodzi Orkney
liquidation.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Loans comprise various loans, which have been valued by the directors. These loans are unsecured
and bear interest at rates set out in the individual loan agreements. The repayment terms are
also stipulated in the contracts and may vary from each other. Included in this balance is a
loan of US$1.1 million (2008: US$1.0 million) due from Ubuntu Small Scale Mining (Proprietary)
Limited (
Ubuntu
). The loan bears interest at prime less 3% with no fixed repayment terms.
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Included in this balance is the amount of US$15.0 million (2008: US$0) relating to the loan owed
by Pamodzi and an amount of US$1.1 million (2008: US$1.0 million) relating to the loan owed by
Ubuntu. Interest of US$1.5 million was charged on impaired loans in 2009 (2008: US$0).
|
|
|
|
|
The movement in the provision for impairment of trade receivables during the year was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Provision for impairment of receivables
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Unused amounts reversed
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables written off during the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
The movement in the provision for impairment of loans receivables during the year was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Provision for impairments of loans
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Loans written off during the year
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Translation
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully performing
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 1 to 30 days
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 31 to 60 days
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 61 to 90 days
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by more than 90 days
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Past due by more than 361 days
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully performing
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 1 to 30 days
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 31 to 60 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 61 to 90 days
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by more than 90 days
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Past due by more than 361 days
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ageing of loans receivable at the reporting date was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully performing
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 1 to 30 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 31 to 60 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 61 to 90 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by more than 90 days
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Past due by more than 361 days
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully performing
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 1 to 30 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 31 to 60 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by 61 to 90 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due by more than 90 days
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Past due by more than 361 days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on past experience, the Group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in
respect of fully performing receivables as the amount relates to customers that have a good
track record with the Group. Similarly, the loans and receivables noted above, other than those
provided for, are fully performing and considered to be a low credit risk.
|
|
|
|
|
During the 2008 financial year, the balance of US$6 million due from Ogoerion Construction CC
for the purchase of the Deelkraal surface assets was impaired. In the 2009 financial year, the
deal was renegotiated and the Deelkraal plant was excluded from the transaction.
|
|
|
|
During the year 2009 and 2008 there was no renegotiation of the terms of any receivable, other
than as discussed above.
|
|
|
|
|
As at June 30, 2009, there was no collateral pledged or held for any of the receivables. At June
30, 2008, the Group held the Deelkraal surface assets as collateral for the amount owed by
Ogoerion Construction CC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Gold in lock-up
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Gold in process, ore stockpiles and bullion on hand
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Stores and materials at weighted average cost
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Total inventories
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gold in-process at the following operations is valued at net realizable value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year, US$0.6 million (2008: US$1.4 million) was provided for slow moving stock. The total provision at June 30, 2009 was US$3.6 million (2008:
US$3.3 million).
|
|
26
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash at bank and short term deposits
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
27
|
|
Share capital
|
|
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
|
1 200 000 000 (2008: 1 200 000 000) ordinary shares of SA 50 cents each
|
|
|
|
10 958 904 (2008: 10 958 904) redeemable convertible preference shares of SA 50 cents each
|
|
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
|
425 986 836 (2008: 403 253 756) ordinary shares of SA 50 cents each. All issued shares are fully paid.
|
|
|
|
Included in the total of issued shares is an amount of 2 314 shares held by Lydenburg Exploration Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
|
|
|
|
On December 1, 2008, Harmony issued 3 364 675 shares to Rio Tinto Limited. The Harmony shares were issued to cancel the Rio Tinto royalty rights over
Wafi-Golpu in Papua New Guinea. The value of issued shares was US$23 million at R71.98 per share.
|
|
|
Harmony engaged in capital raising by issuing two tranches of shares following the resolution passed by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on
November 24, 2008. The first tranche was issued into the open market between November 25, 2008 and December 19, 2008. In this tranche, 10 504 795 Harmony
shares were issued at an average subscription price of R93.20, resulting in US$97.9 million before costs being raised. The cost of the issue was US$1.9
million, or 1.5%, of the value of shares issued.
|
|
|
|
A second tranche of shares was issued for cash into the open market between February 10, 2009 and March 6, 2009. This tranche consisted of 7 540 646
Harmony shares at an average subscription price of R124.45, resulting in US$93.5 million before costs being raised. The cost of the issue was US$1.6
million or 1.6% of the value of shares issued. The combined share issue amounts to US$192 million, or 4.5%, of the issued share capital as at September
30, 2008.
|
|
|
|
The unissued shares are under the control of the directors until the forthcoming annual general meeting. Note 36 set out details in respect of the share
option scheme and shares held in trust for employees of the Group.
|
|
|
|
The Company has a general authority to purchase its shares up to a maximum of 10% of the issued share capital in any one financial year. This is in terms
of the annual general meeting of shareholders on November 24, 2008. The general authority is subject to the Listings Requirements of the JSE Securities
Exchange South Africa and the Companies Act no 61 of 1973 of South Africa, as amended.
|
|
28
|
|
Other reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange translation reserve (a)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
Mark-to-market of available-for-sale financial assets (b)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Equity component of convertible bond (c)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in subsidiary (d)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Share-based payments (e)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
Total other reserves
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
|
|
|
The different categories of other reserves are made up as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange translation reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
30
|
|
Realized portion reclassified through profit or loss
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Current years foreign exchange movement
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Mark-to-market of available-for-sale financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Impairment recognized in profit or loss
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax on impairment
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Realized portion reclassified through profit or loss
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
47
|
|
Tax on realized portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark-to-market unrealized
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Tax on mark-to-market
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity component of convertible bond
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning/end of year
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning/end of year
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Share-based payments expensed
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning/end of year
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The balance of the foreign exchange translation reserve movement represents the cumulative
translation effect of the Companys off-shore operations as well as the translation effect from
Rand to US dollar.
|
|
|
|
|
The realised portion reclassified through profit or loss relates to the repayment of the loans
from Harmony Australia and PNG. Refer to note 7(a) for further detail.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The balance of the mark-to-market reserve represents the movement in the fair value of the
available-for-sale financial assets. For details on the movement, refer to note 21.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
On May 24, 2004, the Group issued a convertible bond. The amount representing the value of the
equity conversion component is included in other reserves, net of deferred income taxes. The
equity conversion component is determined on the issue of the bonds and is not changed in
subsequent periods. Refer to note 29(a) for more detail.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
On March 15, 2004 Harmony announced that it had made an off market cash offer to acquire all the
ordinary shares, listed and unlisted options of Abelle, held by non-controlling interests. The
excess of the purchase price of US $86.5 million (A$123 million) over the carrying amount of the
non-controlling interest acquired, amounting to US$55 million, has been accounted for under
other reserves.
|
|
(e)
|
|
The Group issues equity-settled instruments to certain qualifying employees under an Employee
Share Option Scheme to purchase shares in the Companys authorised but unissued ordinary shares.
Equity share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the date
of the grant. Share-based payments are expensed over the vesting period. During 2009 a
share-based payment expense of US$12.6 million (2008: US$5.9 million was charged to the income
statement. (Refer to note 36 for more detail).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible unsecured fixed rate bonds (a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Equity conversion component, net of deferred tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Deferred tax liability on initial recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
Liability component on initial recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
Unwinding of time value of money portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Less: amortized bond issue costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
Africa Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited (b)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total unsecured long-term borrowings
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secured borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nedbank Limited (c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability amount
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
Westpac Bank (d)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
Liability amount
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
Nedbank Limited (e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
Less: amortized issue costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(255
|
)
|
|
Total secured long-term borrowings
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term borrowings
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Total current portion of borrowings
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
On May 21, 2004, Harmony issued an international unsecured fixed rate convertible bond in an
aggregate principal amount of US $251.9 million. The bonds mature five years from the issue date
at their nominal value of R1 700 million unless converted into the companys ordinary shares.
The bonds are convertible at the option of the bondholders at any time on or after July 1, 2004
and up to and including May 15, 2009, unless previously redeemed, converted or purchased and
cancelled, into fully paid ordinary shares, at nominal value Rand 0.50 per share. The number of
ordinary shares to be issued at such a conversion shall be determined by dividing the principal
amount of each bond by the conversion price in effect on the relevant conversion date. The
initial conversion price is R121 per ordinary share subject to certain standard anti-dilutive
provisions such as a rights offering, that are designed to maintain the value of the conversion
option. No bond holders elected to convert their bonds into ordinary shares by May 15, 2009, and
as a result all the fixed rate convertible bonds were redeemed on May 20, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Interest at a rate of 4.875% per annum is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 21 and
November 21 of each year, commencing November 21, 2004. The fair values of the liability
component and the equity conversion component were determined on the issue of the bond. The fair
value of the liability component, included in borrowings, was calculated using a market interest
rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond (10%). The residual amount, representing the value
of the equity conversion component, is included in accumulated other comprehensive income net of
deferred income taxes. In subsequent periods, the liability component continues to be presented
on the amortized cost basis, until extinguished on conversion or maturity of the bonds. The
equity conversion component is determined on the issue of the bonds and is not changed in
subsequent periods. The bonds were listed on the London Stock Exchange for Bonds. The terms and
conditions of the bonds prohibit Harmony and its material subsidiaries from creating any
encumbrance or security interest over any of its assets to secure any relevant debt (or any
guarantee or indemnity in respect of any relevant debt) without according the same security to
the bondholders or without obtaining the prior approval of the bondholders. Included in the
amortization charge as per the income statement is US$0.9 million (2008: US $1.2 million for
amortization of the bond issue costs.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The loan to Africa Vanguard Resources (Doornkop) (Proprietary) Limited (
AVRD
) from its holding
company African Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited remained unchanged from the previous
year. In 2005 AVRD borrowed an additional US$2.3 million to service working capital commitments.
This increased the initial loan of US$1.8 million to US$4.1 million. The loan is unsecured and
interest free, with no fixed terms of repayment over the short term. Refer to note 29(c).
|
|
(c)
|
|
On July 30, 2003, AVRD entered into a term loan facility of US$19.1 million with Nedbank Limited
for the purpose of partially funding AVRDs purchase of an undivided 26% share of the Mining
titles, to be contributed to the Doornkop South Reef project. Interest at a variable rate equal
to JIBAR plus 2% shall be repayable to the extent that the AVRD received a portion of profit
from the project. Unpaid interest shall be capitalized and repaid with the loan amount.
Initially, the loan amount and any interest accrued was repayable on July 30, 2008, but the
repayment date has been extended and negotiations are underway to further extend repayment to
the date that conditions precedent on the sale of the 26% interest back to the Group are
fulfilled. Refer to note 17(b). Interest accrued and capitalized during the year ended June 30,
2009 amounted to US$3.3 million (2008: US$4.1 million).
|
|
|
|
|
The facility from Nedbank to AVRD is guaranteed by Harmony and certain of its subsidiaries. As a
result of this guarantee and other factors, the Company is required to consolidate AVRD and has
therefore included the loans from Nedbank and Africa Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited in
its consolidated borrowings.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
In July 2007, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields (
MCG
) entered into a finance lease agreement with
Westpac Bank for the purchase of mining fleet to be used on the Hidden Valley project.
|
|
|
|
|
During the current year, MCG sold 50% of the finance lease liability to Newcrest in terms of the
Master Purchase and Farm-In agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
Interest is charged at US LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. Interest is accrued monthly and lease
installments are repayable quarterly terminating June 30, 2013. The mining fleet financed is
used as security for these loans.
|
|
|
|
|
The future minimum lease payments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Due within one year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Due between one and two years
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Due between two and five years
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Future finance charges
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
On September 28, 2007, the Company entered into a term loan facility of US $283.9 million with
Nedbank Limited, for the purpose of partially funding capital expenditure in respect of
projects, as well as to repay the short term bridging loan amounting to US $68.6 million.
Interest accrues on a day to day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest rate,
which is fixed for three month periods, equal to the JIBAR plus 2.75% plus banking costs.
Amortization bond cost for the year amounted to US$1.2 million (2008: US$1.5 million).
|
|
|
|
|
Interest was repayable quarterly commencing on September 28, 2007. The loan was repaid in
several tranches during the 2009 year with the
final payment on April 21, 2009.
|
|
|
The exposure of the Groups borrowings to changes in interest rates
and contractual repricing is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Variable
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Current
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
Between 1 to 2 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Between 2 to 5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over 5 years
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
Current
|
|
|
69.6
|
%
|
|
|
94.1
|
%
|
Between 1 to 2 years
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Between 2 to 5 years
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Over 5 years
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
The maturity of borrowings is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
Between 1 to 2 years
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Between 2 to 5 years
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Over 5 years
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
|
The effective interest rates at the balance sheet date were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible unsecured fixed rate bonds (a) *
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Africa Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited (b)
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Nedbank Limited (c)
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
Westpac Bank (d)
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Nedbank Limited (e) *
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
14.5
|
%
|
*
|
|
Loan repaid in full
|
|
|
|
Other borrowings
|
|
|
|
The level of the Harmonys borrowing powers, as determined by its
Articles of Association, shall not, except with the consent of the
Harmonys general meeting, exceed the greater of R40 million or the
aggregate from time to time of the issued and paid-up share capital of
the Company, together with the aggregate of the amounts standing to
the credit of all distributable and non-distributable reserves
(including minority interests in subsidiary companies and provisions
for deferred taxation) and any share premium accounts of the Group. At
year end, total borrowings amounted to US $47 million (2008: US $525
million).
|
30
|
|
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
|
|
|
|
The Groups mining and exploration activities are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations
are continually changing and are generally becoming more restrictive. The Group has made, and expects to make in the future,
expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. Estimated
future reclamation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements. The following is a reconciliation of the total
liability for environmental rehabilitation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision raised for future rehabilitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Disposal of assets
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Change in estimate Balance sheet
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Change in estimate Income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Inflation present value adjustment and time value of money component
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
Total provision for environmental rehabilitation
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, the Group has estimated that, based on
current environmental and regulatory requirements, the total cost for the mines, in current monetary terms, is approximately US$285
million (2008: US$269 million). Refer to note 3.4 for the estimations and judgments used in the calculations.
|
|
|
|
Included in the charge to the income statement is an amount US$4 million (2008: US$6 million) relating to the time value of money.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future net obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ultimate estimated rehabilitation cost
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
Amounts invested in environmental trust funds (Refer to note 20)
|
|
|
(207
|
)
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
Total future net obligations
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
The Group intends to finance the ultimate rehabilitation costs from the money invested in environmental trust funds, ongoing
contributions, as well as the proceeds on sale of assets and gold from plant clean-up at the time of mine closure.
|
|
31
|
|
Retirement benefit obligation and other provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement benefit obligation (Refer to note 34)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
Total non-current provisions
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
32
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll accruals
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Leave liabilities
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Shaft related accruals
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Other accruals
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Value added tax
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
Total trade and other payables
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
Leave liability
|
|
|
|
Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognized on an ongoing basis. An accrual is made for the estimated liability for annual
leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the balance sheet date. The movement in the liability recognized in the
balance sheet is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Movement due to sale of business
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Translation
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Total expense per income statement
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
33
|
|
Cash generated by operations
|
|
|
|
All amounts disclosed include discontinued operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of profit/(loss) before taxation to cash generated by operations:
|
Profit before taxation
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and depreciation
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Loss/(gain) on financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Profit on sale of mining assets
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Net increase/(decrease) in provision for post retirement benefits
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Net increase/(decrease) in provision for environmental rehabilitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
(Profit)/loss from associates
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Impairment of investment in associate
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Fair value loss/(gain) on financial instrument
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Loss on sale of listed investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Profit on sale of investment in associate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
Dividends received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Interest received
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Cost on closure of hedge positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
Provision for doubtful debts
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Bad debts written off
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non cash transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in operating working capital items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Cash generated by operations
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
Additional cash flow information
The income and mining taxes paid in the statement of cash flow represents actual cash paid less refunds received.
Acquisitions and disposals of Subsidiaries / Businesses:
For the year ended June 2009
(a)
|
|
Disposal of Village
|
|
|
|
On July 10, 2008, the Group disposed of its 37.8% interest in Village
to To The Point Growth Specialists Investments 2 (Proprietary)
Limited, for a consideration of US$0.1 million. The investment in
Village as at June 30, 2009 had a fair value of US$0.09 million.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Disposal of Orpheo
|
|
|
|
On September 1, 2008, the Group disposed of its 34% interest in Orpheo
for a consideration of US$0.13. The investment had been fully impaired
on the date of sale.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Disposal of Randfontein Cooke Assets
|
|
|
|
During the year, the Group disposed of its Cooke and Old Randfontein
assets to Rand Uranium, a wholly owned subsidiary. In a related
transaction, 60% of Rand Uranium shares were disposed of to PRF in two
tranches. For detail, refer to note 22(b).
|
|
|
|
The aggregate fair value of the assets and liabilities sold were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction one
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental trust fund
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange movements
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on disposal
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in cash
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental trust fund
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange movements
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on disposal
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in cash
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment-PNG Joint Venture
|
|
|
|
|
During the year Harmony and Newcrest entered into a joint venture agreement, which
provided that Newcrest would purchase a 30.01 participating interest and a further
buy-out of an additional 19.99% participating interest in Harmonys PNG gold and copper
assets.
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate fair value of the assets and liabilities sold were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Stage 1: 30.01% Participating interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term loans
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange movements
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on disposal
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in cash
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 2: 10% Participating interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term loans
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on disposal
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal proceeds
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received by way of the farm-in agreement
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 3: 9.99% Participating interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term loans
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on disposal
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal proceeds
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in cash
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received by way of the farm-in agreement
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal non-cash transactions for the year were the acquisition of PNG royalty
agreement (refer to note 17(c)), share-based payments (refer to note 36) and share
exchange of Dioro for Avoca (refer to note 21(b) and( c)).
|
|
|
For the year ended June 2008
|
|
(a)
|
|
On December 6, 2007, the Group disposed of its assets and liabilities in South Kal Mine
to Dioro. The aggregate fair value of the assets and liabilities sold were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal proceeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received by way of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
On February 27, 2008, the Group disposed of its assets and liabilities in its Orkney
operations to Pamodzi Gold Limited. The aggregate fair value of assets and liabilities
sold were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental trust fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leave liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal proceeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received by way of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalent at disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal non-cash transactions for the year were the acquisition of the PNG royalty
agreement (refer to note 17(c)), share-based payments (refer to note 36) and the
purchase of assets under finance lease (refer to note 29).
|
|
|
For the year ended June 2007
|
|
(a)
|
|
On May 28, 2007, the Group disposed of 17% of its 50% share in a joint venture with
Orpheo to AngloGold Ashanti Limited. The aggregate fair value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, and subsequently disposed of, were :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Investment in associate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received by way of accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal non-cash transactions for the year were the share-based payments (refer to
note 36) and the disposal of the investment in associate in Western Areas (note 9).
|
34
|
|
Retirement benefit obligations
|
|
(a)
|
|
Pension and provident funds:
The Group contributes to several pension and provident
funds governed by the Pension Funds Act, 1956 for the employees of its South African
subsidiaries. The pension funds are multi-employer industry plans. The Groups liability
is limited to its annually determined contributions.
|
|
|
|
|
The provident funds are funded on the ''money accumulative basis with the members and
employers contributions having been fixed in the constitution of the funds.
|
|
|
|
|
The Australian group companies make contributions to each employees Superannuation
(pension) funds in accordance with the Superannuation Guarantee Scheme (SGS). The SGS is
a Federal Government initiative enforced by law which compels employers to make regular
payments to regulated funds providing for each employee on their retirement. The SGS
were set at a minimum of 9% of gross salary and wages for the 2009 year (2008: 9%). The
fund is a defined contribution plan.
|
|
|
|
|
Substantially all the Groups employees are covered by the above mentioned retirement
benefit plans. Funds contributed by the Group for the 2009 financial year amounted to
US$39.8 million (2008: US$46.5 million).
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions:
Most of the supervisory and managerial
workers in South Africa participate in the Minemed medical scheme, as well as other
medical schemes. The Group contributes to these schemes on behalf of current employees
and retired employees who retired prior to December 31, 1996 (Minemed scheme). The
annual contributions for these retired employees are fixed. The Groups contributions to
these schemes on behalf of current employees amounted to US$8.6 million for 2009 and
US$9.8 million for 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
With the exception of some Freegold employees included from date of acquisition, no
post-retirement benefits are available to other current workers. No liability exists for
employees who were members of these schemes who retired after the date noted above. The
medical schemes pay certain medical expenses for both current and retired employees and
their dependents. Current and retired employees pay an annual fixed contribution to
these schemes.
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions used to determine the liability relating to the Minemed medical scheme
included, a discount rate of 10%, no increases in employer subsidies (in terms of the
agreement) and mortality rates according to the SA ''a mf tables and a medical
inflation rate of 7.8%. It is also assumed that all members will retire at the age of 60
and will remain on the current benefit option.
|
|
|
|
The liability is based on an actuarial valuation conducted during the year ended June
30, 2009, using the projected unit credit method. The next actuarial valuation will be
performed on June 30, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of unfunded obligations
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Movement in the liability recognized in the balance sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Contributions paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses included in staff costs/current service cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Net actuarial loss recognized during the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal actuarial assumptions used for accounting purposes were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
Healthcare inflation rate
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
Normal retirement age
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
The net liability of the defined benefit plan is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net liability
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
The present value of the defined benefit obligation was US$15.2 million in 2007,
US$14.9 million in 2006 and US$13.3 million in 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
The effect of a one percentage point increase and decrease in the assumed medical cost
trend rates is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate of service cost and interest cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
|
Decrease
|
|
|
Decrease
|
|
|
Effect on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate of service cost and interest cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit obligation
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group expects to contribute approximately US$0.5 million to its benefit plan in 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of permanent employees as at 30 June:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South African operations*
|
|
|
37,028
|
|
|
|
36,839
|
|
International operations**
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
Total number of permanent employees
|
|
|
37,076
|
|
|
|
37,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregated earnings
|
|
|
|
The aggregate earnings of employees including directors were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and wages and other benefits
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
591
|
|
Retirement benefit costs
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Medical aid contributions
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
Total aggregated earnings
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
There was no employees attributable to the discontinued operations at June 30, 2009 (2008: 3 618).
|
|
|
**
|
|
The total employees at Australian operations at June 30, 2009 was 48 (2008: 873). Of this total, no employees (2008: 0) were attributable to
the discontinued operations. The employee numbers reduced primarily due to the disposal of 50% of the PNG assets to Newcrest. Our attributable
portion of the JV employees is 425.
|
|
|
During the 2009 year, US$2 million (2008: US$0.7 million) was included in the payroll cost for termination costs. This excludes the cost for
voluntary retrenchment process (refer to note 5).
|
|
|
|
Directors remuneration
|
|
|
|
During the fiscal 2009, the directors received remuneration of US$1.1 million, comprising of US$0.74 million for salaries, US$0.03 million for
retirement contributions and US$0.33 million for bonuses. The non-executive directors received US$0.4 million in directors fees. The aggregate
of remuneration received by senior management was US$2.7 million].
|
|
|
|
During the fiscal 2008, the directors received remuneration of US$1.2 million, comprising of US$0.4 million for salaries, US$0.5 million for
retirement contributions and US$0.3 million for bonuses. The non-executive directors received US$0.3 million in directors fees. The aggregate
of remuneration received by senior management was US$2.7 million.
|
36
|
|
Share option scheme
|
|
|
|
The Group currently has the 2001, 2003 schemes and the 2006 share plan that are active. The
objective of these schemes is to recognize the contributions of senior staff to the Groups
financial position and performance and to retain key employees.
|
|
|
|
The options granted under the 2001 and 2003 schemes
|
|
|
|
A fifth of the options granted under the 2001 and 2003 schemes are exercisable annually from
the grant date with an expire date of 10 years from the grant date. The offer price of these
options equaled the closing market price of the underlying shares on the trading date immediately
preceding the granting of the options.
|
|
|
|
On resignation and retirement, share options which have not yet vested will lapse and share
options which have vested may be taken up at the employees election before the last day of
service. Payment of shares forfeited will therefore not be required. On death, all options vest
immediately and the deceased estate has a period of twelve months to exercise these options.
|
|
|
|
Following the introduction of the 2006 share plan, no further options are expected to be
allocated under these two schemes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of share options relating to the 2001 and 2003 option schemes
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share options granted
|
|
|
28,442,420
|
|
|
|
28,442,420
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
18,570,971
|
|
|
|
17,249,668
|
|
Vested but not exercised
|
|
|
1,791,215
|
|
|
|
1,792,796
|
|
Unvested
|
|
|
1,059,343
|
|
|
|
2,735,443
|
|
Forfeited and lapsed
|
|
|
7,020,891
|
|
|
|
6,664,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting periods of unvested shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within one year
|
|
|
1,059,343
|
|
|
|
1,367,722
|
|
One to two years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,367,721
|
|
|
Total number of shares unvested
|
|
|
1,059,343
|
|
|
|
2,735,443
|
|
|
|
|
No options were granted in the 2008 and 2009 years for the 2001 and 2003 option schemes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
price
|
|
Activity on share options granted but not yet exercised
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(SA Rand)
|
|
|
For the year ended June 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
4,528,239
|
|
|
|
49.14
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(1,321,303
|
)
|
|
|
51.42
|
|
Options forfeited and lapsed
|
|
|
(356,378
|
)
|
|
|
53.12
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
2,850,558
|
|
|
|
47.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
8,129,669
|
|
|
|
48.38
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(1,764,132
|
)
|
|
|
49.16
|
|
Options forfeited and lapsed
|
|
|
(1,837,298
|
)
|
|
|
45.77
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
4,528,239
|
|
|
|
49.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At 30 June
|
|
|
Option price
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
List of options granted but not yet exercised (listed by grant date)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(SA Rand)
|
|
|
life (years)
|
|
|
April 24, 2001
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
36.50
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
November 20, 2001
|
|
|
177,701
|
|
|
|
49.60
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
September 23, 2002
|
|
|
13,647
|
|
|
|
66.00
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
March 27, 2003
|
|
|
125,300
|
|
|
|
91.60
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
August 10, 2004
|
|
|
576,558
|
|
|
|
66.15
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
April 26, 2005
|
|
|
1,940,352
|
|
|
|
39.00
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
Total option granted but not yet exercised
|
|
|
2,850,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The number of shares held by the Harmony Share Trust at year end amounted to 63 500 (2008:
107 400). This trust is considered to be an SPE and is therefore consolidated in accordance with
the Groups accounting policies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List of options granted but not yet vested (listed by grant date)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
August 10, 2004
|
|
|
316,498
|
|
|
|
817,660
|
|
April 26, 2005
|
|
|
742,845
|
|
|
|
1,917,783
|
|
|
Total options granted but not yet vested
|
|
|
1,059,343
|
|
|
|
2,735,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average market price options traded during the year
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
Average fair value of share options vested during the year
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Share based cost recognized
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option allocation
|
|
|
|
August 10,
|
|
|
April 26,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The share based cost is calculated using
the binominal valuation model based on
the following assumptions at grant date:
|
|
Price at date of grant (SA Rand per share)
|
|
|
66.15
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Risk-free interest rate:
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
Expected volatility:
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield:
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Vesting period:
|
|
5 years
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
Share based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the date of
the grant. The cost is expensed over the vesting period, based on the Groups estimate of the
options that are expected to eventually vest.
|
|
|
|
The only vesting conditions for the 2001 and 2003 schemes is that the employees should be in
the employment of the Group.
|
|
|
|
The volatility measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns were based
on statistical analysis of daily share prices over the last three years before grant date.
|
|
|
|
The shares granted under the 2006 share plan
|
|
|
|
The 2006 share plan consist of both performance shares (PS) and share appreciation rights
(SARs). The PS will vest after three years from the grant date, if and to the extent that the
performance conditions have been satisfied. The SARs will vest in equal thirds in year 3, 4 and 5
after grant date, subject to the performance conditions having been satisfied. The SARs have an
expiry date of 6 years from the grant date and the offer price equals the closing market price of
the underlying shares on the trading date immediately preceding the grant.
|
F-71
|
|
The aggregate number of shares which may be allocated to the share plan on any day, when
added to the total number of unexercised SARs, unvested performance shares, and restricted shares
which have been allocated for SARs and PS, and any other employee share scheme operating by the
company, shall not exceed 14% of the number of issued ordinary shares of the company from time to
time. On June 30, 2009, 3 718 127 PS and 5 284 500 SARs had been allocated to participating
employees.
|
|
|
|
Termination of employees participation in the share plan is based on No Fault and Fault
definitions.
|
|
|
|
In the case of SARs, if employment is terminated for No Fault reasons, then the value of the
appreciation in all unvested and un-exercised SARs is settled in shares or cash at the option of
the employer as at the date of termination of employment, after the deduction of any tax payable.
The employer has no past practice of settling in cash.
|
|
|
|
In the case of PS, if employment is terminated for No Fault reasons, then
|
|
|
|
First the maximum number conditionally awarded is pro-rated for the time period until the
termination date;
|
|
|
|
|
Then this adjusted number is reduced to a third on the assumption that Harmonys
performance was a median one with one third vesting;
|
|
|
|
|
And then settled in cash or shares after the deduction of any tax payable.
|
In either case, if employment is terminated for Fault reasons, all unvested and un-exercised
SARs and all PS not yet vested are lapsed and cancelled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares relating to the 2006 share plan at June 30,
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares granted
|
|
|
9,002,627
|
|
|
|
4,676,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested
|
|
|
7,854,749
|
|
|
|
4,236,938
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
3,302,163
|
|
|
|
1,341,444
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
4,552,586
|
|
|
|
2,895,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares forfeited
|
|
|
1,147,878
|
|
|
|
439,782
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
415,964
|
|
|
|
170,658
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
731,914
|
|
|
|
269,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting periods of unvested shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within one year
|
|
|
503,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
One to two years
|
|
|
1,651,892
|
|
|
|
603,399
|
|
Two to three years
|
|
|
3,675,954
|
|
|
|
1,932,502
|
|
Three to four years
|
|
|
1,329,960
|
|
|
|
965,165
|
|
Four to five years
|
|
|
693,354
|
|
|
|
735,872
|
|
|
Total number of unvested shares
|
|
|
7,854,749
|
|
|
|
4,236,938
|
|
|
F-72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
Activity on PS and SARs granted but not
|
|
|
|
|
|
option price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
option price
|
|
yet exercised
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(SA Rand)
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(SA Rand)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
4,236,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,468,510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
1,341,444
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
538,516
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
2,895,494
|
|
|
|
81.04
|
|
|
|
929,994
|
|
|
|
112.64
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
4,325,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,195,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
2,206,026
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
973,586
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
2,119,881
|
|
|
|
77.81
|
|
|
|
2,222,027
|
|
|
|
71.19
|
|
|
Options lapsed
|
|
|
(708,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(427,185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
(245,306
|
)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
(170,658
|
)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
(462,790
|
)
|
|
|
92.79
|
|
|
|
(256,527
|
)
|
|
|
110.27
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
7,854,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,236,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
3,302,164
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
1,341,444
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
4,552,585
|
|
|
|
79.38
|
|
|
|
2,895,494
|
|
|
|
81.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List of shares granted but not yet exercised (listed by
|
|
At June 30,
|
|
|
Strike price
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
grant date)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(SA Rand)
|
|
|
life(years)
|
|
|
Performance shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 15, 2006
|
|
|
316,020
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
0.38
|
|
November 15, 2007
|
|
|
815,410
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
1.38
|
|
March 7, 2008
|
|
|
12,308
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
1.68
|
|
December 5, 2008
|
|
|
2,158,425
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
2.43
|
|
|
Share appreciation rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 15, 2006
|
|
|
562,707
|
|
|
|
112.64
|
|
|
|
3.38
|
|
November 15, 2007
|
|
|
1,863,662
|
|
|
|
70.54
|
|
|
|
4.38
|
|
March 7, 2008
|
|
|
46,154
|
|
|
|
102.00
|
|
|
|
4.69
|
|
December 5, 2008
|
|
|
2,080,063
|
|
|
|
77.81
|
|
|
|
5.44
|
|
|
Total options granted but not yet exercised
|
|
|
7,854,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
None of the allocations for the 2006 share plan have vested yet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Share based cost recognized
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
F-73
|
|
The share based cost is calculated using Monte Carlo simulation on the PS and
Black-Scholes on the SARs, based on the following assumptions at grant date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
SARs
|
|
|
Price at date of grant (SA Rand per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- November 15, 2006 share allocation
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
112.64
|
|
- November 15, 2007 share allocation (valuation date December 21, 2007)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
68.44
|
|
- November 15, 2007 share allocation (valuation date April 21, 2008)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
92.25
|
|
- March 7, 2008 share allocation
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
102.00
|
|
- December 5, 2008 share allocation (valuation date December 5, 2008)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
77.81
|
|
- December 5, 2008 share allocation (valuation date February 16, 2009)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
116.90
|
|
Risk-free interest rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- November 15, 2006 share allocation
|
|
|
9.58
|
%
|
|
|
8.79
|
%
|
- November 15, 2007 share allocation (valuation date December 21, 2007)
|
|
|
10.81
|
%
|
|
|
9.84
|
%
|
- November 15, 2007 share allocation (valuation date April 21, 2008)
|
|
|
11.71
|
%
|
|
|
10.68
|
%
|
- March 7, 2008 share allocation
|
|
|
11.04
|
%
|
|
|
10.44
|
%
|
- December 5, 2008 share allocation (valuation date December 5, 2008)
|
|
|
8.55
|
%
|
|
|
8.43
|
%
|
- December 5, 2008 share allocation (valuation date February 16, 2009)
|
|
|
8.18
|
%
|
|
|
8.30
|
%
|
Expected volatility*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- November 15, 2006 share allocation
|
|
|
34.71
|
%
|
|
|
26.37
|
%
|
- November 15, 2007 share allocation (valuation date December 21, 2007)
|
|
|
46.32
|
%
|
|
|
35.10
|
%
|
- November 15, 2007 share allocation (valuation date April 21, 2008)
|
|
|
49.52
|
%
|
|
|
41.72
|
%
|
- March 7, 2008 share allocation
|
|
|
50.49
|
%
|
|
|
54.50
|
%
|
- December 5, 2008 share allocation (valuation date December 5, 2008)
|
|
|
56.62
|
%
|
|
|
48.61
|
%
|
- December 5, 2008 share allocation (valuation date February 16, 2009)
|
|
|
70.86
|
%
|
|
|
49.03
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- for all allocations
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Vesting period (from grant date):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- for all allocations
|
|
3 years
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
Share based costs are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the date of the grant as defined in IFRS 2. The grant date is the date at which
the entity and counterparty have a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the share-based payment arrangement. The cost is expensed over the
vesting period, based on the Groups estimate of the options that are expected to eventually vest.
|
|
|
|
For November 15, 2006, November 15, 2007 and March 7, 2008 issue:
|
|
|
|
The performance criteria imposed by the board and which must be satisfied before settlement of any PS under these awards are linked to the Companys TSR in
comparison to the Philadelphia XAU index of international gold and precious metal mining companies (50%) and the JSE Gold Mining index (50%).
|
|
|
|
The following performance criteria was imposed per the Harmony (2006) Share Plan which must be satisfied before the settlement of any SARs:
|
|
|
|
that the Companys headline earnings per share have grown since the allocation date by a minimum of CPI plus 3%;
|
|
|
|
|
that the Companys performance has since the allocation date been a satisfactory achievement in terms of the Companys sustainability index.
|
|
|
For December 5, 2008 issue:
|
|
|
|
The Performance Criteria imposed by the Board and which must be satisfied before the Settlement of any PS under this Award are linked to the Companys TSR
(Total Shareholder Return) in comparison to the SA Gold Index (50%) and the SA Resource Index (50%);
|
|
|
|
The following performance criteria was imposed per the Harmony (2006) Share Plan which must be satisfied before the settlement of any SARs:
|
|
|
|
that the Companys headline earnings per share have grown since the allocation date by more than the CPI.
|
F-74
|
|
For options granted during the year, the following fair values were used as a basis to recognize share-based
payment cost:
|
|
|
|
For options measured on December 5, 2008, the value is R50.47 and R48.12 per share for PS and SARs respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
For options measured on February 16, 2009, the value is R69.17 and R73.67 per share for PS and SARs respectively.
|
|
|
*
|
|
The volatility is measured as an annualized standard deviation of historical share price returns, using an
exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) model, with a lambda of 0.99. The volatility is calculated on the
grant date, and takes into account the previous three years of historical data.
|
37
|
|
Related parties
|
|
|
|
None of the directors or major shareholders of Harmony or, to the knowledge of Harmony, their families, had
interest, direct or indirectly, in any transaction or in any proposed transaction that has affected or will
materially affect Harmony or its subsidiaries since July 1, 2008, other than as stated below.
|
|
|
|
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and
controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, being any director (whether executive or
otherwise) of the Group.
|
|
|
|
Refer to note 35 for the details of the directors remuneration.
|
|
|
|
African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM) currently holds 15% of Harmonys shares. Patrice Motsepe, Andre Wilkens and
Frank Abbott are directors of ARM.
|
|
|
|
Harmony owns a 40% interest in Rand Uranium. Graham Briggs, Frank Abbott and Fikile de Buck are directors of Rand
Uranium.
|
|
|
|
Material transactions with associates and joint ventures:
|
|
|
|
All transactions with related parties are conducted at arms-length.
|
|
|
|
Rand Uranium disposal
|
|
|
|
On November 21, 2008 the Group disposed of its Randfontein Cooke assets to Rand Uranium in exchange for a 100%
interest in the company. On the same date the Group disposed of 60% of the interest held in Rand Uranium to PRF
which resulted in a 40% interest held and Rand Uranium became an associate.
|
|
|
|
The conditions precedent for the second part of the Rand Uranium transaction relating to the sale of the Old
Randfontein assets were fulfilled on April 22, 2009. Additional shares were issued in settlement and 60% of these
shares were sold to PRF in terms of the agreement. PRF paid its portion of the purchase in cash on April 20,
2009. The total value of these transactions was US$348 million. (Refer to note 22(b) for detail).
|
|
|
|
PNG disposal
|
|
|
|
On April 22, 2008 Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Wafi Mining Limited, subsidiaries of Harmony Gold
(Australia) (Proprietary) Limited entered into a Master Purchase and Farm-in Agreement with Newcrest. This
agreement provided for Newcrest to purchase a 30.01% participating interest (stage 1) and a further buy-out of an
additional 19.99% participating interest in Harmonys PNG Gold and copper assets, giving them a 50% interest. The
total value of the transaction was US$530 million. (Refer to note 23(a) for detail).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Sales and services rendered to related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Joint Venture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
F-75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases and services acquired from related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding balances due by related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Joint Ventures
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
Refer to note 24(a), (b) and (c) for detail on the items
relating to the loans to associates and joint ventures.
Refer to note 24(e) for details on the provisions raised
against these loans.
|
38
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditure commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contracts for capital expenditure
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
Share of Joint Ventures contract for capital expenditure
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized by the directors but not contracted for
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
Total capital commitments
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
This expenditure will be financed from existing
resources and where appropriate, borrowings.
|
|
|
|
The Group is contractually obliged to make the following
payments in respect of operating leases, including for
land and buildings, and for mineral tenement leases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within one year
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Between one year and five years
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
This includes US$0.9 million for the PNG Joint Venture.
For details on the Groups finance leases, refer to note
29.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees and suretyships
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Environmental guarantees (i)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Included in the balance for 2009 is an amount of US$16.8 million relating to guarantees
provided for the Rand Uranium transaction. These guarantees will be cancelled once Rand Uranium
puts its own guarantees in place. Also included is an amount of US$14.5 million for which funds
have been set aside. Refer to note 19.
|
|
(a)
|
|
Class Action.
On 18 April 2008, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited was made aware that
it has been named or may be named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court in
the Southern District of New York on behalf of certain purchasers and sellers of Harmonys
American Depository Receipts (
ADRs
) with regards to certain of its business practices. Harmony
has retained legal counsel, who advise Harmony on further developments in the U.S.
|
F-76
|
|
|
During January 2009, the plaintiff filed an Amended Complaint with the Court. Subsequently,
the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss all claims asserted in the Class Action Case with the Court.
The plaintiffs have filed an opposing response and the Company has since replied to that response.
It is not possible to predict with certainty when the Court will rule on the Motion to Dismiss as
the timing of the ruling is entirely within the discretion of the Court. It is currently not
possible to estimate if there will be a financial effect, or what that effect might be.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
The Group may have a potential exposure to rehabilitate groundwater and radiation that
may exist where the Group has and/or continues to operate. In addition the Group may have an
exposure in relation to obtaining a full closure certificate for the rehabilitation of these
areas.
|
|
|
|
The ultimate outcome of the matter cannot presently be determined and no provision for any
liability that may result has been made in the financial statements. It is further not certain
that the Group would be held liable for any or all of these exposures.
|
|
|
|
|
Should the Group determine that any part of these contingencies require them being recorded
and accounted for as liabilities, i.e. where they become quantifiable and probable, it could have
a material impact on the financial status of the Group.
|
|
|
Pamodzi Gold Free State (Proprietary) Limited (In Provisional Liquidation)
|
|
|
|
During June 2009, Harmony reported that the provisional liquidators for Pamodzi Gold
Free State (Proprietary) Limited (In Provisional Liquidation) (
Pamodzi Free State
) had chosen
Harmony as the preferred bidder of Pamodzi Free States assets. These assets consists of President
Steyn 1 and 2 Shafts, Loraine 3 Shaft, Freddie 7 Shaft and Freddie 9 Shaft, a metallurgical gold
plant, a waste rock dump and a dormant tailings storage facility.
|
|
|
|
Harmonys offer was accepted during July 2009, following the approval from the Industrial
Development Corporation of South Africa and the relevant trade unions.
|
|
|
|
In September 2009, Harmony entered into
four separate agreements to purchase Pamodzi Free States assets. The Pamodzi Free State assets
will be purchased free from all liabilities, save for all associated rehabilitation and
environmental liabilities. The purchase consideration for these assets is US$52.4 million.
|
|
|
|
The major conditions precedent that have to be fulfilled in order for the agreements to
become unconditional are the conversion of the Pamodzi Free State mining rights and the consent
for the cession thereof to Harmony by the Minister of Mines.
|
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
On August 13, 2009, the Board of Directors approved a final dividend for the 2009 financial
year of 50 SA cents per share. The dividend amounting to US$28.6 million was paid on September 21,
2009. As this dividend was declared after the reporting date, it has not been reflected in the
financial statements for the periods ended June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
PNG exploration acquisition
|
|
|
|
On 27 August 2009, Harmony acquired two new exploration projects, the Amanab and the Mount
Hagen Projects, in PNG.
|
|
|
Amanab project EL1708 was granted on July 6, 2009 and comprises of about 863 square
kilometers of tenure. The tenement is located approximately 160km north of the OK Tedi copper-gold
mine in the Sandaun Province and was pegged to target the bedrock source of the alluvial goldfield
centered on the Yup River.
|
|
|
|
The Mount Hagen project comprises two contiguous tenements encompassing approximately 1 100
square kilometers of tenure. The tenements are located approximately 20km north-northeast of Mt
Hagen and are readily accessible via the Highlands Highway connecting Lae and Porgera.
|
|
|
|
Harmony acquired 100% of the mineral rights for EL1596 from Frontier Resources for the cash
consideration of A$0.3 million (US$0.25 million).
|
|
|
|
Harmony also acquired the rights to explore the adjacent tenement EL1611 over a four year
period, with the condition that Harmonys exploration program meets the minimum annual expenditure
commitment. At any time during this period Harmony may exercise an option to purchase 100% of the
tenement for a total cash consideration of US$2.4 million.
|
|
|
|
Avoca Resources Limited
|
|
|
|
During September 2009 and October 2009, the Group disposed its
Avoca Resources Limited shares for approximately A$6 million
(US$5.2 million).
|
|
|
|
Big Bell Operations (Proprietary) Limited
|
|
|
|
During the September 2009 quarter, the board approved the sale of Big Bell Operations
(Proprietary) Limited (BBGO), operations in Western Australia. A tender process was completed and
a preferred bidder was identified. The share sale agreement is expected to be completed and
executed during the December 2009 quarter. BBGO has been classified as held-for-sale.
|
|
|
The Group has only one product, being gold. In order to determine operating and reportable
segments, management reviewed various factors, including geographical location as well as
managerial structure. It was determined that an operating segment consists of a shaft or a group
of shafts managed by a single general manager and management team.
|
|
|
|
After applying the quantitative thresholds from IFRS 8, the reportable segments were
determined as:
|
|
|
|
Tshepong, Phakisa, Bambanani, Masimong, Target, Doornkop, Elandskraal, Evander, Virginia,
Cooke (held-for-sale and discontinued) and Papua New Guinea. All other operating segments have
been grouped together under other underground or other surface, under their classification as
either continuing or discontinued.
|
|
|
|
When assessing profitability, the chief operating decision maker (
CODM
) considers the
revenue and cash production costs of each segment. The net of these amounts is the cash operating
profit or loss. Therefore, cash operating profit has been disclosed in the segment report as the
measure of profit or loss.
|
|
|
|
The CODM does not consider depreciation or impairment and therefore these amounts have not
been disclosed in the segment report.
|
|
|
|
Segment assets consist of mining assets which can be attributed to the shaft or group of
shafts. Items such as trade and other receivables and investments in financial assets are not
allocated at a shaft level and therefore form part of the reconciliation to total assets.
|
|
|
|
The comparative segment reports have been restated to reflect Mount Magnet being classified
as a continuing operation.
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the segment totals to the Group financial statements has been included in
note 41.
|
Segment
report for the year ended June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
production
|
|
|
operating
|
|
|
Mining
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Ounces
|
|
|
Tons
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
cost
|
|
|
profit
|
|
|
assets
|
|
|
expenditure
|
|
|
produced*
|
|
|
milled*
|
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
oz
|
|
|
t000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South Africa
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underground
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
230,778
|
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
22,216
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
121,530
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
42,150
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
174,321
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
Target
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
87,225
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
Masimong
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
154,034
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
190,075
|
|
|
|
1,241
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
258,170
|
|
|
|
2,493
|
|
Other
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
65,684
|
|
|
|
566
|
|
Surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
114,648
|
|
|
|
9,778
|
|
|
Total South Africa
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
1,460,831
|
|
|
|
19,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New Guinea
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total international
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total continuing operations
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
2,870
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
1,460,831
|
|
|
|
19,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cooke operations
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
80,377
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
Total discontinued operations
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
80,377
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
Total operations
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
2,870
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
1,541,208
|
|
|
|
21,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of the
segment information to the
consolidated income
statement and balance sheet
(refer to note 41)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Production statistics are unaudited.
|
Segment
report for the year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
production
|
|
|
operating
|
|
|
Mining
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Ounces
|
|
|
Tons
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
cost
|
|
|
profit/(loss)
|
|
|
assets
|
|
|
expenditure
|
|
|
produced*
|
|
|
milled*
|
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
oz
|
|
|
t000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South Africa
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underground
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
265,914
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
4,024
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
154,879
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
44,038
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
164,215
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
Target
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
79,602
|
|
|
|
686
|
|
Masimong
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
116,424
|
|
|
|
892
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
231,799
|
|
|
|
1,447
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
247,820
|
|
|
|
2,349
|
|
Other
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
67,862
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
Surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
147,980
|
|
|
|
9,524
|
|
|
Total South Africa
|
|
|
1,269
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
1,524,557
|
|
|
|
19,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New Guinea
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operations
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
75,297
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
Total international
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
75,297
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
Total continuing operations
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
2,692
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
1,599,854
|
|
|
|
20,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cooke operations
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
236,170
|
|
|
|
3,906
|
|
Other operations
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
74,433
|
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
|
Total discontinued operations
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
310,603
|
|
|
|
4,954
|
|
|
Total operations
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
2,778
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
1,910,457
|
|
|
|
25,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of the
segment information to the
consolidated income
statement and balance sheet
(refer to note 41)
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Production statistics are unaudited.
|
Segment report for the year ended June 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
production
|
|
|
operating
|
|
|
Mining
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Ounces
|
|
|
Tons
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
cost
|
|
|
profit
|
|
|
assets
|
|
|
expenditure
|
|
|
produced*
|
|
|
milled*
|
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
US$m
|
|
|
oz
|
|
|
t000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South Africa
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underground
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tshepong
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
319,192
|
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
Phakisa
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bambanani
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
197,084
|
|
|
|
1,283
|
|
Doornkop
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
56,810
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
Elandsrand
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
195,412
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
Target
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
142,653
|
|
|
|
904
|
|
Masimong
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
146,575
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
Evander
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
235,857
|
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
264,890
|
|
|
|
2,507
|
|
Other
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
104,553
|
|
|
|
770
|
|
Surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
82,467
|
|
|
|
4,557
|
|
|
Total South Africa
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
2,066
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
1,745,493
|
|
|
|
16,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Papua New Guinea
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operations
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
136,415
|
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
|
Total international
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
136,415
|
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
|
Total continuing operations
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
2,415
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
1,881,908
|
|
|
|
18,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cooke operations
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
244,056
|
|
|
|
2,327
|
|
Other operations
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
207,436
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
|
Total discontinued operations
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
451,492
|
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
Total operations
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
2,333,400
|
|
|
|
22,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of the
segment information to the
consolidated income
statement and balance sheet
(refer to note 41)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
(227
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Production statistics are unaudited.
|
41
|
|
Reconciliation of segment information to consolidated income statements and balance
sheet:
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of segment data to consolidated financials line item in the
segment reports is broken down into the following elements, to give a better
understanding of the differences between the income statement, balance sheet and the
segment report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Production costs from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of cash operating profit to consolidated profit/(loss) before
taxation
and discontinued operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment revenue
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
Total segment production costs
|
|
|
(900
|
)
|
|
|
(1,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,134
|
)
|
|
Cash operating profit
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
Less discontinued operations
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Cost of sales items other than production costs
|
|
|
(254
|
)
|
|
|
(203
|
)
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
|
Amortization and depreciation of mining properties, mine development cost and mine
plant facilities
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
Amortization and depreciation of other than mining properties, mine development cost
and mine plant facilities (b)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Provision/(reversal of provision) for rehabilitation costs
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Employment termination and restructuring costs
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based payments
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Provision for post retirement benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Exploration expenditure
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Other expenses net
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Profit/(loss) from associates
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Profit on sale of investment in associate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Impairment of investment in associate
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value (loss)/gain on financial instruments
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Loss on sale of listed investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Investment income
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Finance cost
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
Profit/(loss) before taxation and discontinued operations
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US DOLLAR
|
|
Figures in million
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of total segment assets to consolidated assets includes the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment not allocated to specific segments
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
|
1,026
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Investment in financial assets
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Investments in associates
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Investment in financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
Income and mining taxes
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
Assets of disposal groups classified as held-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
2,577
|
|
|